Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Digest Distr
Digest Distr
We want to process these breakup lines as each sales line but we r facing proble
m because baan doesn't have delivery address stored at Deliveries Level (tdsls04
5). But at sales lines (tdsls041) level.
We can't make a sales line of 1 million qty and keep doing a partial delivery af
ter making change to delivery address !!!!
Anyone has a better solution to this ????
Thanks in Advance
Ashutosh
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashutosh Apte posted Message 1239 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 1999 at 18:31:34 EST
Subject: Re: Partial delivery of a sales order
: is there a way to Deliver a partial quantity from a sales order and then cance
l
: the remaining quantity? I have a customer who has delivered 1 item to a custom
er
: off of a line with quantity 10( the other 9 are backordered ). The customer do
es
: not want the final nine delivered.
Dear Stephen
Which Baan version are you using. If its less than Baan IVc then the user can ea
sily do this. Simply "Force Close" the order. That is in Maintain/Confirm Back O
rders, put new qty as Zero and Set Confirm flag to Yes. This will "Force Close"
that Sales Line !!!
For Baan IVc on wards, the Maintain/Confirm Back Orders step is done automatical
ly (its no longer necessary part of the sales order processing) but user can ver
y do the same which I expained above.
Hope this works
Ashutosh
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jason posted Message 1240 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 1999 at 19:52:44 EST
Subject: Re: release outbound
The only time I have ever seen an amount blocked on the outbound advice report w
as when the order was blocked in the Quality Management System (QMS).
: Hi,
:
:
:
:
the location that was blocked, neither did my article had a sympton code, neith
er was it a control item.
: Is there anyone that knows what exactly this blocking stands for?
: Since it causes a lot of trouble, that is the data stay in the Maintain outbou
nd session and so the list are printed as long as the outbound is in there.
: regards,
: -Dave
n Deliveries but the order is at print sales invoice. Is there anyway to bypass
maintain deliveries for cost items? Sales shouldn't have to into this field also
.. Is there a way to do a global update of maintain deliveries with only cost it
ems?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jon posted Message 1244 in Message Board
Dated : February 18, 1999 at 10:37:29 EST
Subject: Inventory handling with
Maintain Approvals
(Without ILC)
The receiving and inspection function in Baan do not appear to provide the neces
sary visibility to the approval / rejection transaction.
When a qty is received through Maintain Receipts the inventory shows the qty recei
ved in the warehouse and the qty as On Hand and On Hold .
If a portion of the material is accepted and a portion is rejected, the accepted
material is released from On Hold , but the rejected material
disappears from the i
nventory and the system automatically does a negative receipt for the original q
ty and inserts a new receipt only for the accepted material.
We need to be able to leave the original receipt qty in the system and dispositi
on the accepted and rejected material to separate warehouses. The rejected mate
rial should be visible in the selected warehouse. When the material is returned
to the supplier or scrapped the material should be transacted out of the wareho
use and the qty added to the backorder. We also do not want to lose the functio
nality of the Return Note generation.
The premise is that all material that is on location should be visible in a ware
house. Since we have legally signed for the material, it needs to show.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 1245 in Message Board
Dated : February 18, 1999 at 14:43:31 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory handling with
Maintain Approvals
(Without ILC)
Your only other real alternative (without getting into Mods) is to receive the e
ntire qty (forget about inspection) transfer the "reject" qty to a non-nettable
warehouse, and then when a decision has been made to return the goods, perform a
negative PO for the "reject" qty. You will still be able to print the return no
te (so long as this is a step in the order type selected)
Hope this helps
Mervyn Carr
: The receiving and inspection function in Baan do not appear to provide the nec
essary visibility to the approval / rejection transaction.
: When a qty is received through Maintain Receipts the inventory shows the qty rec
eived in the warehouse and the qty as On Hand and On Hold .
: If a portion of the material is accepted and a portion is rejected, the accept
ed material is released from On Hold , but the rejected material
disappears from the
inventory and the system automatically does a negative receipt for the original
qty and inserts a new receipt only for the accepted material.
: We need to be able to leave the original receipt qty in the system and disposi
tion the accepted and rejected material to separate warehouses. The rejected ma
terial should be visible in the selected warehouse. When the material is return
ed to the supplier or scrapped the material should be transacted out of the ware
house and the qty added to the backorder. We also do not want to lose the funct
ionality of the Return Note generation.
: The premise is that all material that is on location should be visible in a wa
rehouse. Since we have legally signed for the material, it needs to show.
: We are currently working without ILC and need to add a freight cost to a sales
order from time to time. Unfortunately they do not want shipping to enter sales
order lines, so we have decised a proces where after printing the packing slip,
shipping will stamp the slip with the correct tracking information and freight
costs then send it back to sales. Sales will then enter a line with cost item fr
eight and the price. Unfortunately after they enter this, the status is at Maint
ain Deliveries but the order is at print sales invoice. Is there anyway to bypas
s maintain deliveries for cost items? Sales shouldn't have to into this field al
so.. Is there a way to do a global update of maintain deliveries with only cost
items?
Basically.....
If the item is an MPS item then set timps000.atpu to NO and it will never check.
If it is not MPS then set Time phased inventory check in Sales Order Parameters
to Yes (tdsls000,tpsc.4) and then it comes down to the Planned Delivery date and
the value of the order lead time on item master (tiitm001.oltm)and todays date.
That is to say:
if Planned Del Date - TODAY > tiitm001.oltm then no message.
Hope that helps
Phil
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 1251 in Message Board
Dated : February 19, 1999 at 15:28:16 EST
Subject: Order Types
I have order types within a test company that require modification.
I do not want to create new order types, just modify the existing ones.
I have transactions in process for these order types which I can remove if neces
sary.
What tools maintenance can be utilized to allow modifications to these order typ
es, or the quick removal of any outstanding orders, without processing them?
Thank you in advance for your input.
Carol Schmidt
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ryan Miller posted Message 1252 in Message Board
Dated : February 19, 1999 at 16:18:11 EST
Subject: Re: Order Types
File --> run
Hope this helps, if I can give you any more info then let me know.
Epic Data
Newbury
01635 521140
Jocelyn Pearce
Belgravium
Bradford
01274 741860
<no contact>
Intermec
Reading
0118 923 0800
Trish Gaunt
Symbol Technologies
Winnersh Triangle
0118 945 7000
Dave Sharratt
Microlise
Nottingham
01773 713311
<no contact>
: Does any body have any experience of implementing a barcode system within the
BaaN environment, I have been tasked to look at this area with a view to using i
n the near future. Any contacts or information would be gratefully received.
: Regards
: Colin
: Hello Friends,
: We are in the process of Implementing BaaN Transportation for
: one of our clients.
: There are certain issues we are facing in Transport order
: planning and integration related areas.
: Please get in touch with me at ashishanand@hotmail.com, incase
: you would be able to help.
: Thanks,
: Ashish Anand
: ISC Consultancy, India
: ashishanand@hotmail.com
Ashish
I am working in Baan Transportation for ICS Canada. I can be reach 1-800-580-78
82 ext 8443 (voice mail)
email ggrondin@dttus.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tom posted Message 1269 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 1999 at 14:24:26 EST
Subject: Re: help!! it's a phantom
: i am trying to use a phantom as an end item (top level of the BOM)and the item
s directly underneath are manufactured. i want to be able to inventory the unde
rneath (lower level of the BOM) and put the end item (that is not inventoried) o
n a sales order.
: i created a project, a sales oder (with the phantom on it) and ran prp. BaaN
created planned prp production orders for the second level of the BOM, which is
ok and also for the phantom which is NOT ok. i am using BaaN 4c.
: i maintained the item data correctly and selected "phantom" = yes
: can someone please help me? i would very much appreciate it.
: basically, i want to be able to insert one part number on a sales order and ha
ve inventory withdrawn for the underneath/second level items that make up the en
d item
You should be able to set the salesorder to "ship components"
instead of "main item". Manufacturing will see only the requirements for the low
er level items.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gilles Grondin posted Message 1270 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 1999 at 14:45:05 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation Planning
Ashish
I don't know if you fixed theses issues, but that might help:
1. Yo do not need all these set up to create a trip. The procedure should allow
you the automatic trips and stops creation
- the procedure should have : stop created automatically set to YES
- loading and unloading during same trip set to yes
- Assign stops to trips set to yes
The other set up will enhance or modify the type of combination
2. The second part seems to be a bug. I experience that one before
3. The capacity constraint will be launch when you predefine trip (as per a STD
Route) will reach the capacity of the MoT that you default to the STD Route. As
per that you can loimit the trip capacity
4. The fixed trips/firm planned trip cannot be modified by new stops, if that ha
ppen check the procedure and ypour line code default. If you are in a MULTI_MUL
TI, that depends of you table sharing.
If any question please fill free
Gilles
ICS Canada
Toronto
: dear srinivas,
: I am facing certain issues pertaining to TOP which are: i) For a company which is forming its own trip for internal
:
despatch requirements, but subcontracting outside, why is
:
it mandatory to maintain Employee, Mean of Transport and
:
standard route for automatic trip generation and capacity check.
:
Since the clients route will be decided on case to case basis
:
it won't be possible to predefine the time and date etc. for standard
:
route.
: ii) Generate trips based on stops session is giving me no response when i
:
indicate continue through special, even though i have defined correct
:
selection range.Have you encountered similar problem.
: iii) Like automatic trip creation is done on the basis of same standard
:
route, compatibility code and order procedure, can I also make my
:
trips based on capacity defined for MOT, right now I make trip, then do
:
capacity check, can I make trip based on capacity constraint defined
:
prior to trip creation.
: iv) Also can fixed and firm planned trips be touched by planning while
:
system assigning stops to existing trips.
:
: see if you can assist me in these.
: thanks,
: ashish
:
:
y
:
:
:
:
: Dear Ashish,
: I have been working on transportation but not in areas related to third part
inventory control. Would be glad if i can be of help.
: : I am working in Transportation Planning
: : and I have certain queries regarding
: : Trip Formation and Assigning Stops to
: : trips. etc.
: Is anyone using Baan to purchase their Consumable Items such as Office supplie
s and how are you doing this????
I have not been able to find a way to print a PO if there are no lines attached.
We need this for several reasons. Does anyone have a workaround for this?
Thank You.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary Pancoast posted Message 1276 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 1999 at 14:44:00 EST
Subject: Re: quantity on td inv and td ilc module different!
: Hi,
: quantity on td inv and td ilc module different!
: My problem is this:
: We are working in a process industry so that we have the ilc module set on.
: The edp manager of this industry used session ttaad4100 (on td inv 001) to del
ate or correct the quantity on inventory on hand.
: My great proble is that he forgot to update also the td ilc 101 session. The r
eality is that i have wrong inventory data.
: In fact i go on td inv 0510m000 and i see that for my item X the inventory on
hand quantity is 0.
: Then for the same item i go on td ilc 1541m000 and i see that the inventory qu
antity is 100.
: But this is wrong.
: What can i do to repair this sistuation.
: This fact cause a lot of problem. In fact i have on td inv001 negative quanti
ty when i issue materials from production order. (even if on tdinv0100m000 the n
egative quantity are not allowed). this is because on td ilc 101 i have not zero
but 100.
:
: Please let me know.
:
: Bets regards
:
: Marco
: mvozzy@tin.it
Marco;
We had a similar problem. We turned on ILC after using INV for a year. When we t
urned on ILC we also turned FIFO on. Problem was created because ILC with FIFO t
urned on looks for a transaction date for the lot in the ILC table. The earlier
INV transactions did not have a "lot" date in the table. Therefore INV recognize
d and showed inventory on hand and ILC did not. If you have FIFO turned on you c
an turn it off by running session tdilc0232m (Maintain Outbound Priority System)
and selecting the outbound priority as "By Location." when we did this QOH in I
NV and ILC were back in synch. We haven't gotten back to turning FIFO on (this a
ll happened just 2 weeks ago). I suspect when we try it again we're going to hav
e to load a "lot" date into the table for those old inv transactions to make eve
rything work right. If this doesn't help its at least something to be aware of.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Should these sessions be run on a regular basis and if so, how often??
All comments are appreciated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Muhammad Faisal posted Message 1278 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 1999 at 19:46:48 EST
Subject: Re: EDI pricing
When receiving incoming PO Baan reads the pricing from the price structure and c
ompares it against the customer price. If the customer price is not zero and not
equal to price calculated and the price unit and conversion factor is correct,
it accepts the customer price. If customer price is 0 it will accept the calcula
ted price from the price structure. This calculation and comparision is done on
second pass.
Hopefully this may help...
***************** End Of Article ******************
Muhammad Faisal posted Message 1279 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 1999 at 19:53:45 EST
Subject: Re: Frequency of Rebuild jobs
The sole purpose of these sessions are to provide you the ability to rebuild dat
a which has been damaged because of misadventure.
If this incident happens very often in your company then my advice is to run the
se session as a batch job at the end of the day.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Muhammad Faisal posted Message 1280 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 1999 at 20:04:12 EST
Subject: Re: Printing a PO w/o lines
I am afraid to say that there is no way to print an PO acknowledgment if there a
re no receipt lines for any PO.
You will have to customize this session to print PO's without any lines.
Thanks
Does anyone know what these fields actually do (or are supposed to do)?
Many thanks,
Andrew
---------------------------------------------In der BAAN-IV-Session "MRP-Vorschlge generieren" (timrp1210m000) stehen zwei Ein
gabefelder, die sehr ntzlich aussehen (siehe oben).
Leider scheinen diese Optionen keine Auswirkung auf die MRP-Ergebnisse zu haben,
und Online-Hilfe gibt es hierfr auch nicht. Auerdem erscheinen diese Labels nur a
uf Englisch, trotz anderweitig eingestellter Benutzersprache.
Wei jemand, was diese Felder berhaupt machen (sollen)?
Vielen Dank,
Andrew
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tina posted Message 1288 in Message Board
Dated : February 25, 1999 at 12:31:07 EST
Subject: Re: MRP Reschedule-Out Messages (BAAN IV)
: In the BAAN IV session "Generate MRP Orders" (timrp1210m000) there are two inp
ut fields which look very interesting :
: - "Reschedule-Out messages for manufactured items if greater than [ ] days"
: - "Reschedule-Out messages for purchased items if greater than [ ] days"
: Unfortunately, these options do not appear to have any impact on the MRP resul
ts, and there is no online help availble. In addition, these labels are only eve
r shown in English, regardless of the user language.
: Does anyone know what these fields actually do (or are supposed to do)?
: Many thanks,
: Andrew
: ---------------------------------------------Andrew,
these fields will not have any effect on the MRP results (ie- production or purc
hase orders). They are used as a tolerance on the rescheduling messages only.
So if you put in a tolerance of 7 days, MRP will not generate a rescheduling if
the reschedule date would've been within that 7 days.
hope that helps
: In der BAAN-IV-Session "MRP-Vorschlge generieren" (timrp1210m000) stehen zwei E
ingabefelder, die sehr ntzlich aussehen (siehe oben).
: Leider scheinen diese Optionen keine Auswirkung auf die MRP-Ergebnisse zu habe
n, und Online-Hilfe gibt es hierfr auch nicht. Auerdem erscheinen diese Labels nur
auf Englisch, trotz anderweitig eingestellter Benutzersprache.
: Wei jemand, was diese Felder berhaupt machen (sollen)?
: Vielen Dank,
: Andrew
Hi Joe, I have been working in this area this week and maybe able to assist.
When you report a reject it does as you say identify a back order quantity, if y
ou also look at the receipt session I think it identifies a back order quantity
there as well. What this does is identify to the system that you still have a qu
antity to deliver, this can be done at any time provided your purchasing departm
ent do not go and remove/delete the back order quantity. There is no proceedure
to turn it into another purchase order because the system is still waiting for i
t on the original line. You can go and view all the back orders within purchase
orders, and they can be managed from here.
Hope this helps
Colin
: After going to the session "Maintain Approvals" and entering the appropriate a
ccepted and rejected quantities, the back order field defaults to the amount of
the rejected quanity.
: I am wondering what the procedure is to turn this back order into another purc
hase order!!!
: Also, once a quantity is rejected, it is regarded as scrap and is no longer se
en in the system, correct??
book the total quantity as a receipt and then to correct the stock with an norm
al stockcorrection (but you probably figured that one out yourself)
Further more, you should fire the driver or go to another transporter.
Good luck
***************** End Of Article ******************
N.Rambabu posted Message 1298 in Message Board
Dated : February 27, 1999 at 06:59:39 EST
Subject: Re: URGENT: EDI - Error in 850
Please check the following fields:
Our identification filed in 'Maintain neetworks' session of the company 677 shou
ld have the same value as 'Network address' in the session 'maintain Relation da
ta by network' in the company 678 and vice versa.
The error comes if these fields have different values.
escheduling message.
You could take a specfic example that you have tested and tell me about it and i
would be able to help you.
Thanks
Steve
: Thanks for your response, Tina. I did in fact expect the result of these field
s to be effective only on the re-schedule messages. Unfortunate, in my tests, th
e reschedule messages are not "filtered out" by the value in these fields. Have
you used these tolerances with a successful outcome?
: Andrew
:
: : : In the BAAN IV session "Generate MRP Orders" (timrp1210m000) there are two
input fields which look very interesting :
: : : - "Reschedule-Out messages for manufactured items if greater than [ ] da
ys"
: : : - "Reschedule-Out messages for purchased items if greater than [ ] days"
: : : Unfortunately, these options do not appear to have any impact on the MRP r
esults, and there is no online help availble. In addition, these labels are only
ever shown in English, regardless of the user language.
: : : Does anyone know what these fields actually do (or are supposed to do)?
: : : Many thanks,
: : : Andrew
: : : ---------------------------------------------: : Andrew,
: : these fields will not have any effect on the MRP results (ie- production or
purchase orders). They are used as a tolerance on the rescheduling messages onl
y. So if you put in a tolerance of 7 days, MRP will not generate a rescheduling
if the reschedule date would've been within that 7 days.
: : hope that helps
: : : In der BAAN-IV-Session "MRP-Vorschlge generieren" (timrp1210m000) stehen zw
ei Eingabefelder, die sehr ntzlich aussehen (siehe oben).
: : : Leider scheinen diese Optionen keine Auswirkung auf die MRP-Ergebnisse zu
haben, und Online-Hilfe gibt es hierfr auch nicht. Auerdem erscheinen diese Labels
nur auf Englisch, trotz anderweitig eingestellter Benutzersprache.
: : : Wei jemand, was diese Felder berhaupt machen (sollen)?
: : : Vielen Dank,
: : : Andrew
lly cause you to run this?? We have had instances where we are finishing a prod
uction order for 20 pieces and the system only books 16 in the inventory by ware
house table (but updates everything else correctly).
***************** End Of Article ******************
cn posted Message 1312 in Message Board
Dated : March 02, 1999 at 04:57:08 EST
Subject: EDI vs. Generic items
We have observed a problem at a customer, who is going to use EDI to generate sa
les orders for generic items. The EDI interface is prepared for this, but the pr
oduct variant is not validated, and therefor is the sales order not complete. Th
ere are two major problems in this.
1. There is no sessions nor functions to validate, without using the session tip
cf5101m000.
2. Using this session will take at least 30 sec., and the customer have more tha
n 30.000 order lines / week with generic items. The customer needs 30 * 30.000 /
3600 = 250 hours/week to validate this way.
Please respond with a solution - we do not think, we are the only one, using EDI
vs. PCF in the world.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Justin Condon posted Message 1313 in Message Board
Dated : March 02, 1999 at 07:49:45 EST
Subject: Re: EDI pricing
I experienced a problem with this - if your incoming price is zero, it will be w
hat is placed into the newly generated sales order line, and the auto - price ca
lculation will serve no purpose. We had to deal with this on a client site, and
had to remove the conversion setup mapping for the price field (tdsls041.pric) t
o ensure that the calculated price always was entered on the SO.
Regards,
Justin
: When receiving incoming PO Baan reads the pricing from the price structure and
compares it against the customer price. If the customer price is not zero and n
ot equal to price calculated and the price unit and conversion factor is correct
, it accepts the customer price. If customer price is 0 it will accept the calcu
lated price from the price structure. This calculation and comparision is done o
n second pass.
: Hopefully this may help...
Hi,
Can anyone throw some light on functional differences between Distribution and W
holesale distribution.
Your help would be appreciated.
Thankyou,
***************** End Of Article ******************
isen posted Message 1315 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 02:13:05 EST
Subject: Approved vendor list
We have a requirement of maintaining approved vendors for every purchased items.
We are planning to use maintain alternate supplier session to achieve this. But
how can we restrict our purchase orders for items to only these suppliers.I woul
d be thankful if somebody can show some direction on this.
***************** End Of Article ******************
shishir kale posted Message 1316 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 02:27:10 EST
Subject: Re: Problem in maintain approvals.
:
hello Mr. cronin,
we are entering the right quantities in the second wi
ndow and the units entered in the purchase order are correct .I think it's a bug
.
thanks for the input and keep me posted.
shishir.
: Hello,
: The quantity waiting for 'Maintain Approvals' is Invariably the Quantity recei
ved in 'Maintain Receipts' so it sounds to me like you have a confusion in the R
eceipts.
: When receiving an item which has different inventory and storage units, Baan s
ends you in to a second window where you must make sure that the quantities and
units you are receiving are typed correctly. Check this first.
: If not, then maybe the units were entered incorrectly in your Purchase Order.
: Hope this helps you,
: Regards,
: Jeremy
. We dont want to use supply chain also . I should be very thankful if somebody
can show some direction on this.
***************** End Of Article ******************
narendra kumar c posted Message 1318 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 07:07:09 EST
Subject: related to promotions
hi,
can anybody having a document related to promotion.
please send the document.
thanks in advance
regards
Naren
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kalyan posted Message 1319 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 14:59:29 EST
Subject: Re: Calculation in EDI conversion setup
Hi,
Yes you can do Calculated Fields in Conversion Setup in
Baan for that you need to do a very minor modification in
the source of the transaction dll, if it's fine I can tell
you how to do that.
Kalyan
: Does anybody know whether it is possible to put a 'calculated' field in a conv
ersion setup ? e.g. if you want to send the result of field a - field b in your
EDI message
I appreciate very much, if you can provide some guidence or some tips.
Thanks,
Kris Allu
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bob Zahniser posted Message 1321 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 19:19:34 EST
Subject: Physical Inventory done by a single day cycle count?
On our legacy system we conducted physical inventory twice yearly. We shut down
the plant, issued count tickets (which were issued in batches), verified the co
unts, entered the data into the system and began looking into the causes and amo
unts of discrepancies. We have been told we can use the Baan Location Cycle Co
unting system in a similar fashion by doing a complete cycle count on a single day
(ILC is turned on.) Is anyone doing this (or something similar?) Any suggest
ions or information on this would be greatly appreciated. We are using Baan 4 C3
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael Laurette posted Message 1322 in Message Board
Dated : March 03, 1999 at 23:07:40 EST
Subject: Re: Frequency of Rebuild jobs
: : We have experienced similar problems on our system and when the two "rebuild
" sessions are run only certain things are fixed. It seems that only the "block
" problems are repaired.
: : When you execute the tdinv0252m000 session do you have the flags set to yes
or do you use it only to report the problems?
:
: We used to run this with all flags set to No to see what the adjustments would
be, then we would verify what changes would be made, and then run the same sess
ion with flags set to Yes. We have since decided to set the flags to Yes as it
does what we need it to do (there is no impact accounting-wise as it just correc
ts the value in the tables).
: Just to warn you, tdinv0252m000 does not pick up differences between warehouse
inventory and inventory by lot/location if there is no record for the item/ware
house in the warehouse inventory table (but there are records for the item/wareh
ouse in the inventory by lot and location table). I have had to create the item
/warehouse record in the warehouse inventory table and then re-run this job for
the particular item in order for everything to match.
: I'm curious - how often do you have to run this session and what situations us
ually cause you to run this?? We have had instances where we are finishing a pr
oduction order for 20 pieces and the system only books 16 in the inventory by wa
rehouse table (but updates everything else correctly).
We have not run the yet. I have been trying to find out more information before
running the recovery sessions. At this point we do not know what is causing th
e issues to arise other than the fact that they are growing week by week (by app
rox. 5 issues)
:
: Thanks,
: Kris Allu
Reply to Query
-------------When baan gives an error saying "Table field not supported by the
conversion program" means that this field is not suported in
the standard 850-IN message in Baan, if you have to get this
data into Baan then you have to do a minor customization to the
dll attached to this transaction.
Whereas in Outgoing messages you can define any field
be written to ascii file because the Outgoing message
deals with the table not the field as specific, means
define any field data of tdsls040/41 to be written to
file because these two tables are alredy supported in
data to
mainly
you can
ascii
Baan EDI.
: Dear all,
:
If I want to modify nettable warehouse to non-nettable, how can I do. Alt
hough the corresponding warehouse has no inventory already, I still can't change
. Maybe it had some inventory transactions. So I don't know what will happen whe
ther I delete inventory transactions history. Or you could suggest me any solu
tion.
: Regards,
: winnie
: Question:
: I'm trying to extract to an external system a list of all sales orders that ha
s at least one detail line not yet invoiced. Is there a Baan session to do this
or a field/table I can use to determine if the order has any remaining "open" li
nes. I know I can key off the tdsls045 table to check the line status of each l
ine but the volume of records I would have to sort through will kill my on-line
process. Any help appreciated.
: Thanks,
: Gene Phares
: gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
: Then in order to speed up the search I would change the genereated SQL which r
eferences ssls ie
: where tdsls045.ssls <6
: to
: where tdsls045._index2 < 6
: Hope that helps.
: : Question:
: : I'm trying to extract to an external system a list of all sales orders that
has at least one detail line not yet invoiced. Is there a Baan session to do thi
s or a field/table I can use to determine if the order has any remaining "open"
lines. I know I can key off the tdsls045 table to check the line status of each
line but the volume of records I would have to sort through will kill my on-lin
e process. Any help appreciated.
: : Thanks,
: : Gene Phares
: : gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
When create new Purchase Order field "Generated for EDI" on form 2 shown "No". W
here should I go to change in order to generated EDI (External). I already creat
e relation and network for that supplier. I also check supplier table but nothin
g about EDI setup.
Thank in advance
Minh
***************** End Of Article ******************
Justin Condon posted Message 1350 in Message Board
Dated : March 09, 1999 at 13:59:56 EST
Subject: Re: Generated EDI message
The "Generated for EDI" field on the PO (tdpur040.egen) is set when an EDI messa
ge has been generated, and is not used as a toggle for generated EDI messages on
a per-PO basis.
If you are using external EDI, and are having problems generating the 850 out you should firstly check standard issues:
- is the 850 out supported by your defined relation.
- is the BAAN order type (PD1, CR1, etc.) in code and conversion tables as a sup
ported outgoing message.
- check your XT-NET definition - what values are you using for the "Suppress Sta
ndard Communication" field? Bear in mind that if you say "Yes", you must remove
the command.fil file from the edi/xt-net/command directory before the EDI messag
e will be generated.
Hope this helps - if you email me details of how far you have got, perhaps I can
help more.
Justin
: Hi
: When create new Purchase Order field "Generated for EDI" on form 2 shown "No".
Where should I go to change in order to generated EDI (External). I already cre
ate relation and network for that supplier. I also check supplier table but noth
ing about EDI setup.
: Thank in advance
: Minh
: We do a lot of reporting of sales by product line. Some of our items are used
across multiple product lines. We have statistic groups to all saleable items
in the master item file.
: The problem is how can we determine sales by product line when only one statis
tic group can be assigned to each individual item? Our legacy systems has a fie
ld in the sales order line that defaults the statistic group from the master ite
m file into the sales order line. Then, if required, the order entry person can
change the statistic group on the sales order.
: Does anyone have any ideas how this can be handled in BaaN?
: Thanks.
Subject: EDI purchase changes (860) will not handle configured item
We are working in a multisite environment using EDI to transfer information to t
he manufacturing company. We have EDI set up to automatically make sales order
changes in the manufacturing company if the purchase order has been changed. Th
is works fine for standard items. However, if we modify a purchase order in the
satelite company for a configured item, an EDI error message is given to the us
er which states: change not allowed for Custom Item, Direct Delivery or Actual I
ssue.
Why is this happening?
I am registering this case on behalf of Tony Quizi of our firm.
If you reply to this message via email, please send the reply to Tony Quizi at t
quizi@egan.com.
Thank you,
Carol Schmidt
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1366 in Message Board
Dated : March 11, 1999 at 09:06:11 EST
Subject: Re: Issue item not in BOM
One thing you didn't say is if these items are in inventory or are cost items...
. if inventory you can always add them to the production order using the "sessio
m enter material issue" and then issue them or.... if cost items....determine an
"average" cost of the small items as a percentage of either BOM material cost o
r router labor cost and set up a surcharge to be added to the order to cover the
cost of the small items
***************** End Of Article ******************
paul van Eijk posted Message 1367 in Message Board
Dated : March 11, 1999 at 09:45:32 EST
Subject: copying quotation with variant
When copying a quotation which includes a product variant to a new quotation for
a different customer, the system does not allow us to change the variant becaus
e of reference errors. We would like to change the variant by zooming from the q
uotation line and not by going to the variant itself (tipcf5101m000).
When copying the quotation, the customer code from the 'old' quotation is copied
to the new variant, while we expected the 'new' customer code to appear on the
variant.
When copying the quotation to the same customer everything works fine.
Is there a solution to this problem?
Please help me
Paul
: Test
: Test
Hi,
I create 1 normal coantrat and 1 special contract. I can change normal contrat f
rom FREE to ACTIVE, but I can not do with special contract. Infact both of them
have to active the same time.
Thank in advance.
Su
When I create a sales order, it can be blocked if my client exced its credit lim
it. The problem comes out when it pays me or the due date for an invoice is reac
hed. I want to update the order status automatically. In other words, if I rece
ive the payment I want to automatically unblock the pending orders it has accord
ing with its credit limit. On other hand, if an invoice is due today (plus any g
race period) I want block the orders. I already know that Baan has a bloqued ord
ers report but in my case the order's volumme is to big to do this procedure dai
ly.
Thanks in advance
Enrico Scuratti
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ajay Batra posted Message 1393 in Message Board
Dated : March 16, 1999 at 08:40:42 EST
Subject: Customized items in DRP
Is it possible to use Cutomized Item in DRP.
If yes, how!
sls4223
sls4223
sls4224
I haven't had this exact situation and am not at a client site to have access to
a machine to try it out, but a couple of things I'd try;
1. try maintaining the outbound for the phantom item and see if your components
come in or
2. try maintaining the outbound for the component items directly
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary Heberling posted Message 1408 in Message Board
Dated : March 17, 1999 at 11:11:23 EST
Subject: Let me restate my problem.
I agree that one customer purchase order per sales order.
The problem is when the purchase order number was entered in error! We need to
change the field. I would like to have an understand of why some fields can't b
e changed.
If you are trying to add a customized item to a project, you must first adjust o
n the item, into inventory, and then transfer the item to the project. The firs
t session is in the inventory module (or ILC depending what you have on). The s
econd is within projects.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Genie Engels posted Message 1415 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 1999 at 15:04:03 EST
Subject: Re: Customized items in DRP
: Is it possible to use Cutomized Item in DRP.
: If yes, how!
Absolutely! If you are running your planning systems in the correct order, DRP
is run prior to running PRP so that requirements from other warehouses are picke
d up! You would have to have your DRP chain pointing to the warehouse that supp
lies the customized item(s).
***************** End Of Article ******************
Genie Engels posted Message 1416 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 1999 at 15:06:20 EST
Subject: Re: Blocking and unblocking orders
: When I create a sales order, it can be blocked if my client exced its credit l
imit. The problem comes out when it pays me or the due date for an invoice is re
ached. I want to update the order status automatically. In other words, if I re
ceive the payment I want to automatically unblock the pending orders it has acco
rding with its credit limit. On other hand, if an invoice is due today (plus any
grace period) I want block the orders. I already know that Baan has a bloqued o
rders report but in my case the order's volumme is to big to do this procedure d
aily.
Have you considered automating this or, not recommended, customizing this? You
could automate so that the system goes out and looks to see if any orders, for t
his particular customer, are blocked and give you the option, at time of payment
, to unblock.
: Thanks in advance
: Enrico Scuratti
: Does anyone know what causes the field tdsmi110.ltdt to be updated, and with w
hat value?
: I am working with customised versions of tdsmi1103m000 (Maintain Marketing Pro
jects by Relation) and tdsmi2101s000 (Maintain Activities). Customisations consi
st of re-organisation of forms, with some fields omitted, program script is unto
uched.
: I expect tdsmi110.ltdt to be updated with either current date, or max date fro
m associated activities when a new or amended activity record is written.
: The sessions with customised forms do not produce a change in tdsmi110.ltdt.
: The standard sessions sometimes do and sometimes don't.
: Any suggestions?
Manish
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1421 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 1999 at 20:58:23 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory/material issue.
You can set up reorder points for the items in that warehouse and generate plann
ed INV purchase orders. You'll still have to get the items out of inventory some
way as they are used...could be an inventory adjustment...could be a production
order used just to capture the material used.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1422 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 1999 at 21:03:57 EST
Subject: Re: reprinting packing slips & storage lists
I'm assuming you're filling out the printing screen correctly, putting reprint "
yes." If they still aren't printing check the order steps and see if the "repri
nt at" step#'s are set to allow reprinting. I also noticed you used the terms "p
acking slips" and "packing lists" interchangeably, they are two different things
.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1423 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 1999 at 21:08:45 EST
Subject: Re: How to search for an Item by Alternative item code?
"Usually" you'll have one alternative item code system for suppliers and one for
customers. Then you don't need to know the supplier. If you've set up item code
systems by supplier then you'll have to know which supplier to choose the syste
m.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
Colin Marriott posted Message 1424 in Message Board
Dated : March 19, 1999 at 08:25:03 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory/material issue.
You could use Replenishment Orders to move stock from your stocking warehouse to
a prototype warehouse, you will not need to raise production orders and the s
tock is traceable through your system. Make the Prototype warehouse non nettable
and the stock within it will not be taken into consideration when Mrp runs.
hope this is of some help
Colin
: We have a warehouse that stores material for design and prototype work. We wa
nt to be able to track and monitor correct inventory. We need to be able to wit
hdraw material for stock that is used in this warehouse but we will not be worki
ng from production orders since this is still in the conceptual phase of a possi
ble project. We want prototype department to be able to use the system to see wh
at inventory they have on hand, need etc.
: We are going to make this warehouse non-nettable, so planning does not look at
and allocate the stock but can we set a safety stock and have the system kick o
ff automatic planned purchase. orders.
QTY ORDERED
5
8
2
QTY DELIVERED
5
5
0
QTY BACKORDERED
0
3
2
Every other packing list I have ever seen will show all items ordered and their
delivery status.
Anybody have a solution?
***************** End Of Article ******************
RANDY posted Message 1426 in Message Board
Dated : March 19, 1999 at 10:45:24 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory/material issue.
: You could use Replenishment Orders to move stock from your stocking warehouse
to a prototype warehouse, you will not need to raise production orders and the
stock is traceable through your system. Make the Prototype warehouse non nettab
le and the stock within it will not be taken into consideration when Mrp runs.
: hope this is of some help
: Colin
:
: : We have a warehouse that stores material for design and prototype work. We
want to be able to track and monitor correct inventory. We need to be able to w
ithdraw material for stock that is used in this warehouse but we will not be wor
king from production orders since this is still in the conceptual phase of a pos
sible project. We want prototype department to be able to use the system to see
what inventory they have on hand, need etc.
: : We are going to make this warehouse non-nettable, so planning does not look
at and allocate the stock but can we set a safety stock and have the system kick
off automatic planned purchase. orders.
Merv Carr
: Hi,
: Does anyone has any idea to do inventory adj for a customized/project item in
BAAN?
: Thanks a lot!
, the actions and updates are real-time. Does anyone know of any intrinsic lag-t
imes in the update of inventory transaction history?
***************** End Of Article ******************
JR posted Message 1433 in Message Board
Dated : March 19, 1999 at 16:12:32 EST
Subject: Sales Order Updates
Does anybody know of a way to update a sales order in batch, besides using the E
DI interface.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1434 in Message Board
Dated : March 19, 1999 at 19:52:59 EST
Subject: Re: Timing of inventory history update
Nothing that I know of. The only thought I have is if you are writing the financ
ial integration transactions real time, not in batch, it may be waiting for that
. I have seen that take a while.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tina posted Message 1435 in Message Board
Dated : March 22, 1999 at 10:50:11 EST
Subject: Reworking portion of finished product
For many of out item numbers, we do not sell partials of the finished good. Con
sequently, we rework the partial as a material in the next batch of the same ite
m number. It seems that Baan does not allow this. I have tried to have the par
tial be a co-product - hoping that I could then reuse this as a material - but I
have not been successful. I get an error message that an item is not allowed to
be a material in a formula of the same name. I would prefer not to have to ren
ame the partial as a different item in order to reuse it. Does anyone have any
other options that I might try?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 1436 in Message Board
Dated : March 22, 1999 at 11:47:41 EST
Subject: Re: PRP and non-nettable warehouses
I would say you are correct (in both cases). As far as I can make out, PRP doesn
't care what kind of warehouse is involved. MRP on the other hand does not recog
nise demand being placed on a non-nettable warehouse.
: I understand that if a warehouse is set to a non-nettable type, the items are
not recognized by MRP.
: Is this the same logic for PRP? If a warehouse is set to non-nettable, will P
RP not recognize the demand as well?
: Any responses are appreciated.
: We have a warehouse that stores material for design and prototype work. We wa
nt to be able to track and monitor correct inventory. We need to be able to wit
hdraw material for stock that is used in this warehouse but we will not be worki
ng from production orders since this is still in the conceptual phase of a possi
ble project. We want prototype department to be able to use the system to see wh
at inventory they have on hand, need etc.
: We are going to make this warehouse non-nettable, so planning does not look at
and allocate the stock but can we set a safety stock and have the system kick o
ff automatic planned purchase. orders.
Bert Kortenoeven
Cap Gemini Nederland
If th
ere are any changes to this sales order before delivery, I have to cancel the P.
O. , change the sales order, then recreate a new P.O. with a new # (confusing fo
r suppliers).
Has anyone managed to have sales order changes automatically reflected in the li
nked direct P.O.?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Warren George posted Message 1463 in Message Board
Dated : March 25, 1999 at 15:19:08 EST
Subject: Re: List Items - Menu & Options
Thanks for the pointer and information.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arif Syed posted Message 1464 in Message Board
Dated : March 25, 1999 at 16:40:03 EST
Subject: How to handle cancellations and changes in EDI
Hi;
Wanted to know how companies are handling EDI cancellations and changes using Ba
an. We are implementing 4C3 with Sterling's Gentran translator.
Thanks in advance for your input.
Arif.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mick Andrus posted Message 1465 in Message Board
Dated : March 26, 1999 at 09:04:13 EST
Subject: Unable to close production orders
Using Baan IVc2 we are unable to close several completed production orders. When
running ticst0201m000 - Close Production Orders, the session is telling us that
the orders have "Goods already issued, or included in outbound." All materials
have been issued to these orders and there are no outbound records pending. The
orders have been fully received and put into inventory (inbounded).
I've logged a case with Baan on this but am hoping someone has seen a similar si
tuation and can advise.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 1466 in Message Board
Dated : March 26, 1999 at 10:58:46 EST
Subject: Re: Unable to close production orders
Hi Mick,
The first thing I'd check is to run "Location Inventory transaction history", un
der location inventory history ,for that order nunber. See that all the inventor
y movements have occurred.
Also check under SFC enter material issue and be sure that nothing is left in an
y of the "issue" or "subsequent delivery fields".
If both of these look clean, I'd look at the individual records in the outbound
table using ttaad4500, General table Inquiry, and see if you've got a bad record
. I haven't run into a bug in this area but have seen an individual record get c
orrupted occosionally, but very rarely.
The biggest problem I usually encounter in this area is a company not having the
Receipt location blocked for transfer. Then when a production order gets finish
ed and the goods are in the receipt location someone needs them and transfers th
em to a regular location rather than inbounding them and then ships them. Now th
e production order won't close because the inbound process hasn't been completed
and the goods have been shipped to a customer. Messy to fix but possible withou
t resorting to table maint.
***************** End Of Article ******************
James Kim posted Message 1467 in Message Board
Dated : March 26, 1999 at 12:12:10 EST
Subject: Modifying BOL after printing
Is there any way to modify a bill of lading after it has been printed?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Satya posted Message 1468 in Message Board
Dated : March 26, 1999 at 12:35:29 EST
Subject: Re: Unable to close production orders
This is in addtions to John Crystals check list.Check the integration transactio
n with finance module.A question here, has your production order has subcontract
ed operation????If so have you run the session Process del orders,before closing
the production order.Do let me know if you are still facing the problem.
Satya
: Using Baan IVc2 we are unable to close several completed production orders. Wh
en running ticst0201m000 - Close Production Orders, the session is telling us th
at the orders have "Goods already issued, or included in outbound." All material
s have been issued to these orders and there are no outbound records pending. T
he orders have been fully received and put into inventory (inbounded).
: I've logged a case with Baan on this but am hoping someone has seen a similar
situation and can advise.
Tina,
Setting the characteristics of a text window only controls how it appears on the
screen; it has nothing to do with the appearance of the text when you print. If
you want to change the appearance of printed text for a standard Baan report, y
ou will have to use Baan Tools to Maintain Reports. Then, you can add a box arou
nd a text field and change the font to bold.
Perry.
The empty first page is a Baan problem (not the printer). Patch no: 17791 can be
installed to solve this problem. Good luck.
Kind regards
: : We have upgraded from c2 to c4. Now we have problems during printing of some
(not all) reports to either screen or our HP8000 laserjet. These reports all gi
ve one empty page first. We re-installed printer drivers, but this does not solv
e the problem. Does any one have any clue of what might go wrong?
: We have the same (annoying) problem here. We did a clean install of Baan IVc4
and every print we make, an empty page (or a page with just a header) is printed
. Any solution would be greatly appreciated.
: Greetings,
: Wilfred
2) We modified the maintain sales order lines session to add the fields as displ
ay only.
3) We created a job (for the job daemon) with a script that would check all sale
s order lines every 5 minutes (as this is the fastest we could ever process a ra
ndom weight order). Any order lines where the original UOM is blank, the script
then updates the tdsls041 table with duplicates of the original values (entered
by the order desk). This now allows you to change the standard qty and uom and
still retain what was originally in the system.
4) When the weights have been measured, they are then entered by our order desk
personnel.
5) Both the original and "current" qty and uom are printed on the sales invoice,
the calculations recalculate based on the qty that is "current" and everyone is
happy.
One drawback of this solution (which we are still waiting to see if it will happ
en) is that if the sales order lines database (tdsls041) gets too large, the job
could really start chewing up cpu time and bogging down the server. We do betw
een 300-700 orders per day so I am sure we will find out soon.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carlos Aguilar Roldan posted Message 1492 in Message Board
Dated : March 30, 1999 at 14:42:50 EST
Subject: Baan en mensajeria
Alguien me puede informar si conocen alguna empresa que se dedique a la distribu
cion de paqueteria y mensajeria en donde se halla implantado Baan del tipo UPS,
DHL
***************** End Of Article ******************
christoph posted Message 1493 in Message Board
Dated : March 30, 1999 at 15:12:43 EST
Subject: EDI conversion / suppress comma-sign
Could anybody tell me how to suppress the comma-sign in numbers that I select fr
om numeric field in the database. In my edi file comma-signs are not expected an
d so I have to erase them somehow.
The edi-standard sign-conversion function haven't done this correct respectivly
it also erases wanted points. I think this conversion can not be used on a singl
e selected field ( is this correct ?)
Has anyone a solution or input for this problem
***************** End Of Article ******************
Satya posted Message 1494 in Message Board
Dated : March 30, 1999 at 15:50:46 EST
Subject: Re: Interview guidelines
If you need questions on product knowledge you could contact me.apart from mappi
ng situations and table lookup you need to ascertain that the guy has product kn
owledge
Satya
: Hi everyone,
: I am starting a new project on Distribution ans manufacturing modules. I need
some guidelines i order to interview different people, in the mapping phase.
: So, if any of you has somme standard questionnaire or something like this, ple
ase send it to me as soon as possible.
: Thanks,
: Eliza
: There's a field "Sales Ledger Account Number" in the 3rd form of Maintain Pur
chase Order. It can only be entered for Cost & Service Items only. I have 2 ques
tions.
: 1. Why is it limited to Cost & Service ietms only.
: 2. What would be the impact if the check is removed so that user can
d N under the question "Print already printed documents". It is very likely that
this is operator error, Who can see if you can re print the picklist and advise
.
sp
th
ex
th
I am trying to delete obsolete warehouses from Baan IV. I have archived all item
/warehouse/issue information as well as purchase and production orders. When I t
ry to delete the warehouse the system says "operation cancelled". What is stoppi
ng the deletion? I have no Bills of distribution or references in BOMs.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Margo Kates posted Message 1518 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 1999 at 10:21:34 EST
Subject: BOL only priints 10 lines???
Hi,
We are an automotive supplier. The trading partners require the packing informa
tion on the BOL with each SO line item. We have found a way to enter more than
10 lines into the BOL in Baan, you enter 10 lines, save and exit and then go and
insert more lines. We CANNOT figure out how to print more than 10 lines and ca
lls to other clients who have tried to workaround this have proven futile. Is t
here ANYONE out there who has worked around this that could share the informatio
n? PLEASE :-))))
PS - We can see all the lines we have entered in the Baan tables, even though th
ere are more than 10, we just can't print.
THANKS in advance for any possible help.
Margo Kates vm (800)759-2250 X3371
work(814)781-4448 or 781-4456
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dimitris Tzanakakis posted Message 1519 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 1999 at 10:33:06 EST
Subject: How can I move an item from Inspection location to another location?
Hello everybody,
I am facing the following problem. I have run a purchase order with inspection i
n a location controlled warehouse and the item I received is stuck in inspection
location as inventory on hold and I cannot move it from there.
I generated an inbound advice but there was no advice for the item under inspect
ion.
Then I tried to move the inventory via an inventory transaction, but then again
the system does not allow me to do this transaction, because inventory is on hol
d.
Does anybody know how I can change the status of the inventory from on hold to o
n hand or how I can move the inventory to another location?
Thanking you in advance,
Dimitris Tzanakakis
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dominique Lenoir posted Message 1520 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 1999 at 10:42:12 EST
Subject: Re: URGENT!
EDI / select data from aditional table /External EDI
URGENT!
Hi,
The fields that can be used in EDI are programmed into DLLs (in Baan IV and Trit
on). The Purchase order out is generated through tdpurdll4280. The source code s
hould be modified if the table is not already included in it.
Dominique Lenoir
: I'm preparing a Purchase Order for external EDI. Mostly I choose fields from t
he tdpur040 and tdpur041. Also from the tiitm001. This works quite good.
: I have a problem to get data from a additional table, that we added to the tab
le item data (tiitm001, reference form 001 to this tabel exists).
: If I choose a field of this added table in the EDI conversion list no or wrong
data is selected. Fields from tiitm001 (e.g. dsca) are selected but not from th
e added table.
: Has anyone a clue what I'm doing wrong or how such fields could be selected.
: And has anyone a defaults.edi file for fixed length for me??
: This is very important for me!!
: To rule out the obvious, have you "approved" the PO line in the session "Maint
ain Approvals"? Until you do that, if you try to outbound, the only place it can
go to is a "normal" location which is flagged as "inspection" (as opposed to a
"Receipt/Inspection" location), but until it is approved it will remain as "on h
old".
I do have approved all the quantity in the Maintain Approvals session!!!
***************** End Of Article ******************
David Elliott posted Message 1523 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 1999 at 12:03:02 EST
Subject: Re: How can I move an item from Inspection location to another location
?
: Hello everybody,
: I am facing the following problem. I have run a purchase order with inspection
in a location controlled warehouse and the item I received is stuck in inspecti
on location as inventory on hold and I cannot move it from there.
: I generated an inbound advice but there was no advice for the item under inspe
ction.
: Then I tried to move the inventory via an inventory transaction, but then agai
n the system does not allow me to do this transaction, because inventory is on h
old.
: Does anybody know how I can change the status of the inventory from on hold to
on hand or how I can move the inventory to another location?
: Thanking you in advance,
: Dimitris Tzanakakis
If you have maintained approvals successfully, then the inventory will now be a
vailable to move to a normal stocking location. However when you generate inboun
d, you must set the order type to Inventory Transfer. This will then create the
inbound. If you are still having problems, then you could set the parameter "Pri
nt Inbound Advice Steps" to yes, and retry. You can the print the steps, which s
hould explain why no locations are suitable for the item in question
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrian Frost posted Message 1524 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 1999 at 12:09:02 EST
Subject: Deleting a sales order raised using the proforma order type
We have a number of customers who pay on receipt of a proforma invoice, before g
oods are shipped. We are using standard Baan functionality - the proforma order
type.
If a customer chooses not to pay the proforma invoice and cancels the order we c
annot delete the order from the system. This means that there is a continual de
mand through MRP which we can do nothing about.
Does anyone have any suggestions as to how to delete the order? (We have logged
a call with Baan who have come up with an unacceptable workaround).
***************** End Of Article ******************
: : Hi Tina,
: : You need to define a "cost" type item called "freight", then add a line to y
our sales order for "freight". You'll deliver it then it will show up on the inv
oice.
: : John
A Fan
: Hello everybody,
: I am facing the following problem. I have run a purchase order with inspection
in a location controlled warehouse and the item I received is stuck in inspecti
on location as inventory on hold and I cannot move it from there.
: I generated an inbound advice but there was no advice for the item under inspe
ction.
: Then I tried to move the inventory via an inventory transaction, but then agai
n the system does not allow me to do this transaction, because inventory is on h
old.
: Does anybody know how I can change the status of the inventory from on hold to
on hand or how I can move the inventory to another location?
: Thanking you in advance,
: Dimitris Tzanakakis
Using session tdinv4230m000 (Baan IVc4) we can calculate the expected annual iss
ue for an item. Allowing Baan to update the 'Annual Issue' in the Item Master, I
would have expected Baan to fill in the same quantity as we find on the printed
form that goes with the session run. On that form the 'Annual Issue' is printed
, but apparently the two fields (one on the form, the other in the Item Master)
which carry the same name have a different meaning. Could anyone explain to me w
hat exactly they mean and how they are calculated ?
Marcus R. Cooman
***************** End Of Article ******************
Wilfred posted Message 1531 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 1999 at 02:40:09 EST
Subject: Shelf live
Is it possible to make a relationship between Process and Manufacturing by means
of the shelf period of an item?
We are not looking for a solution with lot tracking.
***************** End Of Article ******************
nandkumar posted Message 1532 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 1999 at 05:20:59 EST
Subject: Purchase Requisitions bug
Hi !
I am running BIVc3..which has the Purch Req. module. I am unabme to open the Mai
ntiain System Parameters(tdprq0100m000)
session within this module. Does anyone know of a fix for this ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dimitris Tzanakakis posted Message 1533 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 1999 at 05:27:37 EST
Subject: Found what went wrong
Hello everybody,
First of all thank you for your feedback. Actually you were right. Items should
be moved from the inspection location via the generation of inbound advice. But,
I had some parameters in Maintain ILC parameters misdefined and furthermore I h
ad maintained some storage conditions that did not allow for the items to be tra
nsfered to any other locations than the inspection location.
In a few words, the way I had set up the system, there was no location suitable
for transfering the goods from the inspection location.
Again thanks for your feedback
Bye
Dimitris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tomca posted Message 1534 in Message Board
ship
prof
orde
rece
:
I see numerous items in here discussing printing proforma invoices, attaching a
n advance receipt, maintaining an advance receipt. . .
: My question is - what is the intended functionality of print proforma invoice?
we are trying to use it for one department to be able to print out a proforma
(preliminary) invoice before billing prints the final invoice. Due to security
reasons we want them to do this through the Print Proforma Invoice session and n
:
:
:
:
:
dated 3/15/99 multinational bill of lading upgrade patch object you will be able
to manually create a bill of lading from the zoom session in the sales order an
d print it directly from there without having to go into transportation, or havi
ng to create a sales order.
Thank you so much for the solution! I will call and request the object and test
the scenario.
***************** End Of Article ******************
FMY posted Message 1570 in Message Board
Dated : April 14, 1999 at 21:26:32 EST
Subject: Re: Extra purchase receipt
Thanks for the tip.
I've tried Maintain Receipts for a negative PO quantity. However, the delivered
quantity (tdpur045.dqua) became double the packing slip quantity (tdpur045.diqu
). Why does it happen that way ?
: Once you have released the inbound you have passed the point of no return. All
you can do at this stage is create a return PO (negative PO line). You may want
to add the negative line to the same PO to ease tracability. (You do not have t
o use a "return order" type)
: Bear in mind that to "negative receive" the extra quantity, the item has to be
first transferred to the "REC" location.
:
: : Baan's Maintain Receipts allows for delivered quantity > ordered quantity.
Say, a user wrongly keyed-in an extra delivered quantity for a purchase order an
d only discovered the mistake after the PO has been approved and inbound has bee
n generated and released. How can we cancel/maintain the receipt to the correct
quantity ? Anyone can help with this ?
: : Thank you very much in advance.
of the table fields you mention but couldn't duplicate the error you mention. P
erhaps you could elaborate with the exact procedure you are following ?
: Thanks for the tip.
: I've tried Maintain Receipts for a negative PO quantity. However, the deliver
ed quantity (tdpur045.dqua) became double the packing slip quantity (tdpur045.di
qu). Why does it happen that way ?
: : Once you have released the inbound you have passed the point of no return. A
ll you can do at this stage is create a return PO (negative PO line). You may wa
nt to add the negative line to the same PO to ease tracability. (You do not have
to use a "return order" type)
: : Bear in mind that to "negative receive" the extra quantity, the item has to
be first transferred to the "REC" location.
: :
: : : Baan's Maintain Receipts allows for delivered quantity > ordered quantity.
Say, a user wrongly keyed-in an extra delivered quantity for a purchase order
and only discovered the mistake after the PO has been approved and inbound has b
een generated and released. How can we cancel/maintain the receipt to the corre
ct quantity ? Anyone can help with this ?
: : : Thank you very much in advance.
: No tit shouldn't happen that way. Just tested it out again taking careful noti
ce of the table fields you mention but couldn't duplicate the error you mention.
Perhaps you could elaborate with the exact procedure you are following ?
: : Thanks for the tip.
: : I've tried Maintain Receipts for a negative PO quantity. However, the deliv
ered quantity (tdpur045.dqua) became double the packing slip quantity (tdpur045.
diqu). Why does it happen that way ?
: : : Once you have released the inbound you have passed the point of no return.
All you can do at this stage is create a return PO (negative PO line). You may
want to add the negative line to the same PO to ease tracability. (You do not ha
ve to use a "return order" type)
: : : Bear in mind that to "negative receive" the extra quantity, the item has t
o be first transferred to the "REC" location.
: : :
: : : : Baan's Maintain Receipts allows for delivered quantity > ordered quantit
y. Say, a user wrongly keyed-in an extra delivered quantity for a purchase orde
r and only discovered the mistake after the PO has been approved and inbound has
been generated and released. How can we cancel/maintain the receipt to the cor
rect quantity ? Anyone can help with this ?
: : : : Thank you very much in advance.
ity. Say, a user wrongly keyed-in an extra delivered quantity for a purchase or
der and only discovered the mistake after the PO has been approved and inbound h
as been generated and released. How can we cancel/maintain the receipt to the c
orrect quantity ? Anyone can help with this ?
: : : : : Thank you very much in advance.
: Has anyone ever had a problem printing sales invoices while using commissions?
I am getting an error "Not able to determine invoice for order #". I am sure
that the problem is commission related but I can not pin down the problem. Than
ks in advance.
: Joe
04, freight charges are added to the sales invoice and then the EDI 810 message
is sent back to 505. But, there is a problem.....
The freight charges which have been added to the sales invoice cannot be matched
with the originating BAAN customer PO. I assume that when the BAAN matching pro
cess kicks in (505) it has a problem since the freight line does not exist on th
e originating PO, and the invoice is rejected. Is there any way to overcome this
?
Thanks,
Justin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Justin Condon posted Message 1594 in Message Board
Dated : April 20, 1999 at 11:06:55 EST
Subject: Re: BW login dialog box appears when running tdsls4404m000
: Hi Baan Fans,
: When I'm using session tdsls4404m000 ("Print sales invoices"), if the field "P
rocess delivered orders sales" is set to "Yes" then the BW login dialog box appe
ars and the session tdsls4404m000 hangs.
: Now, the session tdsls4223m000 ("Process delivered sales orders") doesn't work
.
: note : We doesn't use the performances boosters
: Thanks in advance.
We have experienced the smae problems on the client development box. BAAN typica
lly calls it "standard functionality" and do not have a patch available to corre
ct this. They say this is a security measure to validate when the users company
is not the same as the company the the printing is being done out of. It appears
that there is no way to avoid this when it occurs.
As regards the Process Delivered Sales order session - when we set this option t
o "Yes" on tdsls4404m000, the session appears to hang, but eventually we receive
a timeout message, and the invoice is then printed and processed.
We have not experienced this on out production box, and it has only started rece
ntly (out of the blue) on development.
Contact BAAN for more information - they are aware of the problem.
Justin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael Campisi posted Message 1595 in Message Board
Dated : April 20, 1999 at 11:07:21 EST
Subject: Generating Inbound Advice
I am working with a client who has ILC turned on, and is interested in including
the inbounding steps in there order types. When we try to follow an order throu
gh, using the purchase order type including inbounding, the system fails to Gene
rate inbound advice. When following an order through that uses a Purchase order
type not including inbounding as steps in the order type, the system generates i
I too have run across this same problem. If you search for 'order steps' on thi
s forum you will find some useful postings. Here is one I came across(below).
It seems that it is best to leave these order steps out of the procedure because
Baan will not function properly with them in. For outbounding you should use m
aintain deliveries as an order step. You can however change the description but
put the session code for maintain deliveries in there. Baan assumes that once
you generate advice Inb/Outb that it will be released. Hope this helps!
Earlier Posting:
I am unhappy with Baan's response to this. In the implementations I'm involved
in I have the client just LEAVE IT OUT. Baan has it in there as a viable step i
n the order process, but it does not work properly. The only "outbound/inbound"
step that can be included in an Order Type is "Generate Outbound". From a proc
edural standpoint, it's a training issue for the end-user to understand Generate
Inbound, Release Inbound, and Release Outbound. Hope that helps.
: : good luck
As it is, B4B2 purchase requisition is not supported. In fact our group company
who have gone live with b4b2 has customised this application. However, the same
is very much supported completely in b4c3 including raising PR, Budget checking,
authorising and generating purchase orders.
This is for your information
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nadeem Usmani posted Message 1605 in Message Board
Dated : April 22, 1999 at 04:35:51 EST
Subject: Generate Cycle Counting program abort
I am using Baan IV c3 with MicroSoft SQL Server Database under NT environment.
When we run Generate Cycle counting Orders (from Location Control) it take me ou
t from program.
Can somebody guide me what is the problem and how to resolve it?
Nadeem Usmani
***************** End Of Article ******************
janakinath posted Message 1606 in Message Board
Dated : April 22, 1999 at 05:18:00 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Requisitions
Thank you for immediate response. Can you please elaborate on "offering procedur
e". Where is this session? Actually what i meant was, usually incharges of vario
us sections in a shopfloor will be raising purchase requisitions for tools,spare
s etc which on further approval, Purchase orders for the respective requisitions
will be raised. Is there any solution for this problem or should we go for cust
omisation.
: Try using the "offering procedure"...
: good luck
: Hi everybody!!
: I've a strange case. I've included steps Print Claim Notes and Print Returns i
nto my PO procedure. I know that when there is no back order in Mantain Receipts
, step "Print Claim Notes" is not shown as an order step in the procedure when i
'm consulting the status. BUT the X-File is when I actually have a back-order in
Maintain Receipts. In this case, step "Print Claim Notes" should be shown in th
e procedure, however, it has dissapeared from it, just remaining "Print Returns"
. We've been updated from c2 to c4 and maybe it's a BUG.
: Please, send me a solution as soon as possible !!!
: Thanks
: Tomca
rgds
Flemming Carlsen
***************** End Of Article ******************
Justin Condon posted Message 1611 in Message Board
Dated : April 22, 1999 at 10:59:40 EST
Subject: Re: Ext. EDI : Conv. Setup Incoming Purchase Ackknowledgement, fixed le
ngth
: Has anybody a conversion setup of a incoming purchase ackknowledgement for fix
ed length.
: I have no idea how it works and so I need a example of an Incoming Purchase Ac
knowledgement for fixed length to see how the conversion setup have to look like
.
: Also a discription of how to process the incoming files would be quite good. B
ut for me the important thing is the conversion setup of a incoming data.
I do not have an example of a conversion setup for the 855 incoming (fixed lengt
h). However, it is relatively easy to change a delimited file to fixed length. Y
ou must do the following:
1. Make a copy of the 855 message that you want to alter.
2. In tcedi0120m000 (Maintain Networks) you will need to either change the "Fiel
d Type" field (form 2) to fixed length, or define a new network that uses fixed
length fields.
3. In tcedi5112s000 (Maintain Conversion Setups [Relationships]) you will need t
o change the "Pos Key", "Key Length" and "Start Pos Key" fields to their actual
physical length (i.e. no of chars, etc.) as opposed to the field numbers that ar
e currently used.
4. In tcedi5115s000 (Maintain Definitions of Conversion Setups) you will need to
do as in 3, except for the fields "Start Pos" and "Length".
This should give you a fixed length 855 file.
As regards processing incoming files - this is usually done via tcedi7205m000 (D
irect Network Communication), where you process both incoming and and outgoing f
iles for a given network. This will also depend on whether you are using interna
l or external EDI? you are using a full EDI order cycle?
Hope this helps some - email me if you need more info.
Justin
: It is very important for me and I would be very glad if someone has such an ex
ample.
Print Claim notes are for discrepiancies in packing slip quantity with what shou
ld actually be received. Print Return Notes would be used in conjunction with Ma
intain Approvals. If any of the shipment received was rejected, you would print
return notes then.
: I think claim notes are printed when there is a difference between the packing
slip quantity and the actual received quantity. The step may have been skipped
in your case because although there is a back order there may not have been a di
fference between the packing slip and delivered quantity during Maintain Receipt
s.
:
: : Hi everybody!!
: : I've a strange case. I've included steps Print Claim Notes and Print Returns
into my PO procedure. I know that when there is no back order in Mantain Receip
ts, step "Print Claim Notes" is not shown as an order step in the procedure when
i'm consulting the status. BUT the X-File is when I actually have a back-order
in Maintain Receipts. In this case, step "Print Claim Notes" should be shown in
the procedure, however, it has dissapeared from it, just remaining "Print Return
s". We've been updated from c2 to c4 and maybe it's a BUG.
: : Please, send me a solution as soon as possible !!!
: : Thanks
: : Tomca
ed at the same day.(parameter is set that currency depends on delivery date. Wha
t I found next was that this was probably localisation bug because I did not fin
d the sales currency column in the standard version.
: Ivan
**************************************************************
Have you checked the customer master. Within the customer master, you can set "
invoicing method". This will determine how the customer will be invoiced. This
could be why it only happens sometimes.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gene Phares posted Message 1614 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 1999 at 10:29:44 EST
Subject: How to Capture Order Service Rep taking order
We want to automatically capture the userid (or employee number) of the order se
rvice rep who enter the sales order. Essentially, we want the rep's "userid" aut
omatically placed in a data field somewhere on the order header file for later r
eporting purposes. Since Baan has no such field, has anybody done anything like
this. Again, the key it to have this field loaded automatically. Thanks.
Gene Phares
gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Steve Weber posted Message 1615 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 1999 at 16:01:05 EST
Subject: Re: Generate Cycle Counting program abort
: I am using Baan IV c3 with MicroSoft SQL Server Database under NT environment.
: When we run Generate Cycle counting Orders (from Location Control) it take me
out from program.
: Can somebody guide me what is the problem and how to resolve it?
: Nadeem Usmani
When you generate cycle counting orders, the system will automatically exit you
from the session when it is complete (like a G/L rebuild). If you are being boo
ted out of Baan, then it is something more serious.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jason posted Message 1616 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 1999 at 16:52:29 EST
Subject: Re: How to Capture Order Service Rep taking order
If you are using Baan IV then there is no standard way to have the system displa
y the userid. However, the information is captured by the system in the TDSLS051
table which is the sales order line history. A record gets written here as soon
as the order is entered. You could easily base custom reports on that table and
get the information you need. If you want the userid to display on the lines sc
reen then you would also have to customize the screen to look to the 051 table f
From the opposite side - if when the original external customer PO is read into
505 and the freight line added to the resulting sales order, that line addition
will not carry over to the PO that is then sent from 505 to 504.
It doesn't seem to work no matter which way you look at it.
: Hi,
: a possibility might be adding the purchase order line with the freight costs w
ith the order response message. After inserting the purchase order line with the
freight costs, matching should be possible.
: Regards,
: Lambert
Hello,
I want to know whether we can maintain single rebate agreement for multiple cust
omer of same group. If yes, how ?
Also please help me in setting perameter. Although single customer - single agre
ement is working properly, but I am getting
error in case of multiple customer- single agreement.
Thanks
S.khosla
New Delhi
***************** End Of Article ******************
fawaz al-fawaz posted Message 1631 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 1999 at 08:56:02 EST
Subject: sys date and order date
As we are in parallel run situation, we had set the system date to be 1/1/99 to
capture all back log of transactions occurred prior to the start of our usage a
nd data entry of orders into the system, but for certain processes like maintain
receipt couldn't be processed for a future date, that is if we are planning to
receive and ship the material on a futuristic date, therefore we need the expe
rts and BaaN consultants to advise on the affect if we switch on the date to be
according to actual date, yet to be allowed to enter yesterday's or last week or
ders into the system. We know that in maintaining a sales or purchase order ther
e is a field called order date instigate it's value from current date which if a
previous or older date than current date there would be a message preventing th
e acceptance of the value, but we could easily stop the message. The question if
we did allow the reassignment of this field, Would it affect any other calcula
tion which assumes the current date to be similar to order date? please contribu
te to this matter as soon as possible.
e-mail:fawaz@sabic.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Delaware, Nathalie Eddie posted Message 1632 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 1999 at 09:26:59 EST
Subject: Re: Return orders with lot control
: Hi !!
: I'm using Lot Control and return orders. When I'm executing the Outbound ("neg
ative", outbound with return orders), Baan asks for a lot number to associate wi
th the quantity being "negatively" extracted from the ubications (in fact, the q
uantity will be introduced into the warehouse). If i select an existing lot (say
, the lot has stock) it works well: The goods are shown in the stock. The proble
m appears when the original lot from wich the quantity to be returned belongs to
has already dissapeared (the whole lot has been sold, and i don't have an exist
ing lot to relate with the returned goods).
: The lots to be selected in the Outbound Session must have stock, so:
: How can i create a lot without stock to be selected in the Outbound Session?
: How can i solve this problem with return orders'
The lots don't need to have stock! Only lots in the outbound sessions need to ha
ve stock. But you have to choose your lot already in the sales order lines on fo
rm 2. Here we can choose a specific lot for an item, Baan displays also the lots
without stock. When you go to the maintain outbound data the lot number will al
reay be filled!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bob Wible posted Message 1633 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 1999 at 13:36:30 EST
Subject: Customs Documents
We need a document to send with overseas shipments to customs. A non-final invo
ice does somewhat fit the bill but a document is also needed for replenishment o
rders to a foreign hub. Seems like others should have faced this issue. Any id
eas?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Doug posted Message 1634 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 1999 at 13:55:02 EST
Subject: Re: Customs Documents
: We need a document to send with overseas shipments to customs. A non-final in
voice does somewhat fit the bill but a document is also needed for replenishment
orders to a foreign hub. Seems like others should have faced this issue. Any
ideas?
****************************************************
Another issue that you face is that if you try to use Pro-forma invoices, the nu
mbering starts over at 1 every time you run the session. This was not acceptabl
e to our international department. As a result they are looking into the use of
a product called Spex.
***************** End Of Article ******************
TF posted Message 1635 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 1999 at 14:24:47 EST
Subject: Re: URGENT: ERROR CREATING ORDER LINES ON BAAN V
: I have an error when creating order lines on Baan V. It says something like:
: "Adress XXXX is not valid for today. Can not calculate lead time"
: Can you help me?
:
: Thanks
Please elaborate on your problem!!!
Session name, standard item or customized? orderprocedure?
cost price calculation date of item etc...
TF
: Any user who wants to search for any debtor with "Mu" gets an error 305. The s
ession cannot be started by this user any more. (No application locks) What coul
d be the cause but, better yet, what is the solution?
: Your help is highly appreciated!
: Any user who wants to search for any debtor with "Mu" gets an error 305. The s
ession cannot be started by this user any more. (No application locks) What coul
d be the cause but, better yet, what is the solution?
: Your help is highly appreciated!
aan only considers the delivery dates in version IVb2 (that I worked on). It is
not very useful.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anshoom Jain posted Message 1653 in Message Board
Dated : April 28, 1999 at 14:08:55 EST
Subject: Re: Picking List Problems
Please fill in "yes" in the field "print shortages" in the print pick list sessi
on, No. tdsls4402m000.
anshoom
: Thanks for the reply. I have changed the parameter to inventory on hand, but n
ow it is not coming up with a shortage list but instead printing a picking list
for the complete order.
:
:
:
:
e
:
: Please set the field in Sales Order Parameters as follows:
: : Method of Printing Item on Picking List as "All lines" for all lines in th
order or "those on hand" allowing you partial delivery.
: : "Sufficient Inventory" option will print pick list only if inventory availab
le for issue is greater or equal to order quantity.
:
: Please set the field in Sales Order Parameters as follows:
: : Method of Printing Item on Picking List as "All lines" for all lines in
order or "those on hand" allowing you partial delivery.
: : : "Sufficient Inventory" option will print pick list only if inventory avail
able for issue is greater or equal to order quantity.
: I have an error when creating order lines on Baan V. It says something like:
: "Adress XXXX is not valid for today. Can not calculate lead time"
: Can you help me?
:
: Thanks
: The "contract" field on the sales order header is intended only for "Special c
ontracts" especially if you have more than 1 special contract for the customer a
nd item. If you do not specify the special contract on the header, and your para
meters allow it, the system will ask you on the order line which special contrac
t you would like to link the order line to.
:
: : Shouldn't Baan prompt me that a sales contract exist on a contracted item th
at I am creating a normal sales order for? I thought that when I attempted to en
ter a sales order line for a contracted item, the system would tell me that a co
ntract exists for it.
: What specific parameters affect whether I receive that prompt or not. I could
not relate any sales contract parameter, or sales order parameter to this funct
ion.
: : I must disagree with the previous respondent.
: : Baan will indeed tell you in so many words(not nessarily a warning)that the
order line is linked to a contract (if of course there is a valid contract for t
he combination of customer and item and the contract is active etc). This happen
s as soon as you enter the qty on a sales order line. Depending on your sales co
ntract parameters, you may or may not get a warning and the system may or may no
t unlink the sales order line if the sales order line is changed.
: : The "contract" field on the sales order header is intended only for "Special
contracts" especially if you have more than 1 special contract for the customer
and item. If you do not specify the special contract on the header, and your pa
rameters allow it, the system will ask you on the order line which special contr
act you would like to link the order line to.
: :
: : : Shouldn't Baan prompt me that a sales contract exist on a contracted item
that I am creating a normal sales order for? I thought that when I attempted to
enter a sales order line for a contracted item, the system would tell me that a
contract exists for it.
If economic stock is present for any item, you can run this session once in a da
y only.
Hope this will help you.
Ajaz, Syed
ajazsd@hotmail.com
: Hi There
: I work on BaaN IV c3.
: While trying to raise a Purchase order the system disalows me by giving a mess
age - 'Cost Price Structure Not Available For This Date'.
: Help solicited for solving this quagmire.
: Thanks in Advance
: Boby
It is recvered when you run Error Recovery Session, but it is not a pleasant sol
ution, because all "on order quantity" figures and all the reports receiving dat
a from those figures are not reliable then.
: When making a change to the delivery date or order date on a saved purchase or
der line, the "On Order" quantity displayed on Form 2 changes by the quantity of
the item being purchased. Has anyone run into this problem, or is it not a prob
lem at all and I just don't understand Baan's logic?
: : 2. If we do not prepay and add freight, and request the carrier to bill dire
ctly, how do you show on the sales order on the system, on the acknowledgement,
sales invoice and most importantly the bill of lading, who is paying for the fre
ight charges. eg: consignor, consignee, third party?
: Another way is in Maintain Commissions Parameters (tdcms01000m000) set the com
mission link to "Order Line" instead of "Order". When a Sales Order is created,
zoom at the line level to session Maintain Relations by Order Line and delete t
he link to pay commissions on freight.
ms0100m000), click on form2 and ensure you have the priorities set right.
We have implemented the PMC module (Product Maintenance Control)for updating our
Baan environment and we are up-to-date to Feb 15/99 so we may have installed wh
atever patch affected this already. If someone can get me a patch ID, I can chec
k it out.
Steve
============================================================
: : : After setting up the CMS master data I tried to calculate rebates. Whateve
r I do I get the fault message in my report that states: 'No agreement available
'. I do have entered agreements for rebates. Can anyone tell me what the problem
could be. By the way I'm working in BaanIVc2
: We are implementing version Baan IV 4c. We have come across a similar issue wi
thing Commissions and Rebates. We have set up our representatives as suppliers i
n order to pay them commissions. We have established a relation as a supplier, a
n agreement for that relation and linked the relation to a sales order. When we
try to calculate the commission based on the sales order header. Once we run ses
sion "calculate commissions/rebates) for that specific sales order we get the er
ror message "agreement not foun" for that specific relation. Same thing applies
to rebates. I have been informed there is a patch that needs to be put into plac
e before we can calculate commissions.
: Hi there
AAN this month). The reason for doing the credit re-bill is if we make an error
and bill the wrong dealer for the goods, or if we bill an incorrect dollar amou
nt and the dealer would like a new invoice that is 'corrected'. Currently we do
a credit/rebill (using parts numbers that are inventoried) but we do not have t
o go through the steps of going through bringing the items back into a whse (BAA
N demands this-as they are inventoried items)then 'reshipping' it. We can use t
he part numbers, and credit the wrong original invoice, and re-bill correctly.
In BAAN we now need to do 'negative' outbound and fool the system that the items
were brought back into a QC WHSE, then ship them out again. Is there any way t
o skip these steps, but still use the original part numbers? The parts are NEVE
R going to really be coming back here, and are credited and re-billed the same b
usiness day. It would save us ALOT of time.
:
: : We do what we call Credit/Rebills in our current system (we are switching to
BAAN this month). The reason for doing the credit re-bill is if we make an err
or and bill the wrong dealer for the goods, or if we bill an incorrect dollar am
ount and the dealer would like a new invoice that is 'corrected'. Currently we
do a credit/rebill (using parts numbers that are inventoried) but we do not have
to go through the steps of going through bringing the items back into a whse (B
AAN demands this-as they are inventoried items)then 'reshipping' it. We can use
the part numbers, and credit the wrong original invoice, and re-bill correctly.
In BAAN we now need to do 'negative' outbound and fool the system that the ite
ms were brought back into a QC WHSE, then ship them out again. Is there any way
to skip these steps, but still use the original part numbers? The parts are NE
VER going to really be coming back here, and are credited and re-billed the same
business day. It would save us ALOT of time.
: Is there any way to block a sales order from Invoicing if there is a part (inv
entoried) that has not yet been assigned a List Price? I know-I know...why are
we setting up parts for sale without a list price at the time of set up? It is
a matter of discipline here, but the request is the same. The invoice would hav
e to eventually be maintained to assign the correct list price, then invoiced.
Thanks for the help on this.
NEVER going to really be coming back here, and are credited and re-billed the sa
me business day. It would save us ALOT of time.
In our company, if we are returning a lot control item that shipped in our Pre-B
aan world, we are able to Maintain Lots for the item and then link the lot to th
e negative outbound in the maintain outbound session. Seems to work smoothly, e
xcept for the additional transaction required.
: In order to return goods to a supplier using a return order with Lot Control t
urned on, you have to have the goods in your receiving location within the wareh
ouse your are returning the goods from. If the goods were originally issued to
a production order, then the production order must be reduced by the qty you wis
h to ship out. Reducing the goods from the production order will transfer them
to their original warehouse, which then need to be transferred to the receiving
location. Once in the received location, Maintain Receipts by the negative qty
to reflect shipping to the supplier. If you expect the goods to return (repaire
d, for example), you will need to create a new line on the PO for the expected r
eceipt.
: Keep in mind you must always select the lot you wish to transfer by choosing t
he specific lot and date of transaction.
: Hope I'm right and that this helps...
Hi rambhak
A very curt message which says
'ORDER DISALLOWED'
Thanks & Regards
boby
: What is the error message ?
:
: : Hi there
: : In the maintain purchase orders session I am unable to create a Purchase ord
er with an in future orderdate ie. 10 days from today(say).I am allowed pre date
d orders with a warning.
: : Help solicited.
: : Boby
: : Should we buy those items in a normal warehouse and then issue them into pro
duction orders, or buy them directly in a WIP warehouse ?
: : On the financial integration side, the normal procedure is to map the purcha
se directly in the WIP material. But, how can we balance our inventory if we buy
to a normal warehouse ?
: : Thanks for your help !
: I wanted to know the significance of the field "CUSTOMER P.O number" in the Sa
les order lines, in the 5th form session tdsls4102s000 . can any one throw light
on it.
: N.srinvasa rao
: Dear Srinivasa,
: The field "Customer P.O" is not accessible. This field is automatically popul
ated by a system when you use "Direct deliver".
: I hope this explanation will help you .
: Good Luck,
: Naveed
:
: : I wanted to know the significance of the field "CUSTOMER P.O number" in the
Sales order lines, in the 5th form session tdsls4102s000 . can any one throw lig
ht on it.
: : N.srinvasa rao
We want to use the country of origin (CO) in the item data to maintain inport
port compliance accuracy on incoming and outgoing documentation. Our issue is
at you can only put one country code in the field for items that are supplied
om many countries, i.e. electrical components purchased through distribution.
s anyone developed a process for addressing multiple CO's for an item?
ex
th
fr
Ha
et amount above which he can't purchase items. How one can restrict a buyer so t
hat he cannot cross the budget limit
: For example:
:
x person can maintain purchase order value upto $50,000. Above this if he m
aintains a PO the system should not accept.
I've been asked about this many times, but up till now haven't found a solution
in Baan Standard purchase orders.
What we have done with a customer is the following:
we've restricted most of the user's menu's to only to maintaining purchase order
s
We've customized a report in the standard printing session purchase orders per o
rder (i believe it is tdpur4408m000 or something like that NOT tdpur4401m000
This report has to be authorised by the manager when it goes over the amount set
for the user
After authorisation the purchasing department prints the purchase order and make
s sure it goes out to the supplier and prints the "goods receiving note"
Perhaps there is a Third party program that interfaces with baan that can deal d
irectly with amounts for users, but i don't know of any.
Good luck
TF
If you want to execute a query from a standard session, I can't help you with th
at. I don't believe it is possible with customisation.
Good luck TF
: Two questions : First :We would like to get help from any tools expert who had
experienced Calling an easy SQL query from a session. Can that be accomplished.
: Second : In a Multi Logistics and multi Finance setup Can the Customer Master
data and delivery addresses be shared between two companies?.
: regards.
: E-mail:fawaz@sabic.com
: Can the two of you or anyone else help me also with this issue?
: Carol Schmidt
e customer may generate a new revision level for their part for which my client
may or may not create a new internal revision level. To further complicate the
matter, the customer revision levels may have effective and expiry dates.
: During sales order entry, the sales order entry person needs to be able to sel
ect the appropriate customer item number AND revision level for the order. We a
re thinking of using item codes by item code system (session tiitm0112m000) to a
ccomodate the customer item cross-reference but that does not allow us to do the
revision level tracking or selection.
: Any ideas would be appreciated!
: Vernon Anderson, CPIM
Jeanne
: Hello!
: I have a client who manufactures fasteners to a customer's revision level. Th
e customer may generate a new revision level for their part for which my client
may or may not create a new internal revision level. To further complicate the
matter, the customer revision levels may have effective and expiry dates.
: During sales order entry, the sales order entry person needs to be able to sel
ect the appropriate customer item number AND revision level for the order. We a
re thinking of using item codes by item code system (session tiitm0112m000) to a
ccomodate the customer item cross-reference but that does not allow us to do the
revision level tracking or selection.
: Any ideas would be appreciated!
: Vernon Anderson, CPIM
I have already tried your option. when we use direct delivery the P.O no will re
flect on form no 4 (not on form 5) as "purchase order". pl. confirm.
bye
N.Srinivasa Rao
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrian Platt posted Message 1755 in Message Board
Dated : May 11, 1999 at 07:47:22 EST
Subject: Cannot invoice
When trying to print a final invoice for an order at the Print Sales Invoice sta
ge, we receive the following messages: "no data present" followed by "not able t
o print invoice for order number ......."
Any ideas?
***************** End Of Article ******************
N.Srinivasa Rao posted Message 1756 in Message Board
Dated : May 11, 1999 at 07:50:59 EST
Subject: Customer P.O number
hi Charlie Turgeon ,
I am fully convinced with your suggestion. when we give P.O number on Sales orde
r header in the Reference field, it is reflecting on the print Packing slips. i
think this what u wanted to say. but when this field is reflecting ?
can pl. help me.
bye
N.Srinivasa Rao
***************** End Of Article ******************
N.Srinivasa Rao posted Message 1757 in Message Board
Dated : May 11, 1999 at 08:27:17 EST
Subject: Customer P.O number
hi Naveed,
What You say is correct in case of Direct Delivery and the same is reflection on
form 4 of Sales order lines as
Purchase order. But when the field "customer p.o" on the form No. 5 is reflected
?
bye
N.Srinivasa Rao
: I'm trying to stop an item with a selling price of zero from being invoiced (o
r even entered). I have tried using Margin Control, but it seems to let the ite
m through when the price is $0. (which seems strange because i can stop it when
it is $.01)
: Anybody know why the $0 is allowed to go through?
: Thanks.
: When you zoom to suppliers from the purchase order session, not all of the ph
one number is visible. The screen scolls left and right, but not enough to disp
lay the last four digits of the phone number. Have alter PC's resolution to no
avail. Most of the PC's are running on windows 95 although the same problem was
experienced on a new NT laptop.
: Regards,
reflect that most recent last counted date regardless of which warehouse is cou
nted. Thus, TDINV001 could have two different last counted dates for a single i
tem in two different warehouses. Just something to keep in mind.
To re-iterate a comment from a previous poster... The help text is very helpful
on this matter.
: Hi Merv Carr,
: Did you ever tried it? or are you just translating the standard Baan help text
into normal English?
: Off course you could generate the cycle count orders as often as you like but
do you get the right Data??????????????
: The money isn't growing on trees here and you know what a costumisation costst
, this problem was researched very good and in Baan IVc4 we did run into the sam
e problems as Nadeem.
: After a customisation in whitch we resetting the last cycle count date the pro
blem was solved.
: Greetings Marc
:
: : I presume you are referring to the INV parameters. If you care to read the h
elp text in the INV parameters, you would very quickly find out that this parame
ter determines how often a class of item is counted (i.e. the counting interval)
and has absolutely nothing whatsoever to do with how often cycle count orders c
an be generated. No customisation is needed, perhaps a little bit of research th
ough to find out what you don't know.
: : "No alternative" ?? I don't think so.
: : : I'm affraid you need some customisation on the cycle count.
: : : I'm currently at one of my customers and the had the customisation written
for this problem.
: : : There is no other alternative.
: : : Greetings Marc
: : : : Can I run cycle counting daily. Because in Parameter file I found minimu
m it can run once in a week. But for the time being I want to run it daily, even
though I do not want to change the system date
: : : : Nadeem Usmani
The customers computers are primarily using windows '95 but I have seen the same
problem a with new laptop using NT. I have tried adjusting the computer resolu
tion.
Any ideas if this is a Baan problem or PC problem.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Suhas Sakalikar posted Message 1780 in Message Board
Dated : May 12, 1999 at 23:09:50 EST
Subject: Default Routing
Dear Sir,
Presently we are undergoing training for BaaN implementation.
Wea are finding problem in Selection of Deafult Routing.
If no routing is selected for manufacturing item, it should select default routi
ng and costing to be available on that routing. Is there any other way to do cos
ting for default routing.
Awaiting response.
Suhas
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nadeem Usmani posted Message 1781 in Message Board
Dated : May 13, 1999 at 04:56:26 EST
Subject: Alternative Item
We are using Baan IVc3 under SQL 6.5 and Window NT 4.0
We have defined two items say A and B. Item B is alternative to A. In alernativ
e item session (in Item master zoom), we set Interchange and Reverse flags as "Y
es".
Now we have the stock in item B and no stock in item A. When we make a sales ord
er for item A, it says insufficient inventory and allows to select an alternativ
e item.
Now my question is Can Baan select the alternative item automatically. If not th
en what is the use of priority definition in maintain alternative item session?
Thanks in advance
Nadeem Usmani
usmani_nadeem@hotmail.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 1782 in Message Board
Dated : May 13, 1999 at 06:18:26 EST
Subject: Credit To Stores - Is It Possible
Hi There
Is there a way that material drawn excess can be returned back to inventory.Thou
gh this may not seem particularly good manufacturing practice the customer deman
ds this feature.Is it possible in BaaN or is customisation required.
Thanks in advance
Boby
***************** End Of Article ******************
wweglin posted Message 1783 in Message Board
Dated : May 13, 1999 at 08:38:19 EST
Subject: Re: Credit To Stores - Is It Possible
: Hi There
: Is there a way that material drawn excess can be returned back to inventory.Th
ough this may not seem particularly good manufacturing practice the customer dem
ands this feature.Is it possible in BaaN or is customisation required.
: Thanks in advance
: Boby
If your using location control enter the session "Enter material issue for produ
ction orders (ticst0101) and find your production order, put a negative qty in t
he issue column of the item you want to return to inventory. Maintain Outbound
Data (tdilc4101) and enter this negative qty on the outbound then release the ou
tbound advice (tdilc4202). This will put the material back into inventory.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. Khan posted Message 1784 in Message Board
Dated : May 13, 1999 at 09:09:26 EST
Subject: Re: Alternative Item
Dear Nadeem,
Alternative Item works automatically for PCS module.
I hope this explains your question.
Regards,
Naveed
: We are using Baan IVc3 under SQL 6.5 and Window NT 4.0
: We have defined two items say A and B. Item B is alternative to A. In alernat
ive item session (in Item master zoom), we set Interchange and Reverse flags as
"Yes".
: Now we have the stock in item B and no stock in item A. When we make a sales o
rder for item A, it says insufficient inventory and allows to select an alternat
ive item.
: Now my question is Can Baan select the alternative item automatically. If not
then what is the use of priority definition in maintain alternative item session
?
: Thanks in advance
: Nadeem Usmani
: usmani_nadeem@hotmail.com
: We are using Baan IVc3 under SQL 6.5 and Window NT 4.0
: We have defined two items say A and B. Item B is alternative to A. In alernat
ive item session (in Item master zoom), we set Interchange and Reverse flags as
"Yes".
: Now we have the stock in item B and no stock in item A. When we make a sales o
rder for item A, it says insufficient inventory and allows to select an alternat
ive item.
: Now my question is Can Baan select the alternative item automatically. If not
then what is the use of priority definition in maintain alternative item session
?
: Thanks in advance
: Nadeem Usmani
: usmani_nadeem@hotmail.com
ke sure that you have defined same routing code which you are using as a default
routing.
Good Luck,
Naveed
: Dear Sir,
: Presently we are undergoing training for BaaN implementation.
: Wea are finding problem in Selection of Deafult Routing.
: If no routing is selected for manufacturing item, it should select default rou
ting and costing to be available on that routing. Is there any other way to do c
osting for default routing.
: Awaiting response.
: Suhas
: : : : Nadeem Usmani
: : thanks .-((
: : Thomas
: When trying to print a final invoice for an order at the Print Sales Invoice s
tage, we receive the following messages: "no data present" followed by "not able
to print invoice for order number ......."
: Any ideas?
: Thomas
Many of our customers are now paying upon receipt and require that every packing
slip have an individual invoice. Our company does not want to have to "delete"
outbound advice and process each line individually. Also, timing in performing
the invoice print is too difficult to keep current and ahead of possible multip
le packing slips against a single order. We looked at having the packing slip d
etails print on the invoice (only a single does currently) but it does not meet
our customer needs. We need to maintain a 1:1 ratio. Unfortunately Baan does no
t have a "Maximum # of packing slips per invoice" feild. Does anyone have a sol
ution without resorting to source code?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nuno Guilherme posted Message 1805 in Message Board
Dated : May 17, 1999 at 11:01:36 EST
Subject: Multi supplier Purchase Orders
Hey !!!
Does anyone know how can we assign several suppliers to a purchase ?
This is the situation: if we are purchasing some item from one supplier, but sev
eral others must act as well, as transportation companies, customs agents, etc,
how can I keep everything under a single entity ? In fact, all the costs along t
he process should be reflected in the item standard cost... Any ideas on how to
do it ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
lisa posted Message 1806 in Message Board
Dated : May 17, 1999 at 12:55:24 EST
Subject: Re: Deleting a Warehouse
: As the material in the ware house has no value and should not be done thro inv
entory adjustment also.
********************************************
An inventory adjustment can be used for any part with a quantity on hand. It do
es not matter that the "value" is 0.
Thomas ;-))
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 1808 in Message Board
Dated : May 17, 1999 at 16:12:27 EST
Subject: Picking Lists/Sufficient Inventory
Please explain the parameter setting " Method of Printing Items on Picking List"
under sessions tdsls4100m000.
All Items Those on Hand Sufficient Inventory I was under the assumption that if this parameter was set to "sufficient invento
ry", a picking list would not print unless there was inventory to cover the full
quantity of any order line on a sales order.
In other words if there are two
ne has sufficient inventory but
nventory, the picking list will
does have sufficient inventory
Please confirm this and if so, is there a way to supress printing of a picking l
ist until there is sufficient inventory for all order lines on the sales order?
An urgent response is required.
Thank you,
Carol Schmidt
Egan Visual Inc.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 1809 in Message Board
Dated : May 17, 1999 at 16:27:59 EST
Subject: Re: Picking Lists/Sufficient Inventory
You are correct on the first part (the line with sufficient inventory will print
). On the second part (if you are in Baan IV) there is a field on form 2 of the
sales order header "ship complete yes/no". If set to yes, then all lines have to
ship simultaneously (according to the help text anyway) I haven't played with t
his one for a long time so cannot testify to it's effectiveness, but it would be
worth your whikle trying it out anyway).
Let us know how you get on
: Please explain the parameter setting " Method of Printing Items on Picking Lis
t" under sessions tdsls4100m000.
: All Items : Those on Hand : Sufficient Inventory : I was under the assumption that if this parameter was set to "sufficient inven
tory", a picking list would not print unless there was inventory to cover the fu
ll quantity of any order line on a sales order.
: In other words if there are two
line has sufficient inventory but
inventory, the picking list will
at does have sufficient inventory
: Please confirm this and if so, is there a way to supress printing of a picking
list until there is sufficient inventory for all order lines on the sales order
?
: An urgent response is required.
: Thank you,
: Carol Schmidt
: Egan Visual Inc.
The only way to do so is to my best knowledge to create projects in the pcs (man
ufacturing). This way you can combine all the cost Shipping/custom agents thru t
he transportation module.
I don't know the precise procedure for this problem.
Currently I'm at a customer (who went live on May 1st) and I have no access to m
y laptop on which I have the email address of a Indian consultant who did create
a simular solution for a big Arabic company.
Next weekend I can look up his email address and I will send it to you.
Greetings Marc
: Hey !!!
: Does anyone know how can we assign several suppliers to a purchase ?
: This is the situation: if we are purchasing some item from one supplier, but s
everal others must act as well, as transportation companies, customs agents, etc
, how can I keep everything under a single entity ? In fact, all the costs along
the process should be reflected in the item standard cost... Any ideas on how t
o do it ?
: Thanks
em requirement that somehow gets missed in the installation. You should not have
to turn Transportation on to use Replenishment Orders! Good luck.
: ------: : We are also using replenishment orders to move materials between our raw mat
erials warehouse, and our WIP warehouse. When we try to print a replenishment or
der picking list, we get the error message:
: : "Session trtoc2202m000 not defined as order step"
: : Is there any way that we can use replenishment orders as if we do not have t
ransportation implemented?
: : Thanks for your help.
: : Rock
label. This is a requirement for Automotive EDI when sending the ASN message and
so far I have had to create a new set of tables to store this information per l
abel. Has anybody with automotive experience come accross this issue and managed
to solve it without customizations ?
:
: Joe
Joe
: Joe-We got the PO# field to print on our invoices. I will check & see if it w
as a customization. We also had the PO# field moved up to form 1 of the Maintai
n Sales Orders, and we had a customization done for duplicate PO# check. (it wor
ks great!) I will let you know what I found out about getting it to print. Peter
.
: : Hello,
: : Does anyone know how to get a customer PO to appear on a sales invoice?
: :
: : Joe
Greetings Marc.
: Hello,
: Does anyone know how to get a customer PO to appear on a sales invoice?
:
: Joe
conversion setup.
There is a dependancy though between the library and the conversion setup which
is often overlooked. The fields in the conversion setup for which you perform a
"read record" or "write record" and the key fields per level/file trigger action
s in the library. So any of these events in the conversion setup need a correspo
nding piece of programming in the library. What that effectively means is that w
hen you change the key fields or read/write flags to now operate on a different
field or table, the risk exists that the message will not be generated properly
thus a customization is needed.
Sorry for the long answer but I hope it answers the question.
Bye,
Mathieu
: I am trying to find out whether changing the EDI setup delivered by BAAN (for
edifact and X12) from multi-level messages to single level messages.
: This has impacts on the conversion setup, that I can change. But what I am won
dering is do the standard DLLS (tdpurdll4280, tdpurdll4281, tdslsdll4281 ...) su
pport this change?
: In other words, can I switch to single files without customizing?
: Thanks
st having this moved to form 1, and maybe something you do not use moved FROM fo
rm 1. Again, they (your tools people, or even BAAN implementing people) can do
this very easily. Also, as I stated before-we had a customization done to check
on duplicate PO#'s. This enhancement will save us numerous errors. I hope BAA
N will make this standard....
: Thanks Pete - We are anxiously awaiting your solution........
: Joe
: : Joe-We got the PO# field to print on our invoices. I will check & see if it
was a customization. We also had the PO# field moved up to form 1 of the Maint
ain Sales Orders, and we had a customization done for duplicate PO# check. (it w
orks great!) I will let you know what I found out about getting it to print. Pet
er.
: : : Hello,
: : : Does anyone know how to get a customer PO to appear on a sales invoice?
: : :
: : : Joe
this one for a long time so cannot testify to it's effectiveness, but it would
be worth your whikle trying it out anyway).
: Let us know how you get on
:
: : Please explain the parameter setting " Method of Printing Items on Picking L
ist" under sessions tdsls4100m000.
: : All Items : : Those on Hand : : Sufficient Inventory : : I was under the assumption that if this parameter was set to "sufficient inv
entory", a picking list would not print unless there was inventory to cover the
full quantity of any order line on a sales order.
: : In other words if there are two
r line has sufficient inventory but
nt inventory, the picking list will
that does have sufficient inventory
: : Please confirm this and if so, is there a way to supress printing of a picki
ng list until there is sufficient inventory for all order lines on the sales ord
er?
: : An urgent response is required.
: : Thank you,
: : Carol Schmidt
: : Egan Visual Inc.
Yes, you were correct and I also knew about the flag in the customer file (ship
complete and back order). I temporarily forgot about it!! If this flag is set
to ship complete "Yes" then a picking list will not print until inventory for al
l lines of the sales order is present.
Thanks for jogging my memory. It needs it
***************** End Of Article ******************
ricardo vera posted Message 1839 in Message Board
Dated : May 20, 1999 at 14:58:45 EST
Subject: Re: In Pricing matrix type have Transfer price where ecxactly it is usf
ull
: hi,
:
please any one tell me In pricing we have Matrix type is of Transfer under
that matrix definition is defined, but i donot know where this transfer type mat
rix and its definion is usefull to use, any one of them know please inform to me
.
hi,
i am working on baanivb2 i implemented location control.
i can maintain locations for normal warehouse.but i cannot
maintain for wip warehouse.how to maintain locations for
wip?
thanks in advance
thanks for your reply.unfortunatly in our company we have a WIP warehouse where
we have two locations with specific storage conditions which are used to store s
ubassemblies required to be sent to next process. So how to solve this problem?
I think it is not advisable to store this in a normal warehouse.
Bye
DSKumar
: If you want shipping costs etc. to be reflected in the item standard cost as a
n estimate, then the "normal" route would be to define surcharges in cost accoun
ting (based on the item purchase price).
: If you then place a PO for an item, the PO price would not include the surchar
ges and you then get a variance (PO result) which can be posted (automatically)
to a suspense account.
: When the invoices for the shipping etc. come in, these entries in the suspense
account would then be offset.
: Assigning several suppliers to a single PO can not be done.
: Referring to Marc's reply, Yes, if you need to record actual costs for an item
, for a shipment, against multiple suppliers, probably the only way you could do
it is through a PCS project. It would be kind of cumbersome though.
: : Hey !!!
: : Does anyone know how can we assign several suppliers to a purchase ?
: : This is the situation: if we are purchasing some item from one supplier, but
several others must act as well, as transportation companies, customs agents, e
tc, how can I keep everything under a single entity ? In fact, all the costs alo
ng the process should be reflected in the item standard cost... Any ideas on how
to do it ?
: : Thanks
same time?
Or is there perhaps a workaround that anybody knows?
Thanks for your help,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mathieu Nellestein posted Message 1862 in Message Board
Dated : May 25, 1999 at 03:02:32 EST
Subject: Re: defaults.edi
As far as I know, you don't need a specific NT defaults file. For my current pro
ject, we develop and create the defaults file at the client site using UNIX and
then import it on an NT server.
: Where can i find defaults.edi file in ftp://support.baan.com for baanIVc on NT
?I would be greatful if somebody could help me out. Thanks in advance.
I relation, but it may not be the case. Non-EDI orders work as expected with the
one packing slip number.
: Thanks
: Jason
gs !
:
: :
: : When I print the Packing Slip for an order, each delivery line is given a un
ique packing slip number (delivery dates etc are the same).
: : Is there some way that all the lines with the same delivery date can be give
n the same packing slip number, so that when doing receipts from the interim tab
le, all the received lines can be loaded from the one packing slip number.
: : I assume that this is caused because the order is an EDI order type with an
EDI relation, but it may not be the case. Non-EDI orders work as expected with t
he one packing slip number.
: : Thanks
: : Jason
Lot codes
B001
B002
B003
C001
C002
C003
I must be able to link in the following fashion during the manufacture of item'A
':
Item 'A'
Lot code
A001
A002
A003
But when i manufacture item 'A' and try to track a particular unit of 'A' by usi
ng the session 'tdltc1430m000'-print origin by order the report is displayed as
below:
A001
B001,C001
B002,C002
B003,C003
A002
A003
---do------do----
: Thanks in anticipation.
:
: : If an item is an inspected item, it must be approved and then transfered to
its appropriate location. Is there a way to approve the goods, and then have the
system generate advice recommending a location where the item should be transfe
rred to?
: : Thanks,
: : Brian
A possible work around to this is to copy the existing sales contract (for which
you want to extend the expiry date) to a new contract. Copy everything as it is
except the expiry date which you might want to enter manually. After this you m
ay deactivate your old contract and use the new one. This would save you on the
time taken for data and delivery schedule entry but the disadvantage is that the
contract no. would necessarily change.
try this. Good luck,
manjeet
: We are often faced with the fact that sales contracts are "extended" in time,
meaning that we have to adopt the expiry date on a contract.
: Standard BaaN does not allow to do this once transactions have been made on th
e contract.
: We think about making a customized session for changing this date.
: Can anyone tell me if there's a reason for NOT doing this? And of course what
that reason might be :-)
: Really appreciate your help.
: Peter
: Hi,
: I had set up an external EDI network and imported defaults.edi from Baan ftp s
ite. Even though I was able to generate an EDI message using organization X12,
but the message is something like this (invoice with 1 item):
: ENV|20019990325001|200|SAL|98000631|510256|100644|X12|810S|NE||990325|0959
: HDR|20019990325001|200|SAL|98000631|510256||990325|990325||||0|||||||N30|Net 3
0 days|30|0|0|CAD|CAN|||||||990325|20.18|18.86|0|0|18.86|1.32
: HTX|20019990325001|200|SAL|98000631|510256
: TAX|20019990325001|200|SAL|98000631|510256|GST|18.86|1.32
: LIN|20019990325001|200|SAL|98000631|510256|10|||BP|WAU168660B|ELEMENT OIL|WAU1
68660B|1|0|1|ea|18.86|ea|990325|18.86|0|1|18.86|0
: From my understanding, this is quite different from the X12 format (ie, there'
s no Interchange Control Header/Trailer, Functional Group Header/Trailer, Segmen
ts ... etc). So, am I missing something here or this is what it's supposed to b
e???
: Francis.
Thanks,
Sai
***************** End Of Article ******************
dskumar posted Message 1913 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 1999 at 05:38:18 EST
Subject: how to generate outbound advice
i am working on baan Iv b2.i am maintaing variable lot feature values.can i gene
rate out bound advice based on these values
or otherwise what is significance of this business object.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jason posted Message 1914 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 1999 at 08:55:41 EST
Subject: Re: Can we use RPL in multisite environment?
One of the main drawbacks of a multi-site set-up is that you need to use purchas
e orders and sales orders to move goods between logistic companies. There is the
potential to use Multi-site (Internal) EDI in order to speed up this process bu
t it is still transaction intensive and a little difficult for users to grasp. U
nfortunately, this is the only way that I know of without customization. Good lu
ck.
: Can we use RPL in multi site environment to transfer materials from ware house
of one company to warehouse of other company?
: How?
: Please help.
Order Acknowledgement
Release OUtbound
Confirm Delivery
Partial Shipment with Back Orders generated and discount applied on the amoun
After invoicing the partial quantity.
After cancellation of the back orders what will happen to the discount given on
ordre value.?
Request ur help.
Regards,
Krishnakumar
: Hi Mathew,
: Thanks for the prompt reply. I went back and looked at my changes to the conve
rsion. The tax code had been deleted from the comparison. This field had a Seque
nce Iteration (it is the last field for the line level), and I believe by deleti
ng this line the conversion did not know where to go.
: I am not to clear about this field. Can you provide any information?
: Thanks again
: Jason Dunn
: :
: : It would help to know if you made changes to the conversion setup that could
cause this problem. So far, I have not come accross this issue. The fact that i
t happens for both messages would give an indication that there is a bug in the
library so if the conversion setup is standard or you are sure this is not the p
roblem, I would report it as an error to Baan. I checked the source code and the
only possible fix in B40c4 that could be related is :
: : |* DF 11882-1, Her van de Vliert, 1997-07-30
: : |* After receiving a new orderline no updates of next orderlines were being
: : |* done.
: : I'll try to do some testing since it would be interesting for me to see if t
he same happens for my client.
: :
: : : When I receive the 855 message (receiving SO ack from supplier) only the h
eader and the first line are compared and printed. All subsequent lines are not
compared.
: : : I am also receiving the same problem in 865 IN. In this case only the head
er and the first changed line are compared.
: : : Any ideas on what I am doing wrong?
not calculate a
- We assigned line discount in sales order and our parameter in Sales Order Para
meter is Method of printing discounts on invoice is "Net Amount/No Discount".
When we print the invoice, it still showing the discount but I don't want to sho
w discount on invoice.
Can somebody guide me?
Thanks
Nadeem Usmani
: My suggestion is to use the 2 digit series but to set aside blocks of series f
or a particulr type of order. For example, the first type could employ the serie
s 10 through 19 (start with 10 and then move to 11 once the first 10000 are used
)the second type could be 20 through 23 etc. depending on the forecast for a cer
tain type of order. In this way you are still able to use the full million numbe
rs and have more than 9 series. The only problems should be deciding in how big
the series groupings should be and creating a smooth transition each time a seri
es shifts over. Good luck.
: _______________________________________
: : hi,
: : i am working on baan4c4 and here is my problem:
: : my customer, a music cd distributor, wants to identify its various types of
sales orders using the first free numbers. but because of many orders a year, th
ey can only use one digit, but then it allows only 9 possibilities although they
have at least 10 different types of sales. do you know if it is possible to cre
ate series numbers by order type for example, if yes, how?
: : if no, do you have any other idea to help me ?
: : thanks
: : martine
maintaining the delivery causes several transactions on the background and can n
ot easily be set back. I would say that the
only solution is create an extra sales order line with same item and price but w
ith a negative quantity and process this line also completely. Insert a second e
xtra sales order line with the same item and price but now with the positive qua
ntity and execute this sales order line.
Is this true? Has anyone ever overcome this problem and how?
Thanks in advance,
Vernon
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vernon Anderson, CPIM posted Message 1931 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 1999 at 16:21:18 EST
Subject: Manually entered Subcontracting Purchase Orders
Whenever I try to manually create a purchase order for a subcontracting item, I
get a message in PO line entry that a subcontract item is not allowed.
We are attemtpting to do this so we can generate subcontracting purchase orders
for items that need outside processing as production continues. The current Baa
n functionality insists that the operator generate a subcontracting PO for the e
ntire amount of the production order. In reality, we do not send all 100,000+ p
arts to the subcontractor all at the same time but do it in stages. We had hope
d that we could manually add a subcontracting PO.
Any help would be appreciated!
Vernon
***************** End Of Article ******************
AL.Chandhramohan posted Message 1932 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 1999 at 23:23:19 EST
Subject: Re: Manually entered Subcontracting Purchase Orders
You can subcontract operations by defining routing in SFC and subcontract only t
he operations not the entire order.
Best of luck.
parts to the subcontractor all at the same time but do it in stages. We had ho
ped that we could manually add a subcontracting PO.
: Any help would be appreciated!
: Vernon
: Hello,
: Here's a scenario: we need to enter a purchase order for a service or for an
item that does not exist in the item master. Baan Purchase Order entry seems to
not allow this and forces you to have an item for each and every item that you
need to purchase.
: Is this true? Has anyone ever overcome this problem and how?
Yes, you must have the item in the Item Master. However, instead of entering ev
ery item, maybe use one "generic" item over and over again. Example: "Service
Item". However, with this approach, you loose all tracebility for the items.
: Thanks in advance,
: Vernon
the routing and created an item for the subcontracting service and added it to
the BOM. Then it gets treated like any other purchased part. Not something I h
eartily recommend, but it works.
Otherwise, another solution is to reduce the quantities.
Drop me an email if you would like some additional information.'
***************** End Of Article ******************
Roger posted Message 1942 in Message Board
Dated : June 03, 1999 at 22:53:58 EST
Subject: Location-to-Location transfers
Is anyone working with BaanERP and performing location-to-location transfers wit
hin the same warehouse? In BaanIV, it is extremely straightforward, but ERP, do
n't know.
The documentation refers to 'intra-warehouse' transfer functionality, but I'll b
e damned if I can find it.
I've logged a case with Baan, but it's gone on for several weeks and not much he
lp there.
Anyway, thought I'd try the good ole 'Baanfans'
: 3) Confirm Delivery
: 4) Partial Shipment with Back Orders generated and discount applied on the amo
unt.
: 6) After invoicing the partial quantity.
: After cancellation of the back orders what will happen to the discount given
on ordre value.?
: Request ur help.
: Regards,
: Krishnakumar
----------------------------------------------------------------I would like to cancel a sales order at different stages of Order Processing.
1) Order Acknowledgement - s.o can be cancelled(deleted) since discount is immat
erial.
2) Release OUtbound - once outbound is released,deletion of sls order line canno
t be done.
3) Confirm Delivery - once in the "Maintain ILC parameter(tdilc0100m000)
the field "confirm outbound data in SLS/RPL Modules" is set to NO
then there is no "Confirm Delivery" step.
4) Partial Shipment with Back Orders generated and discount applied
on the amount.-Order quantity dependent line discount will be taken
as the rate defined for the full quantity only even though a partial
shipment is made (for invoicing).In order to alter the discount
for the back order quantity, after confrimation of backorder and
doing the outbound u'll have to go to session"change prices and
discounts after Maintain deliveries" and change the rates manually.
6) After invoicing the partial quantity. ---After delivery of sales
order there is no way u can delete sale order.
7)After cancellation of the back orders what will happen to the
discount given on ordre value.?
As far as order discount is concerned, since the back order is also
created as an extra line entry with the same sales order header,there
will be no change in the order discount value.
Any further help feel free to contact..
Regards
Douglas.K.B.Courlas
Hurly Burly Information systems, London
***************** End Of Article ******************
Douglas.K.B.Courlas posted Message 1945 in Message Board
Dated : June 03, 1999 at 23:56:16 EST
Subject: Re: Cancelling Sales Ordes & back Orders at different stages of ord
er processing?
: I would like to cancel a sales order at different stages of Order Processing.
: 1)
: 2)
: 3)
: 4)
unt.
: 6)
Order Acknowledgement
Release OUtbound
Confirm Delivery
Partial Shipment with Back Orders generated and discount applied on the amo
After invoicing the partial quantity.
: After cancellation of the back orders what will happen to the discount given
on ordre value.?
: Request ur help.
: Regards,
: Krishnakumar
----------------------------------------------------------------I would like to cancel a sales order at different stages of Order Processing.
1) Order Acknowledgement - s.o can be cancelled(deleted) since discount is immat
erial.
2) Release OUtbound - once outbound is released,deletion of sls order line canno
t be done.
3) Confirm Delivery - once in the "Maintain ILC parameter(tdilc0100m000)
the field "confirm outbound data in SLS/RPL Modules" is set to NO
then there is no "Confirm Delivery" step.
4) Partial Shipment with Back Orders generated and discount applied
on the amount.-Order quantity dependent line discount will be taken
as the rate defined for the full quantity only even though a partial
shipment is made (for invoicing).In order to alter the discount
for the back order quantity, after confrimation of backorder and
doing the outbound u'll have to go to session"change prices and
discounts after Maintain deliveries" and change the rates manually.
6) After invoicing the partial quantity. ---After delivery of sales
order there is no way u can delete sale order.
7)After cancellation of the back orders what will happen to the
discount given on ordre value.?
As far as order discount is concerned, since the back order is also
created as an extra line entry with the same sales order header,there
will be no change in the order discount value.
Any further help feel free to contact..
Regards
Douglas.K.B.Courlas
Hurly Burly Information systems, London
***************** End Of Article ******************
Conrad posted Message 1946 in Message Board
Dated : June 04, 1999 at 02:01:06 EST
Subject: Re: Pick/Pack List - define series?
Try to go to Maintain First Free Numbers and click "?" help and point it to Type
of Number. Now it give you a better idea unto which reports you can define seri
es number. It is represented by "*" star sign.
Hope this help.
: Anyone know where you define a two digit series for a pick/pack list? Thanks.
: Our setup has multiple networks (i.e. xt-nt1, xt-nt2, xt-nt3) for each relatio
n (customer) due to different network addresses, (different sender IDs for the s
ame customer). On the outbound (i.e. 810S & 856S) only the first network is chos
en (i.e. xt-nt1). References to this network was removed from Maintain Relations
, (result: chose the value from the Maintain EDI Messages Supported by Relations
), then references to the network was removed from EDI Messages Supported by Rel
ations, (result: session hanged until network value was reinserted). How do we g
et the messages (810S & 856S) to end up in the appropriate directories from whic
h they originated, (xt-nt1/appl_to TO xt-nt1/appl_from AND xt-nt2/appl_to TO xtnt2/appl_from)?
: Our setup has multiple networks (i.e. xt-nt1, xt-nt2, xt-nt3) for each relatio
n (customer) due to different network addresses, (different sender IDs for the s
ame customer). On the outbound (i.e. 810S & 856S) only the first network is chos
en (i.e. xt-nt1). References to this network was removed from Maintain Relations
, (result: chose the value from the Maintain EDI Messages Supported by Relations
), then references to the network was removed from EDI Messages Supported by Rel
ations, (result: session hanged until network value was reinserted). How do we g
et the messages (810S & 856S) to end up in the appropriate directories from whic
h they originated, (xt-nt1/appl_to TO xt-nt1/appl_from AND xt-nt2/appl_to TO xtnt2/appl_from)?
: Our setup has multiple networks (i.e. xt-nt1, xt-nt2, xt-nt3) for each relatio
n (customer) due to different network addresses, (different sender IDs for the s
ame customer). On the outbound (i.e. 810S & 856S) only the first network is chos
en (i.e. xt-nt1). References to this network was removed from Maintain Relations
, (result: chose the value from the Maintain EDI Messages Supported by Relations
), then references to the network was removed from EDI Messages Supported by Rel
ations, (result: session hanged until network value was reinserted). How do we g
et the messages (810S & 856S) to end up in the appropriate directories from whic
h they originated, (xt-nt1/appl_to TO xt-nt1/appl_from AND xt-nt2/appl_to TO xtnt2/appl_from)?
: : hi everybody,
: : when I use the session " print packing slip" and try to print a document alr
eady printed (with the parameter set to yes and the number of the document ), ba
an says "no data within selection"
: : someone told me it was a wellknown bug .
: : does anybody does if a patch exist for this problem ?
: : thanks
: Click on the flag for "Reprint Items" in Print Packing Slip session whinh4475m
000.
:
: : martine
If this is the case then in session tdpur4100m000, please enter "No" for the par
ameter "Back Orders Allowed".
Do contact me, should you require any further clarification.
Regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ravindra HS posted Message 1956 in Message Board
Dated : June 05, 1999 at 02:10:41 EST
Subject: Re: GL Account in Purchase Requisitions
: Hi everybody,
: Two questions regarding requisitions.
: In form 2 of Maintain Purchase Requisition Header the system requires to fill
in a General Ledger Account.
: 1. Is it necessary to fill in the GL code, or is it a parameter value that can
be changed in order not to be necessary to fill in the GL code?
: 2. If it is really necessary to fill in the GL code, then how is this data man
ipulated (used) by the system. When generating the PO Order the data regarding t
he GL code are not transferred in the PO Order.
: Thanking you in advance,
: Dimitris
GL code is asked in Form 2 of purchase requisition lines and in the Header. I su
ppose you are meaning the same.
GL code is a mandatory field and not driven by any parameter. Apart from GL code
, you have to fill up one of the dimension which is assigned as departments in t
he parameters. That department should have been attached to the GL code you want
to use. These two are mandatory requirements. Just key in the codes and save. D
ont press TAB key. Codes will disappear otherwise.
Purpose of the GL code;
You are right that when you generate the PO, GL code is not transferred. logical
ly it is correct that it should not display it in PO. ONce receipts are made, ba
sed on the integration parameter you have setup, the finance posting will happen
automatically. After posting, you can in Finance module, that the PO is posted
into the GL code you have entered in the PRQ.
Remember you cannot attach a Fixed asset GL code to a PRQ.
Hope this is clear to you.
Please confirm
Bye and Have a nice day
Ravi
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ravindra HS posted Message 1957 in Message Board
Dated : June 05, 1999 at 02:12:57 EST
Subject: Re: GL Account in Purchase Requisitions
: Hi everybody,
: Two questions regarding requisitions.
: In form 2 of Maintain Purchase Requisition Header the system requires to fill
in a General Ledger Account.
: 1. Is it necessary to fill in the GL code, or is it a parameter value that can
be changed in order not to be necessary to fill in the GL code?
: 2. If it is really necessary to fill in the GL code, then how is this data man
ipulated (used) by the system. When generating the PO Order the data regarding t
he GL code are not transferred in the PO Order.
: Thanking you in advance,
: Dimitris
GL code is asked in Form 2 of purchase requisition lines and not in the Header.
I suppose you are meaning the same.
GL code is a mandatory field and not driven by any parameter. Apart from GL code
, you have to fill up one of the dimension which is assigned as departments in t
he parameters. That department should have been attached to the GL code you want
to use. These two are mandatory requirements. Just key in the codes and save. D
ont press TAB key. Codes will disappear otherwise.
Purpose of the GL code;
You are right that when you generate the PO, GL code is not transferred. logical
ly it is correct that it should not display it in PO. ONce receipts are made, ba
sed on the integration parameter you have setup, the finance posting will happen
automatically. After posting, you can in Finance module, that the PO is posted
into the GL code you have entered in the PRQ.
Remember you cannot attach a Fixed asset GL code to a PRQ.
Hope this is clear to you.
Please confirm
Bye and Have a nice day
Ravi
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ravindra HS posted Message 1958 in Message Board
Dated : June 05, 1999 at 02:15:51 EST
Subject: Re: Use of dimension codes on PO line entry
: To all,
: On form 3 of the purchase order line entry session, there are fields available
for the entry of the GL account number and the dimension codes for which the li
ne is to be posted.
: However, I cannot access thsoe fields although I have purchasing and inventory
link to finance parameters set to yes. Any ideas would be appreciated!
: Vernon
You cannot access these fields. Posting takes place to the GL account and dimens
ion combination based on the integration defined for Purchase control.
: When I start the session tdpur4401m000 with the option All lines
: I have this error
: process 4 - fatal error : undefined symbol dd_name 'tipcs021.fcpe'
: process 4 - fatal error : cant not continue in tdpur4401m000 in DLL: otdpurdll
0012 (get.company)
: process 4 - fatal error : undefined symbol dd_name 'tipcs021.mcpe'
: process 4 - fatal error : cant not continue in tdpur4401m000 in DLL: otdpurdll
0012 (get.company)
Once the delivery address has been manually keyed in (spec. del.address), the s
ystem won't allow user to go back into the sales order and zoom into the deliver
y address field. If the delivery address was selected by zooming in, the user is
able to zoom in and modify the delivery address.
Is there any way that the user is able to zoom into the delivery address??
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 1974 in Message Board
Dated : June 08, 1999 at 12:21:25 EST
Subject: Different amount on pro forma and final invoice
Hello Baan Fans,
Does any of you know how to print a different price on the pro forma invoice and
on the final invoice. I know there is a session "Maintain prices and discounts
after delivery", but this will mean that someone has to be alert and I want it t
o happen automatically.
Any help will be appreciated.
Thanks,
Gianni
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 1975 in Message Board
Dated : June 08, 1999 at 12:21:54 EST
Subject: Different amount on pro forma and final invoice
Hello Baan Fans,
Does any of you know how to print a different price on the pro forma invoice and
on the final invoice. I know there is a session "Maintain prices and discounts
after delivery", but this will mean that someone has to be alert and I want it t
o happen automatically.
Any help will be appreciated.
Thanks,
Gianni
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mark Kovatch posted Message 1976 in Message Board
Dated : June 08, 1999 at 20:33:25 EST
Subject: Re: Location-to-Location transfers
We are, and we agree with you %100.
If we find out anything we will post it at once.
Ron
***************** End Of Article ******************
Randy G posted Message 1980 in Message Board
Dated : June 09, 1999 at 14:53:32 EST
Subject: Re: Generate Inbound from INSP to WH Location in BaanERP
: Running BaanERP 5.0b
: We have a Warehouse with Locations, including a Rec, Insp, Staging, along with
Pick and Bulk. Some with capacity, some without. We also are a using Lot Contro
l. When processing a PO everything goes good up to the point of getting it out o
f Inspection. After confirming, we generate advise,it gives advice from Rec to I
nsp, we put-away advice, we approve, then we "generate advice" again. Message is
PO XXX is fully advised. Go to Inbound Advice and message is "unable to find an
y location for remaining qty of xx ea".
: We have matched everything from BaanIV that we know. We have also tried many t
ypes of WH orders/procedures/activities. The inv show up in the WH, but without
a location On top of that we are unable to transfer out of Rec or Insp, and when
we try an Item Transfer it wants us to change the P/N and does not ask for a Lo
t No. Anybody know where to find the "intra-warhouse" transfer that BaanERP refe
rs to ?
etween Items and Locations, including no Fixed Locations, BaaN will advise an it
em and qty. to the lowest alpha/numeric location.
I can't think of any other circumstances that would prevent the quantity, if ful
ly approved, from advisement to at least that location.
We have only Approvals in our Inspection Procedures within our warehouse order t
ypes. This allows immediate placement in the advised location(we also use fixed
locations) after approvals.
Ilan Kiperman
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeanne Ploshay posted Message 1989 in Message Board
Dated : June 10, 1999 at 10:27:06 EST
Subject: Re: Zooming into delivery address on a sales order
: Once the delivery address has been manually keyed in (spec. del.address), the
system won't allow user to go back into the sales order and zoom into the deliv
ery address field. If the delivery address was selected by zooming in, the user
is able to zoom in and modify the delivery address.
: Is there any way that the user is able to zoom into the delivery address??
: Thanks
If I am linking agreements at the order line level and I enter an invoice to cus
tomer C1 with two order lines the first is item I1 and second is item I2. Baan
will find the agreement defined by Customer (C1), Relation (R1) and item (I1) fo
r the first order line. No problem -- But it does not find the agreement for th
e second item. I thought it would because the priority 3 search criteria define
d is by relation only. However, when a rebate is calculated the message "no agr
eement found" is returend for the second order line -- the one containing item I
2? I'm not sure if this is an error or if it necessary to define another agreem
ent; only define the agreement by relation only.
Can anyone provide any feedback ? Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jefferson posted Message 1993 in Message Board
Dated : June 10, 1999 at 16:19:38 EST
Subject: Commission / Rebate Agreement search parameters
If I have agreements defined by for example a combination of Customer / Relation
and Item. Say for example customer C1, Relation R1 and item I1.
And I have agreement search priority defined as follows:
Priority
Priority
Priority
Priority
If I am linking agreements at the order line level and I enter an invoice to cus
tomer C1 with two order lines the first is item I1 and second is item I2. Baan
will find the agreement defined by Customer (C1), Relation (R1) and item (I1) fo
r the first order line. No problem -- But it does not find the agreement for th
e second item. I thought it would because the priority 3 search criteria define
d is by relation
eement found" is
2? I'm not sure
ent; only define
ll the order steps are followed. The invoices can be re-printed in tdsls4404m00
0; however, that same invoice is not seen in the tfacr2520m000. We are NOT usin
g the Self-Billed invoicing in Supply Chain. The Self-billing parameter in tdss
c0195m000 is set to yes and the self billing parameter in tccom1102m000 is set t
o no.
Is there a set-up missing. Does the Order type need to be set-up in a different
way. We are using 3 order types for Supply chain with EDI. They are set-up wi
th collect order set to yes and order steps that vary.
We go live in 3 weeks, any information is greatly appreciated.
Thanks,
Ed
***************** End Of Article ******************
mccorila posted Message 1997 in Message Board
Dated : June 11, 1999 at 10:42:36 EST
Subject: Re: packing slip
: thanks for your answer but i don't know where to find this session (whinh4475m
000)
: : : hi everybody,
: : : when I use the session " print packing slip" and try to print a document a
lready printed (with the parameter set to yes and the number of the document ),
baan says "no data within selection"
: : : someone told me it was a wellknown bug .
: : : does anybody does if a patch exist for this problem ?
In the session Maintain Order Steps (tcmcs0139m000) be sure you have re-exicute
after steps xx,xx etc. If you do not have this setting correct, you will not be
able to re-exicute (re-print) already printed documents.
: : : thanks
: : Click on the flag for "Reprint Items" in Print Packing Slip session whinh447
5m000.
: :
: : : martine
: For tax reporting purposes, how can we report on sales by state where the prod
uct was delivered ???? In the customer master, the state code is not a seperate
field. Also, how do we report on sales by country delivered ??
In EDI, with BEMIS, you can receive this type of sales schedule.
I would like to know, which one is wrong ?
does someone have ever meet this issue ?
Thanks for your answers,
Philippe.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaanFan posted Message 2008 in Message Board
Dated : June 14, 1999 at 11:02:05 EST
Subject: Re: Sets and Kits (Baan IV)
I have an idea for you that is not very elegant but works in Purchasing. If you
create the item with a Bill of Material (i.e. it must be identified as a Manufa
ctured item) you can on the Sales Order Line session (Form 2) identify how the i
tem is to be recorded (Main item or elements). I have not tested this on the sa
les side but it does work well on the purchasing side.
Let us know how it works out.
: Does anyone know how to deal with sets and kits in Sales Orders without using
Project?
: We need effectively a "real" sales bill of material which can be altered in th
e Sales Order. The price of the set or kit is calculated from the individual pri
ces of the components.
: Any ideas? Or any third-party solution?
: Many thank!
: For various reasons, we may need to reduce the orginal PO line quantity and re
-print the PO and send to our supplier. But we have found that once an item has
been partially received we are unable to change this quantity. We realize that w
e can reduce the requirment by Maintaining Backorders. But this does not update
the PO quantity and therefore when we re-print the PO, the orginal quantity stil
l appears. Is there another way to change the original PO quantity ??
set/kits Cost? I
: I have an idea for you that is not very elegant but works in Purchasing. If y
ou create the item with a Bill of Material (i.e. it must be identified as a Manu
factured item) you can on the Sales Order Line session (Form 2) identify how the
item is to be recorded (Main item or elements). I have not tested this on the
sales side but it does work well on the purchasing side.
: Let us know how it works out.
: : Does anyone know how to deal with sets and kits in Sales Orders without usin
g Project?
: : We need effectively a "real" sales bill of material which can be altered in
the Sales Order. The price of the set or kit is calculated from the individual p
rices of the components.
new in Baan IV, i would like to know where can i have the Stock aging repor
Baan system ? and which table should i call if i wanna modify my aging repo
and what are the tables name for Stock Aging ,Debtor Aging and Creditor Agi
thanks
: On Sales Order session tdsls4101m000 form 3 includes fields for country and ar
ea. If you've set up areas to include each state then both fields could be used
in a report you can create in Sales Statistics.
: : For tax reporting purposes, how can we report on sales by state where the pr
oduct was delivered ???? In the customer master, the state code is not a sepera
te field. Also, how do we report on sales by country delivered ??
ee that the BIN is empty you will manually enter a Purchase order or a Productio
n order. As far as the ordering system is concerned, it does not matter if you
set the items to MRP or manual since you will be ordering them manually. The on
ly difference is that if you set them to MRP, you will see planned MRP orders fo
r those items.
: Regardless of the order system, the allocated amounts will appear in the item
master.
: Hope this helps !
:
: Andr
We,too, recently changed the Item Group on many of our items, and Doug is right.
The biggest implications are in the financial arena.
I would like to add a couple of notes, however. If you can't change the Item Gro
up in the engineering item master (tiedm0110m000), you probably don't have any d
efault data set up for the new Item Groups. Go to Maintain Item Default Data (ti
itm0110m000) and set up the default for any combinations of Item Group and Item
Type that you may be using. After that, you should be able to change the Item Gr
oup field at will.
Note also that you will have to manually change the Item Group field in both ite
m masters (tiedm0110m000 & tiitm0101m000). If you only change it on the engineer
ing side and try to copy the items over to the manufacturing side, the new Item
Group code will not be copied with it.
Good luck, and make sure that all the players are involved and ready to make the
changes and adjustments in one orchestrated move.
***************** End Of Article ******************
TF posted Message 2031 in Message Board
Dated : June 16, 1999 at 16:19:57 EST
Subject: Re: procedure mask?take a look at the tools forum
: In the maintain order steps TABLE there is a field called procedure mask what
is this used for?
: Also how is it different from the step number also stored in the same table
Look at the question and answer in the "tools" forum...
***************** End Of Article ******************
KianHaur posted Message 2032 in Message Board
Dated : June 16, 1999 at 21:42:21 EST
Subject: Economic Stock already Present.
hi, whenever i wanna recalculate my cost price at the Maintain Item Master, it w
ill prompt my the message "Economic Stock Already Present", may i know why this
happen ? and how to solve this problem ? thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sambasiva Rao.R posted Message 2033 in Message Board
Dated : June 17, 1999 at 04:51:18 EST
Subject: Shelf Life
Hi BaaN Fans,
Request solutions for the following.
1)Has BaaN got the functionality of blocking the expired items
from being issued.?
automatically
I could only find that this functionality can be handled by blocking the loc
ation manually after going through the report generated regularly.
2)What does the fields 'Shelf life period' and the 'number of
Master serve.? Are they only information fields.?
periods' in Item
As far as I know the values given in these fields are taken for
lt value in the 'date' field of 'Maintain Lots'.
giving defau
Thanks
Sambasiva Rao,CPIM
***************** End Of Article ******************
martine posted Message 2034 in Message Board
Dated : June 17, 1999 at 05:08:16 EST
Subject: Re: Sales promotions
: Hello,
: I am implementing Baan at a wholesale company, they do certain promotions wher
e the offer customers 'buy one get one free' - i cant figure out how this could
be done in Baan ic4. They also need to be able to control the dates for which th
ese promotions apply.
: many thanks in advance
----------------------------hi ralph,
I'm implementing baan4c4 on a music cd distributor in england and of course I ha
ve the same problem. There are more than one solution, depending on how you want
to treat the information in finance. Up to now, I have the following solution:
when creating the sales order, you put a 100% discount to the item you want to g
ive free. Of course, it is not automatic. Tell me more about your problem and I
will try to help you
good luck
martine
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sambasiva Rao posted Message 2035 in Message Board
Dated : June 17, 1999 at 05:41:06 EST
Subject: Re: Economic Stock already Present.
Hi,
The solution for this problem is not to run 'Calculate cost price calculation' f
rom the zoom at 'Maintain Item Data'.
You have to run the sessions in 'Cost Accounting' module.
First run 'Calculate cost prices' session stating No at 'Update Cost Prices'.
Then separately run the 'Update Cost Prices' session giving the relavant item.
This will solve the problem.
Pl revert in case u have any problem.
Bye...
Sambasiva rao, CPIM
: Hi All ,
:
Does anyone know , what is different between the field
: tdsls040.ddta and tdsls041.ddta ?????
:
I wondered if I have many delivery date in one sales
: order ,which date I should fill in tdsls040.ddta ???
: Thanks in advance.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Try to install Baan Solution 71608 for session tdilc1121s000. I just delivered t
his solution to a customer that had the same problem.
Good luck,
A Baan-man
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jan Bosman posted Message 2048 in Message Board
Dated : June 18, 1999 at 04:34:37 EST
Subject: Re: packing slip
Martine,
if you are working in Baan IV, goto session tcmcs0139m000 (Maintain Order Steps)
and check if the re-execute fields are filled in for the steps that come after
the step 'print packing slip' in the order type that you use. If this is filled
in it should work.
Good luck,
a Baan-man
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 2049 in Message Board
Dated : June 18, 1999 at 08:11:17 EST
Subject: Re: Economic Stock already Present.
Just as a "by the way", you do not have to run the "update" as a seperate sessio
n, the calculation and update can be performed simultaneously. (Although persona
lly I would run the calculation first, then review the results of that calculati
on using the reports and displays available, and if satisfactory, would then run
the update.)
: Hi,
: The solution for this problem is not to run 'Calculate cost price calculation'
from the zoom at 'Maintain Item Data'.
: You have to run the sessions in 'Cost Accounting' module.
: First run 'Calculate cost prices' session stating No at 'Update Cost Prices'.
: Then separately run the 'Update Cost Prices' session giving the relavant item.
: This will solve the problem.
: Pl revert in case u have any problem.
: Bye...
: Sambasiva rao, CPIM
We have used VLF in the past to hold information specific to the lot of the item
: physical dimensions other than the UOM, or physical properties such as elasti
city, density, etc.
Good Luck
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Jamison posted Message 2055 in Message Board
Dated : June 18, 1999 at 16:13:43 EST
Subject: Sales Order Line Status REPORT
Has anyone out there written a report version of the sales order line status dis
play session? I'd be interested to see how it turned out. Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
yaya posted Message 2056 in Message Board
Dated : June 18, 1999 at 16:49:29 EST
Subject: Consolidate purchase orders
Hi:
I need to find a way to consolitade multiple purchase orders for one supplier.
For example, when I run the MRP it gives me all the advises for every item and t
hen I can convert this to a PO.
I want to get all the item for a particular supplier and put the in the same ord
er
ANY Idea will be highly appreciated
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ravindra HS posted Message 2057 in Message Board
Dated : June 19, 1999 at 04:09:39 EST
Subject: Re: Consolidate purchase orders
By default, after MRP Run, if you confirm and transfer the MRP Planned purchase
orders, system will group all the items for a given supplier under one order. Bu
t you cannot see in the same way in Display planned MRP purchase orders session
after MRP run before confirming and transferring
Ravi
: Hi:
: I need to find a way to consolitade multiple purchase orders for one supplier.
For example, when I run the MRP it gives me all the advises for every item and
then I can convert this to a PO.
: I want to get all the item for a particular supplier and put the in the same o
rder
: ANY Idea will be highly appreciated
I set CMS Master Data and Parameters (with agreement search priorities), Maintai
ned Commissions and Rebate Agreements.
When I calculate Commission/Rebate on a Sales Order, I get the error "Commission
amount is zero" or "No agreement found" as per the agreement defined by me, com
mission should not be zero. Can anyone tell me what is the reason for this error
or Is there any patch for this.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Prasad Moghe posted Message 2062 in Message Board
Dated : June 21, 1999 at 15:07:02 EST
Subject: Storage order Invoice - Tranportation (Urgent)
: Hi Everyone
:
I am trying to generate a "Definitive Invoice" for Storage, Inbound and O
utbound orders. I am getting a message "Cannot reserve Document Number" . I have
set Link to finance as "NO". in "trtcd000" parameter table. Also when I looked
at the code it looks like it is generating the Finance document number irrespect
ive of the parameter "trtcd000.litf". I am using Baan IV b2. Is it a bug or you
should always have Link to finance as Yes for Transportation.
: Please advice.
: Thanks a lot in advance.
: Prasad
Other option could be put the parameter in O trought the ttaad4100 modifying the
parameters in the correspondent table. Ive used this option and I havent had prob
lems.
: Greetings...
: Can I add my $0.02?
: You can run Generate Cycle Count Orders daily. For that matter... We run eve
ry night (early, early AM) scheduled through the job daemon such that all we nee
d to do is print orders in the morning.
: The INV parameters are there to define the interval between countings for any
given items. This is of course depended upon what the last counted date is for
a given item (reference Maintain Item Master - TIITM0101M000 - Form 2)
: Another note about Cycle Counting... There is a Last COunted Date in three ta
bles (TDITM001), TDINV001, and TDILC101). They may not all be the same. Genera
te Cycle Count Orders is based upon TDINV001. If an item is in multiple warehou
ses (identified in TDINV001 - and for the matter of this discussion there are tw
o warehouses 001 and 002), and only one warehouse is counted, the Item Master wi
ll reflect that most recent last counted date regardless of which warehouse is c
ounted. Thus, TDINV001 could have two different last counted dates for a single
item in two different warehouses. Just something to keep in mind.
: To re-iterate a comment from a previous poster... The help text is very helpf
ul on this matter.
: : Hi Merv Carr,
: : Did you ever tried it? or are you just translating the standard Baan help te
xt into normal English?
: : Off course you could generate the cycle count orders as often as you like bu
t do you get the right Data??????????????
: : The money isn't growing on trees here and you know what a costumisation cost
st, this problem was researched very good and in Baan IVc4 we did run into the s
ame problems as Nadeem.
: : After a customisation in whitch we resetting the last cycle count date the p
roblem was solved.
: : Greetings Marc
: :
: : : I presume you are referring to the INV parameters. If you care to read the
help text in the INV parameters, you would very quickly find out that this para
meter determines how often a class of item is counted (i.e. the counting interva
l) and has absolutely nothing whatsoever to do with how often cycle count orders
can be generated. No customisation is needed, perhaps a little bit of research
though to find out what you don't know.
: : : "No alternative" ?? I don't think so.
: : : : I'm affraid you need some customisation on the cycle count.
: : : : I'm currently at one of my customers and the had the customisation writt
en for this problem.
: : : : There is no other alternative.
: : : : Greetings Marc
: : : : : Can I run cycle counting daily. Because in Parameter file I found mini
mum it can run once in a week. But for the time being I want to run it daily, ev
en though I do not want to change the system date
: : : : : Nadeem Usmani
: How can I return goods from inventory to the supplier and take a credit with I
LC on?
: Without ILC, I would enter a new line on the PO for a negitive quantity. Then
I could maintain receipts for the negative quantity. This would decrement the in
ventory and set up a credit in A/P.
: With ILC on I can receive the negative quantity.
: Doug
: Hi;
: We are implenting EDI-856(ASN) with Baan 4C3 and Gentran translator. Questions
came up on how to handle rejections. If a trading partner rejects our transacti
on because of data problem, how we can re-process that data in baan.
: Also the 856 allows for a transaction purpose code 00 = original, 01 = cancell
ation etc. is there a way to cancel an ASN through BaaN.
: Thanks in advance for your help.
: Arif.
Philippe.
: Thanks,
: Ed
Hi Friends,
Can anyone tell me if it is possible to print weight of the items in packing sli
p? can I link a text to the packing slip and if I have 2-3 different formats of
packing slips (for different products), can I use them in my order type, will it
update the line status in procedure mask?
any views, ideas are welcome
Thanks in advance,
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tomaz Saje posted Message 2094 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 1999 at 04:34:53 EST
Subject: Wrong sales price in sales order line-URGENT!
I have a price defined in Maintain Prices by Customer
and Item. Currency is DEM and entered in 4 decimal places.
However, when I insert sales order line, the price is
calculated only in 2 decimal places (second is rounded),
the third and fourth is 0. I have defined currency format
for DEM as ZZZZZZ9VD9999 in format %A003.
Any answer will bw apprisihiated.
Tomaz
In session tdsls4101m000, if the user attempts to delete sales order header and
there are existing sales order lines, a pop up message appears. This message no
tifies the user that there are still order lines present.
My understanding was that if the user continued and deleted the header, the sale
s order lines would remain present and become what has been referred to as "orph
an lines". However, I have tested this and it seems that if the header is delet
e before the sales order lines are deleted, the sales order lines are also delet
ed.
Can you provide me with further explanation to this as I am not sure exactly wha
t happens and how MRP and/or PRP are affected.
Your prompt response is appreciated.
Carol Schmidt
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 2109 in Message Board
Dated : June 29, 1999 at 10:23:37 EST
Subject: Re: Deleting of sales order header and sales order lines
You are quite correct in saying that both the header and lines are deleted. As f
ar as I know, in the background, the system deletes the lines first and then the
header. I have used it often (in purchasing and sales) with no ill effects that
I can see. It is a lot easier than deleting the lines individually and then del
eting the header.
: In session tdsls4101m000, if the user attempts to delete sales order header an
d there are existing sales order lines, a pop up message appears. This message
notifies the user that there are still order lines present.
: My understanding was that if the user continued and deleted the header, the sa
les order lines would remain present and become what has been referred to as "or
phan lines". However, I have tested this and it seems that if the header is del
ete before the sales order lines are deleted, the sales order lines are also del
eted.
: Can you provide me with further explanation to this as I am not sure exactly w
hat happens and how MRP and/or PRP are affected.
: Your prompt response is appreciated.
: Carol Schmidt
The zoom function from the item master is also not the only method of cost price
calculation. If you choose (and if there is any economic stock present), you c
an go to the cost accounting module and perform the calculation and update in th
e appropriate sessions (you can if you wish perform the calculation there withou
t updating the standard).
You will also get the error message that is mentioned in the original question i
f the order date of the PO predates the "Last Calculated" date for the item in q
uestion.
: You cannot enter cost price in item master!!!!!!
: You will have to calculate Cost Price. Enter purchase price in item master and
then zoom to calculate cost prie for item.
: Then you can transfer the inquiry to PO!!
: SK
: : When i try to convert the Purchase Inquiry to Purchase Order,
: : the system printed an error message show "Cost price structure
: : not present for this date"
: : So i try to enter the cost price at the Maintain Item Master. It seemed like
partial item have been converted into Purchase
: : Order. Ok!
: : however, those item cannot be converted into Purchase Order are still at the
Purchase Inquiry. and the Status Assigned by system showed "Returned".
: : as a result, when i try to delete item (those cannot be converted into Purch
ase Order), the system don't allow me to delete those item.
: : May i know why ? and how to tackle this problem ?
: : thanks
eceipt note is printed for only receipts due in the next e.g. 2days (or whatever
margin decided upon), if the user then tries to receive something that is not d
ue until e.g. 3 days in the future, then the receipt won't be able to be perform
ed. What i have also seen, is to link an "error message" to the effect of "Conta
ct buyer" or something to that effect if the receiver tries to select an order l
ine out of the parameters specified. Waddya think?
: I have been asked to find out if anyone has managed to get BaaN to give a warn
ing if a supplier is trying to deliver a Purchase Order earlier than the planned
order date. There are manual checks that can be used like displaying the order
detail in the receipt session as well as using Print GRN but nothing I can see t
hat would automatically flag up the problem. Has anyone got any bright ideas?
: thanks in advance
: Colin
one or more can work for us. First, our sales reps are not allowed to change pri
ces or discounts, that is we have a price set by price group and/or price list a
nd this is the way we created price profiles for the customers. Now, if we have
an offer, lets say buy 5 and get 1 free, our sales manager, which is the only per
son that can change prices and discounts has to change the price every time an o
ffer sells. He is going crazy with the offers. So how can we invoice 5 at a pric
e and then 1 (or maybe more) free (zero price) in the same invoice and without h
aving to change anything in the sales order? I appreciate your help.
: What about including "Print Goods receipt note" as an order step. If the goods
receipt note is printed for only receipts due in the next e.g. 2days (or whatev
er margin decided upon), if the user then tries to receive something that is not
due until e.g. 3 days in the future, then the receipt won't be able to be perfo
rmed. What i have also seen, is to link an "error message" to the effect of "Con
tact buyer" or something to that effect if the receiver tries to select an order
line out of the parameters specified. Waddya think?
: : I have been asked to find out if anyone has managed to get BaaN to give a wa
rning if a supplier is trying to deliver a Purchase Order earlier than the plann
ed order date. There are manual checks that can be used like displaying the orde
r detail in the receipt session as well as using Print GRN but nothing I can see
that would automatically flag up the problem. Has anyone got any bright ideas?
: : thanks in advance
: : Colin
: Since Baan doesnot have a Purchase requisition module, and this being a very s
tandard functionality required across industries, how do you hjandle it?
We had the same problem. First we put a default employee on all items. Our solu
tion was to create a report using a report writer that would select confirmed or
ders. we would print out each GRP order with distribution and assign it to buye
rs when the drawing package was made available, by changing the buyer and time s
tamping the GRP print out. This then gives the buyer and manager a requisition
can be audited and the time is stamped so that regardless of the planned order d
ate, we know when the requirement hit the buyers desk.
Email me if you have any other question,
Tom
: Any ideas will be appreiated.
r quantity. You dont need to make any changes to your PO. If you dont want to
receive the remaining back order)quantity, you may zero the back order field. T
he invoice will only be printed for the quantity you are receiving.
Hope this answers you question
Good Luck,
Naveed
: I have a query. If i order 10 unit of PC in a purchase order, but
: when i received the goods, the supplier only gave me 9 units instead of 10. so
... when i do Maintain Receipt,
:
:
:
:
-What should i do ?
-and may i know how it affected my Account site.
-should i amend my PO or the system will automatic update the
PO for me ?
: Thanks in advance
sp4).
"Currency of office 1 not found".
I have looked at the Business Partner and their associated address records and i
nsured that the appropriate currencies are specified. I have checked the sellin
g company data to insure that the proper currencies are there as well. I can no
t find an "office 1" anywhere in the system. I have checked the sales and purch
asing office definitions and there are no currency fields available to be set in
these tables.
Any help or ideas would be appreciated.
Thanks Jeff Reger
Advanced Creative Computer Solutions, LLC
E-mail: Jeff.Reger@accs-llc.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Pamela posted Message 2156 in Message Board
Dated : July 02, 1999 at 20:20:51 EST
Subject: Process Sales-Data to A/R.
Hi all ,
Does anyone know what tables of F/N module that
Baan insert data to after we do step "Process Delivered
Sales order" ???
Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mine posted Message 2157 in Message Board
Dated : July 05, 1999 at 08:34:39 EST
Subject: Re: early deliveries, reply to Merv
I am working with Purchase Schedules and don't know the situation with Delivery
Schedules.
While creating Purchase Schedule Contracts, There are some questions like :
- Allow Non -Released Shipments?
(A schedule may consist of 3 status Released, Planned and Forecast. When the ans
wer to above question is "No", in Maintain Receipts session, you can see only s
cheduled quantities with Released Status , and you cannot receive the quantities
with Planned and Forecast Status as you cannot see them.)
- Allow Early Delivery ?
If the answer is "Yes", you need to reply,
- Number of Days.
If you allow Non-Released Shipments, and allow early delivery, e.g. for 15 days
; in Maintain Receipts, you can see and receive the quantities scheduled until 1
5 days even if they are not in Released Status.
Hope I could be clear.
: Care to explain this one a little further? Are you perhaps talking about the f
unction on Contract Delivery Schedules which allows you to generate orders xx nu
mber of days into the future?
: : If you use Purchase Schedule Contracts, you can arrange if you allow early d
eliveries or not, if yes, number of days you allow for early delivery, etc.
: :
: : : Not a direct solution but...
: : : What about including "Print Goods receipt note" as an order step. If the g
oods receipt note is printed for only receipts due in the next e.g. 2days (or wh
atever margin decided upon), if the user then tries to receive something that is
not due until e.g. 3 days in the future, then the receipt won't be able to be p
erformed. What i have also seen, is to link an "error message" to the effect of
"Contact buyer" or something to that effect if the receiver tries to select an o
rder line out of the parameters specified. Waddya think?
: : : : I have been asked to find out if anyone has managed to get BaaN to give
a warning if a supplier is trying to deliver a Purchase Order earlier than the p
lanned order date. There are manual checks that can be used like displaying the
order detail in the receipt session as well as using Print GRN but nothing I can
see that would automatically flag up the problem. Has anyone got any bright ide
as?
: : : : thanks in advance
: : : : Colin
: Hello All : I get the following message when trying to save a sales order line in Baan ERP
(sp4).
: "Currency of office 1 not found".
: I have looked at the Business Partner and their associated address records and
insured that the appropriate currencies are specified. I have checked the sell
ing company data to insure that the proper currencies are there as well. I can
not find an "office 1" anywhere in the system. I have checked the sales and pur
chasing office definitions and there are no currency fields available to be set
in these tables.
planned order date. There are manual checks that can be used like displaying th
e order detail in the receipt session as well as using Print GRN but nothing I c
an see that would automatically flag up the problem. Has anyone got any bright i
deas?
: : : : : thanks in advance
: : : : : Colin
: Has anyone been able to have BaaN IV store lot inventories at actual batch cos
ts? I think this may not be possible based upon the above.
: Thanks,
: Morgan
run into some problems. With our business, a dealer will have the ship-to BP ro
le, but no other roles. The sold-to, invoice-to, and pay-from roles will be a "p
arent" dealer. However, this ship-to BP can have a parent/child relationship wit
h multiple sold-to BP's. It looks like the only way to handle this is to actuall
y have multiple Ship-to BP codes set up for the same ship-to BP and attach diffe
rent parents to each of them. When we create a sales order, if we select a soldto BP we can only ship to that same BP or its children. So it seems we have to h
ave a parent/child relationship for each of the scenarios. Has anyone else encou
ntered limitations of the BP functionality?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dave Huette posted Message 2166 in Message Board
Dated : July 06, 1999 at 15:52:20 EST
Subject: Re: How S.O without Invoice Number.
One way you could print orders that have not been invoiced would be to use Displ
ay Sales Order Line Status. Go to Tools pull down menu and run a query with Sal
es Status Code(operator '<' and expression would be '6' for invoicing sales step
.)
Hope this helps.
: Regards
: Praveen Sharma
: : My order type has got 5 order steps. I am able to generate sales orders usin
g that only for items avl in stock and can print sales orders as per the order t
ype but I am not able to execute other steps because the order line status is no
t updated after printing the sales orders. Can anyone tell me why system is beha
ving this way?
: : Thanks,
: : Nelson
***************************
: Hi all ,
:
Does anyone know what tables of F/N module that
: Baan insert data to after we do step "Process Delivered
: Sales order" ???
: Thanks in advance.
Dear Devarajan,
One way of turning the flag for -ive inventory "No", is to generate location con
trol. This can be achieved by runinng "tdilc0230m000".
Good Luck
: Triton 3.1a:
: We had set the "Negative Inventory allowed" parameter to NO at a live site.
: But this doesn't seem to be working . The picking list shows the Inventory on
hand as negative. Despite this the user was able to maintain deliveries for thi
s item which was not in inventory in that w/h.
: Now the warehouse inventory by item shows the Inventory on Hand as negative.
: Please give your valuable comments/suggestions.
: Devarajan
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: :
: : : Hello
: : :
Could you please give the order steps. So that i can the see the proble
m.
: : : Regards
: : : Praveen Sharma
: : : : My order type has got 5 order steps. I am able to generate sales orders
using that only for items avl in stock and can print sales orders as per the ord
er type but I am not able to execute other steps because the order line status i
s not updated after printing the sales orders. Can anyone tell me why system is
behaving this way?
: : : : Thanks,
: : : : Nelson
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : :
: : : : Hello
: : : :
Could you please give the order steps. So that i can the see the prob
lem.
: : : : Regards
: : : : Praveen Sharma
: : : : : My order type has got 5 order steps. I am able to generate sales order
s using that only for items avl in stock and can print sales orders as per the o
rder type but I am not able to execute other steps because the order line status
is not updated after printing the sales orders. Can anyone tell me why system i
s behaving this way?
: : : : : Thanks,
: : : : : Nelson
tandard" session into the order procedure then your order status will definitely
not be updated. I will follow up to this note to-morrow and pin down the sessio
n numbers for you.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : : :
: : : : : Hello
: : : : :
Could you please give the order steps. So that i can the see the pr
oblem.
: : : : : Regards
: : : : : Praveen Sharma
: : : : : : My order type has got 5 order steps. I am able to generate sales ord
ers using that only for items avl in stock and can print sales orders as per the
order type but I am not able to execute other steps because the order line stat
us is not updated after printing the sales orders. Can anyone tell me why system
is behaving this way?
: : : : : : Thanks,
: : : : : : Nelson
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : : : :
: : : : : : Hello
: : : : : :
Could you please give the order steps. So that i can the see the
problem.
: : : : : : Regards
: : : : : : Praveen Sharma
: : : : : : : My order type has got 5 order steps. I am able to generate sales o
rders using that only for items avl in stock and can print sales orders as per t
he order type but I am not able to execute other steps because the order line st
atus is not updated after printing the sales orders. Can anyone tell me why syst
em is behaving this way?
: : : : : : : Thanks,
: : : : : : : Nelson
tdsls040 - header
tdsls041 - Detail lines (order)
tdsls045 - detail lines - complete, including back-orders.
You might actually want to walk through from 40-50, as there's a lot of other st
uff, too.
This is true for Baan IVc2-4
Cheers
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mathew Frank posted Message 2201 in Message Board
Dated : July 11, 1999 at 19:09:18 EST
Subject: Trouble adding Back Orders to sls-invoices (repost)
I want to add back orders to the standard invoice report, and the field is avail
able (bqua), so it can be added to a report, but if I do, it will only print the
back order qty if there is also a delevered qty.
I need to print B/Os if there is or isn't anthing being delivered for that line.
I've been all over the code, and can't find the right place to change. It seems
to just look up tdsls041 for the lines and that's it - obviously I'm missing som
ething basic here.
Any ideas?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 2202 in Message Board
Dated : July 12, 1999 at 03:59:54 EST
Subject: Re: Trouble adding Back Orders to sls-invoices (repost)
Matthew,
Each orderline in Baan has its own status. You can view these statusses in tdsls
4533m000. The status of an orderline is maintained by the system in tdsls045. To
be more specific: the system uses the fields tdsls045.ssls and tdsls045.pmsk. T
hese fields determine for example if a delivery line is taken into account for p
rinting on the sales invoice. A delivery line will only be selected if the statu
s is ready for 'print sales invoices'. The program script which is attatched to
the session 'Print sales invoices' will only select delivery lines which have th
e status 'ready for print sales invoices' and sends them to the report. Now, if
a delivery line does not have this status it will not be send to the report.
In your case the lines which have a partial delivery will be send to the report.
If the total quantity to be delivered is in back order the line will not be sen
d to the report. Probably the status of such a line will be 'Confirm backorder'.
Conclusion:
If you want to print these lines you'll have to program the reportscript in such
a way that it will read tdsls045 and select the lines which are in backorder. i
f you are handy you can do it yourself. If not, you'll need a good tools program
mer.
Hope this helps
Paul
: I want to add back orders to the standard invoice report, and the field is ava
ilable (bqua), so it can be added to a report, but if I do, it will only print t
he back order qty if there is also a delevered qty.
: I need to print B/Os if there is or isn't anthing being delivered for that lin
e.
: I've been all over the code, and can't find the right place to change. It seem
s to just look up tdsls041 for the lines and that's it - obviously I'm missing s
omething basic here.
: Any ideas?
: Does anyone know of a third-party product useful for printing a pedimento (an
export declaration document)?
: We have a Maquiladora company in Mexico and have a need to create these docume
nts for the export of goods.
: I wanted to see if something already existed before tackling writing something
in Tools.
: Thank you. - Jeff
the order for the supplier on the item data using the price on the item data.
: How does the MRP react if I try to release an MRP Purchase Order whith more th
an one free Purchase-Contracts? I found out that in the Purchase Header the last
free Contract-Number is inserted, while in the Orderline the first Number is in
use.
: What has to be the normal reaction and what is the logic behind it?
: Thanks for sollutions!
a particular item and save and exit the purchase order. However, once I enter
back in the po and check that line item, the price is back to the price for that
item in the item master. Is this confusing, or can anyone help?
Thanks,
Les
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mathew Frank posted Message 2210 in Message Board
Dated : July 12, 1999 at 18:56:17 EST
Subject: Thanks heaps! Now I know where to look in the code.
: Matthew,
: Each orderline in Baan has its own status. You can view these statusses in tds
ls4533m000. The status of an orderline is maintained by the system in tdsls045.
To be more specific: the system uses the fields tdsls045.ssls and tdsls045.pmsk.
These fields determine for example if a delivery line is taken into account for
printing on the sales invoice. A delivery line will only be selected if the sta
tus is ready for 'print sales invoices'. The program script which is attatched t
o the session 'Print sales invoices' will only select delivery lines which have
the status 'ready for print sales invoices' and sends them to the report. Now, i
f a delivery line does not have this status it will not be send to the report.
: In your case the lines which have a partial delivery will be send to the repor
t. If the total quantity to be delivered is in back order the line will not be s
end to the report. Probably the status of such a line will be 'Confirm backorder
'.
: Conclusion:
: If you want to print these lines you'll have to program the reportscript in su
ch a way that it will read tdsls045 and select the lines which are in backorder.
if you are handy you can do it yourself. If not, you'll need a good tools progr
ammer.
: Hope this helps
: Paul
: : I want to add back orders to the standard invoice report, and the field is a
vailable (bqua), so it can be added to a report, but if I do, it will only print
the back order qty if there is also a delevered qty.
: : I need to print B/Os if there is or isn't anthing being delivered for that l
ine.
: : I've been all over the code, and can't find the right place to change. It se
ems to just look up tdsls041 for the lines and that's it - obviously I'm missing
something basic here.
: : Any ideas?
: Logic says that if an item is lot controlled, then it shouldn't be used as lin
eside stock as then it is extremely doubtful that anyone will record the lot num
ber issued to any particular production order. Lineside stock items are typicall
y backflushed as well which would only excacerbate matters.
: You could always use the Baan counter order to "book" the items in, which woul
d then lead you through the Lot and location control routine, but the items will
definitely have to be booked in no matter what, and also booked out (recording
the appropriate lot numbers.) I don't see how you could get around it.
: : Does any one have experiences of dealing with lineside stock within a lot co
ntrolled environment. We currently have on a legacy system agreements for suppli
ers (fixtures and fittings, bolts etc)to deliver straight to the production line
, they then invoice at a later date. We do not book these goods in so no batch i
s recorded, traceability is reliant on supplier records and is time based. On Ba
aN because we are lot controlled and because the components are going to fly the
y have to have a lot number generated which also means they need to be booked in
. Has anyone come up against or expierienced a similar situation.
: : Thanks in advance
: : Colin
: John,
: Have you considered 'Priority Simulation Codes'
: Sales Control/Deliveries/Miscel.
: Here you can set priorities the way you like to (ascending/descending). The sy
stem is very flexible here, so take care you only select fields which are relate
d to the sales order (in your case tdsls040.cuno or tccom010.cuno)
: You can simulate the priorities. When you agree to the priorities generated bt
the system, you can process the priorities.
: The system will write the priorities in tdsls045.opri.
: The Picking Lists will be printed in order of the priorites set.
: Hope this helps
: Paul
: : Backordered material coming in from our vendors is being allocated to the lo
west customer number instead of the oldest sales order. I thought there was a pa
rameter to set this but I can't find it. Does anyone know how to make Baan versi
on B40c allocate incoming material to the oldest order?
er ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. khan posted Message 2227 in Message Board
Dated : July 15, 1999 at 16:17:41 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Order !
Dear KianHaur,
I mentioned earlier that you cannot modify a PO, once you do a transaction again
st it. You may zero out the remaining qty from the "Maintain Receipt" session.
Let me know if you have any problem.
Regards,
Naveed
: I have a case, for example.
:
:
:
:
:
f back order.
:
:
:
:
:
: Naveed
:
: : I have a case, for example.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: f back order.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : Paul
: : : Backordered material coming in from our vendors is being allocated to the
lowest customer number instead of the oldest sales order. I thought there was a
parameter to set this but I can't find it. Does anyone know how to make Baan ver
sion B40c allocate incoming material to the oldest order?
: It appears Baan forces the release of the outbounds before the packing slips c
an be printed. This process seems to preclude the prior staging of the shipment
of the order as the inventory has been updated prior to it actually leaving the
shipping dock.
: Since the packing slip needs to be packed with the items on the order, it woul
d be nice if we could print them beforehand and put them with the shipment. But
since the outbounds have already been released and inventory updated, we get in
to a timing issue if the truck doesn't come as expected to pick up the parts.
: I've tried moving the packing slip step before the release but it doesn't work
. Any ideas would be appreciated!!!
: Thanks!
: Vernon
mponents of the main item , then the sales order bill of material table(tdsls047
) will be populated with the BOM of the main item on the sales order line.
The same is applicable for quotations also.
Devarajan
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 2241 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 1999 at 09:32:01 EST
Subject: Re: Return order and additional order cost
In the session "Maintain Items by Cost Set", have you tried making the lower lim
it a negative qty/amount ? If the rangess are set to e.g. "0 - 999", then the ne
gative qty's/amounts on the sales order total will not trigger the correct calcu
lation.
: KianHaur
: : Dear KianHaur,
: : I mentioned earlier that you cannot modify a PO, once you do a transaction a
gainst it. You may zero out the remaining qty from the "Maintain Receipt" sessi
on. Let me know if you have any problem.
: : Regards,
: : Naveed
: :
: : : I have a case, for example.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : f back order.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: Can anyone tell me exactly how the finance company field on the sales order he
ader (tdsls040.comp) is assigned when either using EDI or manually creating the
sales order (I assume they are similar)?
: Thanks in advance,
: Justin
er lines to
many sales invoices when shipping goods.I solve this problem
by confirm delivery one by one line and follow by printing sales invoice immedia
tely. I think it's difficult to work.
What is the best way to solve this problem ?
Thanks in advanced.
***************** End Of Article ******************
murthy posted Message 2251 in Message Board
Dated : July 22, 1999 at 07:00:18 EST
Subject: Re: Indirect access locations
Outbound is done only based on the outbound priority mentioned in the item mast
er data. The reason for not generating the outbound from storage locations could
be that these locations are blocked for outbound. For the items which are to be
picked up from picking zone, please set the outbound priority to location code.
Please use the session tdilc0130m000(maintain locations by item) to fill up the
minimum storage quantity and minimum replenishment quantity for all these items
. You may use the session tdilc2410m000 (Print replenishments list) to get the q
uantities to be replenished to these locations.
In order to reduce the workaround procedure of transferring goods, please declar
e the picking zones as fixed locations for these items assigning highest inbound
priority, so that when inbound is generated the material is stored in these loc
ations first. This can also be done in the session tdilc0130m000
: Thanks in advanced.
your worry after that is that it does not display as a unit price then you ha
several workarounds that you can use. For the reports especially those that a
sent out to your customers simple changes to (or new) report script can be us
to get the new price on to the document.
Assuming that you do not have source code (program script) there is nothing that
you can do to the sales order screen directly. But I have in the past added zo
oms to new subsessions that afford you a view of discounted prices. This may me
an a new table if you want to keep a history of actual unit prices.
Good luck,
Rob
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 2265 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 1999 at 09:41:43 EST
Subject: Re: price per item based on total order value
Before diving in and customising your system how about trying a couple of differ
ent approaches.
The first and most obvious one, as suggested by Rob, is to use an order discount
based on order total value. That is a pretty normal business approach in my opi
nion. Maybe try it out (with the customer)and see if it flies.
A slightly different approach, and I have not tried this out, which I think may
be worth investigating, is to try using additional order costs (obviously with a
negative value). The additional order costs can be based on a few different par
ameters, one of which is "Amount". Seeing that the additional order costs are al
ways based on order totals anyway it might just work.
As I say I haven't tried it out, if I get a chance I will, but if you do have an
y success in the meantime, please post the results here.
Regards, Merv Carr
: Our company collects different additional costs on the different sales order l
ines depending on product type. At present the additional costs are declared bas
ed on sales unit and are being added interactively with 0 quantities. I am reque
sting the client to change the quantities of additional costs based on the order
s lines. Since my client maintains about 200 orders a day it is a laborious proc
ess to change addditional cost quantities. precisely what i need is
: Pono: 10 qty:5 additonal cost item1 qty:5
: Pono: 20 qty:3 additonal cost item2 qty:3
: I might have several orderlines of same product type where the additional cost
s have to be consolidated.
: Any cut short procedure for achieving this. I can not add the addional costs i
n the pricing as it has to be shown as seperate item in finance.
: Any help appreciated
:
C62
0.16666667
s. Shipping several BAAN company's product on one truck. From what I have seen t
his does not seem possible?
2. I do not want to invoice customers for transport cost but to record cost and
allocate them to the appropriate BAAN company who's goods were delivered. Ideas
please!
Thanks
pmoss
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vernon Anderson posted Message 2276 in Message Board
Dated : July 27, 1999 at 16:46:06 EST
Subject: Back order Fill report (?)
A long time ago in a system far far away, I had a neat little report called a ba
ckorder fill report that would list the backorders I could fill based upon a rec
ent receipt of finished goods. Does anyone know of such a report in Baan? I'd
love it whenenver I do an inbound from production (or purchasing for that matter
) that a list of backorders for that item be produced.
Any assistance will be greatly appreciated.
Vernon
***************** End Of Article ******************
pramod posted Message 2277 in Message Board
Dated : July 28, 1999 at 02:05:45 EST
Subject: sales order priorities ---- clarification
after maintaining simulation codes, generating, and processing the order priorit
ies, iam still able to perform "maintain deliveries" for the least priority sls
order. ihave not used picking lists. i feel that system should atleast signal th
at the sls order considered for delivery is not on highest priority.
can any one please help me.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van eijk posted Message 2278 in Message Board
Dated : July 28, 1999 at 04:06:17 EST
Subject: Re: sales order priorities ---- clarification
priorities generated by simulation codes are only used to print the picking list
in order of priority. There's no link between maintain deliveries and prioritie
s.
Good luck
Paul
: after maintaining simulation codes, generating, and processing the order prior
ities, iam still able to perform "maintain deliveries" for the least priority sl
s order. ihave not used picking lists. i feel that system should atleast signal
that the sls order considered for delivery is not on highest priority.
: Puneet,
help is welcome
regards,
-Dave Smeulders
: : But when I make the first purchase the average purchase price & latest purch
ase price are updated to the same rate ie. the the rate of the PO just created.
: : This is because the total purchase quatity is taken as zero and the average
purchase price calculation logic is applied.
: : Does some one know where this information (the total purchase quantity) is s
tored? And if we can update it using the Exchange module. This will allow the Av
erage purchase price calculation to be in line with thatof the history.
Manjith,
I have cut and pasted the Baan help for this field.
""Each time a final purchase invoice is posted to 'Baan Finance', the system wil
l update the latest purchase price in the item file. The new average purchase pr
ice is then recalculated on the basis of :
- the old average purchase price of the item and the total quantity received;
- the new purchase price for the actual quantity delivered""
Based on my knowledge of Binglish I interpret this to imply that this is a calcu
lation done during the posting of final purchase invoice.
I am eager to know if U have any other ideas.
: We are using Average Purchase price as the basis for calculating the Cost pric
e of Purchase items. When begining to use the system, I update average purchase
price in Item master. And put the opening stock using inventory adjustments.
: But when I make the first purchase the average purchase price & latest purchas
e price are updated to the same rate ie. the the rate of the PO just created.
: This is because the total purchase quatity is taken as zero and the average pu
rchase price calculation logic is applied.
: Does some one know where this information (the total purchase quantity) is sto
red? And if we can update it using the Exchange module. This will allow the Aver
age purchase price calculation to be in line with thatof the history.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi all,
After I released outbound and the sales order line status
is ready for 'confirm delivery'.
When I m/t delivery and insert sales order number , it
showed the order line for confirmed , but I can't do it.
The error was "Recommended quantity not fully confirmed"
Can anyone help me ? What is different between delivered
quantity and recommended quantity in tdsls045 ??
: Thanks in advance.
: We are a manufacturing company and have a high rate of orders which are late f
or various reasons. Even though we have a high number of "custom items" we are
currently using MRP and MPS but do not use Projects/Custom Items.
: We use the Plan. Del. Date to store what we call the "Original Promise Date" w
hich is the date we originally promised to the customer when the order was first
entered. We use the "Plan. Rec. Date" to store what we call the "Current Promi
se Date" which is shows the current date we have told the customer the material
will ship. We need two dates because we need a way to measure our on time deliv
ery performance (ship date - original promise) as well as a place to "look up" w
hen the material is "really going to ship". Our procedure is to NEVER change th
e original promise date (unless the customer pushes their required date out!)so
this is the date that drives the planning system. It has been suggested that we
should reverse usage of these dates - and change the Planned Delivery date to r
eflect the current, realistic ship date. Since this date drives just about ever
ything is Baan, I am concerned that frequent changes to this date will not allow
the planning system to function efficiently. Shouldn't the system be planning
based on what the leadtimes should be not a "padded" leadtime?
: I'd like some input from other users as to how they handle date changes when o
rders are late.
: Thanks is advance!
: Jeanne Ploshay
: Micro-Coax
chase price are updated to the same rate ie. the the rate of the PO just created
.
: : : This is because the total purchase quatity is taken as zero and the averag
e purchase price calculation logic is applied.
: : : Does some one know where this information (the total purchase quantity) is
stored? And if we can update it using the Exchange module. This will allow the
Average purchase price calculation to be in line with thatof the history.
could attach a signal code to the item with blocking for sales on it
manual process which removes the signal code when the item is placed
list. Alternatively, design a session that looks at the price lists
the signal code.
: We want to block items from being entered into a sales order if there is no li
st price. Is there a parameter that can be set for this purpose?
: : We are a manufacturing company and have a high rate of orders which are late
for various reasons. Even though we have a high number of "custom items" we ar
e currently using MRP and MPS but do not use Projects/Custom Items.
: : We use the Plan. Del. Date to store what we call the "Original Promise Date"
which is the date we originally promised to the customer when the order was fir
st entered. We use the "Plan. Rec. Date" to store what we call the "Current Pro
mise Date" which is shows the current date we have told the customer the materia
l will ship. We need two dates because we need a way to measure our on time del
ivery performance (ship date - original promise) as well as a place to "look up"
when the material is "really going to ship". Our procedure is to NEVER change
the original promise date (unless the customer pushes their required date out!)s
o this is the date that drives the planning system. It has been suggested that
we should reverse usage of these dates - and change the Planned Delivery date to
reflect the current, realistic ship date. Since this date drives just about ev
erything is Baan, I am concerned that frequent changes to this date will not all
ow the planning system to function efficiently. Shouldn't the system be plannin
g based on what the leadtimes should be not a "padded" leadtime?
: : I'd like some input from other users as to how they handle date changes when
r number and the part number to appear on the replenishment order line, on the p
ick list, on the shortage report and on the replenishment pull note? Thanks In A
dvance!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sandeep Mohapatra posted Message 2324 in Message Board
Dated : August 04, 1999 at 23:49:53 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation Planning
hi,
the queries are:
1) how exactly does BaaN optimize trips ( combine stops). is it based on lowest
cost/minimum distance etc. Or is it that combination of stops is done only if I
have defined Standard Routes
2) What is the difference between the sessions "Generate Trips based on Stops" a
nd "Generate trips based on means of transport".
3) Does baan do any kind of capacity constrained planning or is it that i have t
o do it manually using capacity reports of baaN.
Thanks a lot for your help in advance
Sandeep
:
: What are the queries?
: :
: : Hi,
: : Can anyone help me with certain queries regarding transportation planning?
Has anyone done extensive work in this field
: : Thanks in advance
: : Sandeep
: Were doing hybrid material movement whereby we have point of use mfg material
and kitted material. We feed the point of use from the stockroom to WIP using a
Bill of Distribution and running DRP and generating replenishment orders. We are
using work orders, traditional kitting and pull notes of the type "to shop floo
r" to feed wip with the big and bulky. The problem is the manual effort involved
with sorting this mess out. Seems to me we could do everything using DRP, Reple
nishment and pull notes of the type "Replenishment" if we could simply get the w
ork order # and the work order's assembly part # to appear on the replenishment
orders, the pick list, the shortage list and the replenishment pull note. No can
do! I know from my research that DRP reads the work order qty and due date for
the parts from the shop floor table (which obviously has the info I want)and loa
ds it to the replenishment order line table. Any ideas on how to get the work or
der number and the part number to appear on the replenishment order line, on the
pick list, on the shortage report and on the replenishment pull note? Thanks In
Advance!
Hi all,
I put non-standard sales order step into my order type as below :
order acknowledgement
2.Generate Outbound Advise
3.M/T delivery
4.Print packing slip
5.Change Price and discount after m/t deliveries
6.Print Sales Invoice
7.Process Delivered S/O
But after I do step 5 already , my order step didn't change.
It still showed at 'Change Price and discount.....'
I want to modify the step in this order type or delete this
sales order for solving this problem , but I can't because I'd
already m/t deliveries. Could anyone give me any suggestions ??
1.Print
Thanks in advanced.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 2337 in Message Board
Dated : August 06, 1999 at 10:02:31 EST
Subject: Re: Mistake from Sales order step !!!
:
:
t
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi all,
I put non-standard sales order step into my order type as below :
order acknowledgement
2.Generate Outbound Advise
3.M/T delivery
4.Print packing slip
5.Change Price and discount after m/t deliveries
6.Print Sales Invoice
7.Process Delivered S/O
But after I do step 5 already , my order step didn't change.
It still showed at 'Change Price and discount.....'
I want to modify the step in this order type or delete this
sales order for solving this problem , but I can't because I'd
already m/t deliveries. Could anyone give me any suggestions ??
1.Prin
: Thanks in advanced.
:
Hi all,
I put non-standard sales order step into my order type as below :
order acknowledgement
2.Generate Outbound Advise
3.M/T delivery
4.Print packing slip
5.Change Price and discount after m/t deliveries
6.Print Sales Invoice
7.Process Delivered S/O
But after I do step 5 already , my order step didn't change.
It still showed at 'Change Price and discount.....'
I want to modify the step in this order type or delete this
sales order for solving this problem , but I can't because I'd
already m/t deliveries. Could anyone give me any suggestions ??
1.Pr
: : Thanks in advanced.
: :
Hi Paul,
I follow as your advice already , but I can't re-execute
my step .It 'll show error 'This step defined for current step number in proced
ure My Order Type'
Can anyone give me any suggestion ??
Hi all,
I put non-standard sales order step into my order type as below :
order acknowledgement
2.Generate Outbound Advise
3.M/T delivery
4.Print packing slip
5.Change Price and discount after m/t deliveries
6.Print Sales Invoice
7.Process Delivered S/O
But after I do step 5 already , my order step didn't change.
It still showed at 'Change Price and discount.....'
I want to modify the step in this order type or delete this
sales order for solving this problem , but I can't because I'd
already m/t deliveries. Could anyone give me any suggestions ??
1.
: : : Thanks in advanced.
: : :
Subject: Re: Sales Orders which exceeds the maximum amount of Sales Contract
It is not possible to manage amount control in Contract.
Hope it helps
: Can we control the sum of sales orders amounts created from a specific contrac
t not to exceed the maximum amount of the sales contract .
: In Baan, one can use standard contract option to check maximum quantitiy but I
need this control for the maximum amount.
: Bye
: : Note, not only the delivery lines will be deleted (tdsls045), but also the o
rder lines (tdsls041).
: : Now go to the order (tdsls4101m000), go to the lines. You'll notice that all
the lines are gone. Now you can delete the order itself. Be ware that this orde
r will show up in history and statistics as cancellation
: : Hope this helps
: : Good luck
: : Paul
: : : :
: : : :
1.Print
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
Hi all,
I put non-standard sales order step into my order type as below :
order acknowledgement
2.Generate Outbound Advise
3.M/T delivery
4.Print packing slip
5.Change Price and discount after m/t deliveries
6.Print Sales Invoice
7.Process Delivered S/O
But after I do step 5 already , my order step didn't change.
It still showed at 'Change Price and discount.....'
I want to modify the step in this order type or delete this
sales order for solving this problem , but I can't because I'd
already m/t deliveries. Could anyone give me any suggestions ??
: : : : Thanks in advanced.
: : : :
: Cheers,
: Richy Chu
Hi Richy,
Once you've created an Order Type you can't delete it, even if the order type ha
s not been used in any transactions.
All you can do is to change the description of the order type to 'Do not Use' or
something similar so that users will not use it in future.
Des
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max Lai posted Message 2348 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 1999 at 04:44:38 EST
Subject: Re: Margin Control
: Is there anyone out there that is using Margin Control?
If you are talking about BaanERP, I've used the Margin Control of it right now.
Firstly, define the actions BaanERP should take when the selling price of an ite
m in a Sales order exceeds the margin limit, i.e. block, signal or log, in the M
argin Control Parameters (tdsls0120m000) session.
You then have to define the Sales Margin limit for an item in the Item Sales Dat
a (tdisa0501m000) session.
Don't forgot to enable the Margin Control function in Sales Order Business Objec
t by checking the box Margin Control in the Sales Order Parameter (tdsls0100s400
)session.
Also define the hold reason in the same session if you want to hold the SO as de
fined in Margin Control Parameters session.
Hold this will not be too late.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max Lai posted Message 2349 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 1999 at 04:48:36 EST
Subject: Re: How to block order type ????
:
:
:
:
:
: Hello,
:
I created lots of order-types for testing data, and
: I don't want to use it now , but Baan not allow me
: to delete this order-type .
:
Does anyone how could I delete it ?? Or How to block order type ??
: : Cheers,
: : Richy Chu
: Hi Richy,
: Once you've created an Order Type you can't delete it, even if the order type
has not been used in any transactions.
: All you can do is to change the description of the order type to 'Do not Use'
: Is there a way to get Inventory / Stock Ageing in Baan. ie, how to find out th
e age of stock. 30 days, 60 days, more than 60 days etc.
: Thanks in advance
: Is there a way to get Inventory / Stock Ageing in Baan. ie, how to find out th
e age of stock. 30 days, 60 days, more than 60 days etc.
: Thanks in advance
off of Print Sales Order Deliveries session and add the Sales Rep. You could th
en sort by it but without the program script selecting by the Rep would be diffi
cult. The result could then be added to the same session.
(Keep in mind though whether you are using location control or not. It may make
a difference in how you need to report the data)
My preference would be to make a new session that would look to the user like a
standard report.
Rob
***************** End Of Article ******************
Thomas Frei posted Message 2358 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 1999 at 12:52:44 EST
Subject: howto inbound to production stock by prod. number
Hello,
we have the problem that we want to supply our production stock (e.g. 721) with
all parts missing for our production order (e.g.600000) from our main stock 700.
Is there any possibility to get an inbound suggestion for our production stock
(721) automatically???
Thanks
Thomas .-(((
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary Pancoast posted Message 2359 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 1999 at 12:54:39 EST
Subject: Re: DRP/Replenishment/Pull Notes
Hi Paul!
Thanks for your help. You did point me to several possibilities.However, upon fu
rther investigation we decided the easiest method was to use a hybrid of DRP/Rep
lenishment orders to restock the point of use material and classic shop floor pu
ll notes to notify the stock room to pull the kitted items. We accomplished this
by setting up the item master and our BOM's to not generate pull notes for the
point of use items. I would have preferred to use a single method, but this hybr
id approach does work and seemed to be the simplest solution.
Thanks Again!
Gary
: Gary,
: DRP works anonymous, therefore there's no link between DRP and SFC. DRP simply
looks at the planned inventory movements in your (WIP) warehouse. When the plan
ned inventory drops below the safety stock, DRP will simply generate a planned r
eplenishment order. Also look at the helptext linked to the session trdrp0212m00
0.
: Planned inventory movements are a result of planned issues & receipts. These p
lanned issues & receipts can be found in table tdinv0150. There you'll informati
on on the planned inventory movements. In theory you should be able to identify
the right production orders there. In practice I have never done it.
: Please let me know if this was of any help to you
: Good Luck!
: Paul
: : Were doing hybrid material movement whereby we have point of use mfg materia
l and kitted material. We feed the point of use from the stockroom to WIP using
a Bill of Distribution and running DRP and generating replenishment orders. We a
re using work orders, traditional kitting and pull notes of the type "to shop fl
oor" to feed wip with the big and bulky. The problem is the manual effort involv
ed with sorting this mess out. Seems to me we could do everything using DRP, Rep
lenishment and pull notes of the type "Replenishment" if we could simply get the
work order # and the work order's assembly part # to appear on the replenishmen
t orders, the pick list, the shortage list and the replenishment pull note. No c
an do! I know from my research that DRP reads the work order qty and due date fo
r the parts from the shop floor table (which obviously has the info I want)and l
oads it to the replenishment order line table. Any ideas on how to get the work
order number and the part number to appear on the replenishment order line, on t
he pick list, on the shortage report and on the replenishment pull note? Thanks
In Advance!
: Then spend the next six months seeing how this works!
:
: : I'm using product configurator but do not really want to use generic price l
ists as pricing by customer & item is ideal for my needs. I would be applying th
e price at the Generic item level. Does anybody know if I can get round this ???
: : Cheers
Greetings,
Paul
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: Hello,
:
I created lots of order-types for testing data, and
: I don't want to use it now , but Baan not allow me
: to delete this order-type .
:
Does anyone how could I delete it ?? Or How to block order type ??
: : : Cheers,
: : : Richy Chu
:
:
e
:
'
: Hi Richy,
: Once you've created an Order Type you can't delete it, even if the order typ
has not been used in any transactions.
: All you can do is to change the description of the order type to 'Do not Use
or something similar so that users will not use it in future.
: : Des
: You can't delete order types created because you have tested it with data and
created transactions linked to the order types.
: You can delete it if you also delete the sales orders/purchase orders linked t
o it. This requires some effort but it's not very difficult. All it needs is t
ime and patience.
: Try to find out the linkage of data!!!
While I agree that there are only so many standard reports that can be included
in a package I still think that Baan missed some very obvious combinations. It
is pretty clear that the folks who designed the reports were 1. from another cou
ntry 2. never worked in sales in their lives. The best example of this is that
they did not include a specifically searchable field for "Purchase Order"! It is
all very well and good to suggest customizations or Easy SQL options if you are
a programmer or technically inclined or have the Baan source code but what abou
t us regular slugs? When someone asks for ideas I always try to suggest someway
of using existing Baan sessions for the very reason that many people are forced
to use what Baan has given us!
Jeanne Ploshay
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 2377 in Message Board
Dated : August 12, 1999 at 02:49:45 EST
Subject: Re: Accounting Reference
It may be a bug, but I also had to customize the external documents in order to
let it appear.
Regards,
Gianni
: I entered information on the field "accounting reference" (Form 3, maintain cu
stomers). A sales order was entered under the customer with the above mentioned
info. When all documentation was printed, the accounting reference information d
id not appear.
: I also looked at the popup help for this field and it states that the informat
ion added would appear on various external documents.
: Can anyone help??
:
carrying out inspection order(in QMS),
:
generating inbound advice (Inbound Movement)
:
approving (Maintain Approval)
:
release inbound data (I tried with Maintain Inbound Data
:
too).
:
The same result.
: How could I get these articles out from the inspection location ?
: I would be grateful to receive an answer.
In "Maintain PO lines session", I saw that the system lets me change the Ordered
UM from yard to Sq.Ft. but it does not let me change the Price UM. As a result,
my PO prints with Quantity in Sq.Ft., UM as Yard, and Price in Yards.
Is it possible to change the price UM to Sq.Ft. as well, so that it prints corre
ctly on the PO?
Thanks,
Allen
Is it used without location control? What happens when it is used with location
control? Since Lot Control is usually date based, I believe that I know the ans
wer.
I know it's theory, but It's a question about distribution. And I want to learn.
Thank you in advance
Leslie
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 2389 in Message Board
Dated : August 13, 1999 at 06:16:49 EST
Subject: Customer Status - Blocked and Order Blocking
Please confirm if this seems like the correct functionality.
Parameter settings are set to block if doubtful, block if credit limited exceede
d, block is invoice overdue.
The order type used has a block as of step 2 (print picking lists).
All new orders for the customer are indeed blocked at the picking list, however
existing orders for the same customer are not automatically blocked. Is this co
rrect? If so, any suggestions on the most efficient way to locate all orders th
at have not have picking list printed or maintain deliveries for that same custo
mer.
Secondly,
Parameters and order types are set the same as above.
Order is entered for a customer that has a "Normal Status" in Maintain Customers
. An order is entered for this customer using the order type which blocks at pr
int picking list. The lines of this order are all positioned at a line status o
f "Print Acknowledgements". The customer status is now changed from Normal to B
locked. Obviously, any new order is not permitted to be entered. However, an ac
knowledgement cannot be printed for the existing order ( or any step performed)
but the system does not flag this order as blocked or send the order to the sess
ion "Unblock Sales Orders- tdsls4225m000). How does this make sense?
I appreciate your responses.
CS
***************** End Of Article ******************
Leslie Martins posted Message 2390 in Message Board
Dated : August 13, 1999 at 10:59:34 EST
Subject: Default Financial Company
If a sales order is entered for a project with the incorrect financial cumpany.
How can the financial company be modified for the order and the project?
This would occur when the customer (tccom1101m000) is entered with the incorrect
financial company.
Any suggestions?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Genie posted Message 2391 in Message Board
Dated : August 13, 1999 at 16:52:35 EST
Subject: Re: When is LIFO used
LIFO is used with location control. It would be used for consumable type items
or those that should be used on the receipt date (oldest first). The system, wh
ich is invisible to you but in a table, date stamps your receipts into the syste
m. It then uses this to determine which is the last receipt (last in) and issue
it, when you generate outbound, as first out. Hope this helps!
: The subject line says it all. If I use fifo, I presume the goods I am going to
consume or inventory will have some type of shelf life.
: Why and When would I use LIFO? Is it really for accounting?
: Is it used without location control? What happens when it is used with locatio
n control? Since Lot Control is usually date based, I believe that I know the a
nswer.
: I know it's theory, but It's a question about distribution. And I want to lear
n.
: Thank you in advance
: Leslie
Hi,
My client has an agreement for subcontracting transportation activities. The agr
eement has penalty/incentive clauses based on whether the time for actual delive
ry is more/less than estimated time and whether there have been any damages whil
e transportation.
Although i can record actual data by stop lines, how do i link this to payment t
o subcontractor.
Thanks in advance
Sandeep
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddie Wierts posted Message 2396 in Message Board
Dated : August 16, 1999 at 10:05:26 EST
Subject: Cannot open maintain parameters PAC, TFM, TOC
I have a problem: when starting the sessions mentioned above nothing happens. I
think this problem happened since we installed the PMC tool but I'am not sure. O
ur Baan version is BaanIVc4. What can it be?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jan posted Message 2397 in Message Board
Dated : August 16, 1999 at 10:35:15 EST
Subject: Re: Product Configurator & Sales Pricing
No, But I discovered that using Generic price lists and using the description fi
eld for the customer name and having a constraint which said "if customer = -cus
tomer name or code here - then price = - price herethis gives me a fairly simple price list to maintain and can be easily understoo
d when printed.
Jan
: Were you successful using this?
: : Try using a sales contract for the generic item and set the 'Link to PCS'pa
rameter in Sales Contract Parameters to 'Yes'
: : Then spend the next six months seeing how this works!
: :
: : : I'm using product configurator but do not really want to use generic price
lists as pricing by customer & item is ideal for my needs. I would be applying
the price at the Generic item level. Does anybody know if I can get round this ?
??
: : : Cheers
: If a sales order is entered for a project with the incorrect financial cumpany
. How can the financial company be modified for the order and the project?
: This would occur when the customer (tccom1101m000) is entered with the incorre
ct financial company.
: Any suggestions?
: Table tdilc401 Outbound data will have all Allocated Outbound. You would also
need to check to make sure it's not delivered yet.
: This is the only place you can find the Hard Allocations for the Items. (609)
631-6052
This table only contains the allocated stock for one location or one lot. Can I
somehow use this in an SQL Query, so that it displays the total allocated stock?
: Hi,
: My client has an agreement for subcontracting transportation activities. The a
greement has penalty/incentive clauses based on whether the time for actual deli
very is more/less than estimated time and whether there have been any damages wh
ile transportation.
: Although i can record actual data by stop lines, how do i link this to payment
to subcontractor.
: Thanks in advance
: Sandeep
Hi all,
:
I don't know what's wrong , when I print sales order history report and
choose 'transaction type = invoiced'
: it is no data found !! But my report will have data when I choose 'transactio
n type = created'.
:
Can anyone help me ??? Every sales orders I 've already
: printed sales invoice and process delivered sales order.
: Thanks in advanced,
: Mary Lu.
Hi,
On Print sales order history by customer and item, verify that the transaction d
ate is correct or simply key 01-01-0001 on "from" field and 18-08-1999 on "to" f
ield. Also ensure that the finance company is correct, you may also key 000 on f
rom field and 999 on to field.
Good luck
Leslie
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 2418 in Message Board
Dated : August 18, 1999 at 12:11:44 EST
Subject: Re: Distribution implementation
Hi,
I think that you should use the Exchange-module in BaaN.
Regards,
Gianni
: The problem has arisen at implementation of Distribution (td). Customer used t
o keep account by Excel files yet. Therefore, we need to import huge portions of
initial data (references) into Baan database. For example we need to import the
file of items (4000 records), file of storage places (800 records), file of the
suppliers (600 items). Also we need to import the open balance of items (by con
signments and by storage places too) as 6000 invoices and purchase orders.
: Does anybody know about utility exists for our purpose? Or may be somebody has
a technique (a way) to resolve our problem?
: Any hint will be appreciated.
: Best regards
ter what parameters I input the session always returns no data. Is there a tric
k to setting this up? Any help would be greatly appreciated.
Shannon Moree
SCB Enterprise Solutions
all,
I don't know what the field Sequence Number in table tdsls051-sales order
history is .
Could anyone help me ???
: Thanks in advanced,
: Linda
A taxable or NON-taxable should not dictate if you are allowed to change the shi
p to address once the lines have been written.
Generate Outbound
Print Pick-list
Maintain Deliveries
Print Sales Invoices
Process Delivered Sales Orders
I will appreciate if you can suggest some other ways of getting around this.
Regards
Suresh
***************** End Of Article ******************
Milton Flores posted Message 2431 in Message Board
Dated : August 19, 1999 at 17:25:02 EST
Subject: BaaN IV - EDI - 860 Problem
I'm running BaaN B40C, and whenever I try to generate an 860 it only works if I
make changes to the first line in the PO. I I modify other lines but I don't tou
ch the line number 1 it doesn't work.
Does anybody know why?
Thank you.
Milton.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 2432 in Message Board
Dated : August 20, 1999 at 00:40:13 EST
Subject: I don't think so .
But I noticed that the sales order line history sequence number
is different from looking at display sales order line status .
: Can anyone explain, How does field "Gross/Net" works in Price and Discount ses
sions. According to Baan help if you inset zero discount and opt for Net, serarc
h should stop at that level. I am unable to make it work. Even after putting zer
o and choosing "net" I get price in my PO from next level
: Thanking You in advance,
: Naveed
: I think when one defines gross discounts then it searches the discounts mentio
ned at all levels in your price structure. And in case of net discounts it stops
at the first level of discounts.
: Try it!
: Ashish
:
: : Can anyone explain, How does field "Gross/Net" works in Price and Discount s
essions. According to Baan help if you inset zero discount and opt for Net, sera
rch should stop at that level. I am unable to make it work. Even after putting z
ero and choosing "net" I get price in my PO from next level
: : Thanking You in advance,
: : Naveed
Looking for infomation on when to and the process of deleting sales orders. Typi
cally what function in a company runs "Process deliv sales ordres?" When should
this be run? When can sales orders be deleted? WHy?
***************** End Of Article ******************
arthur posted Message 2439 in Message Board
Dated : August 20, 1999 at 10:54:31 EST
Subject: Re: Sequence Number in S/O history .
Sorry, I was thinking of deliveries tdsls045.
What I think it is in history is a record addition after a record insertion to c
ancel a previous transaction.
To demonstrate; put on a sales order and then save the line. Then change the dat
e on the line then save - do this half a dozen times and then look in the histor
y!
: Hi
:
line
:
all,
I don't know what the field Sequence Number in table tdsls051-sales order
history is .
Could anyone help me ???
: Thanks in advanced,
: Linda
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Generate Outbound
Print Pick-list
Maintain Deliveries
Print Sales Invoices
Process Delivered Sales Orders
: I will appreciate if you can suggest some other ways of getting around this.
: Regards
: Suresh
Generate Outbound
Print Pick-list
Maintain Deliveries
Print Sales Invoices
Process Delivered Sales Orders
I will appreciate if you can suggest some other ways of getting around this.
We don't have the source code and the Sales Order, Generate Outbound and print p
ick-lists have been modified by our consulting partners.
Please HELP !
: Hi Ashish,
: I tried using "net", but in vain. My search for price still goes on the next
level.
: Any suggestion please
: Thanks
: : I think when one defines gross discounts then it searches the discounts ment
ioned at all levels in your price structure. And in case of net discounts it sto
ps at the first level of discounts.
: : Try it!
: : Ashish
:
: :
: : : Can anyone explain, How does field "Gross/Net" works in Price and Discount
sessions. According to Baan help if you inset zero discount and opt for Net, se
rarch should stop at that level. I am unable to make it work. Even after putting
zero and choosing "net" I get price in my PO from next level
: : : Thanking You in advance,
: : : Naveed
: Line O/T
: 10 standar item, customer XXX, costs set AAA, when I print the invoice only I
can print the amount of calcule of rate, but dont the line of the aditional cost.
How I can do it
: Ideas please!
Is there a way to "mass" delete all planned purchase orders prior to confirming
them?
I have thought about deleting and rebuilding table tdinv130 but have not tested
it yet.
Anyone have any experience with this?
We are looking for an inventory report by reason code and can not find one. Doe
s one exist? If so, where can I find it.
Thanks in advance,
Ed
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeff Kendell posted Message 2466 in Message Board
Dated : August 24, 1999 at 17:44:15 EST
Subject: Maintain Approvals
How can we correct a qty, either rejected or approved, in Maintain Approvals? Fo
r standard purchase item and for a subcontracted item. We have tried to maintain
the qtys and will not permit. How do we handle this?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Onno Schenk posted Message 2467 in Message Board
Dated : August 24, 1999 at 21:57:20 EST
Subject: Re: Picking Phantoms on Replenishment Orders
: We have a wide range of Kits set up as Phantoms, generally with a single level
BOM below. When replenishement orders are raised for the Kits the Picking List
reports a shortage at the Phantom level, even if there is sufficient inventory o
f the components. This is completly different to what occurs for Sales Orders wh
ere the Picking List breaks down to the BOM level for picking purposes.
Reason why could be that Sales Orders allow for "shipping" components (ie next l
evel down from phantom) and replenisment orders do not... Am currently facing sa
me issue and curious whether you resolved and if so how?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Onno Schenk posted Message 2468 in Message Board
Dated : August 24, 1999 at 22:03:51 EST
Subject: KITS and RPL orders
How can I ensure that I can pick and ship KITS (phantom) on a replenishment orde
r. Sales has ability to issue components on form 2 of order lines session, but R
PL doesn't have same facility. Please let me know..
***************** End Of Article ******************
Margit posted Message 2469 in Message Board
Dated : August 25, 1999 at 06:37:02 EST
Subject: Re: Maintain Approvals
you cannot change the quantity anymore, if ILC is implemented and you made the a
pproval for a warehouse without locations. In that case the ILC-part is done and
"rien ne va plus". In other configurations it is possible to change the quantit
y.
I fear you have to create a return order to give the quantity.
If you get a better way, please let me know.
margit
: How can we correct a qty, either rejected or approved, in Maintain Approvals?
For standard purchase item and for a subcontracted item. We have tried to mainta
in the qtys and will not permit. How do we handle this?
g
:
d
:
them?
I have thought about deleting and rebuilding table tdinv130 but have not teste
it yet.
Anyone have any experience with this?
Is there a way to "mass" delete all planned purchase orders prior to confirm
them?
I have thought about deleting and rebuilding table tdinv130 but have not tes
it yet.
Anyone have any experience with this?
liers), but does nothing to closed commission lines for employees. We now have
as many as 1,050 closed commission lines appearing on the Maintain Commissions C
alculated by Relation (tdcms1150m000) session. This makes it nearly impossible
to review the commission reports. How can we get rid of the closed lines and mo
ve them to history?
: Thanks in advance.
: Jeanne Ploshay
We have solved this problem ourselves. We were not using any of the "Pay Commis
sion to Employees" sessions and once we did, in the proper sequence, it worked.
If anyone else runs into similar problems, let me know and I will supply you wit
h the steps.
Jeanne
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tommy Bacon posted Message 2476 in Message Board
Dated : August 25, 1999 at 12:38:35 EST
Subject: Re: Deleting all Planned Purchase Orders
Anytime you run using regen all planned orders should be deleted and replanned i
f needed.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Steve Applegate posted Message 2477 in Message Board
Dated : August 25, 1999 at 12:41:02 EST
Subject: Slow Transfer of Item to location in same warehouse
When we transfer an item from a location in a warehouse to another location in t
he same warehouse - it takes apporx. 3 min. for session to execute.
However,
If we move an item to a different warehouse, and then back to the original wareh
ouse (but a different location), this work-around takes < 10 seconds per transfe
r ..
Why ???
***************** End Of Article ******************
Scott Moorman posted Message 2478 in Message Board
Dated : August 25, 1999 at 16:36:46 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory Report by Reason Code
We are using Oracle Discoverer as a reporting tool and generated a custom report
to capture inventory adjustment value by reason code, warehouse, month, etc. I
am not aware of a report within Baan.
: We are looking for an inventory report by reason code and can not find one. D
oes one exist? If so, where can I find it.
: Thanks in advance,
: Ed
: Whell, but it's not easy to locate all the tables to import open balances corr
ectly in conditions of sofisticated links of data. After several days of thinkin
g I've decided to use BaanConnect Kit (BOIs) to emulate the manual work with app
ropriate maintainance sessions. That could help me to keep original logic of ses
sions and all data could be imported correctly.
: But now, I have several problems with BaanConnect Kit and its behaviour on Dig
ital UNIX platform ;-)
: : There are couple of ways of importing the excel spreadsheets into baan as on
e time measure.As Gianni pointed out Exchange is one of the ways.However the eas
y fastest way is thro the sequential dump program.
: : 1) create sequential dump from the relavent empty table
:
:
e
:
: : : : Best regards
: How can I ensure that I can pick and ship KITS (phantom) on a replenishment or
der. Sales has ability to issue components on form 2 of order lines session, but
RPL doesn't have same facility. Please let me know..
Regards,
Ashish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Herbert van de Ridder posted Message 2492 in Message Board
Dated : August 27, 1999 at 07:03:49 EST
Subject: Determine Invoice number
WE are having problems with determining the right Invoice series.
In the sls parameters (tdsls4100m000) you can determine wether or not you want u
se series for invoice numbering. In tcmcs0147m000 you can define the series.
The point is that we are not able to define when to use which serie.
Note: this a different series then the series for for Financial Documents, these
are linked to an Order Type in tcmcs0142m000.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kevin posted Message 2493 in Message Board
Dated : August 27, 1999 at 10:23:42 EST
Subject: Sales Statistics
I have defined the periods but when i run update sales statistics, system gives
an error message "period table not found". also it does not pick up all the sale
s orders in reports. I am struggling to get my Sales Statistics right. Can anyon
e help me on that? why it says period table not found?
thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nick Rovenko posted Message 2494 in Message Board
Dated : August 27, 1999 at 19:48:14 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Statistics
A common mistake is setting up periods incorrectly. If you desire monthly perio
ds for a calendar year enter the 1st day of each month, starting with January, i
n each consequtive field until you have entered 12 dates, and 12-31-99 should be
entered as the ending date of the above periods. Once you have defined Jan-Dec
1999 you can copy periods for years 2000 and beyond. Hope this helps, if not r
espond.
: I have defined the periods but when i run update sales statistics, system give
s an error message "period table not found". also it does not pick up all the sa
les orders in reports. I am struggling to get my Sales Statistics right. Can any
one help me on that? why it says period table not found?
: thanks
to generate. The error we are getting is "Duplicate value in First Free Numbers
Tables", Hence aborting the action. Alternatively if we try with Maintain Outbou
nd data samething we we are getting. I appreciate your help.
: Thanks&Regards,
: Chris.
: : Hi,
: : I face a problem of unable to generate inbound advice to move stock from rec
eipt location to inspection location.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
I cannot find anywhere where the rounding codes are linked to sales pricing.
Any help would be appreciated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
shajee posted Message 2511 in Message Board
Dated : September 01, 1999 at 00:36:23 EST
Subject: How to use re-execute in maintain order steps
: How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m000) be used pl
ease give an example
Shajee
***************** End Of Article ******************
Barb Mitchell posted Message 2512 in Message Board
Dated : September 01, 1999 at 08:36:53 EST
Subject: Problems with Printing Sales Invoices
We are currently running Baan IVc3 and we are having problems with the printing
of sales invoices.
We enter a sales order with the type of SPN (Normal Sales Order). This order typ
e has the following steps:
 Print Order Acknowledgements
 Print Picking Lists
 Maintain Deliveries
 Print Packing Slips
 Print Sales Invoices
 Process Delivered Sales Orders
We follow the steps through to - Print Sales Invoices (tdsls4404m000). We set "F
inal Invoice" to YES. The Sales Invoice prints correctly. If we display Sales Or
der Line Status, it still says Print Sales Invoice . It will allow us to print the
sales invoice again and again and again
as many times, as we like. Everytime the
sales invoice is printed, a new invoice number is assigned.
We set-up a sales order type of TST (test sales order). This order type has the
following steps:
 Maintain Deliveries
 Print Sales Invoices
 Process Delivered Sales Orders
It works fine!
Does anybody have any ideas of why the first Sales Order Type allows us to Print
Sales Invoices over and over again?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tommy Bacon posted Message 2513 in Message Board
Dated : September 01, 1999 at 10:16:09 EST
Subject: Re: Problems with Printing Sales Invoices
Check session tcmcs0139m000 Maintain Order Steps and see what the Re-execute is
set at. It should be set for the step after your Print Sales Invoices, (Process
Delivered Sales Orders).
: We are currently running Baan IVc3 and we are having problems with the printin
g of sales invoices.
: We enter a sales order with the type of SPN (Normal Sales Order). This order t
ype has the following steps:
:  Print Order Acknowledgements
:  Print Picking Lists
:  Maintain Deliveries
:  Print Packing Slips
:  Print Sales Invoices
:  Process Delivered Sales Orders
: We follow the steps through to - Print Sales Invoices (tdsls4404m000). We set
"Final Invoice" to YES. The Sales Invoice prints correctly. If we display Sales
Order Line Status, it still says Print Sales Invoice . It will allow us to print th
e sales invoice again and again and again
as many times, as we like. Everytime t
he sales invoice is printed, a new invoice number is assigned.
:
e
:
:
:
We set-up a sales order type of TST (test sales order). This order type has th
following steps:
 Maintain Deliveries
 Print Sales Invoices
 Process Delivered Sales Orders
: It works fine!
: Does anybody have any ideas of why the first Sales Order Type allows us to Pri
nt Sales Invoices over and over again?
Could you tell me what session I must run for this ???
Regards.
Angy.
You can run a report tdilc1417m000 to view item and product expiry date, you can
also run session tdilc0221m000 (un)block inventory by product expiry date which
will block items that are at your determined date.
Hope this helps
Colin
items with valuation at FTP, system prints the report but for Lot Price it does
not. Is there any patch for this or is it some parameter setting?
: Any comments/suggestions would be highly appreciated
: Thanks,
: Alfredo
Could you tell me what session I must run for this ???
: :
Regards.
: :
Angy.
: You can run a report tdilc1417m000 to view item and product expiry date, you c
an also run session tdilc0221m000 (un)block inventory by product expiry date whi
ch will block items that are at your determined date.
: Hope this helps
: Colin
: What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current step again af
ter the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m000) be use
d please give an example
: : Shajee
: : Without customizations, is there any way to tell the system to round sales p
rices to the nearest dollar? For example, the base price for a product that we
sell is $2950 and the discount for quantity 50 is 25% - $2950 less 25% = $2212.5
0, but I would like this to be $2213 for the customer (as that is what they were
quoted) without having to override the prices calculated.
: : I cannot find anywhere where the rounding codes are linked to sales pricing.
: : Any help would be appreciated.
: In Baan IV c4 there are two places I know of :
: Global update of salesprices and discounts (tdsls0201m000)
: Calculate salesprices by item (ticpr2250m000)
This can be done in the following session;
ttaad1108m000
In this session you can say that prices have to be rounded to anything you want,
read the help tekst for details
Shajee
The re-execute means that you could add
5) Print purchase Invoice. If you needed to reprint the Purchase Invoice you
should be able to ask for a duplicate. The
re-execute means you are going to execute that step twice.
: Tommy
: What does this mean suppose i have a purchase order with
: 1)Print P.O
: 2)maintain receipts
: 3)Print purchase Invoice
: 4)P.D.P.O
: as the order steps
: and i have already executed maintain receipts then the session tdpur4533m000
says the said order no is ready for print purchase invoice.
: Now will i be able to do maintain receipts again if reexecute is used.
: please try to give an example if this one is not appropriate
: Shajee
: : What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current step again
after the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m000) be u
sed please give an example
: : : Shajee
: Hello!
: Can anyone tell me how Baan captures (or even if it does capture) the gross, n
et and tare weights as well as the number of cartons/containers and pallets for
a bill of lading?
: Thanks!
: : : Without customizations, is there any way to tell the system to round sales
prices to the nearest dollar? For example, the base price for a product that w
e sell is $2950 and the discount for quantity 50 is 25% - $2950 less 25% = $2212
.50, but I would like this to be $2213 for the customer (as that is what they we
re quoted) without having to override the prices calculated.
: : : I cannot find anywhere where the rounding codes are linked to sales pricin
g.
: : : Any help would be appreciated.
: : In Baan IV c4 there are two places I know of :
: : Global update of salesprices and discounts (tdsls0201m000)
: : Calculate salesprices by item (ticpr2250m000)
: This can be done in the following session;
: ttaad1108m000
: In this session you can say that prices have to be rounded to anything you wan
t, read the help tekst for details
to Confirm Delivery. Your next step in this case would be to use session Mainta
in Deliveries (tdsls4120m000) to set the Confirmed Yes/No field to Yes.
The other option is to set the aforementioned parameter to NO. This would force
the order positions to skip the Confirm Delivery step.
However, if your problem is that SOME positions are going to Confirm Delivery an
d SOME OTHERS are not, then this would not explain your problem.
Good Luck,
-Chris-
Good luck,
Jan Bosman
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddie Wierts posted Message 2537 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 1999 at 03:37:15 EST
Subject: Sales Orders on deleting line
I wonder how I can remove my sales orders out of the table with Display sales or
der line status. All the sales orders are displayed here with the status "deleti
ng line", even when I process the sales orders with delete on yes they remain in
the table? I don't want to archive just remove them.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddie Wierts posted Message 2538 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 1999 at 08:30:59 EST
Subject: Baan Project and Purchase order lines form3
When I implement Baan Project, the form of the purchase order lines gets another
format. Instead of tdpur4102s000 we get tdpur4107s000. On form 2 we cannot give
in the ledger account number and the dimensions. Is is possible to use the norm
al form anyway or can we change the format of the form tdpur4107. I want to use
the data on form 2 and I want Baan Project to be implemented, what should I do?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddie Wierts posted Message 2539 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 1999 at 08:35:01 EST
Subject: Re: Print invoice to screen
: I am trying to do away with printing and filing a hardcopy of invoices. An opt
ion I would like to have is for all users to be able to print to screen quickly
any invoices sent out without involving session tdsls4404m000 (Print sales invoi
ces. I would like to restrict access to that session to one authorised user. Any
idea?????
: Thanks
Maybe you should use proforma invoices for this matter.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nienke van Elst posted Message 2540 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 1999 at 08:42:55 EST
Subject: Re: additional costs
: Thanks Paul,
: Any other solution for my problem???
: Murthy
I once considered the following (but did not implement it, because it is quite c
omplicated):
In stead of adding a quantity to the add. cost line, you can try to get the righ
t price for the add.cost.
Example: instead of 10 pieces add.cost at USD 5 per piece (=50)
you can get 1 piece with price USD 50.
First:
In 'maintain items by cost set' you have to give in the right 'unit for limits'.
E.g. when the amount of add.cost depends on the weight of the order, you fill i
n 'weight'.
Second:
build a pricelist for the add.cost item, with every possible quantity (in this c
ase weight) as a grade with the right price in the list (1 piece = 5; 2 pcs = 10
; etc.) This might become a very long price list.
In the sales order this has to result in the following:
when the weigth of the total order is 9 kg, the price will be taken form the lis
t at grade with 9 kg in it. This price has to be USD 45 from the list.
Try it for your specific situation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: Tommy
: tdpur4404m000 or most of the print sessions anyway give you the option of repr
inting the already printed report.
: So what is rhe practical use of the reexecute
: shajee
: : Shajee
: :
The re-execute means that you could add
: :
5) Print purchase Invoice. If you needed to reprint the Purchase Invoice
you should be able to ask for a duplicate. The
: : re-execute means you are going to execute that step twice.
: :
: :
: :
: :
: :
: :
: :
: :
000
: :
: :
: Tommy
: What does this mean suppose i have a purchase order with
: 1)Print P.O
: 2)maintain receipts
: 3)Print purchase Invoice
: 4)P.D.P.O
: as the order steps
: and i have already executed maintain receipts then the session tdpur4533m
says the said order no is ready for print purchase invoice.
: Now will i be able to do maintain receipts again if reexecute is used.
: please try to give an example if this one is not appropriate
: : : Shajee
: :
: : : : What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current step ag
ain after the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : : : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m000)
be used please give an example
: : : : : Shajee
warehouse (tdinv001) is too high. This field has been created to prevent picking
lists from being printed when there is no inventory left to be allocated. So to
prevent that, for a specific item, the cumulative quantity on all picking lists
doesn't exceed the available inventory. In this case at least one picker will g
et disappointed.
: Every time an original picking list (no reprint) is printed "Allocated for pic
king list" is increased. Depending on SLS-parameter "Method of printing items on
picking list" and whether or not the order(-line) has to be shipped completely
the system determines if the picking list will be printed:
:
:
:
:
: Manish
: poila@hotmail.com
Check your parameter settings!!!
There's a field wich will let you bypass this step.
Good Luck
TF
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi all,
I modified some sales order line and print order
acknowledgements again,I choose "orderline type to print= only
changed line" but it was no data found.
Does anyone know , this is bug or I set something
wrong ???
How could I do if I want to print only modified line ??
: : Thanks in advanced,
: : Nicolus
: Hi Gianni,
:
My problem is no data found when I choose "orderline type
: to print= only changed line"
:
Did you have this problem ????
: Regards,
: Nicolus
:
: : Hi Nicolus,
: : If you want to reprint the order acknowledgement, you have to choose the opt
ion "print all lines". If you want to print only the modified lines, you have to
choose the option "changed lines only".
: : Regards,
: : Gianni
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi all,
I modified some sales order line and print order
acknowledgements again,I choose "orderline type to print= only
changed line" but it was no data found.
Does anyone know , this is bug or I set something
wrong ???
How could I do if I want to print only modified line ??
: : : Thanks in advanced,
: : : Nicolus
Nicolus
: Good luck
: Paul
: : Tommy
: : tdpur4404m000 or most of the print sessions anyway give you the option of re
printing the already printed report.
: : So what is rhe practical use of the reexecute
: : shajee
:
: : : Shajee
: : :
The re-execute means that you could add
: : :
5) Print purchase Invoice. If you needed to reprint the Purchase Invoi
ce you should be able to ask for a duplicate. The
: : : re-execute means you are going to execute that step twice.
: : :
: : :
: : :
: : :
: : :
: : :
: : :
: : :
3m000
: : :
: : :
: Tommy
: What does this mean suppose i have a purchase order with
: 1)Print P.O
: 2)maintain receipts
: 3)Print purchase Invoice
: 4)P.D.P.O
: as the order steps
: and i have already executed maintain receipts then the session tdpur453
says the said order no is ready for print purchase invoice.
: Now will i be able to do maintain receipts again if reexecute is used.
: please try to give an example if this one is not appropriate
: : : : Shajee
: : :
: : : : : What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current step
again after the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : : : : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m000
) be used please give an example
: : : : : : Shajee
version 4.0C
: The list seems to be a tool for replenishing locations within a warehouse from
other locations within that warehouse.
: But once the list is printed, what do I do with it? Enter a manual replenishme
nt order?
: Any advice would be appreciated.
: Thanks,
: -Chris-
version 4.0C
Hi all,
I modified some sales order line and print order
acknowledgements again,I choose "orderline type to print= only
changed line" but it was no data found.
Does anyone know , this is bug or I set something
wrong ???
How could I do if I want to print only modified line ??
: Thanks in advanced,
: Nicolus
: Hi Nicolus, Are you sure you "SAVED" changes before you
generated "Print Order Acknowledgements". I sometimes get
this message when I make change, leave Sales Lines Window open
Open Acknowledgement and try to generate but have not saved
changes in Lines???
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 2583 in Message Board
Dated : September 07, 1999 at 11:48:32 EST
Subject: Re: Cannot transfer inv. between locations. URGENT!!
: Make sure you have populated the storage unit quantity as well as the inventor
y unit quantity.
: : Hi,
: : We have location control implemented. We fed in inventory for items using ex
change script in to a fixed location. But when I go to transfer inventory to a d
ifferent location, I get an error message "No inv. or insufficient inv." However
I can see the On Hand, on order and allocated inv. as present.
: : Are we missing any step in the exchange script part?
: : Thanks,
: : Manish
: : poila@hotmail.com
:Manish, location is not blocked?
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 2584 in Message Board
Dated : September 07, 1999 at 11:56:08 EST
Subject: Re: Can the Sales Order prioritizaton sessions help in Allocating ?
: Suresh,
: I also mailed this to you, but maybe it can add to 'common knowledge'.
: Thanks
:Richard - you can add additional cost to Return order via
Maintain Deliveries session. "Find" Return Sales Order No.
Zoom to Maintain Sales Order Lines, Insert Cost Item with a
negative qty. and the $ amount of credit, save and exit, global
cost item, and it will print on Sales Invoice. Test to insure
your Finance Module is Mapped to receive this transaction.
Linda
We also encountered the same problem. It sometimes did not allow us to take out
inventory in large quantities. However, when i tried the same item with smaller
quantities(starting with 1 and incrementing with 1). We found it to be a BaaN bu
g. We asked our consultants to fix it and they fixed it for us almost six months
back. I am pretty sure BaaN has a solution for it now.
Good Luck.
Suresh
***************** End Of Article ******************
portia posted Message 2590 in Message Board
Dated : September 07, 1999 at 21:51:03 EST
Subject: URGENT! - Return Orders to Warehouse W/o Location
Hi! We are currently using Location control. However, we have some warehouses s
et to "No Location" since we are not particular in monitoring the location for t
hese warehouses. My problem is when I Maintain Outbound Data for a return order
, I encounter the message "Conversion factor not found for this unit" when I sav
e the line.
Hope somebody help me. This problem is greatly affecting our implementation.
Thanks!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max posted Message 2591 in Message Board
Dated : September 08, 1999 at 01:03:07 EST
Subject: Calendar settings ("Blank" Availability Type - Availability n
ot defined)
After inputting the item code in Sales Order Line session:
the system responds with:
Calender 020,'blank' availability type - availability type not defined
When I change calendar code for warehouse (whwmd2500m000 > whwmd2100s000 session
), the code 020 change to the new calendar code I defined.
I believe it's something wrong with Calendar settings. During creation of Sales
Order, BaanERP will check the Calendar codes and their settings for Warehouse,
Address etc.
I heard that for calendar code of Address, we have to define them with Blank Ava
ilability Type, which means no availability type is used.
* Could someone tell me more about Blank Availability Type?
* The details of its uses.
* How can I define a calendar code used Blank Availability Type in tcccp0510m000
> tcccp0110s000 session, i.e. settings in different tabs?
* Should Warehouse use calendar code with Blank Availability?
* The steps needed to make new settings worked, e.g. update actual calendar.
Many thanks.
: after converting to runtime, we found out that our table has been
: greatly reduced in size. i think the duplicate records has been
: deleted or missing.
: is there any way to rebuild this table again. i have tried running tdilc0250m0
00 but am unsuccessful in getting back the missing transactions.
: please help!!!
g Slip). You can still maintain your delivery, but as soon as the Packing Slip i
s printed you cannot see and/or change your delivery.
: : Now let's also put step 6 (which is in my case the invoice) as a re-executio
n step of tdsls4120m000. In this case you can even change the delivery AFTER the
Packing Slip has been printed!
: : Try to find out for yourself what happens when applying this logic to other
sessions!
: : Good luck
: : Paul
:
: : : Tommy
: : : tdpur4404m000 or most of the print sessions anyway give you the option of
reprinting the already printed report.
: : : So what is rhe practical use of the reexecute
: : : shajee
: :
: : : : Shajee
: : : :
The re-execute means that you could add
: : : :
5) Print purchase Invoice. If you needed to reprint the Purchase Inv
oice you should be able to ask for a duplicate. The
: : : : re-execute means you are going to execute that step twice.
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
: : : :
533m000
: : : :
: : : :
: Tommy
: What does this mean suppose i have a purchase order with
: 1)Print P.O
: 2)maintain receipts
: 3)Print purchase Invoice
: 4)P.D.P.O
: as the order steps
: and i have already executed maintain receipts then the session tdpur4
says the said order no is ready for print purchase invoice.
: Now will i be able to do maintain receipts again if reexecute is used.
: please try to give an example if this one is not appropriate
: : : : : Shajee
: : : :
: : : : : : What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current ste
p again after the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : : : : : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139m0
00) be used please give an example
: : : : : : : Shajee
: * The steps needed to make new settings worked, e.g. update actual calendar.
: Many thanks.
:
:
y client, and that the distributor must honor. To complicate the issue even furt
her the end-user may be part of a buying group that has additional special prici
ng agreements with both manufacturer and distributor. The bottom line; they want
the system to choose the lowest sales price for all the item/customer sales ord
ers. Can anyone help me map this problem to functionality within Baan Series/Ord
er Management/Price Management??? Much obliged
***************** End Of Article ******************
Suresh Kapoor posted Message 2601 in Message Board
Dated : September 08, 1999 at 16:18:43 EST
Subject: Re: Sls Line Status
Whenever the Sales Order goes to through a step, the Line Status changes. It cur
rent step depends on the order type and the steps defined in that order type. Ty
pically, it would be whenever Generate Outbound runs(if that's a step), pick-lis
t prints, release outbound is done, sales invoices is printed etc.
Hope I have answered your question.
Feel free to send me an e-mail if you still have questions.
Good Luck.
Suresh
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sameer Mehdiratta posted Message 2602 in Message Board
Dated : September 08, 1999 at 19:10:12 EST
Subject: Warehouse Order Status- Baan ERP
Hi,
Can anyone give a clue on how can one track the status of the Warehouse orders i
n Baan ERP?
Without the status tracking, it becomes very inconvenient for the user to know h
ow many steps have already been executed. The Purchase order and Sales order Sta
tus in the order Management module is of little help in this.
Thanks in Advance,
Sameer
***************** End Of Article ******************
Devin posted Message 2603 in Message Board
Dated : September 08, 1999 at 20:19:20 EST
Subject: Re: I did not the answer
We have the same problem. We contacted ISC and they gave us a new object. It f
ix the prioritization problem, but....unfortunately it broke Backflushing. We a
re waiting for them to correct it.
: : Hi Paul..
: : Thanks for replying to my posting at Baanfans.com. I still did not get the a
nswer I was looking for(Perhaps my question was not very clear).
: : You are correct that the Priority Simulation sessions populate the tdsls045.
opri field. But does that drive the Generate Outbound or Not ? Our problem is th
at the customers with lowest number get most of the material(which in our case a
re our own subsidiaries). This is even true in case of Backorders.
: : Example :A customer orders 10 and gets 5 because of insufficient inventory.
Rest 5 is backordered.
: : An invnetory of 5 comes . Meanwhile a new order from another customer (custo
mer number lower than previous one) comes for 5. This new inventory of 5 will ge
t allocated to the second customer even though this order was placed later.
: : I am wondering if priority Simulations can help us this. Is that true? Our O
rder steps are :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Generate Outbound
Print Pick-list
Maintain Deliveries
Print Sales Invoices
Process Delivered Sales Orders
: : I will appreciate if you can suggest some other ways of getting around this.
: : Regards
: : Suresh
not work because the error was detected three days later. the u
to re-key in the data for the three days. all we did was create
baan deleted the duplicate records without any questions asked,
were deleted until it was highlighted by the user.
: Don't you have some kind of a backup somewhere? This might mean reverting to o
lder data and having to redo all transactions since the error.
: When doing drastic things to tables, you should always create a data dump for
that table so that you can reconstruct it easily if anything goes wrong.
: Regards,
: Jeremy
: : i would like someone to answer this question:
: : my tdilc301 table is corrupted accidently.
: : we created a new index on the table - index on warehouse and item
: : but we did not check the duplicate check box.
: : after converting to runtime, we found out that our table has been
: : greatly reduced in size. i think the duplicate records has been
: : deleted or missing.
: : is there any way to rebuild this table again. i have tried running tdilc0250
m000 but am unsuccessful in getting back the missing transactions.
: : please help!!!
: You have to actually create a blank record for each day in the tcccp0540m000 s
ession. Then when you generate you calendar, a blank line is created for each d
ay.
: As I understand it, sales does not use real availability types for dates, but
needs a blank availability type.
: Anyway, not sure how it works, but when you add the blank record and generate
your calendar, you no longer get the message.
:
: : After inputting the item code in Sales Order Line session:
: : the system responds with:
: : Calender 020,'blank' availability type - availability type not defined
: : When I change calendar code for warehouse (whwmd2500m000 > whwmd2100s000 ses
sion), the code 020 change to the new calendar code I defined.
: : I believe it's something wrong with Calendar settings. During creation of S
ales Order, BaanERP will check the Calendar codes and their settings for Warehou
se, Address etc.
: : I heard that for calendar code of Address, we have to define them with Blank
Availability Type, which means no availability type is used.
: : * Could someone tell me more about Blank Availability Type?
: : * The details of its uses.
: : * How can I define a calendar code used Blank Availability Type in tcccp0510
m000 > tcccp0110s000 session, i.e. settings in different tabs?
: : * Should Warehouse use calendar code with Blank Availability?
: : * The steps needed to make new settings worked, e.g. update actual calendar.
: : Many thanks.
: :
: :
you wan't be able to run history ore statistic for these SO.
If the "deleting line" still is present after a new log on, it might indicate th
at the SO still got some unfinished postings in finance...
Svein
***************** End Of Article ******************
Svein posted Message 2608 in Message Board
Dated : September 09, 1999 at 06:41:48 EST
Subject: Re: Determine Invoice number
: WE are having problems with determining the right Invoice series.
: In the sls parameters (tdsls4100m000) you can determine wether or not you want
use series for invoice numbering. In tcmcs0147m000 you can define the series.
: The point is that we are not able to define when to use which serie.
: Note: this a different series then the series for for Financial Documents, the
se are linked to an Order Type in tcmcs0142m000.
Hi there!
The series in sls parameters are for the financial documents (Invoice number), a
nd together with the transaction type (XXX) it will be shown on the invoice (as
well as in finance).
In tcmcs0147m000 you are defining the "first free number" for different orders.
If you define f.e. three series for sales orders : 10 Normal sales order, 20 Pro
ject order, 30 Spare parts
You choose one of these when you enter the order in the field "sales order".
After inserting a new sales order, you hit f4 button and get a popup window. her
e you choose the "display first free number", and you will be able to choose fro
m the series you've defined in tcmcs0147m000
Good luck!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Svein posted Message 2609 in Message Board
Dated : September 09, 1999 at 07:21:51 EST
Subject: Re: URGENT ! Price and Discount structure
: Can anyone explain, How does field "Gross/Net" works in Price and Discount ses
sions. According to Baan help if you inset zero discount and opt for Net, serarc
h should stop at that level. I am unable to make it work. Even after putting zer
o and choosing "net" I get price in my PO from next level
: Thanking You in advance,
: Naveed
Hello Naveed!
In Prices & discounts you might have different levels for prices/discounts on th
e same item/customer combination.
Gross means the system will search all levels for that specific line item.
Net means that it stops at first level.
In Sales Orders - miscellaneos - "Simulate calculation of price & discounts", yo
u may see where the discount is taken from (also the different levels).
In price parameters you can also choose parallell or cumulative (as another dime
nsion) but this is for the entire order (all order lines) the gross/net is for t
hat single Item line.
By the way, in Baan IV c4 there is a bug that inflicts the parameter Order/line/
both. This bug will go away with service pack 3. I don't know if this bug inflic
ts the Gross/Net but
then again, I have'nt tried it.....
Good Luck
Svein
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 2610 in Message Board
Dated : September 09, 1999 at 09:10:59 EST
Subject: THIS IS DEFINITELY NOT TRUE!
Svein,
This is DEFINITELY NOT TRUE!
When you delete your sales orders using tdsls4223m000 history and statistics are
NOT removed!
Sorry for my angry reply, but please let's not make any mistakes here!
Paul
PS: if you need further explanation contact me.
: : Read the help text.
: : : I wonder how I can remove my sales orders out of the table with Display sa
les order line status. All the sales orders are displayed here with the status "
deleting line", even when I process the sales orders with delete on yes they rem
ain in the table? I don't want to archive just remove them.
: Hi there!
: If you use the help text in tdsls4223m000 "Process delivered sales order", you
will get some explanation.
: If you choose to delete SO up to date, you remove all data for the SO. This me
an you wan't be able to run history ore statistic for these SO.
: If the "deleting line" still is present after a new log on, it might indicate
that the SO still got some unfinished postings in finance...
: Svein
quantity, add a new line for the quantity that the customer wants delivered. W
here we are having troubles is with the deliveries side. Somehow a delivery dat
e is populated in the tdsls045 table for the blanket line. The delivery quantit
y is 0. Baan then prints an invoice for the total of the blanket line (blanket
qty * price). Process delivered sales invoices runs fine.
We are trying to determine if the practice of reducing the quantities is possibl
y causing this situation. Does anyone else handle the process similarly? Is th
ere another approach to handling blanket orders when the release dates and quant
ities are not known? Has anyone seen this delivery date anomoly with release ou
tbound? We are running 4C4 on Unix with Oracle.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Des posted Message 2612 in Message Board
Dated : September 09, 1999 at 10:46:08 EST
Subject: Re: Turning location control "off"
Barb,
There is a procedure for doing this (albeit very long and complicated). You can
get it from Baan, but as far as I know they do not accept any liability should t
he prodcedure not work.
It may not be so bad, however, if you have not yet entered any ILC trancations.
If you have, you may want to think twice about turning ILC off.
: Has anybody turned location control "off"? We are in the process of turning lo
cation control off and I was looking for some helpful hints.
: Thanks
: : : : I wonder how I can remove my sales orders out of the table with Display
sales order line status. All the sales orders are displayed here with the status
"deleting line", even when I process the sales orders with delete on yes they r
emain in the table? I don't want to archive just remove them.
: : Hi there!
: : If you use the help text in tdsls4223m000 "Process delivered sales order", y
ou will get some explanation.
: : If you choose to delete SO up to date, you remove all data for the SO. This
mean you wan't be able to run history ore statistic for these SO.
: : If the "deleting line" still is present after a new log on, it might indicat
e that the SO still got some unfinished postings in finance...
: : Svein
Paul
: Your history will always be stored in the table sls050+sls051 thats no problem.
But is it true that the SO has to be totally processed in Finance that means th
e invoice has to be paid before I can remove the sales order? The help text does
nt say so much
: Svein,
: : This is DEFINITELY NOT TRUE!
: : When you delete your sales orders using tdsls4223m000 history and statistics
are NOT removed!
: : Sorry for my angry reply, but please let's not make any mistakes here!
: : Paul
: : PS: if you need further explanation contact me.
: : : : Read the help text.
: : : : : I wonder how I can remove my sales orders out of the table with Displa
y sales order line status. All the sales orders are displayed here with the stat
us "deleting line", even when I process the sales orders with delete on yes they
remain in the table? I don't want to archive just remove them.
: : : Hi there!
: : : If you use the help text in tdsls4223m000 "Process delivered sales order",
you will get some explanation.
: : : If you choose to delete SO up to date, you remove all data for the SO. Thi
s mean you wan't be able to run history ore statistic for these SO.
: : : If the "deleting line" still is present after a new log on, it might indic
ate that the SO still got some unfinished postings in finance...
: : : Svein
ity is 0. Baan then prints an invoice for the total of the blanket line (blanke
t qty * price). Process delivered sales invoices runs fine.
: We are trying to determine if the practice of reducing the quantities is possi
bly causing this situation. Does anyone else handle the process similarly? Is
there another approach to handling blanket orders when the release dates and qua
ntities are not known? Has anyone seen this delivery date anomoly with release
outbound? We are running 4C4 on Unix with Oracle.
Thanks in advanced,
Jim
: Hi! We are currently using Location control. However, we have some warehouses
set to "No Location" since we are not particular in monitoring the location for
these warehouses. My problem is when I Maintain Outbound Data for a return ord
er, I encounter the message "Conversion factor not found for this unit" when I s
ave the line.
: Hope somebody help me. This problem is greatly affecting our implementation.
: Thanks!
: After confirming backorders, The backorder gets "stuck" on Print Order Acknowl
edgment(tdsls4401m000). I print OAK. yet the status never changes and I cannot
Generate Outbound advice, or do the other steps involved in shipping the backord
er.
: Note: The Order Acknowledgment has been customized. I suspect this might be t
he problem, Im not sure however.
There are three fields you may want to "play" with in this session:
"Order Line Types to Print"
You have 5 choices here and may want to try "All Lines" at first
"Quantity to Print"
You can choose from "Ordered Quantity" or "Backorder Quantity" and may want to
try each one.
"Print Final Order Confirmation"
Choose "Yes"
Hopefully this will help, although it does sound strange and may be due to the c
ustomization as you said.
-Chris-
Dear all,
Can BaanERP restrict the amount user ordered during creation of purchase order?
That is, limit the amount user can order per order / order line basis. As this
is a control to prevent overbuying.
Many thanks.
Max
***************** End Of Article ******************
froid posted Message 2634 in Message Board
Dated : September 11, 1999 at 11:59:57 EST
Subject: Re: Turning location control "off"
Hi
You can do it using General Table Maintenance(ttaad4100) session In Tools get in
touch with tools consultant he would do it for you
Good Luck
Froid
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mauro Garza posted Message 2635 in Message Board
Dated : September 11, 1999 at 17:03:33 EST
Subject: Re: Rebuild ILC & Check item never works!!
: We always had this problem with data inconsistency, and was told by our vendor
to run the rebuild inventory, and check item session. But in most cases, it f
ailed to update the data in table tdilc101. Normally, we end up adjusting the d
ata at General Table Maintenance. Can anybody tell me why it never works?
: We always had this problem with data inconsistency, and was told by our vendor
to run the rebuild inventory, and check item session. But in most cases, it f
ailed to update the data in table tdilc101. Normally, we end up adjusting the d
ata at General Table Maintenance. Can anybody tell me why it never works?
: How can you get an invoice for a blanket line? you do not deliver this line. W
hat is your sales procedure? Why not use sales contracts?
: Greetings,
: Paul
: : We are experiencing a situation with blanket type of orders. The total quan
tity is initially booked on a line item with a due date way out in the future.
As the customer wants the products, we would go into the blanket line and reduce
the quantity, add a new line for the quantity that the customer wants delivered
. Where we are having troubles is with the deliveries side. Somehow a delivery
date is populated in the tdsls045 table for the blanket line. The delivery qua
ntity is 0. Baan then prints an invoice for the total of the blanket line (blan
ket qty * price). Process delivered sales invoices runs fine.
: : We are trying to determine if the practice of reducing the quantities is pos
sibly causing this situation. Does anyone else handle the process similarly? I
s there another approach to handling blanket orders when the release dates and q
uantities are not known? Has anyone seen this delivery date anomoly with releas
e outbound? We are running 4C4 on Unix with Oracle.
: Hello!
: When entering purchase order lines (on a regular purchase order), we suddenl
get an error message we don't understand
: The Pop up reads :
: maybe u know all this, but proforma invoicing is all about sending a dummy inv
oice to the cust before receiving an advance from the chap. so after printing th
e inv. u have to maintain a advance transaction for the exact amount, specified
in the invoice. then only the system allows this linking. baki, there are some o
ther problems associated with the proforma invoicing. in case u have also observ
ed them then do put them on this site.
: thanx
: :
and
but
ble
In the profarma invoicing i could do till the printing the proforma invoice
could se the order in the session link advanced receipts in cash management
in the link advanced receipts i am struck at the filen line number and not a
to proceed further. Can any body help me in this regard.
: : Thanks In advance
: : Uday S
I don't think having the stock movement, obsolete item and stock aging report !
If anyone having those solution, pls share with us. thanks
: Hai, this is my first time surfing BaaN Fan Club and I hope
: that somebody can help me regarding these :
: Is there any report in BaaN that can show the item, cost,
: qty in & out ie. Stock Movement Report ? Or which tables
: can be extracted if doing a customized report ?
: Waiting for reply & Thanks.
oing some investigation we could calculate how many lines were missing.
You can do the same for your case. Restore the table from the backup (make backu
ps of existing tables in case something goes wrong). As you mentioned that 3 day
s of entries will be missing, so use the table tdinv700 and find out how many re
cords were created for those 3 days. This will tell you the number of records (w
ithout locations) missing. Then from inv700 try to trace these transactions in t
ables tdilc101-tdilc402 and get the transaction details. Once you have the trans
action details, update them back in the history table (tdilc301). My guess is th
at the missing transactions should be under 1000, so should be able to rebuild.
Hope this will help.
not work because the error was detected three days later. the
to re-key in the data for the three days. all we did was crea
baan deleted the duplicate records without any questions aske
were deleted until it was highlighted by the user.
: : Don't you have some kind of a backup somewhere? This might mean reverting to
older data and having to redo all transactions since the error.
: : When doing drastic things to tables, you should always create a data dump fo
r that table so that you can reconstruct it easily if anything goes wrong.
: : Regards,
: : Jeremy
: : : i would like someone to answer this question:
: : : my tdilc301 table is corrupted accidently.
: : : we created a new index on the table - index on warehouse and item
: : : but we did not check the duplicate check box.
: : : after converting to runtime, we found out that our table has been
: : : greatly reduced in size. i think the duplicate records has been
: : : deleted or missing.
: : : is there any way to rebuild this table again. i have tried running tdilc02
50m000 but am unsuccessful in getting back the missing transactions.
: : : please help!!!
: You absolutely do not want to switch this parameter before running the previou
sly mentioned session. Please also note that I have run this procedure successfu
lly in NON production companies only. I have not tried it out in a live environm
ent. No reason I can think of why it shouldn't work though.
:
: Barb,
: : There is a procedure for doing this (albeit very long and complicated). You
can get it from Baan, but as far as I know they do not accept any liability shou
ld the prodcedure not work.
: : It may not be so bad, however, if you have not yet entered any ILC trancatio
ns. If you have, you may want to think twice about turning ILC off.
: :
: : : Has anybody turned location control "off"? We are in the process of turnin
g location control off and I was looking for some helpful hints.
: : : Thanks
: - etc.
: Paul
: : The procedure is definitely longwinded (not really that complicated. You fir
st of all have to "Change location system" for each warehouse in turn, in Locati
on control, locations, miscellaneous,(i.e. make the warehouses "non location con
trolled) and once you have done this, you can then go into the ILC parameter tab
les and switch the parameter "ILC Implemented" from "Yes" to "N0".
: : You absolutely do not want to switch this parameter before running the previ
ously mentioned session. Please also note that I have run this procedure success
fully in NON production companies only. I have not tried it out in a live enviro
nment. No reason I can think of why it shouldn't work though.
: :
: Barb,
: : : There is a procedure for doing this (albeit very long and complicated). Yo
u can get it from Baan, but as far as I know they do not accept any liability sh
ould the prodcedure not work.
: : : It may not be so bad, however, if you have not yet entered any ILC trancat
ions. If you have, you may want to think twice about turning ILC off.
: : :
: : : : Has anybody turned location control "off"? We are in the process of turn
ing location control off and I was looking for some helpful hints.
: : : : Thanks
If you have set 'Link to Finance' to yes in the Distribution parameters, then th
e data is written to the Financial Integration table tfgld410; you may write a q
uery or report based on this table, and draw necessary information. This of cour
se is only a workaround; I am sure a more starightforward solution should be ava
ilable.
Rgds,
Siva
: Thank you,
: Manish
Use the last counting date for the transaction dates. If you are not familiar wi
th tools, you can use SQL queries to write a qrery using this selection and get
the report.
Also the last couonting dates are also updated in tables tiitm001, tdinv001, tdi
lc007.
:
: Historical information that we are looking for:
: 1) number of items counted and adjusted
: 2) total dollars counted
: 3) net and gross dollars adjusted
: 4) accuracy percentage for items and dollars counted
: : Thanks in advance.
t only being shipped (release to warehouse) but also being built. Any thoughts a
re appreciated!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mathew Frank posted Message 2681 in Message Board
Dated : September 19, 1999 at 21:52:22 EST
Subject: Re: Add Sales Order Lines
Depends on if you are using customisations, really.
If you are using customised sessions, you could still add everything up to the "
Process Delivered Sales Orders" process (which will take orders with ssls = 7 an
d put them into the general ledger tables, and normally delete the non-history o
rder tables.
You might wish to have a look at maintain order types, as the procedure is deter
mined by this session - as in what things have to happen in what order.
Cheers,
Mathew
Greg
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 2684 in Message Board
Dated : September 20, 1999 at 11:01:30 EST
Subject: Re: Method to reserve (hard allocate) stock on Order
: Dear all,
: I'm using BaanERP.
: My client needs to hard allocate the stock ordered from suppliers but not yet
received. How can BaanERP do this?
: Cause when received the stock ordered, other salesmen may accidentally sold th
ose ordered stock.
: Can anybody suggest me? Any direct or indirect solutions?
: Many thanks.
: Max
Hi Max
I am not familiar with Baan ERP but in Baan IV what you can do is at the time of
releasing the PO in Form 2 of PO Lines give a unique lot code. Block this lot c
ode for outbound. Unblock the lot only when sales to the intended customers are
to be effected.
Hope this helps
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Serge posted Message 2685 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 00:41:26 EST
Subject: blocking item's change
Who knows reason of blocking the changing item in session tiitm0101m000 in case
of some "Inventory on Hand"<>0.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vinay posted Message 2686 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 03:37:16 EST
Subject: Help required on Receipts & Approvals
I am facing a very typical problem in the BaaN Distribution module.
after the receipts are maintained for a particular purchase order in the session
maintain receipts, the recieved quantity is seen in the allocated warehouse in
the Inspection location as Blocked quantities.
Next I run the Maintain Approvals session to approve the recieved quantities in
the Inspection location, but after maintaining approvals, the approved goods are
: When a sales order is blocked for a credit hold etc, you can specify at which
point in the process to stop from processing any further. However- while you can
stop the item from being shipped (rel to warehouse), by selecting "simulate pl
anned orders" the sales item can still be transferred to a production order and
therefore built even though the order is on hold and could eventually be cancell
ed.
: I am looking for a way to stop an item on a sales order which is blocked from
not only being shipped (release to warehouse) but also being built. Any thoughts
are appreciated!
The order can be stopped at order entry....there is a parmenter that selects whe
re you want the order stopped...we selected the one at the Print Order Acknowled
gment which stops the order from even going to manufacturing
***************** End Of Article ******************
David Allton posted Message 2689 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 07:37:05 EST
Subject: Re: Add Sales Order Lines
: How far along in the sales order process can new line items be added?
We are set up to add a new line item to ANY order regardless of the where we are
in the process...up to and including processed delivered sales orders. You, h
owever, can not CHANGE any line after Maintain Deliveries has been completed
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 2690 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 10:43:11 EST
Subject: Re: Help required on Receipts & Approvals
You can, if you wish, run inbound after "Maintain Receipts" for an inspection it
em, if, and only if, you have special "Inspection Locations" setup (Different to
the REC/INSP location) This has the effect of transferring your items from the
REC/INSP location to a seperate INSP location, wherafter you would then perform
the inspection and run a new inbound to transfer to a "Normal" location. (Two st
age inbounds). Not recommending it as a procedure, but it is available if you ch
oose.
: : I am facing a very typical problem in the BaaN Distribution module.
: : after the receipts are maintained for a particular purchase order in the ses
sion maintain receipts, the recieved quantity is seen in the allocated warehouse
in the Inspection location as Blocked quantities.
: : Next I run the Maintain Approvals session to approve the recieved quantities
in the Inspection location, but after maintaining approvals, the approved goods
are still seen to be lying in the Inspection location as blocked quantities.
: : How can I transfer them to the Normal Location?
: : now if instead of running the maintain approval session, if I fast approve t
he goods by running the Fast Approval in the application of the Maintain Reciept
s session, then the approved quantity gets transfered to the Receipt location fr
om the Inspection location.
: : Can someone help me as to after what step should I run the Inbound advice se
ssion?
: : Thanking you in advance.
: : VINAY
:
:
:
:
:
:
:: The steps should be like this, if the purchased item has the
flag "Inspection=Yes" set.
1. Maintain receipts
2. Maintain approvals
3. Generate inbound, Ordertype
= Inventory Transfer
Order number = Purchase Order Number
ble practice?)
secondly I have to update the average price as soon as I recieve materials so th
at they can be issued at the average purchase cost. for which I will have to mat
ch the purchase invoice and close the purchase order.
Now I come to know about the item's actual landed cost only after a few days, by
which time the PO is already closed and some materials already issued.
How can I take care of this price difference in terms of inventory valuation and
also for the materials issued.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
David posted Message 2693 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 11:09:35 EST
Subject: Writing off the value of a item at the time of purchase
I would like to write off the value of the concerned item at it's time of purcha
se and maintain the item in the inventory at zero cost.
can someone help me as to how can this be achieved in BaaN
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda Kern posted Message 2694 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 1999 at 11:43:45 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory Valuation
: Could someone help me with this problem:
: I import some of my items, and since the exact landed cost cannot be known at
the time of raising the Purchase order, I guess a rough figure as other expenses
over the material costs.
:
: I want to issue all my items at a daily average purchase cost for which I know
that I will have to update the item's standard cost everyday. (Is this an accep
table practice?)
: secondly I have to update the average price as soon as I recieve materials so
that they can be issued at the average purchase cost. for which I will have to m
atch the purchase invoice and close the purchase order.
: Now I come to know about the item's actual landed cost only after a few days,
by which time the PO is already closed and some materials already issued.
: How can I take care of this price difference in terms of inventory valuation a
nd also for the materials issued.
: Thanks
:
The safety stock is calculated as follows
:
: 1. Calculate period length in working days (PL)
:
52*(no of working days)/number of periods
:
:
Number of periods is dependent on the INV parameter setting
iod Length for Item History" :
:
Possible values:
:
4 Weeks
:
Month
:
:
:
:
:
: 2. Determine stock replenishment time (SRT)
:
(Order Interval * 5/7) + Lead Time + Safety Time
:
:
I don't know why 5/7 is being used?
:
Any idea? If so please let me know.
:
:
Probably it's for getting the no. of working days.
:
If so, why is it not being applied to the other times
for "Per
(Lead&Safety) ?
time (SPREAD)
-----Madhu Nair
Baan Connect
Baan Company
Bombay, India
------------------------------------------Hello Madhu,
regarding your question at point (2) the answer is that the order lead time and
the safety time have to be in working days while the order interval is in calend
ar days (check it on the help text in the item data).
My colleague and I are trying to understand the safety stock formula:
Safety Stock = SF * SPREAD
where SPREAD = 1.25 * squareroot ((SRT/PL)) * MAD
We partially understood this formula:
1.25 MAD is approximately the standard deviation (SD) with the assumption that M
AD = 0.8 SD.
: Who knows reason of blocking the changing item in session tiitm0101m000 in cas
e of some "Inventory on Hand"<>0.
Hi,
I can covert a non-lot item to lot control by Lot. How can I do the same to get
a Lot control by Unit?
Thank you,
Manish
***************** End Of Article ******************
cherian posted Message 2712 in Message Board
Dated : September 24, 1999 at 13:32:36 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle counting in what UM?
: Hi,
: We plan to do a physical inv. and load inventory in to Baan using Exchange scr
ipts for cycle counting. We have some items that have UM different for Inventory
and Storage.
: We would prefer to use Storage UM to count items. However do we have to perfor
m a manual (non-baan) conversion for Inventory Qty before we load it in or we ca
n just load in the Storage Qty and baan will do conversion?
You have to convert it in the ascii file or have the exchange script do it for y
ou.
: If you can shed more light on this exchange script process, I would appreciate
it.
: Thank you,
: Manish
Hi all,
I modified some sales order line and print order
acknowledgements again,I choose "orderline type to print= only
changed line" but it was no data found.
Does anyone know , this is bug or I set something
wrong ???
How could I do if I want to print only modified line ??
: Thanks in advanced,
: Nicolus
For the first time printing the sales order acknowlegment, the session tdsls4401
m000 need not be in the order step. But, in case you are printing "only changed
lines", the changes lines will be printed only if tdsls4401m000 is a part of the
order step.
Change your order step accordingly and try out. In case of further clarification
, pls feel free to mail.
Suresh Manohar.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Suresh Manohar posted Message 2716 in Message Board
HI Julie
I did thru inventory adjustment, but i could do at every time
with one item.
if i want to issue, say 10 items should i have to do inventory
adjustment 10 times.
can u be very specific to answer the work arround
thanks
: Please suggest.
: Many thanks.
: Max
: Hi,
: I can covert a non-lot item to lot control by Lot. How can I do the same to ge
t a Lot control by Unit?
: Thank you,
: Manish
Good luck
Riaz
: I would like to which date determines the supplier reliability.
: In purchase orders I've got 4 dates
: Order data
: Planned delivery date
: Acknowledged date
: Changed delivery date
: Baan doesn't explain which reference date is used in order to calculate the re
liability factor.
values
success
company not available
no permission to change to this company
package combination does not correspond with new company number
first day of the week does not correspond to first day of the week of or
company
:
:
e
:
:
:
a
:
: : thanks
For example, I have two lines on a sales order with agent being UPS. I ship one
line, backorder the other. I then want to ship the second line Fedx but the syst
em will not allow me to change this because I have already delivered one line.
This really messes up our forwarding docs.
Thanks,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi
I like to maintain competitors information in Baan,
and get reports in comparison to my sales.
for ex: My total sale and My compititor Sale and to get
a chart or graph.
also i want to store competitor information, so that when
i give the competitor Model number, the baan system should give
the respective model equivelent to the compititor model.
where can i feed this information.
there are some specification for the items which we manufacture
like size, diameter etc, atleast on one field it should give the
equivelent model
pls help
thanks
Your order type for returns indicates that it is a return order so it will only
allow negative quantities on your sales order. For your return order type (tcmc
s0142m000), change Return Order to No. This will force you to enter your return
s as negative quantities but it will allow you to enter order lines with positiv
e quantities (for restocking charges) if you need to.
You will likely have to set up a new return order type (as I recall the only ite
ms that you can change on the order types are the transaction type and series).
Hope this helps.
Hai Pramod,
Are you from STPI ?
: Hi,
: Ours is a trading organisation.Right now we are going for implementation of DR
P for sales branches.We have around 30000
: items and approx 15 Sales Branches.If we try to enter forcast it will take too
much time ,is there any work around to overcome this problem
: Thanks in advance
: samuel
: :
the
: :
: :
: :
We set-up a sales order type of TST (test sales order). This order type has
following steps:
 Maintain Deliveries
 Print Sales Invoices
 Process Delivered Sales Orders
: : It works fine!
: : Does anybody have any ideas of why the first Sales Order Type allows us to P
rint Sales Invoices over and over again?
Dear friends,
I am working on BaaN IVc2. How do I find out who created a PO/SO?
The PO History gives details about 'Header change' and not about the original.
Help would be highly appreciated.
Dear friends,
I am working on BaaN IVc2. How do I find out who created a PO/SO?
The PO History gives details about 'Header change' and not about the origina
Help would be highly appreciated.
Dear friends,
I am working on BaaN IVc2. How do I find out who created a PO/SO?
The PO History gives details about 'Header change' and not about the original.
Help would be highly appreciated.
Hi,
Ours is a trading organisation.Right now we are going for implementation of DR
for sales branches.We have around 30000
items and approx 15 Sales Branches.If we try to enter forcast it will take too
much time ,is there any work around to overcome this problem
: Thanks in advance
: samuel
r not.
My suggestion: read a little bit more about the Evaluation Expressions. If you h
ave any questions send me an email.
Milton.
: Hi all,
: Two questions - we are running intercompany EDI and for some reason, the indiv
idual PO delivery dates are not being transferred to the generated SO. Rather, t
he SO lines all have the delivery date of the SO header delivery date.
: I have checked the conversion setups, and according to them, the individual li
ne delivery dates should transfer okay. I also thought this might have to do wit
h the ship complete flag for the order being set to yes - it was set to no.
: Any ideas - is there another field that I am forgetting that influences this,
or how exactly shoudl standard BAAN work (or not work, if that is the case)?
: The second question involves the incoming EDI 850 (PO) again - when we have a
header delivery address in the PO, it is read in correctly, but then is overwrit
ten on the generated SO by the default delivery address from the customer master
(tccom010.cdel). I know when you manually enter the SO the correct address can
be entered - how is this achieved in BAAN EDI?
: Surely there is some way, other than simply blanking the delivery address code
on the customer master?
: As usual, thanks for your help,
: Justin
While setting work flow attributes in business process and fixed date and time f
ormula definitions, I have certain issues unresolved.
If someone has been working on the same and would be willing to assist, I would
like to get in touch with you.
Thanks,
Ashish Anand
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashish posted Message 2790 in Message Board
Dated : October 02, 1999 at 04:51:52 EST
Subject: BaaN ERP-Company Calendar for Workflow
Hi,
While opening worrkflow client "tgwmsclient", I get error message
"No Actual Calendar data for user".
From BaaN documents I was informed that I need to define the calendar in 2.2.5 M
aintain Company Calendar (tgwms1170m000), but does not seem to be loaded in stan
dard VRC.
Has anyone else faced this isssue and found a fix?
Thanks,
Ashish Anand
***************** End Of Article ******************
samuelpramod posted Message 2791 in Message Board
Dated : October 02, 1999 at 07:04:24 EST
Subject: Re: Are you Samuel Pramod from STPI.
Yes i am samuel pramod from STPI.By the way my mail id is
samuelpramod@hotmail.com.Send a mail to me
bye
samuel pramod
Subject: What are the strengths and weaknesses in the BAAN ERP product?>>>
I am doing extensive research on BAAN ERP products. I need a general overview of
the inherent strengths and weaknesses in the product such as how it compares to
other ERP products. I am also in need of a demo of the product which i did not
see on the website. Rklst1@hotmail.com
Thank you for any help
sure if I agree with the logic behind the above explanation. For e.g, l
I am shipping 1 piece each on two sales order lines but one goes UPS Gr
the second one needs to be air freighted. In that case, I have a genuin
to change Forwarding agents midway thru sales shipments.
Good luck!
Paul
: Can anybody exolain how SIC works and what are the parameters to be set.
: Thanks in advance
: kumar
Hi pals,
Can anyone give me an example of a Collect Order and how it works.
Help highly appreciated.
Thanks a heap in advance.
l Table Maintenance (of course Baan does not recommend this) and then re-running
the planning engines? We are not using DRP and that seems to me to be the only
sensitive area when it comes allowing you to select only a certain type of wareh
ouse.
Any help would be appreciated.
Thanks in advance.
Martin
Max
***************** End Of Article ******************
KianHaur posted Message 2831 in Message Board
Dated : October 14, 1999 at 23:28:38 EST
Subject: Set a new Item Group
I have set a new Item Group at the Tables - Maintain Item Group.
May i know which session should i go insert the General Ledger
code for this New Item Group ?
thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 2832 in Message Board
Dated : October 15, 1999 at 03:59:44 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Order Minimum value
I suppose this is due to handling costs? Look into the functionality of addition
al costs.
Other option: add negative discount on the sales order header, but then you have
to make sure this discount is not printed on you order acknowledgement and invo
ice (check parameters tdsls4100m000)
Good luck!
Paul
: I want to set up a minimum order value of say 25. If a customer orders parts be
low that value, then the order is automatically increased to 25
: How can I do this?
: Paul
: : yeah paul
: : This seems to be a logical example and all maintain sessions which are input
into the system like deliveries and receipts can be usefully reexecuted .
: : I was feelinf the uselessness of the print session.
: : Shajee
: : : For example tdsls4120m000 is step 3. If you do not enter re-execution step
s, after you maintain the delivery and you leave the session, you cannot change
your delivery (for example when someone drops a crate and half of the goods are
broken).
: : : Now, if you enter re-execution step 3 and 4 (let's assume this is the Pack
ing Slip). You can still maintain your delivery, but as soon as the Packing Slip
is printed you cannot see and/or change your delivery.
: : : Now let's also put step 6 (which is in my case the invoice) as a re-execut
ion step of tdsls4120m000. In this case you can even change the delivery AFTER t
he Packing Slip has been printed!
: : : Try to find out for yourself what happens when applying this logic to othe
r sessions!
: : : Good luck
: : : Paul
:
:
:
f
:
: : : Tommy
: : : tdpur4404m000 or most of the print sessions anyway give you the option o
reprinting the already printed report.
: Tommy
: What does this mean suppose i have a purchase order with
: 1)Print P.O
: 2)maintain receipts
: 3)Print purchase Invoice
: 4)P.D.P.O
: as the order steps
: and i have already executed maintain receipts then the session tdpu
says the said order no is ready for print purchase invoice.
: Now will i be able to do maintain receipts again if reexecute is use
: please try to give an example if this one is not appropriate
: : : : : : Shajee
: : : : :
: : : : : : : What the re-execute means is that you can re-execute the current s
tep again after the step listed in the re-execute field on this session.
: : : : : : : : : How can the field reexecute in maintain order steps (tcmcs0139
m000) be used please give an example
: : : : : : : : Shajee
Hi
The re-execute field provides important security functionality - we had a case a
t a client where deliveries were changed back to zero after the delivery documen
tation was printed and the stock moved off the premises! This was stopped by se
tting proper re-execute values.
Regards
Johan
: : Example: Sales rep enters an order, and links text "xyz" to the third line i
tem
: : on the order. 3 months later, he needs to be able to do a query on text "xyz
"
: : and find the sales order it was linked to.
: : Is there any way (i.e. sales history or TOOLS etc) to accomplish this. This
is CRITICAl,
: : so any advice would help ASAP.
rinted, though.
Anybody know of customizations for that purpose?
Any information will be apreciated.
Heikki
: Hi Asish,
: I prefer to writte directly to you, because I supose that you know the transpo
rtation module good.
: The cuestion is if you know how can I desincorporate a transport mean in Baan,
for sale, for example, or for change in all the fleet. How can I do to in the z
ooms dont see any more those means that was desincorated. Excuse me if my languag
e is bad, but I'm latin and my native language is spanish.
: Please tell abouth the question,
: Thanks
: Teresa
be the correct
way right? Or is there any specific setting that I need to do besides the Maint
ain Item Code by Item
System. Any help is much appreciated.
rgds
Nokie
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nokie posted Message 2884 in Message Board
Dated : October 27, 1999 at 21:48:20 EST
Subject: Containerized Item
Hi all!
Anybody has any idea on how to use a containerized item. I've defined all
the conatiners, and
the conversion factors. I need to capture an idividual cost for item with diffe
rent packing. Are there any setting that I need to do in Baan Process?
rgds
Nokie
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashish posted Message 2885 in Message Board
Dated : October 28, 1999 at 01:19:14 EST
Subject: Workflow Enabled Sessions-BaanERP
Hi,
Would like to get in touch with someone who has configured
workflow.
While doing it, I am having certain queries, one of them being,
if I include session whinh3520m000 receipts, during syntax check
at run time, i get error, session not workflow enabled. What is the
alternative.
Also while including PO creation session, for lines subsession
access, do I have to attach utility permission to PO creation
Activity.
Thanks
Ashish Anand
CPIM
ashisha@iscc.net
***************** End Of Article ******************
Murali posted Message 2886 in Message Board
Dated : October 28, 1999 at 07:32:54 EST
Subject: Re: Location question
Bunny,
Hi!
You have to first define the Outbound priority for the item in
the Item Master(FIFO,LIFO,By Loc)
Based on above you can generate Outbound advice which the system
will take care of.But if you want to specifically pick from
one particular location then you may have to use the session
Maintain Outbound advice.
This could solve your problem
Bye
Murali
: Hi all:
: I know that in the inbound process, we can define a location priority for that
; but what about the outbound, I mean, if a define a locations from 1 to 20 and
20 is the farest, and I need that the 20 be the first to supply the elements, h
ow can I handle this??
: Thanks for your help!!!!!
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
KianHaur posted Message 2889 in Message Board
Dated : October 28, 1999 at 21:31:07 EST
Subject: Purchase Inquiry
If i have the Purchase Inquiry Number on hand, but this purchase inquiry has bee
n converted (Copied) to Purchase Order, could i check what is that Purchase Orde
r Number ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ulrich Fuchs posted Message 2890 in Message Board
Dated : October 29, 1999 at 08:56:25 EST
Subject: Re: Drop table tfgld410 and afterwards create it empty
!!!! DON'T DO IT WHEN YOU ARE USING PCS/PROJECTS !!!!
For some other reasons I tried to trap an error today within calculation of actu
al project costs (tipcs3250m000).
First thing I discovered is that this program is basically using the integration
table as input.
I also have to delete my whole finance data at the end of this year, since then
we are starting with finance. I also intended to delete tfgld410,11,12 and so on
tables. But now I will have to check first on what will happen with the project
costs.
Stay by, I will give you further information as soon as I'll have it!
Yours,
Uli
:
:
:
o
:
: Thanks in advance
: Iris Porat
: Is there anyone out there who has to deal with over 1000 sales orders a day?
:
We are presently set up with multiple logistic companies. And I am told
that for financial mapping reasons we have to differentiate between these compan
ies by using the first two digits of the sales orders, unfortunately this then r
estricts us to 10,000 sales orders before archiving. We have a site which could
get up to 2,000 orders a day and this would eat this up in no time.
:
I think this is a bug in Baan! If you try to TAB through quantity field, you get
that message. Try to click on next field using your mouse and it's OK
Hope this help
***************** End Of Article ******************
Guy shachar posted Message 2895 in Message Board
Dated : October 30, 1999 at 07:35:32 EST
Subject: Cycle counting problem
Hi,
1.
I have generated some cycle counting orders,
ng, for all the company warehouses, and when
pages) i noticed that not all the items that
e lists !!!
Did anybody experienced this kind of problem
I would appreciate any help.
2. After geneating cycle counting order, do I must press the "Initialize" ? Beca
use, I prefer that if something is not counted phisically (not found in the ware
house)- it will get the value zero ("0").
thanks
guy
Subject: Why are the job variables different btw the Production & Developmen
t box?
In development, why would the job variable for ttaad503.rcrd be "018orno.f in bo
th the standard sessions Confirm Planned INV Purchase Orders(tdinv3220m000)
and Transfer Planned INV Purchase Orders(tdinv3260m000) and in production the jo
b variable for ttaad503.rcrd is 014orno.f.
We are running B4IV b2.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Christiano posted Message 2904 in Message Board
Dated : November 01, 1999 at 10:16:31 EST
Subject: Re: Problemas com o Cadastro de fornecedores.
I make a customization in the table of suppliers, and he began to record the cod
e with 5 positions instead of 6, as in you domain, the problem is that he was wi
th the space in white after the code, and now I don't get to locate it with the
aid of the find, only for the search key.
Am I thinking about doing the alignment of the domain for the left and later to
return for the right, since we have many tables with I link for the code of the
supplier, would he like to know if it is the best option it would be, or am I ha
d a way easier to solution this problem?
Thank you,
Christiano
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 2905 in Message Board
Dated : November 01, 1999 at 11:02:35 EST
Subject: Re: Lot Price and Cost Price Calculation
: Hello Fans,
: We changed some items to Lot Control, but failed to change the 'inventory valu
ation' field to Lot price, so now the Standard Cost Price can't be calculated/up
dated.(we did ILC transactions on the lots)
: What is Lot Price Inventory Valuation and how does it work?
: How is it different from FTP?
: What can I do change the field on my problem items?
: If I use General Table Maintenance, what other fields/tables do need updating?
: Thanks in advance,
: Jeremy
Hi Jeremy
Even if you changed the items to lot controlled, the cost price calculation meth
od can still be FTP. What is the error report you get when you try to update cos
t prices of these items?
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeremy posted Message 2906 in Message Board
Planned delivery date for SLS line is "less than" value of the
ITM Lead time (tiitm001.oltm) from the item master.
Printing Inventory movements by warehouse & ITM
(trdrp0515m000) clearly shows all transactions for this item & warehouse combina
tion.
Comparing manually calculated "available" from On-Hand +/- all order types gi
ves "time-phased" Inventory amount.
Yet when entering SLS orders - check see
ms to ignore "time phasing"
Any ideas or help would be great. Client is using 4.0c
Thanks
: Hi all,
: We have the following problem. May be you can help us out.
: In the session tdsls4100s000 Sales orders are two shipping dates: calculated p
lanned shipped date and planned received date.
: When you look in the help text there is only an explanation of the purchase si
de of the story and no explanation of the sales side.
: It seems that this field is just a blind copy of the purchase order screen wit
h no specific use of calculation in sales (may be transportation time is calcula
ted).
: I ve checked parameters, general item data, etc.
:
:
:
:
The sales reps here will always simulate orders via "cprrp1210m000" after
generating a project for a sales order. Instead of having them go to simulate
orders and release to warehouse every time they enter a sales order, we need
this to be anautomated process.
This is not possible. You are moving goods between warehouses in the same compan
y. In Finance there will only be a transaction for moving the goods.
Good luck
Paul
: hi
: i want to transfer the stock from one warehouse to another but
: i need to do maintaining the discount structure, and adding taxes.like how we
maintain in any sales order.(but this is only a repelminhment order) and some ti
me to add additional cost like packing and handling
: thanks in advance
: When you perform a cycle count, and a location lists the inventory of Item "A"
, however, you find you have Item "B" in the location, can you correct via cycle
counting?
Or do you have to do an inventory adjustment to correct?
: Any help would be greatly appreciated.
ta by item not found for item'. Why is it imperative to define location as fixed
location?
Thnx in adv.
Ashish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashish posted Message 2922 in Message Board
Dated : November 03, 1999 at 01:40:27 EST
Subject: Baan V Certification
Hi,
I am looking for information on BaanERP Certification.
Course content, fee structure and wether it can be taken in India?
Thanks,
Ashish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeremy posted Message 2923 in Message Board
Dated : November 03, 1999 at 03:32:17 EST
Subject: Re: Lot Price and Cost Price Calculation
: Hi Jeremy
: If you are talking about the report generated as a result of running the seesi
on calculate cost prices, this is an error report so no news is generally good n
ews. Couple of points to cover (under the "dumb mistakes" heading).
: When calculating cost prices, are you using the "live" cost price calculation
code? If so are you entering "Yes" on the field "Update standard Costs". If you
are getting a result if you view "cost prices by item" then it tells me that you
are simply not updating the standard cost. (This can also be run seperately of
course). Does the item master have a value for standard cost?
: On to Lot costing. If the valuation method for the item is set to "Lot costing
" then you have the ability to track "actual costs" by lot. The inventory will a
lso be valued at a total of all the lots for the item (I am going on memory here
but that is my understanding of it).
Thanks Merv,
I am using the 'live' cost price calculation code. The update field is set to 'y
es' (I also tried the independent session - with no results) and the item has ze
ro in the standard cost field, and the last CP transaction date is not updated.
This problem is only with items which were changed to Lot control, and have FTP
Inv. val. method.
Any more ideas?
Otherwise, what other fields/tables do I need to check/change if I want to chang
e the inventory Valuation field in ttaad4100?
Regards,
Jeremy
Lori
***************** End Of Article ******************
Laura Vechione posted Message 2926 in Message Board
Dated : November 03, 1999 at 12:23:41 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Counting
Thank you for the previous answer.
Only, we were unable to do this. After we entered zero quantity on hand of the
item, and then added the line, we receive an error message that indicates anoth
er item is already in the location. Our location control parameters show that
only one item can be in a location at a time. Even though we enter the zero qu
antity, it seems that Baan still sees the other item in the location so we are u
nable to add a different item.
Any other help?
: The only step required will be to complete the cycle count, making sure to ini
cate zero quantity on hand of the item in question and then add aline to your cy
cle count order with the "found" item and quantity.
: Remember not to process the cycle count right away. Always print your check r
eport first.
: Good Luck!!!
: : When you perform a cycle count, and a location lists the inventory of Item "
A", however, you find you have Item "B" in the location, can you correct via cyc
le counting?
Or do you have to do an inventory adjustment to correct?
: : Any help would be greatly appreciated.
status, produc
This is an eas
copying and ju
- depending on
If you've got BaaN consultants, they should be able to build such a "search engi
ne".
If you don't have someone to do that - well, I'm happy to help out.
Regards,
Karin Espelage
(Mobile: 703 628 9396)
: My company implemented BaaN without good business processes built in, therefor
e we are having some difficulty in getting timely information to our customers,
i.e. sales order status, delivery dates, production dates, without going to a mu
ltitude of modules and sometimes not getting the information correct to tell our
customer.
: Have any of you had this problem and how did you find a solution?
Go to Maintain Outbound data and try and create it Manually. System won't gener
ate negative outbounds.
: Hello! I hope someone can help me. How do I process a return sales order in I
LC? The next step on my order steps is Maintain Outbound, which I have done. Ho
wever, I can't release it. I am trying to outbound a negative number to put inv
entory back into the warehouse so I have to specify a REC location? Why do I ha
ve to specify an inventory date if it is incoming material?
: I would really appreciate any help!!!!
: Thanks!
: Nicole
: : : Good luck
: : : Paul
: : Remember not to process the cycle count right away. Always print your check
report first.
: : Good Luck!!!
:
: : : When you perform a cycle count, and a location lists the inventory of Item
"A", however, you find you have Item "B" in the location, can you correct via c
ycle counting?
Or do you have to do an inventory adjustment to correct?
: : : Any help would be greatly appreciated.
'yes' (I also tried the independent session - with no results) and the item has
zero in the standard cost field, and the last CP transaction date is not updated
. This problem is only with items which were changed to Lot control, and have FT
P Inv. val. method.
: Any more ideas?
: Otherwise, what other fields/tables do I need to check/change if I want to cha
nge the inventory Valuation field in ttaad4100?
: Regards,
: Jeremy
Hi Jeremy
Sorry I coold not reply earlier. If 'Calculate Cost Prices' comes out with 'No d
ata within selection' means that there are no errors.
Can you check the 'Average Purchase Price' field on form III of Item data. The s
ystem calculates the APP and stores it in this field which gets updated to stand
ard cost when you run the session Updtae Cost Prices. Has this field value chang
ed since you changed the items to lot controlled? If so the average price is bei
ng calculated by the system, only it is not getting updated. If your link to Fin
ance is 'Yes' then the price will get updated only when the invoice is mateched
and approved in finance.You can check whether this has been done.
Re Lot PricingIf you have two lots One say of 2,000 units at $2 and second of 1,000 units at $
2.50, then the system will not work out a weighted av price but will be valued b
y lots only. Thus when you issue quantity upto 2,000 units the issue will be val
ued at $2.00 each and therefater the issue rate will change to $ 2.50.
Please let me know f the above helps
Regards
Jayant
Paul
: hi
: i am a baan user
: i want to print proforma invoice, before delivery of goods.
: can u explain me how to do that what are the steps i should use in the order
step and order type
: : thanks
: Arvind
Hi,
We dont want to do inv adjustment and make the inevntory zero and generate the l
ots.
Is there any other workaround.If it is a FIFO or LIFO then lot numbers are gener
ated according to the location and recipt dte,like wise any other way for non LI
FO nd FIFO items.
Regards,
: Manufacture in USA
: U123XXXXXXX
: Manufacture in Africa : F123XXXXXXX
: we design in this way because we want to differenciate the individual manufact
urer source has their unique cost price. However, this will create another probl
em when generating report. for example when we want to search for the 123XXXXXX
inventory level, then we have to search for the three different reports to total
the amount. and when generating MRP report, this will create more problem for u
s!
: i am wondering is BaaN has a wild card system that i can generate a query by i
gnoring the first Alphabet. example i want to search for the goods inventory of
123XXXXXX, i just type 123XXXXXX (no matter where the manufacture source from, j
ust total amount) ??
: Thanks in advance, this is crucial for me now!
:Hi,
:You can manually re-type in the field "Search Key II", in session "Maintain Ite
m Data"(tiitm0101m000), as 123XXXXXX. Basically, system by default takes the ite
m code as search key II. The user has to edit and change it to 123XXXXXX, for al
l the C123XXXX, U123XXXX and F123XXXX. Now, you'll be able to generate a query,
using the menu option "Tools" in all relevant display & maintain sessions.
Regards.
That's helpful, thanks. It sounds like you would create the location/item assoc
iation for the to-order item only when
there is a need, like a "leftover" to-order item. That sounds right.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dan posted Message 2964 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 1999 at 15:19:49 EST
Subject: Process Delivered Sales Orders
We're considering a customisation to process delivered sales orders tdsls4223m00
0 to cope with a specific sales tax problem.
What values does this session create? What table/s are they stored in? How do In
tegration Transactions use these values?
Any help much appreciated
Dan
***************** End Of Article ******************
jakob posted Message 2965 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 1999 at 19:26:31 EST
Subject: Re: Process Delivered Sales Orders
: We're considering a customisation to process delivered sales orders tdsls4223m
000 to cope with a specific sales tax problem.
: What values does this session create? What table/s are they stored in? How do
Integration Transactions use these values?
: Any help much appreciated
: Dan
: Hi
:
line
:
all,
I don't know what the field Sequence Number in table tdsls051-sales orde
history is .
Could anyone help me ???
: : Thanks in advanced,
: : Linda
hallo
: Hi
:
line
:
all,
I don't know what the field Sequence Number in table tdsls051-sales or
history is .
Could anyone help me ???
: : : Thanks in advanced,
: : : Linda
: hallo
run session process delivered sales order (delete order data = NO) i
success. I get error message in BW message as below....
5-Fatal error:Error 606(Reference does not exists) on tdsls051504 in S
5-Fatal error:Can not continue in tdsls4223m000
dear paul, i still didnot recieve the mail from u kindly can u make it fast
: My mail id is mark_jones@rediff.com
: pls reply back
: : If you give me your e-mail address I'll send you the information you need.
: : Paul
: : : OK I agree, if i create a diffrent company and i make a single finance and
multi logistic senario: will i be able to trasfer the goods from one warehouse
to another with all discount structure and taxes, i dontwant to raise a sales or
der from the other company, as these two company belong to the same group,the ot
her company which i can create is a distributor or a godown
: : : thanks
: : : This is not possible. You are moving goods between warehouses in the same
company. In Finance there will only be a transaction for moving the goods.
: : : : Good luck
: : : : Paul
: Hi,
:
I 'd already checked everything that you said , they were
: correct .
:
Does anyone has any suggestions ???
: : Regards,
: : Judy
: : : : Hi all,
: : : :
my company has implemented Baan for 2 months , but today I got erro
r message from printing sales invoice of one customer.
: : : :
The message is "No data within selection" and then " Not able to
determine invoice number for order (order no.)" and when I click OK , it close
session print sales invoice immediately.
: : : :
But I can print sales invoices of the other customers .
: : : : I already checked transaction type, last used document by transaction ty
pe and customer data , they 're not wrong.
: : : :
Could anyone help me ???
: : : : REgards,
: : : : Judy
: : : :Hi,
: : : :Make sure the session "Maintain Customers", for the Sales Order that you'
re facing problem, has the field setting "Invoice Intervals" as "0" days. Also,
please check if the order status has "Print Sales Invoice". Check the order type
, if it's the normal order tpye as other Sales Orders. It should go through.
: : : Regards.
:
: Hallo Judy
: You may also get this message if there is an 'Application Lock' against the SO
Pls Check
: Jayant
tem code as search key II. The user has to edit and change it to 123XXXXXX, for
all the C123XXXX, U123XXXX and F123XXXX. Now, you'll be able to generate a query
, using the menu option "Tools" in all relevant display & maintain sessions.
: Regards.
You could also use the selection code field to define the source country, and qu
ery by that.
regards,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
J. Cronin posted Message 2989 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 1999 at 10:43:11 EST
Subject: Re: Lot Price and Cost Price Calculation
: : : Hi Jeremy
: : : If you are talking about the report generated as a result of running the s
eesion calculate cost prices, this is an error report so no news is generally go
od news. Couple of points to cover (under the "dumb mistakes" heading).
: : : When calculating cost prices, are you using the "live" cost price calculat
ion code? If so are you entering "Yes" on the field "Update standard Costs". If
you are getting a result if you view "cost prices by item" then it tells me that
you are simply not updating the standard cost. (This can also be run seperately
of course). Does the item master have a value for standard cost?
: : : On to Lot costing. If the valuation method for the item is set to "Lot cos
ting" then you have the ability to track "actual costs" by lot. The inventory wi
ll also be valued at a total of all the lots for the item (I am going on memory
here but that is my understanding of it).
: : Thanks Merv,
: : I am using the 'live' cost price calculation code. The update field is set t
o 'yes' (I also tried the independent session - with no results) and the item ha
s zero in the standard cost field, and the last CP transaction date is not updat
ed. This problem is only with items which were changed to Lot control, and have
FTP Inv. val. method.
: : Any more ideas?
: : Otherwise, what other fields/tables do I need to check/change if I want to c
hange the inventory Valuation field in ttaad4100?
: : Regards,
: : Jeremy
: Hi Jeremy
: Sorry I coold not reply earlier. If 'Calculate Cost Prices' comes out with 'No
data within selection' means that there are no errors.
: Can you check the 'Average Purchase Price' field on form III of Item data. The
system calculates the APP and stores it in this field which gets updated to sta
ndard cost when you run the session Updtae Cost Prices. Has this field value cha
nged since you changed the items to lot controlled? If so the average price is b
eing calculated by the system, only it is not getting updated. If your link to F
inance is 'Yes' then the price will get updated only when the invoice is mateche
d and approved in finance.You can check whether this has been done.
: Re Lot Pricing-
: If you have two lots One say of 2,000 units at $2 and second of 1,000 units at
$2.50, then the system will not work out a weighted av price but will be valued
by lots only. Thus when you issue quantity upto 2,000 units the issue will be v
alued at $2.00 each and therefater the issue rate will change to $ 2.50.
: Please let me know f the above helps
: Regards
: Jayant
Thanks Jayant,
Regarding the APP - my items are manufactured, so the price field has zero, and
the APP did not receive the value of the Cost Price. But the last APP calculatio
n date does seem to have been updated when I tried calculating the Standard CP.
We are not linked to finance.
Does this mean anything to you?
Regarding the lot pricing - what you say checks out logical if using FIFO method
- which is what we do. But what happens if I generate outbound for 2000 pcs (f
ollowing your example) and then adjust the outbound data for 1000 from each lot?
Will Baan value this correctly?
Regards,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. Khan posted Message 2990 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 1999 at 11:12:00 EST
Subject: Re: Stock transfer vs. ILC inbound movement
Dear Michel,
There is really no disadvantage fo using inventory transfer session instead of u
sing generate and release outbound. It is going to be little more work for you.
You will still have to use outbounding on sales side.
Regards,
Naveed
: In case you've received goods of a purchase order, the goods are stored in the
default "receipt" location of my warehouse. From there the goods can be distrib
uted in the warehouse using ILC inbound movement (maintain + release inbound adv
ice). Can anybody tell me if there are disadvantages to using the ordinary stock
transfer for distributing the goods through the warehouse?
The only way I am able to fix this is by going into Maintain Receipts, and see i
f Baan has generated a zero line item for the unreceived item. Once I verify tha
t it has, I pull it up on Maintain Receipts and delete it. Then I can change the
dates back in the P.O.
My question is why do I have to go through this process and what can I do to pre
vent it from happening.
I am using ILC.
Thank you in advance.
Chris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 2992 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 1999 at 15:42:17 EST
Subject: Re: "Receipts already recorded, changing not possible"
: I have a P.O. that has seven lines on it. If I receive one of those lines in,
and try to modify the delivery dates on the P.O. Lines for any other line item o
n the order, I get the message "Receipts already recorded, changing not possible
".
: The only way I am able to fix this is by going into Maintain Receipts, and see
if Baan has generated a zero line item for the unreceived item. Once I verify t
hat it has, I pull it up on Maintain Receipts and delete it. Then I can change t
he dates back in the P.O.
: My question is why do I have to go through this process and what can I do to p
revent it from happening.
: I am using ILC.
: Thank you in advance.
: Chris
:Hi,
:Certainly, you don't have to go through the process as described above. Even if
the session "Maintain Receipts" has some lines with zero qty, you don't have to
delete, in order to amend the PO delivery date. Straight away you can get into
PO line item and go to form-4, to specify the "Changed delivery date", for those
line items which has no receipt transactions, which will be captured as the new
planned inventory transaction. This will also serve the purpose of reminding th
e supplier for the new delivery date.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 2993 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 1999 at 15:59:42 EST
Subject: Re: Change supplier after receipts
: Hello BaaNfans,
: My case is that I ordered items from one supplier and received them and receiv
e the invoice from a second one. The supplier from the invoice is the correct on
e, so I should correct the purchase order.
: Does anybody knows how to do this?
: Thanks in advance,
: Gianni
:Hi,
:In the first place, Baan will NOT allow changing the supplier, after receipt tr
ansactions are recorded. The suggestion is, release the PO to the supplier who'
s supplying the materials. And in parallel, you should've already specified the
"Factoring Company" in session "Maintain Suppliers" in form-3. The basic factori
ng company codes have to be defined under the "Financial Tables" of Baan Common.
Once, the goods are received, and when you receive the invoice from the other e
ntity, Baan Finance is capable of releasing the payment to the factoring company
and not to the supplier, provided the financial tables are defined with adequat
e data.
Regards.
When you initially install baan, does it come with demo companies (with data
like suppliers, items etc.)?
Thanks,
Lars
You can install the demo tables under Tools / software installation / installati
on / install demo tables.
After that, you can create so and po.
Hope this helps.
Max
the following.
1. Calcualte the cost price of the same items under the simulation code and see
whether the system is calculating the correct cost price.
2. Calculate the cost price under the actual cost price calculation code. Print
the cost price calculation to see whether the system is calculating the cost pri
ce but not updating it.
3. Simulate the situation in your test company and see the results.
I will be happy if you let me know the results.
Regards
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 2997 in Message Board
Dated : November 11, 1999 at 02:26:44 EST
Subject: Re: Combined Invoice
: We have recently implemented Baan IVc. We have a lot of problems with printing
invoices. In Baan IV you cannot make a combined invoice, which includes deliver
ies from several orders. Baan simply prints an invoice of all deliveries, which
have not yet been invoiced, all orders on separate invoices. Therefore we have t
o print a lot more invoices then we printed in our old system. What we would lik
e to have, is an invoicing session, which lets you select the deliveries to be i
ncluded on a single invoice.
Hi Heikki
I saw your message on Baanfans only today. Re summary invoice for several deliv
eries/ Sales Orders- You can do that by maintaining 'Invoicing Method' COLLECT U
nder 'Maintain Invoicing Methods' Session tcmcs0155m000.
Hope this helps
Jayant
: Have others similar problems or needs? Is invoicing more flexible in versions
after IVc? Do we have to order a customization or are there any "add-ins" availa
ble?
: Regards,
: Naveed
:
: : In case you've received goods of a purchase order, the goods are stored in t
he default "receipt" location of my warehouse. From there the goods can be distr
ibuted in the warehouse using ILC inbound movement (maintain + release inbound a
dvice). Can anybody tell me if there are disadvantages to using the ordinary sto
ck transfer for distributing the goods through the warehouse?
Micahel Vogi
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris posted Message 3007 in Message Board
Dated : November 12, 1999 at 08:53:19 EST
Subject: Re: "Receipts already recorded, changing not possible"
This must be a bug, because I cannot change any of the dates in any of the field
s.
***************** End Of Article ******************
William posted Message 3008 in Message Board
Dated : November 12, 1999 at 09:27:16 EST
Subject: General matter about transportation
I need to find a method to create general shipment for different sales orders, t
hese sales orders are for the same zone and they could be with different custome
rs. I don't know if trasportation package have something to allow me to make thi
s. I should also be able to understand how much the load is, the maximun weight
or the maximun quantity, to continue to add sales order line to the shipment. Wh
en I reach the maximun level for the shipment loading I 'd like to manage an onl
y one transport order to delivery. Thanks in advance. William Nanni.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chin posted Message 3009 in Message Board
Dated : November 12, 1999 at 12:02:28 EST
Subject: How do I acheive price discounts without firm POs
Scenario,
Supplier gives a discount on every 100 pieces purchased.
We would like the discount but only have demand for 10
If we cut a PO for 100, the next day a cancellation message appears to cancele t
he other 90!
What is the best way to get a purchase price discount but only receive the items
in to stock when required.????
We don't want to keep access stock!
: thanks
It depends on what you mean by "finalized".
Assuming you are in Baan IVC or similar, and assuming that you have location con
trol turned on, you should be able to select and delete the line in question.
You can do this up until the point that Inbound Data has been Released. After th
at, it cannot be undone.
-Chris-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
groups. (There are thousands). No catch, that was it. So after thinking it over,
and talking to a few people first, I thought about trying it. I figured: "what
have I got to lose except 6 stamps and $6.00, right?" Then I invested the measly
$6.00. Well GUESS WHAT!? Within 7 days, I started getting money in the mail! I
was shocked! I figured it would end soon, but the money just kept coming in. In
my first week, I made about $25.00. By the end of the second week I had made a t
otal of over $1,000.00! In the third week I had over $10,000.00 and it's still g
rowing. This is now my fourth week and I have made a total of just over $42,000.
00 and it's still coming in rapidly. It's certainly worth $6.00, and 6 stamps, I
have spent more than that on lunch!! Let me tell you how this works and most im
portantly, WHY it works... Also, make sure you print a copy of this article NOW,
so you can get the information off of it as you need it. I promise you that if
you follow the directions exactly, that you will start making more money than yo
u thought possible by doing something so easy!
Suggestion: READ THIS ENTIRE MESSAGE CAREFULLY!! Print it out or download it. Fo
llow the simple directions and watch the money come in!
It's easy. It's legal. And, your investment is only $6.00 (Plus postage)
IMPORTANT: This is not a rip-off; it is not indecent; it is not illegal; and, it
's 99% risk-free. Best of all-- it really works!
If all of the following instructions are adhered to, you will receive extraordin
ary dividends.
PLEASE NOTE: Please follow these directions EXACTLY, and $50,000 or more can be
yours in 20 to 60 days. This program remains successful because of the honesty a
nd integrity of the participants. PLEASE CONTINUE IN ITS SUCCESS BY CAREFULLY AD
HERING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
You will now become part of the Mail Order business. In this business your produ
ct is not solid and tangible, it's a service. You are in the business of develop
ing Mailing Lists. Many large corporations are happy to pay big bucks for qualit
y lists. However, the money made from the mailing lists is secondary to the inco
me which is made from people like you and me asking to be included in that list.
Here are the 4 easy steps to success:
STEP 1: Get 6 separate pieces of paper and write the following on each piece of
paper "PLEASE PUT ME ON YOUR MAILING LIST." Now get 6 US $1.00 bills and place O
NE inside EACH of the 6 pieces of paper so the bill will not be seen through the
envelope (to prevent thievery). Next, place one paper in each of the 6 envelope
s and seal them. You should now have 6 sealed envelopes, each with a piece of pa
per stating the above phrase, your name and address, and a $1.00 bill. What you
are doing is creating a service. THIS IS ABSOLUTELY LEGAL! You are requesting a
legitimate service and you are paying for it! Like most of us I was a little ske
ptical and a little worried about the legal aspects of it all. So I checked it o
ut with the U.S. Post Office (1-800-725-2161) and they confirmed that it is inde
ed legal. Mail the 6 envelopes to the following addresses:
re done with your first one! Congratulations!!! THAT'S IT! All you have to do is
jump to different newsgroups and post away, after you get the hang of it, it wi
ll take about 30 seconds for each newsgroup!
**REMEMBER, THE MORE NEWSGROUPS YOU POST IN, THE MORE MONEY YOU WILL MAKE! BUT Y
OU HAVE TO POST A MINIMUM OF 200**
That's it! You will begin receiving money from around the world within days! You
may eventually want to rent a P.O.Box due to the large amount of mail you will
receive. If you wish to stay anonymous, you can invent a name to use, as long as
the postman will deliver it. **JUST MAKE SURE ALL THE ADDRESSES ARE CORRECT.**
Now, each of the 5 persons who just sent me $1.00 make the MINIMUM 200 postings,
each with my name at #5 and only 5 persons respond to each of the original 5, t
hat is another $25.00 for me, now those 25 each make 200 MINIMUM posts with my n
ame at #4 and only 5 replies each, I will bring in an additional $125.00! Now, t
hose 125 persons turn around and post the MINIMUM 200 with my name at #3 and onl
y receive 5 replies each, I will make an additional $625.00! OK, now here is the
fun part, each of those 625 persons post a MINIMUM 200 letters with my name at
#2 and they each only receive 5 replies, that just made me $3,125.00!!! Those 3,
125 persons will all deliver this message to 200 newsgroups with my name at #1 a
nd if still 5 persons per 200 newsgroups react I will receive $15,625,00! With a
n original investment of only $6.00! AMAZING! When your name is no longer on the
list, you just take the latest posting in the newsgroups, and send out another
$6.00 to names on the list, putting your name at number 6 again. And start posti
ng again. The thing to remember is: do you realize that thousands of people all
over the world are joining the internet and reading these articles everyday?, JU
ST LIKE YOU are now!! So, can you afford $6.00 and see if it really works?? I th
ink so... People have said, "what if the plan is played out and no one sends you
the money? So what! What are the chances of that happening when there are tons
of new honest users and new honest people who are joining the internet and newsg
roups everyday and are willing to give it a try? Estimates are at 20,000 to 50,0
00 new users, every day, with thousands of those joining the actual internet. Re
member, play FAIRLY and HONESTLY and this will really work.
WHAT GOES AROUND, COMES AROUND!!! GOD BLESS!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Follow Ups:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Post a Followup
Name:
E-Mail:
Subject: HONESTY PAYS
Comments:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hi,
There is no disadvantage as long as you never do a purchase I/B. But if by mistk
ae do an Purchase I/B then your I/B advice will show wrong qty. When you do a re
ceipt a record is created in ilc401(I/B). As long as this record is valid you ca
n get an I/B advice. So if you are folowing the procedure of doing inventory tra
nfer then follow it consistently, ottherwise you may get confused if an I/B advi
ce is generated for the item.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 3017 in Message Board
Dated : November 13, 1999 at 13:21:04 EST
Subject: Re: Lot Control
Hi,
The FIFO and LIFO is only applicable if you are registering inventory by date- S
helf life. There is no other way of converting the non-lot inventory to lot inve
ntory, as system does not no how to allocate the lot inventory.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashish Anand posted Message 3018 in Message Board
Dated : November 14, 1999 at 04:01:44 EST
Subject: Re: General matter about transportation
Your requirements are mapped directly by using transportation functionality in B
aan, by defining route, creating trips etc.
Ashish
: I need to find a method to create general shipment for different sales orders,
these sales orders are for the same zone and they could be with different custo
mers. I don't know if trasportation package have something to allow me to make t
his. I should also be able to understand how much the load is, the maximun weigh
t or the maximun quantity, to continue to add sales order line to the shipment.
When I reach the maximun level for the shipment loading I 'd like to manage an o
nly one transport order to delivery. Thanks in advance. William Nanni.
e", when item is appearing in "Maintain Receipts" session without any receipt tr
ansactions. Get in touch with support center for a possible patch.
: Regards.
Hi Chris and Veeru,
Our installation has the same problem Chris describes. What happens is that if t
he receipt form has lines which were not received, they have the value zero in t
he delivered qty field, and in table tdpur045 there is a receipt record for that
item with zero qty, which obviously triggers the flag which prevents updating t
he delivery date field.
We simply delete all unreceived lines from the receipts session whilst entering
the receipts.
Veeru - is this a known bug that I should get a patch for?
Regards,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3020 in Message Board
Dated : November 15, 1999 at 02:59:04 EST
Subject: Amendments to PO
Hi
Am in a small problem.
We are implementing Baan IV c4 and our customers want to maintain a specific num
ber against each PO amendment.A PO may be amended many number of times.the Uniqu
e No has to be inremental.
How can this be solved.Any help would be appreciated.
Am at customer site and they want the answer fast so please help me out friends.
thanks in advance
boby
***************** End Of Article ******************
John McKnight posted Message 3021 in Message Board
Dated : November 15, 1999 at 05:50:57 EST
Subject: Re: Amendments to PO - Solution
Boby
I am part of a team which has just implemented IVc4 (went live on 1/9/99 in 7 mo
nths)Distribution/Manufacturing/Finance/
Projects/DEM & Safari Reporting in a SME around 30M T/O
I have a few ideas on how to solve you problem could you please contact me direc
tly. I hope I can help.
Look forward to hearing from you.
John
: Hi
: Am in a small problem.
: We are implementing Baan IV c4 and our customers want to maintain a specific n
umber against each PO amendment.A PO may be amended many number of times.the Uni
que No has to be inremental.
: How can this be solved.Any help would be appreciated.
: Am at customer site and they want the answer fast so please help me out friend
s.
: thanks in advance
: boby
:
: : I need to find a method to create general shipment for different sales order
s, these sales orders are for the same zone and they could be with different cus
tomers. I don't know if trasportation package have something to allow me to make
this. I should also be able to understand how much the load is, the maximun wei
ght or the maximun quantity, to continue to add sales order line to the shipment
. When I reach the maximun level for the shipment loading I 'd like to manage an
only one transport order to delivery. Thanks in advance. William Nanni.
: Regards,
: Jeremy
:Hi Chris & Jeremy,
:Before we go any further & assume it as a bug, here's the clear path that I wou
ld like both of you to do a sample testing by creating a PO.
Steps:
1)After creating a PO, you may print, if the order steps calls for. Make sure th
at the PO consists of more than 2 lines, which is the typical scenario, mentione
d in Chris's note.
2)Please make receipts only for the position 10 and now comes the main part. Now
, the user needs to zero out the packing slip qty field, against position 20 and
fill in the back order qty field. This step is necessary to set the system free
/clear for position 20 for any amendments in PO. By this, we understand that onl
y position 10 has undergone receipt transaction and NOT the item which has posit
ion 20.
3)Now, change the delivery date on form-4 of PO Lines and NOT on the header and
you'll be able to.
Note: I just now did this at my client site in testing company and it allowed me
to change the dely date. Please let me know after your testing. If it goes thro
ugh, then there is no bug, else that confirms a bug.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 3025 in Message Board
Dated : November 15, 1999 at 19:57:58 EST
Subject: Re: Amendments to PO
Hi,
We have done it through a small customisation. Every time a PO is changed the PO
i sprinted with changed order sequence. It is not a difficult customisation may
be a day or two. Other option you have is to use chnage codes, but that will not
give you the incremnetal sequence you are looking for.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ashish Anand CPIM posted Message 3026 in Message Board
Dated : November 16, 1999 at 03:40:13 EST
Subject: Transportation
Hi William,
If you have some basic exercises on transportation, go through them. Most of the
buttons you mentioned like split lines and
package won't figure in cases of simple TO making.
Also attaching TO lines to trip is something what planning engine
capability lets you do in transportation.
Also attempt discerning difference between customer, principal, owner and other
terms relating to master data settings before delving into the transactions.
Ashish Anand
CPIM
:
: : Your requirements are mapped directly by using transportation functionality
in Baan, by defining route, creating trips etc.
: :
: : Ashish
: :
: : : I need to find a method to create general shipment for different sales ord
ers, these sales orders are for the same zone and they could be with different c
ustomers. I don't know if trasportation package have something to allow me to ma
ke this. I should also be able to understand how much the load is, the maximun w
eight or the maximun quantity, to continue to add sales order line to the shipme
nt. When I reach the maximun level for the shipment loading I 'd like to manage
an only one transport order to delivery. Thanks in advance. William Nanni.
Thank you
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 3028 in Message Board
Dated : November 16, 1999 at 08:05:51 EST
Subject: Re: SLS - DRP - RPL - PUR?
Use SIC on you central Warehouse (tdinv3201m000) and follow the procedure in the
help text
Good luck
Paul
: Hello, all!
: I entered sales order with delivery from one warehouse, but this warehouse had
not enough items quantity, then I generated replenishment orders to delivery i
tems from central warehouse. BUT my central warehouse have not enough items quan
tity, HOW I MAY generate purshase orders for replanish central warehouse first?
: Thank you
Rocky Sanghvi
NovaSoft Information Technology
Baan Practice Manager
609 . 588 . 5500 x 235
609 . 631 . 6075 (Direct)
rakeshs@novasoftinfo.com
http://www.novasoftinfo.com
: Scenario,
Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as you use th
e same procedure.
I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
Regards, Eric Kuijper
Korade BV, The Netherlands
: Hello everyone,
:
Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make a single P
O.
The lines of PO will be:
1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after that, I'l
l make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding these PO'
s.
What do you say?
Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
Best Regards,
ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
Romania
: Hi,
: When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. First of al
l you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot prices. The se
cond table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at the moment)
and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This table is us
ed for the finance integrations.
: When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price is automa
tically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price afterwards, y
ou have to be very careful.
: 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
: 3) add inventory on lot (with new price) with inventory transactions
: If you don't follow this procedure you will get false finance integrations!! T
he following procedure could be used for a new implementation
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as you use
the same procedure.
: I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
:
: Regards, Eric Kuijper
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
:
: : Hello everyone,
: :
: : How the inventory initialization (for a new implementation), is made in Baan
for the lot items regarding lot price? Considering we have a warehouse for whic
h must to enter all the stock lots and also the value of every lot for every Ite
m. In case we haven't any inventory enter in warehouse for the lot's item, when
enter the new lots through inventory adjustment session, the system put at the
lot value the cost standard calculated in the item master data. It is any proced
ure, which me let to alter the value of lots?
: : Thank you very much!
: : Bye Bye,
Thanks in advance
regards
Raja Mohan
***************** End Of Article ******************
wweglin posted Message 3040 in Message Board
Dated : November 18, 1999 at 10:12:58 EST
Subject: Re: Urgent:Outbound released with inventory physically lying in the war
ehouse
Raja,
You will have to go to the sales order lines add a line to the sales order for a
negative quantity of what you shipped. Maintain the outbound for the negative q
uantity and then release the outbound. This will put the items back into invent
ory. You will then need to maintain and confirm a back order quantity on the li
nes you shipped erroneously so that you can ship on those lines again. Then you
need to look at how you want to print out the invoices on the sales order. ie.
you can print a sales invoice for the positive delivery and the negative return
to stock which would net out to $0, then go ahead and ship the line again with
the correct invoice amount. Hope this helps.
: Hi
: By mistake the outbound data were generated released for a number of sales ord
ers .But it was not the desired action.
: How can we restore the outbound information to normalcy?
: Right now all the sales orders are awaiting confirm delivery.
: Your quick feedback will be appreciated.
: Thanks in advance
: regards
: Raja Mohan
r 100 times. This has been a hassle and I was just curious if anyone had tackle
d this problem before.
: Thanks in advance!
: Les
:Hi,
:Nope! No packages can afford to define the field length to accomodate infinite
times of receipts. Hence, in case of Baan, the limitation is upto 99 receipt lin
es. However, there is a way get around this. If a PO line item, say position 10,
has undergone receipt transactions upto 99, you may insert & open a new positio
n 11 for the same item/part number, on PO lines, to start making receipts agains
t the new position 11, for the item in question.
Hope this helps!
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rocky Sanghvi posted Message 3045 in Message Board
Dated : November 18, 1999 at 17:32:50 EST
Subject: Re: Physical Inventory
Yes through our Milton Keynes UK office.
Rocky
: Does NovaSoft also support customers in Europe?
: Please mail me the whitepaper
: Thanks,
: Paul
: : NovaSoft has just completed a Physical Inventory System for a client of ours
. Client went live with system on Nov 3rd. Its is a system in Visual Basic tha
t seamlessly integrates with Baan. Our client tells us that there are many Baan
clients who need such a system. If you're interested please let me know and I
can email you the whitepaper.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Rocky Sanghvi
NovaSoft Information Technology
Baan Practice Manager
609 . 588 . 5500 x 235
609 . 631 . 6075 (Direct)
rakeshs@novasoftinfo.com
http://www.novasoftinfo.com
: :
n a
ver
led
Is there anyway to make Baan allow for more than 99 receipts per line item o
Purchase Order? Some of our po's have line items that we may receive well o
100 times. This has been a hassle and I was just curious if anyone had tack
this problem before.
: : Thanks in advance!
: : Les
:
: :Hi,
: :Nope! No packages can afford to define the field length to accomodate infinit
e times of receipts. Hence, in case of Baan, the limitation is upto 99 receipt l
ines. However, there is a way get around this. If a PO line item, say position 1
0, has undergone receipt transactions upto 99, you may insert & open a new posit
ion 11 for the same item/part number, on PO lines, to start making receipts agai
nst the new position 11, for the item in question.
: Hope this helps!
: Regards.
Thanks for your help. I'll try that!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 3047 in Message Board
Dated : November 18, 1999 at 18:02:47 EST
Subject: Re: Number of receipts
Hi,
It is very surprising that you will have more than 99 backorders for a line. Thi
s seems to be too high. The suggestion as suggested by our friend is correct, yo
u have to create a new line and receive the remaining part of it. It does not se
em correct that you have more than 99 backorders.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
mark jones posted Message 3048 in Message Board
Dated : November 18, 1999 at 21:33:41 EST
Subject: Unique Price and Discount structure-urgent
Hi
I am facing a problem at site, i need to achieve a unique price and discount str
ucture
I need to explain in detail
Baan provided 3 level of discount
after all these discount i like to add freight on the net valu but baan is calcu
lating on the list valu
say my list price is 5000$ and after a discount of 3 levels (30% in the first le
vel, 50$ amount in 2nd level, and 4% discount in 3rd level say i get a net value
of 3500$, i need to calculate 4% freight(it is 140$, pls keep a note of this 14
0$ as it is going to be used in next step)
on the subtotal i calculate a tax of 16% and on this total after the tax we need
to subtract the 140$ as special discount (it is actually what ever the amount w
e get on freight)
can u tell me how to achieve the discount structure we are using Baan IV c3
thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
shanker posted Message 3049 in Message Board
Dated : November 18, 1999 at 21:39:59 EST
Subject: additional cost item
Hi
I am working on Baan IVc3 on
i like to define the freight
efine in itemmaster data, if
net total weight the system
where can i see this
thanks
additional cost.
cost depending on the weight, also unit weight is d
i raise a sales order for 50 numbers, can i get the
should take the unit weight and calculate,
: Hi
: By mistake the outbound data were generated released for a number of sales ord
ers .But it was not the desired action.
: How can we restore the outbound information to normalcy?
: Right now all the sales orders are awaiting confirm delivery.
: Your quick feedback will be appreciated.
: Thanks in advance
: regards
: Raja Mohan
over 100 times. This has been a hassle and I was just curious if anyone had ta
ckled this problem before.
: : : Thanks in advance!
: : : Les
: :
: : :Hi,
: : :Nope! No packages can afford to define the field length to accomodate infin
ite times of receipts. Hence, in case of Baan, the limitation is upto 99 receipt
lines. However, there is a way get around this. If a PO line item, say position
10, has undergone receipt transactions upto 99, you may insert & open a new pos
ition 11 for the same item/part number, on PO lines, to start making receipts ag
ainst the new position 11, for the item in question.
: : Hope this helps!
: : Regards.
: Thanks for your help. I'll try that!
additional cost.
cost depending on the weight, also unit weight is
i raise a sales order for 50 numbers, can i get t
should take the unit weight and calculate,
: Amanda
:Hi,
:One way of finding the user who has run cycle count order generation, is to con
duct an Audit Trail, using Baan Tools. This gives appropriate results only if th
e user has used his/her own logon id and password. Another way, is to find from
those limited users who have been given authorization. Anticipating such situati
on, it would be wise enough for your client to decide on having access authoriza
tion only to 2 users.
Regards.
: Hi
: By mistake the outbound data were generated released for a number of sales ord
ers .But it was not the desired action.
: How can we restore the outbound information to normalcy?
: Right now all the sales orders are awaiting confirm delivery.
: Your quick feedback will be appreciated.
: Thanks in advance
: regards
: Raja Mohan
= X
Lot
Lot
Lot
: Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make a single
PO.
: The lines of PO will be:
: 1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
: 2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
: 3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
: I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after that, I
'll make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding these P
O's.
: What do you say?
: Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
: Best Regards,
: ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
: Romania
:
: : Hi,
: : When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. First of
all you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot prices. The
second table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at the momen
t) and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This table is
used for the finance integrations.
: : When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price is auto
matically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price afterwards,
you have to be very careful.
: : 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: : 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
: : 3) add inventory on lot (with new price) with inventory transactions
: : If you don't follow this procedure you will get false finance integrations!!
The following procedure could be used for a new implementation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: : Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as you us
e the same procedure.
: : I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
: :
: : Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: :
: : : Hello everyone,
: : :
: : : How the inventory initialization (for a new implementation), is made in Ba
an for the lot items regarding lot price? Considering we have a warehouse for wh
ich must to enter all the stock lots and also the value of every lot for every I
tem. In case we haven't any inventory enter in warehouse for the lot's item, wh
en enter the new lots through inventory adjustment session, the system put at th
e lot value the cost standard calculated in the item master data. It is any proc
edure, which me let to alter the value of lots?
: : : Thank you very much!
: : : Bye Bye,
ing ordering methods and EOQ is still being advised in certain situations. Since
you're familiair with the literature on this subject, you will probably know th
at L4L is not the best solution when ordering costs are relatively high. L4L can
result in a 'very nervous' ordering system, with frequent orders and small quan
tities. Low inventory with very high ordering costs, set-up costs and so on, is
not very economic either.
The EOQ is only 'economic' under certain (strong) assumptions, but in the real l
ife these assumptions are never correct. There a lot of alternatives for the not
economic EOQ (Wagner-Whitin, Silver-Meal, Silver-Miltenburg) but they are all m
uch more complicated and therefore not useful for many companies. EOQ has proofe
d (in extensive simulations with probabilistic demand) not to be 'economic' but
very robust and easy to understand.
There are too many variables when choosing the optimal ordering methods. Therefo
re, there is no optimal method and I never advise customers to use a specific me
thod without considering the customer environment and the level of education.
EOQ may be going out of fashion but there is nothing wrong with it when it is ap
plied in the correct situation. The same applies for L4L.
Kind regards, Eric Kuijper
Korade BV, The Netherlands
: Hi,
: Theses are standard ordering methods as described in APICS book. If you are ch
anging an item from L4L to EOQ you are going to increase the batch qty which wil
l have rippling effect down the structure. As you know there is nothing economic
about EOQ. This method of ordering is slowly going out of fashion as it do not
go in hand with keeping inventory low. THE EOQ as rightly indicated by our frien
d is used in Cost price calculation. But this it will use irrespective of orderi
ng method.
: Arvind
Now I tell you why I need for this session. The client wants that the customs ta
x and the customs commission to be enter in the lot price of the raw material. W
e have a particularity (the customs exchange rate is fixed for a week in the eve
ry Thursday for the next week), that's why I have thought the order steps as fol
lows:
1.
2.
3. Change exchange rate, written in tdpur045, with customs exchange rate written
in Customs clearance Document. That's need for localization.
4. Maintain Receipts
5.
6. Change price/discount after 'Maintain Receipts' (tdpur4122m000) - in this ses
sion I'll alter the order price with the order price + Customs tax + customs com
mission for every line of the PO's. That's made depending of the value of the it
ems on the import invoice and the Customs tax and Customs commission written in
the Customs Clearance Document.
7.
8.
In this case, in Financial, they can link a payment to the supplier in conformit
y of the order, and the difference can be linked to customs and paid. The lot pr
ice will contain beside the supplier price and the quantum of customs tax and cu
stoms commission. All these are working in Baan IV standard but in version with
MCR I receive the errors listed up. Can you tell me if I can obtain the same res
ults but with other procedure steps until this session will be repair???
Have a nice day and thank you very much again,
Best Regards,
Alexandru Corbu
: Hi Alexandru,
: Sounds OK to me. The result will be the same. The only difference is that your
procedure should be executed manually and that you have to delete records in tf
gld410/415/417.
: If you're familiair with Exchange I would advise you to use the procedure I su
ggested since this can be done completely automatic.
: 1) Lots with the correct prices can be created using Exchange
: 2) Cycle count orders with the correct qunaitities can also be created using E
xchange
: 3) 'Process cycle count orders' should be started for all cycle count orders.
The result will be that the inventory is corrected automatically in all the nece
ssary tables and the correct financial are generated.
: Of course this only works if you have experience with Exchange. But then again
, the solution you suggested also works fine.
:
: Kind Regards, Eric Kuijper
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
:
: 1. The Item
: Inventory =
:
:
= X
Lot
Lot
Lot
: : Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make a sing
le PO.
: : The lines of PO will be:
: : 1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
: : 2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
: : 3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
: : I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after that,
I'll make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding these
PO's.
: : What do you say?
: : Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
: : Best Regards,
: : ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
: : Romania
:
: :
: : : Hi,
: : : When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. First o
f all you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot prices. Th
e second table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at the mom
ent) and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This table i
s used for the finance integrations.
: : : When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price is au
tomatically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price afterward
s, you have to be very careful.
: : : 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: : : 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: : : Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as you
use the same procedure.
: : : I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
: : :
: : : Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : :
: : : : Hello everyone,
: : : :
: : : : How the inventory initialization (for a new implementation), is made in
Baan for the lot items regarding lot price? Considering we have a warehouse for
which must to enter all the stock lots and also the value of every lot for every
Item. In case we haven't any inventory enter in warehouse for the lot's item,
when enter the new lots through inventory adjustment session, the system put at
the lot value the cost standard calculated in the item master data. It is any pr
ocedure, which me let to alter the value of lots?
: : : : Thank you very much!
: : : : Bye Bye,
Hi Chris,
: We have had the same problem for one of our customers. They use ILC and LTC an
d when they try to enter a stock adjustment for a certain location/lot the syste
m displays the same message.
: The solution is in fact very simple. Just click with the mouse pointer on the
next field of the particular row. The error message will be neglected and you ca
n continue with the adjustment.
: I hope this solves your problem. If not, please let me know. I don't know whet
her a Baan-call was created for this problem by our customer, but I would advise
you to do so.
: Kind regards, Eric.
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
:
: : I am trying to adjust some stock out of inventory, I keep getting this messa
ge "Item Already Taken by Inspection". The funny thing is that these items were
received on a PO that did not require inspection. Has anyone experience this bef
ore?
: : Thanks in advance
: : Chris
: Hi Eric,
: Thank you very much that you gave me a solution for this problem and also that
you confirmed my idea. Now, I have another problem which is artificial created,
because in Baan IV C4 with MCR, the session tdpur4122m000 (in standard is OK, t
he procedure works properly) gives the following errors:
: Process 70 - Fatal error: Use of NULL pointer on ' '
: Process 70 - Fatal error: Can not continue in tdpur4122m000 in DLL: otdltcdll0
001
: Process 70 - Error: tdpur4122m000: A not terminated transaction is aborted.
: And, also these errors appear just for the items which are inventory valuation
with "Lot price", which in my case represent all that I purchase.
: Now I tell you why I need for this session. The client wants that the customs
tax and the customs commission to be enter in the lot price of the raw material.
We have a particularity (the customs exchange rate is fixed for a week in the e
very Thursday for the next week), that's why I have thought the order steps as f
ollows:
: 1.
: 2.
: 3. Change exchange rate, written in tdpur045, with customs exchange rate writt
en in Customs clearance Document. That's need for localization.
: 4. Maintain Receipts
: 5.
: 6. Change price/discount after 'Maintain Receipts' (tdpur4122m000) - in this s
ession I'll alter the order price with the order price + Customs tax + customs c
ommission for every line of the PO's. That's made depending of the value of the
items on the import invoice and the Customs tax and Customs commission written i
n the Customs Clearance Document.
: 7.
: 8.
: In this case, in Financial, they can link a payment to the supplier in conform
ity of the order, and the difference can be linked to customs and paid. The lot
price will contain beside the supplier price and the quantum of customs tax and
customs commission. All these are working in Baan IV standard but in version wit
h MCR I receive the errors listed up. Can you tell me if I can obtain the same r
esults but with other procedure steps until this session will be repair???
: Have a nice day and thank you very much again,
: Best Regards,
: Alexandru Corbu
:
: : Hi Alexandru,
: : Sounds OK to me. The result will be the same. The only difference is that yo
ur procedure should be executed manually and that you have to delete records in
tfgld410/415/417.
: : If you're familiair with Exchange I would advise you to use the procedure I
suggested since this can be done completely automatic.
:
:
:
:
: 1. The Item
: Inventory =
:
:
= X
Lot
Lot
Lot
: : : Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make a si
ngle PO.
: : : The lines of PO will be:
: : : 1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
: : : 2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
: : : 3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
: : : I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after tha
t, I'll make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding the
se PO's.
: : : What do you say?
: : : Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
: : : Best Regards,
: : : ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
: : : Romania
: :
: : :
: : : : Hi,
: : : : When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. First
of all you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot prices.
The second table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at the m
oment) and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This table
is used for the finance integrations.
: : : : When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price is
automatically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price afterwa
rds, you have to be very careful.
: : : : 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: : : : 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
: : : : 3) add inventory on lot (with new price) with inventory transactions
: : : : If you don't follow this procedure you will get false finance integratio
ns!! The following procedure could be used for a new implementation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: : : : Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as yo
u use the same procedure.
: : : : I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
: : : :
: : : : Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : : : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : : :
: : : : : Hello everyone,
: : : : :
: : : : : How the inventory initialization (for a new implementation), is made i
n Baan for the lot items regarding lot price? Considering we have a warehouse fo
r which must to enter all the stock lots and also the value of every lot for eve
ry Item. In case we haven't any inventory enter in warehouse for the lot's item
, when enter the new lots through inventory adjustment session, the system put a
t the lot value the cost standard calculated in the item master data. It is any
procedure, which me let to alter the value of lots?
: : : : : Thank you very much!
: : : : : Bye Bye,
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 3075 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 03:18:02 EST
Subject: Block warehouse
Does anybody knows how to block a warehouse for posting or releasing inventory?
Thanks in advance,
Gianni
***************** End Of Article ******************
S.Seenivas posted Message 3076 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 03:39:04 EST
Subject: Cycle couting for items in WIP warehouse
Hi,
We can generate Cycle counting orders for posting
physical qty of Normal warehouse(eg, store w/h) items.
To my knowledge, BaaN is not allowing to generate
cycle counting orders for WIP warehouse items.
Is there anyway to do Cycle counting(physical verification)
for items in WIP warehouse?
Request your solution please!
Regards,
Seenivas
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alex posted Message 3077 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 06:06:02 EST
Subject: Re: Lot inventory initialization ???
Hi Eric,
Thank you very much for your quickly answer, what did you say works fine but, pl
ease excuse me, I'm not my-self clear, the problem is as following example:
1 Purchase order:
Supplier = Y
Item x = Qty 30 pcs, price 10$/pc.
Customs tax = 10%
Customs commission = 0.5
Then I'll have:
Item X = 30 pcs x 11.05 $ => lot price will be 11.05$
The problem is that in a particular report I'll must obtain duties as follows:
Supplier Y = 300$ has the invoice 999
Supplier Customs = 31.5$ has invoice 99
You see, the difference must be linked to the other invoices (provided from the
customs),
using tdpur 4122m000 we made this as follows:
After maintain receipts, using tdpur4122m000 we change the price to 11.05/pc. an
d then, in Financial we partial matched the same receipt with two different sup
pliers (Y and Customs) and I'll obtain two separate debts' evidence for those tw
o suppliers.
Thank you again.
Have a nice day,
Best regards,
Alexandru Corbu
P.S. Regarding your question you'll find a message in your personal e-mail
: Hi Alexandru,
: Still happy with BaanIV c4 and MCR ??
: With tdpur4122m000 you can change the purchase price and the invoice can be ma
tched automatically. If you don't change the price, the invoice cannot be matche
d automatically (since the customs tax and the customs commission are not includ
ed in the order). Now you have two possibilities in the matching procedure(I'm n
ot a Finance Consultant, so please be gentle with me if I'm making a mistake):
: 1) complete matching, book price difference on a differences ledger account
: 2) partial matching for entire amount, book price difference on lot and get a
purchase result
: If you book the price difference on the corresponding lot, the lot price will
be adjusted. Should give the same result (I hope).
: The above results in more work for the financial guys !
: Hope this helps you, Alexandru.
:
: Kind Regards, Eric Kuijper
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : Hi Eric,
: : Thank you very much that you gave me a solution for this problem and also th
at you confirmed my idea. Now, I have another problem which is artificial create
d, because in Baan IV C4 with MCR, the session tdpur4122m000 (in standard is OK,
the procedure works properly) gives the following errors:
: : Process 70 - Fatal error: Use of NULL pointer on ' '
: : :
: : : Kind Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : :
: : : : Thank you very much Eric.
: : : : What did you say seems to be OK, but I though other procedure which seem
s more easily and tell me your opinion.
: : : : First, I'll calculate an standard cost for item (e.g. average price =ave
rage price recorded in accounting for that day), after that, I'll make an PO, I
need one pc for every price lot, make the reception and put every line from PO
as an lot with own lot price, I'll go in inventory transaction and I'll grow th
e inventory as my need for every lot.
: : : : At the final I'll delete the integration table with Finance, and they ta
ken the account sold for the same date as my inventory.
: : : : I don't know if I make my self-clear and I'll give you an example.
: : : : We presume:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: 1. The Item
: Inventory =
:
:
= X
Lot
Lot
Lot
: : : : Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make a
single PO.
: : : : The lines of PO will be:
: : : : 1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
: : : : 2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
: : : : 3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
: : : : I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after t
hat, I'll make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding t
hese PO's.
: : : : What do you say?
: : : : Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
: : : : Best Regards,
: : : : ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
: : : : Romania
: : :
: : : :
: : : : : Hi,
: : : : : When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. Fir
st of all you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot prices
. The second table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at the
moment) and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This tab
le is used for the finance integrations.
: : : : : When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price i
s automatically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price after
wards, you have to be very careful.
: : : : : 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: : : : : 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
: : : : : 3) add inventory on lot (with new price) with inventory transactions
: : : : : If you don't follow this procedure you will get false finance integrat
ions!! The following procedure could be used for a new implementation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: : : : : Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long as
you use the same procedure.
: : : : : I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
: : : : :
: : : : : Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : : : : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : : : :
: : : : : : Hello everyone,
: : : : : :
: : : : : : How the inventory initialization (for a new implementation), is made
in Baan for the lot items regarding lot price? Considering we have a warehouse
for which must to enter all the stock lots and also the value of every lot for e
very Item. In case we haven't any inventory enter in warehouse for the lot's it
em, when enter the new lots through inventory adjustment session, the system put
at the lot value the cost standard calculated in the item master data. It is an
y procedure, which me let to alter the value of lots?
: : : : : : Thank you very much!
: : : : : : Bye Bye,
Thomas
***************** End Of Article ******************
txeko posted Message 3079 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 11:55:05 EST
Subject: status = 0
What does status = 0 on sales order means ? Is that an error BaaN or is an error
on sales order .....
***************** End Of Article ******************
Scott Moorman, CPIM posted Message 3080 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 13:14:06 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle couting for items in WIP warehouse
We encountered the same problem when we converted from 4a to 4c. The solution n
umber is 993 and can be found on the Baan Support web site.
: Hi,
: We can generate Cycle counting orders for posting
: physical qty of Normal warehouse(eg, store w/h) items.
: To my knowledge, BaaN is not allowing to generate
: cycle counting orders for WIP warehouse items.
: Is there anyway to do Cycle counting(physical verification)
: for items in WIP warehouse?
: Request your solution please!
: Regards,
: Seenivas
Approval" !!. The 5 pcs that I have receive is still "On hold" Idont want that..
.
Do somebody know how to get around this ???
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris posted Message 3083 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 1999 at 14:37:05 EST
Subject: Re: Allocated for picking list
We did the same here, I am curious to see
y. Who ran it? How often did they have to
y running it everytime he has to generate
thing to do, it is just one more session
Hi,
: We recently went live and discovered this to by a definite problem; therefore,
we created a new session Correct Allocated to Picklist which checks all lines f
or an item which are at Maintain Deliveries status (tdsls045.ssls) and adds up t
he recommended quantity in 045. This quantitiy then becomes the new allocated f
or picklist quantity in tdinv001. It was a very simple session to create.
: Rob
: Hi Eric,
:
: Thank you very much for your quickly answer, what did you say works fine but,
please excuse me, I'm not my-self clear, the problem is as following example:
: 1 Purchase order:
: Supplier = Y
: Item x = Qty 30 pcs, price 10$/pc.
: Customs tax = 10%
: Customs commission = 0.5
: Then I'll have:
: Item X = 30 pcs x 11.05 $ => lot price will be 11.05$
: The problem is that in a particular report I'll must obtain duties as follows:
: Supplier Y = 300$ has the invoice 999
: Supplier Customs = 31.5$ has invoice 99
: You see, the difference must be linked to the other invoices (provided from th
e customs),
: using tdpur 4122m000 we made this as follows:
: After maintain receipts, using tdpur4122m000 we change the price to 11.05/pc.
and then, in Financial we partial matched the same receipt with two different s
uppliers (Y and Customs) and I'll obtain two separate debts' evidence for those
two suppliers.
: Thank you again.
: Have a nice day,
: Best regards,
: Alexandru Corbu
: P.S. Regarding your question you'll find a message in your personal e-mail
: : Hi Alexandru,
: : Still happy with BaanIV c4 and MCR ??
: : With tdpur4122m000 you can change the purchase price and the invoice can be
matched automatically. If you don't change the price, the invoice cannot be matc
hed automatically (since the customs tax and the customs commission are not incl
uded in the order). Now you have two possibilities in the matching procedure(I'm
not a Finance Consultant, so please be gentle with me if I'm making a mistake):
: : 1) complete matching, book price difference on a differences ledger account
: : 2) partial matching for entire amount, book price difference on lot and get
a purchase result
: : If you book the price difference on the corresponding lot, the lot price wil
l be adjusted. Should give the same result (I hope).
: : The above results in more work for the financial guys !
: : Hope this helps you, Alexandru.
: :
: : Kind Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : Korade BV, The Netherlands
:
: : : Hi Eric,
: : : Thank you very much that you gave me a solution for this problem and also
that you confirmed my idea. Now, I have another problem which is artificial crea
ted, because in Baan IV C4 with MCR, the session tdpur4122m000 (in standard is O
K, the procedure works properly) gives the following errors:
: : : Process 70 - Fatal error: Use of NULL pointer on ' '
: : : Process 70 - Fatal error: Can not continue in tdpur4122m000 in DLL: otdltc
dll0001
: : : Process 70 - Error: tdpur4122m000: A not terminated transaction is aborte
d.
: : : And, also these errors appear just for the items which are inventory valua
tion with "Lot price", which in my case represent all that I purchase.
: : : Now I tell you why I need for this session. The client wants that the cust
oms tax and the customs commission to be enter in the lot price of the raw mater
ial. We have a particularity (the customs exchange rate is fixed for a week in t
he every Thursday for the next week), that's why I have thought the order steps
as follows:
: : : 1.
: : : 2.
: : : 3. Change exchange rate, written in tdpur045, with customs exchange rate w
ritten in Customs clearance Document. That's need for localization.
: : : 4. Maintain Receipts
: : : 5.
: : : 6. Change price/discount after 'Maintain Receipts' (tdpur4122m000) - in th
is session I'll alter the order price with the order price + Customs tax + custo
ms commission for every line of the PO's. That's made depending of the value of
the items on the import invoice and the Customs tax and Customs commission writt
en in the Customs Clearance Document.
: : : 7.
: : : 8.
: : : In this case, in Financial, they can link a payment to the supplier in con
formity of the order, and the difference can be linked to customs and paid. The
lot price will contain beside the supplier price and the quantum of customs tax
and customs commission. All these are working in Baan IV standard but in version
with MCR I receive the errors listed up. Can you tell me if I can obtain the sa
me results but with other procedure steps until this session will be repair???
: : : Have a nice day and thank you very much again,
: : : Best Regards,
: : : Alexandru Corbu
: :
: : :
: : : : Hi Alexandru,
: : : : Sounds OK to me. The result will be the same. The only difference is tha
t your procedure should be executed manually and that you have to delete records
in tfgld410/415/417.
: : : : If you're familiair with Exchange I would advise you to use the procedur
e I suggested since this can be done completely automatic.
: : : : 1) Lots with the correct prices can be created using Exchange
: : : : 2) Cycle count orders with the correct qunaitities can also be created u
sing Exchange
: : : : 3) 'Process cycle count orders' should be started for all cycle count or
ders. The result will be that the inventory is corrected automatically in all th
e necessary tables and the correct financial are generated.
: : : : Of course this only works if you have experience with Exchange. But then
again, the solution you suggested also works fine.
: : : :
: : : : Kind Regards, Eric Kuijper
: : : : Korade BV, The Netherlands
: : : :
: : : : : Thank you very much Eric.
: : : : : What did you say seems to be OK, but I though other procedure which se
ems more easily and tell me your opinion.
: : : : : First, I'll calculate an standard cost for item (e.g. average price =a
verage price recorded in accounting for that day), after that, I'll make an PO,
I need one pc for every price lot, make the reception and put every line from
PO as an lot with own lot price, I'll go in inventory transaction and I'll grow
the inventory as my need for every lot.
: : : : : At the final I'll delete the integration table with Finance, and they
taken the account sold for the same date as my inventory.
: : : : : I don't know if I make my self-clear and I'll give you an example.
: : : : : We presume:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: 1. The Item
: Inventory =
:
:
= X
Lot
Lot
Lot
: : : : : Considering we have a single supplier for the all lots and we'll make
a single PO.
: : : : : The lines of PO will be:
: : : : : 1 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 50$/pc.
: : : : : 2 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 53$/pc.
: : : : : 3 Item X, Qty 1 pc, Price 56$/pc.
: : : : : I'll make the receipts and I'll have the Price lots desired, and after
that, I'll make my inventory as my need and I'll delete all the trace regarding
these PO's.
: : : : : What do you say?
: : : : : Have a nice day, and thank you very much again.
: : : : : Best Regards,
: : : : : ITC S.A, Alexandru Corbu
: : : : : Romania
: : : :
: : : : :
: : : : : : Hi,
: : : : : : When you use LTC there are two tables which contain the lot price. F
irst of all you have the the table TDLTC001 with all the lots and their lot pric
es. The second table is TDLTC004 if i'm correct (I don't have a Baan system at t
he moment) and this table contains the lot price by cost price component. This t
able is used for the finance integrations.
: : : : : : When you create a new lot with inventory transactions the cost price
is automatically chosen as the lot price. When you want to alter this price aft
erwards, you have to be very careful.
: : : : : : 1) remove inventory on lot with inventory transactions
: : : : : : 2) change lot price in TDLTC001 and TDLTC004
: : : : : : 3) add inventory on lot (with new price) with inventory transactions
: : : : : : If you don't follow this procedure you will get false finance integr
ations!! The following procedure could be used for a new implementation
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
: : : : : : Of course, with the use of Exchange things are much easier as long a
s you use the same procedure.
: : : : : : I have done this before for a customer and it works OK.
: : : : : :
: : : : : : Regards, Eric Kuijper
! that could be a reason but my problem becomes when I invoice my sales order
previously in correct status = 6 ), the process generate the invoice number a
the rest of the fields ok, but the status becomes 0 and in the mask y's becom
c's. So the correct question should be that what is then reason it becomes ze
at invoicing process.
thanks in advance
txeko
***************** End Of Article ******************
HA posted Message 3088 in Message Board
Dated : November 24, 1999 at 05:50:37 EST
Subject: HA
HA
: O
: : M
Vernon
***************** End Of Article ******************
Terry Prasher posted Message 3093 in Message Board
Dated : November 24, 1999 at 13:59:28 EST
Subject: Back Flushing with Location control
With component items on a bill of material that are set to be back flushed, we d
o not get an outbound transaction for these items. As far as I can tell all the
flags in the item master file, shop floor and location control are set properly
, but still not back flushing of any items...
Any suggestions?
Terry
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 3094 in Message Board
Dated : November 24, 1999 at 20:06:51 EST
Subject: Re: Back Flushing with Location control
: With component items on a bill of material that are set to be back flushed, we
do not get an outbound transaction for these items. As far as I can tell all t
he flags in the item master file, shop floor and location control are set proper
ly, but still not back flushing of any items...
: Any suggestions?
: Terry
:Hi,
:Please make sure of the following settings:
1)Item Data form-5 to be set as "Yes" for "Backflush Materials" and "Backflush i
f Materials", if the item is a child item. If it's an end item, then the former
alone need to be set as "Yes".
2)When you create a SFC Production Order, make sure to set the field in form-3 "
Backflushing" as "Yes".
3)This will populate the estimated materials with the child line items as "Yes"
for backflushing.
4)Once the order is released, then the session "Enter Material Issues for Produc
tion Order" also, will have the lines with settings as "Yes" for backflushing.
Now, when you report order completed, either partially or fully, system will aut
omatically backflush, ONLY for those items which has been set as "Yes" for backf
lush in above mentioned sessions, and ONLY if the corresponding warehouse has mi
nimum inventory to issue.
Regards.
Cindy
***************** End Of Article ******************
York Huang posted Message 3098 in Message Board
Dated : November 25, 1999 at 03:47:05 EST
Subject: ABC analysis
Hi, all
I am testing ABC analysis in Baan IV. I found that the following transaction iss
ue data will be consided by the system:
A, Sales issue data 3 periods ago
B, "Expected annual issue" maintained in "Item master data"
C, If there is without A or B data, the annual issue of last year will be consid
ed
D, If C, when you enter a new warehouse sales order for the item, the "annual is
sue" and "turnover" of the item in the ABC analysis report will be all set to ZE
RO. Why?
If anybody can explain the internal logic of ABC analysis in Baan IV, Please kin
dly reply to me. Thanks in advance!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Wadee R. posted Message 3099 in Message Board
Dated : November 25, 1999 at 03:48:25 EST
Subject: Delete Item Data
Dear all,
I would like to deleted item code within item master file. What is the
procedure to delete that item ? when I deleted item the system display message s
uch as ' Inventory Data Still exist' , Still Inventory data avaliable by warehou
se.
Thanks in advance
Wadee.
***************** End Of Article ******************
mondoh posted Message 3100 in Message Board
Dated : November 25, 1999 at 05:33:52 EST
Subject: Re: Delete Item Data
hi there!
deleting item record in item master data makes it difficult especially if there
are already transactions made with regards to the item.
you can't delete it any more because it has existing inventory already and histo
ry transactions unless you deleted in GTM all the tables updated by the transact
ions.
i hope this helps u!!
mondoh
: Dear all,
:
I would like to deleted item code within item master file. What is th
e procedure to delete that item ? when I deleted item the system display message
such as ' Inventory Data Still exist' , Still Inventory data avaliable by wareh
ouse.
:
: Thanks in advance
: Wadee.
Hi, Mondo.
Thanks for your answer. But I'm afraid it haven't solved the problem yet. Mayb
I didn't explain the problem clear enough, sorry!
We did release the outbound data by packing slip. The problem is: we print the
sales invoice after several packing slips was delivered, so the system takes al
l the deliveries that have already been made for the order and makes one invoice
; but the finance people want to have one invoice per packing slip.
: Is is possible to do that?
: tks,
: Cindy
: : hi there!
: : release outbound data by picking list or packing slip.
: : then it would print invoice by picking list or packing slip also.
: : mondo
: : : dear all,
: : : There were already several deliveries for a sales order, but we want to pr
int sales invoices separately (one sales invoice per delivery/packing slip). Doe
s anyone know how to do it?
: : : tks in adv,
: : : Cindy
Hi Cindy
If you have already released outbound for several deliveries of one order, it is
not possible to print one invoice for each packing slip. If you want to do that
the only way is to release outbound for the first delivery, print an invoice fo
r that packing slip then release the outbound for the next delivery and print th
e invoice for that delivery.
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Roland van de Boel posted Message 3106 in Message Board
Dated : November 28, 1999 at 05:57:58 EST
Subject: edm
Who can give me some information about the EDM-product. I would like to use it f
or MIS-purpose.
Roland
***************** End Of Article ******************
manjeet posted Message 3107 in Message Board
Dated : November 28, 1999 at 06:56:27 EST
Subject: URGENT- Error 1000
Hi,
I am not able to make any changes in my item master. Whatever field I click on,
I get a message " fatal error: Error 1000 (bdb_err no 1000) on tiitm0101m000909
in db_eq" . I can't add new item also.
Any help on this would be highly appreciated.
Thanks,
I don't know why Baan allow to ship goods more than order quantity.
Does anyone know how can I control the delivered quantity can't be excee
d order quantity ???
Thanks in advanced.
Dutch
***************** End Of Article ******************
R.McClam posted Message 3109 in Message Board
Dated : November 28, 1999 at 22:24:48 EST
Subject: Mo Money$$$ No problems with jus a Invesment of $6
A little while back, I was browsing these newsgroups, just like you are now, and
came across an article similar to this, that said you could make thousands of d
ollars within weeks with only an initial investment of $6.00!
-------------------------IS THIS ILLEGAL?
-------------------------Now I know you might be thinking, this is some sort of illegal chain letter, rig
ht? Wrong! Let me explain.
You send $1.00 to each of the 6 names and address stated below. You then place y
our own name and address in the bottom of the list at #6, and post the article t
o at least 200 newsgroups. (There are thousands) No catch, that was it.
The main differences between this LEGAL system and other illegal systems are.
When you send the US $1 in the envelope, you also include a piece of paper askin
g the receiver of the envelope, to put you on their mailing list. And don’
t forget to include your details. There is nothing illegal about that! In other
words you ARE paying for a service.
You also have a mailing list of 6 instead of 5... This means that your average g
ain will be app. 15 times higher!!!
So after thinking it over, and talking to a few people first, I thought about tr
ying it. I
figured what have I got to lose except 6 stamps and $6.00, right? Like most of u
s, I too was a little skeptical and a little worried about the legal aspects of
it all.
So I checked it out with the U.S. Post Office (1-800-725-2161) and they confirme
d that it is indeed legal!
Then I invested the measly $6.00...plus postage.
Well GUESS WHAT!!... within 7 days, I started getting money in the mail!
I was shocked! I still figured it would end soon, and didn't give it another tho
ught. But the money just kept coming in.
In my first week, I made about $20.00 to $30.00 dollars. By the end of the secon
d
week I had made a total of over $1,000.00!!! In the third week I had over $10,00
0.00 and it's still growing. This is now my fourth week and I have made a total
of just over $42,000.00 and it's still coming in rapidly.
It's certainly worth $6.00, and 6 stamps, I spent more than that on the lottery!
!
Let me tell you how this works and most importantly, why it works.... also, make
sure you print a copy of this article NOW, so you can get the information off o
f it as you need it.
The process is very simple and consists of 5 easy steps:
STEP 1: Get 6 separate pieces of paper and write the following on each piece of
paper "PLEASE PUT ME ON YOUR MAILING LIST."
STEP 2: Now get 6 US$1.00 bills (or equivalent in your local currency) and place
ONE
inside EACH of the 6 pieces of paper so the bill will not be seen through the en
velope, to prevent thievery.
STEP 3: Place one paper in each of the 6 envelopes and seal them.
You should now have 6 sealed envelopes, each with a piece of paper stating the a
bove
phrase, your name and address, and a $1.00 bill.
What you are doing is creating a service by this. THIS IS ABSOLUTELY LEGAL!
STEP 4: Mail the 6 envelopes to the following addresses:
#1: B.J. Mauray
210 Herr St.
Lebanon, PA 17042
#2: Antoine Lafontant
P.O. Box 729444
Tallahassee,Florida 32307
#3: CJ McMichael
12160 NW McDainel RD
Portland, OR 97229
#4: P. Stefan
46 Havenhand Way
Bathurst NSW Australia 2795
#5: M. Fernandez
5/357 Rankin St
Bathurst NSW Australia 2795
#6: R. McClam
170 S. Bway # 4A
Yonkers, NY 10701
STEP 4: Now take the #1 name off the list that you see above, move the other nam
es up (6 becomes 5, 5 becomes 4, etc...) and add YOUR name as number 6 on the li
st. (Use your “delete” key to remove name #1 and move all other name
s up. Then change numbers and add your name as #6)
You may change anything you need to, but try to keep this article as close to or
iginal as possible.
STEP 5: Now, post your amended article to at least 200 newsgroups. (I think ther
e are close to 24,000 groups) All you need is 200, but remember, the more you po
st, the more money you make!
Don't know HOW to post in the newsgroups? Well do exactly the following:
---------------------------------------------------------------------DIRECTIONS - HOW TO POST TO NEWSGROUPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------: : : : Step 1. You do not need to re-type this entire letter to do your
: : : : own posting. Simply put your cursor at the beginning of this
: : : : letter and click and hold down your mouse button. While
: : : : continuing to hold down the mouse button, drag your cursor to the
: : : : bottom of this document and over to just after the last
: : : : character, and release the mouse button. At this point the entire
: : : : letter should be highlighted. Then, from the 'edit' pull down
: : : : menu at the top of your screen select 'copy'. This will copy
: : : : the entire letter into the computers memory.
: : : : Step 2. Open a blank 'notepad' file and place your cursor at the
: : : : top of the blank page. From the 'edit' pull down menu select
: : : : 'paste'. This will paste a copy of the letter into notepad so
: : : : that you can add your name to the list. Remember to eliminate the
: : : : #1 position, move everyone up a spot (re-number everyone else's
: : : : positions), and add yourself in as #6.
: : : : Step 3. Save your new notepad file as a .txt file. If you want
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
THAT'S IT! All you have to do is jump to different newsgroups and post away, aft
er you get the hang of it, it will take about 30 seconds for each newsgroup!
**REMEMBER, THE MORE NEWSGROUPS YOU POST IN, THE MORE MONEY YOU WILL MAKE!! BUT
YOU HAVE TO POST A MINIMUM OF 200**
That's it! You will begin receiving money from around the world within day's! Yo
u may eventually want to rent a P.O. Box due to the large amount of mail you rec
eive. If you wish to stay anonymous, you can invent a name to use, as long as th
e postman will deliver it.
**JUST MAKE SURE ALL THE ADDRESSES ARE CORRECT.**
Now the WHY part: Out of 200 postings, say you receive only 5 replies (a very lo
w
example). So when you made $5.00 with your name at #6 on the letter. Now each of
the 5 persons who just sent you $1.00 make the MINIMUM 200 postings, each with
your name at #5 and only 5 persons respond to each of the orginal 5, that is ano
ther $25.00 for you. Now those 25
each make 200 MINIUM posts with your name at #4 and only 5 replies each, you wil
l bring in an additional $125.00, Now, those 125 persons turn
around and post the MINIMUM 200 with your name at #3 and only receive 5 replies
each, you will make an additional $626.00! OK, here’s the fun part, each o
f those 625 persons post a MINIMUM 200 letters with your name at #2 and they eac
h only receive 5 replies, that just made you $3,125.00!!! Those 3,125 persons wi
ll all deliver this message to 200 newsgroups with your name at #1 and if still
5 persons per 200 newsgroups react you will receive $15,625,00! With an original
investment of only $6.00! AMAZING!
And as I said 5 responses is actually VERY LOW! Average is probable 20 to 30!
So lets put those figures at just 15 responses per person. Here is what you will
make:
: : : : at #6 $15.00
: : : : at #5 $225.00
: : : : at #4 $3,375.00
: : : : at #3 $50,625.00
: : : : at #2 $759,375.00
: : : : at #1 $11,390,625.00
When your name is no longer on the list, you just take the latest posting in the
newsgroups, and send out another $6.00 to names on the list, putting your name
at number 6 again. And start posting again.
The thing to remember :is, do you realize that thousands of people all over the
world are joining
the internet and reading these articles everyday, JUST LIKE YOU are now!!
So can you afford $6.00 and see if it really works?? I think so... People have s
aid, "what if the plan is played out and no one sends you the money?
So what! What are the chances of that happening when there are tons of new hones
t users
and new honest people who are joining the internet and newsgroups everyday and a
re willing to give it a try? Estimates are at 20,000 to 50,000 new users, everyd
ay, with thousands of those
joining the actual internet. Remember, play FAIRLY and HONESTLY and this
will work. You just have to be honest. Make sure you print this article out
RIGHT NOW, also. Try to keep a list of everyone that sends you money and
always keep an eye on the newsgroups to make sure everyone is playing
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------Follow Ups:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thanks in advanced.
Dutch
stems from the following scenario: Baan prints out a ticket for Part A qty 10.
After performing the count, I find zero of Part A, but 10 of Part B. If I under
stand the process correctly; Baan would now like me to enter the quantity zero f
ound for Part A, and then insert a new line for Part B and enter a quantity foun
d of 10 (via the session Enter Location Cycle Counting Data).
: With the above scenario, the printed ticket would need to be modified by the c
ounter and entered into the system. I am wondering if blank orders can be set u
p to do this as well. The original order would show the count being zero for Pa
rt A, and a different order could then be used to enter the quantity found of Pa
rt B.
: The reason that I am concerned is due to the integrity of the printed tickets.
Rather than having the counters scratch out the old part number and write a ne
w one, I would like to be able to utilize a blank ticket (different order).
1.) Does BAAN IV b2 support all the standard ANSI X12 and UN-EDIFACT messages ?
I mean, Only Purchase Order,Order ack,Adv Ship notice,PO Change,Order Change Ac
k,Invoice and Remittance Adv are listed at present.
Can the other standard messages be added ?
If so, what is the procedure ?
2.What are the current versions of ANSI X12 and UN-EDIFACT supported by BAAN IV
b2 and c4 ?
I mean what Version, Release and sub-release. Where I can found that into BaaN a
pplication?
3.) ANSI X12 drive transactions but in BaaN IV b2 is called messages. Is it true
? what else?
Best Regards
Andres.
Valencia, Venezuela
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vitaliy posted Message 3128 in Message Board
Dated : December 01, 1999 at 12:25:47 EST
Subject: Top 1000 sites
This place was added to top 1000 of AEC(Israel) . We'll forward our clients to t
his site in future. To add another guestbook , forum or chat place to our top 10
00 or with any questions , please contact us by e-mail : mar_vit@netvision.net.i
l . Only e-mail messages will be replied . Have a good day !
***************** End Of Article ******************
meenakshi posted Message 3129 in Message Board
Dated : December 01, 1999 at 15:06:57 EST
Subject: sales acknowledgement information
Hi,
Does anyone know of a session which prints the same information as the Sales ack
nowledgement in a report without altering the order steps and updating any statu
s fields. I want some thing like the Display Order Acknowledgement but want the
flexibility to print it to a printer or a file rather than just display. Any ses
sion which prints the sales header info, including the delivery address informat
ion and sales lines information would work.
Thank you
M
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 3130 in Message Board
Dated : December 01, 1999 at 15:36:44 EST
Subject: Re: sales acknowledgement information
: Hi,
: Does anyone know of a session which prints the same information as the Sales a
cknowledgement in a report without altering the order steps and updating any sta
tus fields. I want some thing like the Display Order Acknowledgement but want th
e flexibility to print it to a printer or a file rather than just display. Any s
ession which prints the sales header info, including the delivery address inform
ation and sales lines information would work.
: Thank you
: M
:Hi,
:From standard report stand point, there is no session as a counter part for the
display session "Display Sales Order Acknowledgement". However, you may choose
to define the session "Maintain Order Steps"(tcmcs0139m000) for the session code
"tdsls4401m000" which is "Print Sales Order Acknowledgement" with a repetitive
step for printing. If you don't feel ok with this, then on the other hand, you m
ay customize (very low level) to prepare a sub-session for "tdsls4401m000" as "t
dsls4401s000", and bring up within Sales Order main session, which will not affe
ct your order status.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alex posted Message 3131 in Message Board
Dated : December 01, 1999 at 23:50:49 EST
Subject: NEW NEW NEW !!! BIG SEARCH !!!
You will find working input forms of all most important
Internet search systems here. You may search with more
than 60 biggest search engines & Web meta search utilites.
World - 10 forms , MP3 - 30 forms ,
FTP - 12 forms , CRACK - 6 forms!
ONLY here:
http://search.uka.ru
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max posted Message 3132 in Message Board
Dated : December 02, 1999 at 03:57:35 EST
Subject: Re: Cross Docking
: Anyone come up with an easy way of doing Cross Docking ??
If you are using BaanERP, it got a session called "Generate Purchase Order Advic
e" which is specailly designed for cross-dock sales orders.
After maintain a new sales order, you then generate a PO advice for that order.
In Maintain PO Advice session, you can confirm and transfer the PO advice creat
ed to Purchase Order. The resulting PO created will be linked to that particula
r sales order.
Hope this helps.
Max
: Yes, in BaaN we can deliver below or exceed order quantity. As far as I know,
we can't control it.
: This is also a problem in my site since in the old system they can determine t
he limit (say 10% above & below) and the software will give warning when those l
imits are reached.
: Rgds,
: Cindy
: : Hi all,
: :
I have sales order with many partial shipments , but my users always
m/t outbound data exceed of order quantity.
: : I don't know why Baan allow to ship goods more than order quantity.
: :
Does anyone know how can I control the delivered quantity can't be e
xceed order quantity ???
: :
Thanks in advanced.
: :
Dutch
Hi Dutch:
We also have complained about the lack of ability to control over/undershipments
and have not found anyway to handle this. It has caused real problems when the
overshipment was a typo - at least a warning message would give people a chance
to rethink what they did. I'd be a happy camper if someone knows a way to cont
rol this....
Jeanne Ploshay
: Arvind
Thanks for help but...
WE found inventory in the location
How to find the areas to which the inventory of item is allocated?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Cindy YD Harjanto posted Message 3141 in Message Board
Dated : December 03, 1999 at 03:46:26 EST
Subject: Re: minimum purchase order-values
Helmut,
You have to choose one supplier as default, then input the min order in Maintain
Item Data. For the other suppliers you can use session Maintain Alternative Sup
pliers (tdpur4150) to define the min orders.
rgds,
Cindy
:
:
:
:
:
Hi,
with several suppliers we have agreements for minimum purchase
order values.
How can we realize this with BaaN ?
(Version 4c3)
: : The reason that I am concerned is due to the integrity of the printed ticket
s. Rather than having the counters scratch out the old part number and write a
new one, I would like to be able to utilize a blank ticket (different order).
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
sKrishnan posted Message 3146 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 1999 at 05:59:50 EST
Subject: How to record a RFP?
I have a requirement
ers or prospects.
Basically we want to
(number & date) when
oted.
Is there a provision
s?
Note that if you do set up another order type for sales the transaction type f
ield must be filled in. Also integration setup problems could, in some cases, c
ause this message.
: dear BaaN fans,
: We've encountered a problem with sales invoice. Previously it was okay (we wen
t live 2 mos ago), but now we couldn't print final invoice. The message was "No
data found. Not able to determine invoice number." It happened to 1 transaction
type. When we tried to use another transaction type, it worked. We have compared
the setting between the 2 transaction types, both use the same series and fixed
sequence of number. The last used doc no was also looked okay.
: I've post the problem in Finance area, but it comes to my mind that some of th
e Distb fans might knew it as well.
: Any assistance would be highly appreciated. Thanks in adv!!
: Cindy
you send $1.00 to each of the six names and addresses stated in the
article. You
then place your own name and address in the bottom of the list at $6.00,
and
post the article in at least 200 news groups. (There are thousands) No
catch that
was it. So after thinking it over, and talking to a few people first, I
thought about
trying it. I figured, "What have I got to lose; except six stamps and
$6.00 right,
right?" Then I invested the measly $6.00. WELL GUESS
WHAT!!!...............Within seven days, I started getting money in the
mail!!
I was shocked!! I figured it would end soon, but the money just kept
coming in. In my first week, I made about $25.00. By the end of the
second
week I had made a total of more than $1000.00!! In the third week I had
more
than $10,000.00 and it's still growing!! This is now my fourth week and
I have
made a total of $42,000.00 and it's still coming rapidly. It's certainly
worth
$6.00 and six stamps, but I have spent more than on the lottery!! Let me
tell you
how
this works and most important, why it works..........also make sure you
print this
out NOW, so you can get the information off of it, as you need it. I
promise you
that if you follow the directions exactly that you will start making
more money
than you thought possible by doing something so easy!! Suggestion: Read
this
entire message carefully!! (Print it out or download it) Follow the
simple
directions and watch the money come in!! It's easy. It's legal. And,
your
investment is only $6.00 (Plus postage) !
IMPORTANT: This is not a rip-off, it is decent; it's legal; and it is
virtually
no risk - it really works!! If all the following instructions are
adhered to, you will
receive extraordinary dividends. PLEASE NOTE: Please follow the
directions
EXACTLY, and $50,000 or more can be yours in 20 to 60 days. This program
remains successful because of the honesty and integrity of the
participants.
Please continue its success by carefully adhering to the instructions.
You will now
become apart of the Mail Order business. You are in the business of
developing
Mailing Lists. Many large corporations are happy to pay bug bucks for
quality
lists. However, the money made from the mailing lists is secondary to
income
which is made from people like you and me asking to be included in that
list. Here
are the four easy steps to success.
STEP one: Get six separate pieces of paper and write the following on
each
piece of paper: your name, your home address, and "PLEASE PUT ME ON YOUR
MAILING LIST." Now get 6
U.S. $1.00 bills and place ONE inside of EACH of the six pieces of paper
so
the bill will not be seen through the envelope (to prevent thievery).
Next, place
one
paper in each of the six envelopes and seal them. You now should have
six
sealed envelopes, each with a piece of paper stating the above phrase,
your
name and address, and a $1.00 bill. What you are doing is creating a
service.
THIS IS ABSOLUTELY LEGAL!!!!!
You are requesting a legitimate service and you are paying for it!! Like
most of
us I was a little skeptical and little worried about the legal aspects
of it all. So I
checked it out with the U.S. Post Office (1-800-125-2161) and they
confirmed
that it is indeed legal!!
Mail the six envelopes to the following addresses:
#1 Billy Edwards
635 Lorraine Circle
Lake Wales, FL 33853
#2 Jorge Covarrubias
10112 Crestberry PL.
Bethesda, MD 20817
#3 Charles Mizrahi
49 Hamilton Avenue
Atlantic Beach, NY 11509
#4 Cory Mann
111 Hillside Dr.
Thomasville, N.C. 27360
#5 Tamara Mangano
93 Holly Place
Monroe, CT
06468
#6 Daniel Csuka
11 Sherwood Place
Monroe, CT 06468
STEP two: Now take the #1 name off the list that you see above, move the
other names up (six becomes 5, 5 becomes 4, and etc.) and add YOUR NAME
as number 6 on the list.
STEP three: Change anything you need to but try to keep this article as
close
to original as possible. Now post your amended article to at least 200
news
groups. (I think there are close to 24,000 groups) All you need is 200,
but
remember, the more you post, the more money you make!! This is perfectly
legal!!
If you have any doubts, refer to Title 18 Sec. 1302 & 1341 of the Postal
lottery
laws. Keep a copy of these steps for yourself and whenever you need
money,
you can use it again, and again. PLEASE REMEMBER that this program
remains successful because of the honesty and integrity of the
participants and by
their carefully adhering to directions. Look at it this way. If you were
of
integrity, the program will continue and the money that so many others
have
received will
come your way.
NOTE: You may want to retain every name and address sent to you, either
on
a computer or hard copy and keep the notes people send you. This
VERIFIES
that you are truly providing a service. (Also, it might be a good idea
to wrap the
$1 bill in dark paper to reduce the risk of mail theft). So, as each
post is
downloaded and the directions carefully followed, all members will be
reimbursed for their participation as a List Developer with one dollar
each. Your
name will
move up the list geometrically so that when your name reaches the #1
position
you will be receiving thousands of dollars in CASH!!! What an
opportunity for
only $6.00 ($1.00 for each of the first six people listed above) Send it
now, add
your own name to the list and you're in business!!!
DIRECTIONS FOR HOW TO POST TO NEWS GROUPS!!
STEP one: You do not need to retype this entire letter to do your own
posting. Simply put your cursor at the beginning of this letter and drag
your
cursor to the bottom of this document, and select 'copy' from the edit
menu.
This will copy the entire letter into the computer's memory.
STEP two: Open a blank 'notepad' file and place your cursor at the top
of
theblank page. From the 'edit' menu select 'paste'. This will paste a
copy of the
letter into the notepad so that you will add your name to the list.
STEP three: Save your new notepad file as a txt. File. If you want to do
your
posting in different settings, you'll always have this file to go back
to.
STEP four: Use Netscape or Internet explorer and try searching for
various
new groups (on- line forums, message boards, chat sites, discussions.)
STEP five: Visit these message boards and post this article as a new
message
by highlighting the text of this letter and selecting paste from the
edit menu. Fill in
the subject, this will be the header that everyone sees as they scroll
through the
list of postings in a particular group, click the post message button.
You're done.
Tks a lot,
Cindy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Cindy YD Harjanto posted Message 3160 in Message Board
Dated : December 07, 1999 at 22:54:56 EST
Subject: Re: Deliverytimes pretty urgent
Hi Kris!
When you said order time, is it order lead time in item data that you meant?
We're using IVc4, the delivery time is always determined based on routing, excep
t when we use MRP and we set the parameter as using LTO outside CRP horizon then
beyond CRP horizon it uses order lead time.
Unfortunately I have no experience with c2.
Cindy
: Is there anyone who knows if there is a difference between the deliverytimes i
n production used by INV in baan b2 and C4. It seems that in b2 he uses the ord
er time and in C4 he uses the time that takes the routing into account.
Thanks,
Eilish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eric Kuijper posted Message 3163 in Message Board
Dated : December 08, 1999 at 08:57:39 EST
Subject: Re: sales acknowledgement information
Hi,
The simplest way to achieve this is to link the report 'Sales Order Acknowledgem
ent' to a different print session for sales orders (where the status is not upda
ted).
Regards, Eric.
Korade BV, The Netherlands
: Hi,
: Does anyone know of a session which prints the same information as the Sales a
cknowledgement in a report without altering the order steps and updating any sta
tus fields. I want some thing like the Display Order Acknowledgement but want th
e flexibility to print it to a printer or a file rather than just display. Any s
ession which prints the sales header info, including the delivery address inform
ation and sales lines information would work.
: Thank you
: M
:
: :Hi,
: :Please change your Sales Order parameter, form-1, for the field "Time-Phased
Inventory Check" to "No". Now, you'll get rid of that little nagging thing!
: Regards.
When an item is added to BaaN in "Maintain Item Data" does this date get stored
somewhere in Item Data that you check at a later date. Or do you have to write
a query to extract this information from BaaN.
Thanks,
Eilish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Diego posted Message 3177 in Message Board
Dated : December 09, 1999 at 12:11:24 EST
Subject: Cycle counting problem
Dear all:
I have a problem:
Running the cycle counting, the process does not take in count a specific wareho
use, the funny thing is that I can run the cycle counting only once, and for the
second time I can not.
Any ideas???
D.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 3178 in Message Board
Dated : December 09, 1999 at 14:44:58 EST
Subject: Re: Date an item was added to BaaN
: Hi,
: When an item is added to BaaN in "Maintain Item Data" does this date get store
d somewhere in Item Data that you check at a later date. Or do you have to writ
e a query to extract this information from BaaN.
: Thanks,
: Eilish
:Hi,
:There is no feature in Baan to register the date of an item creation. But, ther
e're many other dates which gets registered based on the transactions, that too
is very dynamic when updated.
You may want to think of a low level customization.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru. posted Message 3179 in Message Board
Dated : December 09, 1999 at 14:53:33 EST
Subject: Re: How to remove inventory checked from S/O ??
: Hi Veeru,
:
I also set "Time-Phased Inventory Check" to "No" already ,
: but it still get this message. ( My item is MPS item and order-leadtime=0)
:
Does anyone has any suggestion ???
: Mary
:Hi Mary,
:Since now you say that the item is an MPS item, please change the MPS Parameter
, form-1 field "Check Available-To-Promise" for Sales Orders" to "No". Now, defi
niltey it should stop popping up.
Regards.
: : : Hi all,
: : :
When I created sales order that have insufficient inventory , baa
n always pop-up message " Insufficient Inventory available " with the sc
reen 'Maintain Sales order line (wholesales) - Zoom' .
: : :
Because my company always makes to order and customers always s
end advanced P/O . Does anyone know how can I remove this inventory-checked
message ????
: : : Thanks in advanced,
: : : Mary
:
:
:
d
:
: :Hi,
: :Please change your Sales Order parameter, form-1, for the field "Time-Phase
Inventory Check" to "No". Now, you'll get rid of that little nagging thing!
: : Regards.
inventory , baa
n always pop-up message " Insufficient Inventory available " with the sc
reen 'Maintain Sales order line (wholesales) - Zoom' .
: : :
Because my company always makes to order and customers always s
end advanced P/O . Does anyone know how can I remove this inventory-checked
message ????
: : : Thanks in advanced,
: : : Mary
:
:
:
d
:
: :Hi,
: :Please change your Sales Order parameter, form-1, for the field "Time-Phase
Inventory Check" to "No". Now, you'll get rid of that little nagging thing!
: : Regards.
: Hi,
: You can define a preferred supplier per item and next you can define alternati
ve suppliers per item. You can use this functionality to register approved suppl
iers (= alternative suppliers) and create a new report/form to list the approved
suppliers.
: Regards, Eric.
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
:
: : Hi,
: : Does anyone know if it is possible to extract an approved supplier list for
items in BaaN. I have gone through item data and suppliers information. This i
nformation does not seem to be available in a BaaN report. Has anybody extracte
d this information from BaaN in the past, if so could you please let me know whe
re you found this information.
: : Thanks,
: : Eilish
We had similar problem, there is a baan support solution for this 77202
any. Who ran it? How often did they have to run it? We have a sales order entry
guy running it everytime he has to generate outbound advice. Though it is a simp
le thing to do, it is just one more session to run.
:
: Hi,
: : We recently went live and discovered this to by a definite problem; therefor
e, we created a new session Correct Allocated to Picklist which checks all lines
for an item which are at Maintain Deliveries status (tdsls045.ssls) and adds up
the recommended quantity in 045. This quantitiy then becomes the new allocated
for picklist quantity in tdinv001. It was a very simple session to create.
: : Rob
regards
Shettar
020-774481-262
***************** End Of Article ******************
Norway posted Message 3193 in Message Board
Dated : December 13, 1999 at 02:09:06 EST
Subject: What's the link to Baan????
: Israel-Syrian Peace Process - let us know what do you think about it . Should
Israel return Golan heights to Syria ? Please , enter the site and vote : http:/
/israelsyria.8m.com
If you are 4C4, then it may be that there is a back order on the purchase line.
The software was changed so that it no longer outputs a new sequence record for
a back order when there is a partial receipt. This is very confusing! However, B
aan will not accept that this is a problem.
:If you've already set the Purchase Order Parameter, the field "Back Orders Allo
wed" to "Yes", this should generate a new line with a new sequence number for th
e position in question, as a back order with the status as "Maintain Receipts".
The session "Display PO line status", is widely being used and is informative fo
r Finance and Stores users.
You should be able to see for the same position with new sequence numbers in thi
s session.
Regards.
: : Regards.
: That ir certainly what used to happen - BUT Baan have changed the logic in 4C4
and it now does not! That is exactly my problem - as we relied quite heavily on
that mechanism.
: Regards
:Why not you contact Baan Support Center to confirm that it's a new functionalit
y? Else, it might be a bug.
:Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
J. Grendahl posted Message 3202 in Message Board
Dated : December 14, 1999 at 10:43:27 EST
Subject: Cumulative Issue
When does the Cumulative Issue value get reset? Is it yearly? After a cycle co
unt? Is there any wat to do it manualy?
***************** End Of Article ******************
mags posted Message 3203 in Message Board
Dated : December 14, 1999 at 10:46:01 EST
Subject: Re: Display PO line status
: : : : :
: : : :Hi,
: : : :If you've already set the Purchase Order Parameter, the field "Back Order
s Allowed" to "Yes", this should generate a new line with a new sequence number
for the position in question, as a back order with the status as "Maintain Recei
pts". The session "Display PO line status", is widely being used and is informat
ive for Finance and Stores users.
: : : You should be able to see for the same position with new sequence numbers
in this session.
: : : Regards.
: : That ir certainly what used to happen - BUT Baan have changed the logic in 4
C4 and it now does not! That is exactly my problem - as we relied quite heavily
on that mechanism.
: : Regards
:
: :Why not you contact Baan Support Center to confirm that it's a new functional
ity? Else, it might be a bug.
: :Regards.
I have!
This is the reason I want to see if anyone has problems as a result. Baan say th
ey will not change the logic back as all other cutomers but me want it this way.
status 3 (Mantain deliveries). Can anyone tell me why? What is the problem?
: : Thanks a lot
: :Hi,
: :Check if the "Maintain ILC Parameters" session has the field "Confirm Outboun
d Data in SLS/RPL modules" set to "Yes". If it's set to "yes", then the status w
ill not change unless you confirm the delivery line in session "Maintain Deliver
ies"
form-1, the last field. If the parameter is set to "No", then the status
gets updated after releasing the outbound data.
: Regards.
Thank you very much, but the field "Confirm outbound data in SLS/RPL modules" is
set to "Yes". I think there is a bug about it in Baan iV c2 version.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Maistran posted Message 3207 in Message Board
Dated : December 14, 1999 at 22:33:12 EST
Subject: Re: Line Level discounts
: Hi,
: As far I know we can not track sales order line level discount in Finance. Wha
t is the logic behind this or there is any oter way to handle this?
: regards,
: Tanweer
Yes, Line level discounts are not posted to finance. You can only define one led
ger account for discounts at the order header level.
Line level discounts are useful in some instance. To obtain reports on the disco
unts, use discount codes and then set up reports in sales stats. The sales amoun
t will always be posted net of discount to the GL.
n weeks, minimum allowed is 1 week. One way to over come this is to do table mai
ntenance and change the frequency to zero. You will then be able to do cycle cou
nting as often as you like. Take into consideration the logic when setting count
ing frequencies for the different product classes.
404042 10 11690
404042 20 001058572-01/502
19991
19991220
Could I discard only the first line and import the second one.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeff posted Message 3218 in Message Board
Dated : December 15, 1999 at 14:07:01 EST
Subject: Supply Chain - Return Order Type
Is there is a special order type for supply chain return orders? One that would
go back and alter the cum delivered Qty on contracts.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mick posted Message 3219 in Message Board
Dated : December 16, 1999 at 00:29:47 EST
Subject: inbound transaction is not update the Inventory by location/item/wareh
ouse/lot
Hi Baanfans out there,
I having problems about inbound p/o transaction is not update the Inventory by
location/item/warehouse/lot but updated in item data. From investigation, there
is something unusual happens such transaction was updated at 23:59:59 close to m
idnigth which no users used at that time. Does anyone having or encounter this p
roblem before.
value 2
109999
909999
and/or/end
or
end
: Hi,
: Would like to get some help on setting up table authorizations to restrict use
rs for example allow user to insert sales orders where the order number is betwe
en a certain range.
: I will appreciate your help on this.
: Scott
Oh Ya, I've seen it. Way to often. There are some bugs in Baan, and seems somewh
at related to the storage units not equalling the inventory units. What appears
to fix most is running 2 sessions under Common/Error Recovery/ Rebuild planned
inventory transactions and Rebuild ILC Data. This must be run when no one is on
the system. Baan also suggests running PRP if you are using PCS projects. They
say to run it when you have a calamity or every night. It prints out a report t
hat tells you what it fixed. We are on 4C0 and upgrading to Baan4C4 and service
pack 5, with the hope of minimzing these issues. GOOD LUCK
Thanks for you help but you metioned two recovery won't solve my problems becaus
e item data is correct inventory and inventory by location/lot/item/warehouse is
not updated.
: : Hi Baanfans out there,
: : I having problems about inbound p/o transaction is not update the Inventory
by location/item/warehouse/lot but updated in item data. From investigation, th
ere is something unusual happens such transaction was updated at 23:59:59 close
to midnigth which no users used at that time. Does anyone having or encounter th
is problem before.
: Oh Ya, I've seen it. Way to often. There are some bugs in Baan, and seems some
what related to the storage units not equalling the inventory units. What appea
rs to fix most is running 2 sessions under Common/Error Recovery/ Rebuild planne
d inventory transactions and Rebuild ILC Data. This must be run when no one is o
n the system. Baan also suggests running PRP if you are using PCS projects. The
y say to run it when you have a calamity or every night. It prints out a report
that tells you what it fixed. We are on 4C0 and upgrading to Baan4C4 and servi
ce pack 5, with the hope of minimzing these issues. GOOD LUCK
Riaz.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Marcel posted Message 3231 in Message Board
Dated : December 20, 1999 at 07:59:24 EST
Subject: Re: Advance Amount Adjusted = 0.00 in sales invoice ??
Before you print the final invoice, you have to execute session tfcmg6100m000.
: Hi Baan fan ,
:
After I successed receiveing advance receipt in F/N and follow my step
to print sales invoice , my sales invoice showed the line Advance Amount Adj
usted = 0.00
: and the line totals show whole amount included advance receipt too.
:
Have anyone used proforma invoice as your step and how
: can I solve this problem ???
: regards,
: Anita
regards
akash
: When i try to delete lines under "Maintain Deliveries" this error messages app
ear.
: Error 605 (Canno delete record, because reference exists) on tdsls045101 in SE
LECT
: Cannot continue in tdsls4125m000 ()
: tdsls4125m000: A not terminated transaction is aborted.
: Thanx in advance
nd.
I have been expereincing the exact same problem, and I do have the search priori
ties set up in the commission parameters. Does anyone have any other suggestions
?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gesine posted Message 3242 in Message Board
Dated : December 21, 1999 at 12:29:35 EST
Subject: Re: MUltisite Question
:
t
:
:
:
:
I am a going to this site for the first time, i like to understand how and wha
parameters i need to setup for DRP in a
multisite(single finance and Multi Logistic) company.
How DRP and RPL should be run.
Pls reply ASAP
Thanks
Hallo,
DRP and RPL are only possible in one logistic company. So you can set it up like
a singele/singele environment. If you need stock movements from one company to
another logistic company, you have to use customer/supplier relations between th
e two logistic companies (for e.g using EDI).
Regards,
Gesine
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris posted Message 3243 in Message Board
Dated : December 21, 1999 at 13:46:44 EST
Subject: Getting Baan to Allocate based on Delivery Date
Does anyone know how to make Baan Allocate inventory when running Generate Outbo
und Advice to base the allocations on Delivery Date? Currently it looks like it
bases it on Order Date.
Thanks in advance.
Chris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tommy L. Bacon,CPIM posted Message 3244 in Message Board
Dated : December 21, 1999 at 17:38:49 EST
Subject: Re: Data for cycle counting orders/items processed in IVc2
Cycle counts are in in Inventory Transactions as Inventory Adjustments but you s
hould be able to identify them by the Cycle Count Order Series that you are usin
g.
: Greetings;
: We have implemented BaaN 4c2 and are doing cycle counting(ILC implemented). We
have implemented the location control(ILC). We count A items four times a year,
B items twice a year and C items one time a year.
: Our management wants a report telling how many times an item was counted durin
g a year.
: Tables like tdilc101 and tdinv001 contain a last cycle count date. But this da
te gets overwritten each time the item is cycle counted from that location. The
data from tdilc501(Cycle Count orders) gets deleted after the cycle count orders
are processed. I believe that tdilc301 and tfgld410 contains transactions only
for adjustments(means only if the physical count <> system count). Can you sugge
st any other table which contains all the cycle count data which was processed d
uring the year.
: Thanks in Advance.
: Suresh Kapoor
: We would like to know detailed procedure for defining masters for warehouse
: and Bill of distributions etc.
:
: regards
: Shettar
: 020-774481-262
Hi there,
: We are live on Manufacturing/Distribution.
: We are getting lot of problems in RM - WIP goods transfer.
: We want to use DRP for transfering material from RM to WIP warehouse.
: At present we are transferring through " Enter Inve. Location Transactions "
: tdilc1120m00.
: We would like to know detailed procedure for defining masters for warehouse
: and Bill of distributions etc.
:
: regards
: Shettar
: 020-774481-262
e "Maintain Statistics Groups" even though I removed all references of the obsol
ete code in the item master. I suspect there must be other sales statistic table
s holding the referential integrity from previous orders even though we do not h
ave the sales statistics modules turned on. Is there way to get a list of tables
that this field is referenced so we can purge these old codes out of our system
. What is essentially happening is that new items are incorrectly being coded t
o obsolete codes and misreported in our sales reports.
: Thanks,
: Gene Phares
: nilfisk-advance.com
cilitate PO entry.
Or just type in a specific delivery address on each PO.
facilitate PO entry.
: Or just type in a specific delivery address on each PO.
This method has been tried. Purchase contracts were created using the second ve
nder as the ship address. A large percent of the purchased items are processed
in this fashion. It has been reported that when they used these vender warehous
es they had problems generating requirements. I have not actually verified this
.
This problem relates to supply chain and purchase schedules are created instead
of purchase orders. The vehicle for communicating to the supplier is a purchase
schedule rather than a purchase order. The deliver address comes from the purc
hase contract. To make this more interesting, the implementation has multiple p
roduction sites (plants) but multi site was not implimented. They want to keep
track of each sites inventory. Multiple sites may have inventory at the same se
cond vender and they would like to count/assign the inventory to one of the plan
ts.
The second vender address is currently loaded in the purchase contract text. Th
e problem with this is that this information doesn't come accross to purchase sc
hedules which is what the vender uses for shipping information.
This process is very important since a majority of the material is acquired in t
his fashion. There just doesn't seem to be a automated way to get this informat
ion to come accross without customizing.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeff posted Message 3263 in Message Board
Dated : December 30, 1999 at 10:56:21 EST
Subject: Packing Control
Can you use Packing Control without using the transportation module?
My guess is no. The issue at the heart of the question is how to manage reusabl
e, variable consumption packing materials when you are not trying to manage flee
t operations.
My thoughts are to set up inventory locations to represent a customer’s si
te. Then transfer packing material to this location as it is being used. This
way I can tell how much they have at their site. As the material is returned yo
u’d just transfer the material back. If some of the material were consume
d, you would put the items on the next sales order to that customer.
Are there any options available that lie between using the full blown transporta
tion module and using location control?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tom D posted Message 3264 in Message Board
Dated : December 30, 1999 at 16:23:19 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory valuation for a customised item (Baan -Manufacturing - Pr
ojects)
The session to get project inventory value is tipcs8410m000. For financial repo
rting purposes, all PCS inventory is considered work-in-process. For version IV
: Hi Fans,
: In the site that I am working, we have Baan IV c4 installed. Every transaction
is handled through Baan - Manufacturing - projects modules ( PRP run - PRP Prod
uction/Purchase/Warehouse Orders). Since the raw materials are all customized, w
hen I tried to print the inventory valuation report using the session " Print In
ventory Valuation by Lot" (tdltc0408m000) inserting a Project code or a range of
projects , no report is beinbg displayed where as a report for standard items i
s generated without a problem.
: Please let me know if this is a bug or is there any other session where I can
get the inventory valuation for project related (customised) items. I'll be extr
emely thankful for an ealrly response.
: Regards,
: Sai
: we run PRP ,and have planned PRP orders transfer to purchase control , price l
evel is manually
: note: link with PCS parameter is Yes
: Does anybody have idea on this issue ?
Then transfer packing material to this location as it is being used. This way
I can tell how much they have at their site. As the material is returned you d ju
st transfer the material back. If some of the material were consumed, you would
put the items on the next sales order to that customer.
: : Are there any options available that lie between using the full blown transp
ortation module and using location control?
Thanks for input. This site is using Baan IV c4
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 3274 in Message Board
Dated : January 05, 2000 at 13:55:11 EST
Subject: Re: Discounted price; not discount amount
Go to your sales parameters and you will find a parameter "Method of printing pr
ice and discount" (or words to that effect). Should do the trick for you
: Some of the members of management in my company are asking me how they can get
a discounted price to print on the order acknowledgement instead of the price w
ith the discount amount calculated separately. They say that when they list pri
ce is $5.00 and a 20% discount is applied, the price should print on the OA as $
4.00.
: What is the industry standard on discounting?
: Can Baan do what they are asking me?
: Thanks.
I have the following doubt.can you clarify ? We have installed BAAN IV b2.
What are the current versions of ANSI X12 is supported by BAAN IV b2 ?
What versions are going to be supported by BAAN IV c4 ? I mean, what Version
Release and Subrelease, We need this information because we would like to
find codification (segments, messages) handled by BaaN IV b2 Software.
Somebody told to try find it in to the file default.edi but, I am not luky.
At the following parragraf, I sended to you a piece of the mentionated file
for you to try if you can identify the Version Release Subrelease.
Could you Help me?
Thank you
'default.edi'
! File with defaults for EDI-module! Created : 06-10-99 [10:42]! By
:
mcordova! Contents:
Organisation/Messages : S!
Code Tables
:
S!
Message Specification : S!
tcediB40_b_____#tcedi003#data#|X12|2|3|ANSI X12|X12|||#tcedi005#data#red
message|2|0|0|001|2|1|||#tcedi005#data#This is an outgoing
message|2|0|0|777|1|1|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#This is an
incoming
message|2|1|0|778|1|1|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#X12
Invoice|2|1|0|810|2|2|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#Remittance
Advice|2|1|0|820|2|2|otfcmgdll5201||#tcedi005#data#Planning Schedule with
Release|2|1|0|830|2|0|||#tcedi005#data#X12 Purchase
Order|2|1|0|850|2|2|otdslsdll4280|otdpurdll4280|#tcedi005#data#X12 PO
Acknowledgement|2|1|0|855|2|2|otdpurdll4281|otdslsdll4281|#tcedi005#data#X12
Despatch Advice
(ASN)|2|1|0|856|2|2|otdpurdll4282|otdslsdll4283|#tcedi005#data#ICM Dispatch
/ Receipt
: : Thanks a lot.
for these types of orders and if we know before hand we use a seperate order typ
e and the baan functionality for creating proforma invoicing. This allows the c
ustomer to pay in advance deposits etc. and apply to the standard invoicing once
the order is delivered.
***************** End Of Article ******************
bunny posted Message 3296 in Message Board
Dated : January 11, 2000 at 20:29:56 EST
Subject: Exclusive products
Hi all,
I have an easy one here:
how can I define if I want to sell a product only to an specific customer?
Thanks for your time,
Bunny
***************** End Of Article ******************
RAS posted Message 3297 in Message Board
Dated : January 12, 2000 at 05:47:54 EST
Subject: Purchase Return Orders
Hi BaaN fans,
I have a doubt in purchase returns. Whenever a purchase material has to be retu
rned, I make a purchase order with order type return( which has collect order an
d return order as 'yes') and then process the PO Lines. After this how do I proc
eed. After PO Lines the procedure does not go any further. In the Order type I h
ave only two Order steps ie. PrintPurchase Invoice and Process delivered PO. Can
some baan fan help me out.
Thanks in advance.
RAS
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rowena Erlano posted Message 3298 in Message Board
Dated : January 12, 2000 at 06:16:03 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Return Orders
I believe you've done your part.
That's the end of the process...
Check the status of your purchase order to make it sure..
OK.
Hope this helps!
Rowena Mamang Erlano
: Hi BaaN fans,
: I have a doubt in purchase returns. Whenever a purchase material has to be re
turned, I make a purchase order with order type return( which has collect order
and return order as 'yes') and then process the PO Lines. After this how do I pr
oceed. After PO Lines the procedure does not go any further. In the Order type I
have only two Order steps ie. PrintPurchase Invoice and Process delivered PO. C
an some baan fan help me out.
: Thanks in advance.
: RAS
: Hi there,
: Is anybody have the Supply Chain EDI Conversion Setup document (Message Spec
ification)? If you have, then could you please send it to me as soon as possible
since I need it urgently.
: Thanks.
Sorry, I didn't mention the version in my previous message.So the Supply Chain E
DI Conversion Setup document is for version Baan4b4.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
RAS posted Message 3307 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 06:20:38 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Return Orders
Hi pal,
The problem is ILC is implemented and I should return the material from some loc
ation.In sales return as soon as the sales order lines is saved the screen goes
into "maintain inbound" so that we can store the material somewhere. Should we n
ot have something similar here also ie. "Maintain Outbound".? Or Should we do ma
intain Inbound seperately?
RAS
: I believe you've done your part.
: That's the end of the process...
: Check the status of your purchase order to make it sure..
: OK.
: Hope this helps!
: Rowena Mamang Erlano
:
: : Hi BaaN fans,
: : I have a doubt in purchase returns. Whenever a purchase material has to be
returned, I make a purchase order with order type return( which has collect orde
r and return order as 'yes') and then process the PO Lines. After this how do I
proceed. After PO Lines the procedure does not go any further. In the Order type
I have only two Order steps ie. PrintPurchase Invoice and Process delivered PO.
Can some baan fan help me out.
: : Thanks in advance.
: : RAS
: : Hi BaaN fans,
: : I have a doubt in purchase returns. Whenever a purchase material has to be
returned, I make a purchase order with order type return( which has collect orde
r and return order as 'yes') and then process the PO Lines. After this how do I
proceed. After PO Lines the procedure does not go any further. In the Order type
I have only two Order steps ie. PrintPurchase Invoice and Process delivered PO.
Can some baan fan help me out.
: : Thanks in advance.
: : RAS
rt that I could sort by BUYER and only show the open Purchase Orders not the P.O
.'s already received or at least have the option of looking at all or just the o
nes not delivered yet. Is there anything in Baan that will give me this info wi
thout having to customize a session such as "Print Purchase Orders by Item tdpur
4408m000??
Regards, Kevin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dave Elliott, Noblestar Systems Limited posted Message 3312 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 08:03:34 EST
Subject: Re: Open Order Reports
: We are implementing Baan IV and I'm ready to start specing out a Open Order Re
port that I could sort by BUYER and only show the open Purchase Orders not the P
.O.'s already received or at least have the option of looking at all or just the
ones not delivered yet. Is there anything in Baan that will give me this info
without having to customize a session such as "Print Purchase Orders by Item tdp
ur4408m000??
: Regards, Kevin
There is no standard open order report in Baan. The possibilities are to customi
se as you suggest, or perhaps use a report writer in order to analyse table tdpu
r041 to show what items are still awaiting delivery. Also possible would be to e
xtract the table via exchange and use some other product such as EXCEL to analys
e the data
***************** End Of Article ******************
David Elliott, Noblestar Systems Limited posted Message 3313 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 08:08:53 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory on hand
: When using session tdilc1512m000 (Display Inventories by Item and
: warehouse), I found that the sum of the inventories on all warehouse is not eq
ual to the total inventories on hand. Any
: reason can cause that?
: Thanks.
: Anny
This can sometimes happen if the release outbound does not complete successfully
. I have seen cases where the release outbound has appeared to work, but in actu
al fact has not been successful.The unfortunate thing is that the session does n
ot seem to roll back all of the tables. therefore you can get discrepancies betw
een tables tdilc101 and tdinv001.
Also check out the inventory location history for the item you have problems wit
h. You may find that the time of a transaction is shown as 23;59. This indicates
either a deleted record or a problem with the processing.
Call Baan support and see if they can advise of any patches.
Subject: Re: How to change item from 'By Lot' to 'By unit' when there are invent
ories on hand?
Hi,
This process will be some what manual. First of all do the inventory adjustment
for LOts. Then bring the inventory into respective Lots. This takes care of fina
ncial and logistics side. Then through GTM change the Lot method.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
KJones posted Message 3317 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 14:14:20 EST
Subject: Blanket Purchase Orders
Hello,
I am pretty new to this site (great one, by the way!), so I apologize if this is
sue has been well discussed. How can Blanket Purchase Orders be conveniently ha
ndled in Baan IVc4? My purchasing people are nervous issuing a PO to a supplier
for a large quantity in case we change items before it is completed. They are
also reluctant to keep adding lines to the PO each time a release is given. Any
suggestions/hints?
Thanks,
Kelly Jones
k.jones@awicanada.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Richard Lametto posted Message 3318 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 14:18:18 EST
Subject: Sales order status and tracking
We have a need to provide sales order status to our customers and to track these
orders during processing and to audit these orders versus a schedule. These ord
ers are all customized items generated thru the configurator. Some of these orde
rs require engineering and we require status before we generate outbound advice
on the customized item. I realize this may have to be a customized system. has a
nyone had to face this?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrie Oudhuis posted Message 3319 in Message Board
Dated : January 13, 2000 at 15:33:48 EST
Subject: Re: Blanket Purchase Orders
For blanket orders you could perfectly use the purchase contracts. When you do s
o, you will be able or to generate PO from the contract or to enter PO that will
be updated the contract.
: Hello,
: I am pretty new to this site (great one, by the way!), so I apologize if this
issue has been well discussed. How can Blanket Purchase Orders be conveniently
by means of a normal order. Which means by handling them via a warehouse. You mi
ght use a special "dummy"-warehouse for this.
: : Hi pals,
: : Can anyone tell me what is the procedure to handle direct delivery returns?
I think it is not handled by BaaN and the returns from the customer should be se
nt directly to the customer .Am I right in my thinking?
: : Thanx a lot in advance.
: : RAS
: : We are implementing Baan IV and I'm ready to start specing out a Open Order
Report that I could sort by BUYER and only show the open Purchase Orders not the
P.O.'s already received or at least have the option of looking at all or just t
he ones not delivered yet. Is there anything in Baan that will give me this inf
o without having to customize a session such as "Print Purchase Orders by Item t
dpur4408m000??
: : Regards, Kevin
: There is no standard open order report in Baan. The possibilities are to custo
mise as you suggest, or perhaps use a report writer in order to analyse table td
pur041 to show what items are still awaiting delivery. Also possible would be to
extract the table via exchange and use some other product such as EXCEL to anal
yse the data
Subject: What happens for back flushed materials with ILC on?
When materials are back flushed with ILC ON how are their inventory adjusted?
Thanks and regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
Raja Mohan posted Message 3329 in Message Board
Dated : January 14, 2000 at 11:10:50 EST
Subject: How to handle the descrepancy between ILC and INV inventory details ?
How to handle the descrepancy between ILC and INV inventory details ?
Thanks and regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
Raja Mohan posted Message 3330 in Message Board
Dated : January 14, 2000 at 11:18:19 EST
Subject: Re: Automatic Sales Order Delivery Date
:
: : Hi,
: : The only way you can get a Planned delivery date is if the planning engine i
s MPS for the item. In case of a shortage
: Thanks for the reply Arvind. I think my quandry was not explained adequately b
y me.
: Lets look at most distribution companies and even e-commerce sites.
: When a customer enquires for stock or places a sales order, he puts a requeste
d delivery date and then we will respond with a confirmed delivery date. The CDD
is based on the ETA of incoming material which in turn is based on our PO's to
our supplier and their acks of those PO's. That coupled with existing planned ou
tflows (based on existing SO's already booked and acks issued to customers) will
be able to give the system a material flow and hence indicate the operator the
first available date(s) when we can deliver to the customer.
: I want to be able to enter only the ETA date of our PO's and then let the syst
em give the sales dept. the best possible delivery dates as and when the custome
r sends an enquiry for quote or places a sales order.
: If there is a change in the ETA date of the PO's incoming then obviously there
will be a change in the SO delivery dates to the customers and that the system
should do automatically and generate a revised SO Ack.
: Regards
Hi,
As it is obvious the scenario is MTO and so in Baan it is handled thru PCS.
You can use simulations using PCS module to find the reasonably fair delivery da
te for any ETA of purchase order.
For more details contact me at my E-Mail id.
regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
consideration.
the records from table tdilc
the records from table tdinv
the records from table tdilc
value equals to the value of
Session Code
Tdinv0250m000
Source
Transaction tables
Target
Tdinv150
Updated Fields
Allocated quantity & Inventory on order
Session code
Tdilc0250m000
Source
Tdilc401
Tdilc402
Target
Tdilc101
Tdinv001
Updated fields
Allocated quantity
Session code
Tdinv0252m000
Source
Tdilc101
Target
Tdinv001
Tiitm001
Tdltc001
Updated fields
Inventory on hand
Inventory on hold
Procedure to correct inconsistencies in inventory tables
-Sessions tdinv0250m000 and tdilc0250m000 will be run with daily scheduled jobs.
No transactions while these sessions are running.
-Session odco079 will be run daily to find any inconsistency between tables tdil
c001 and tdinv001.
-In case any inconsistencies; the session tdinv0252m000 will be run to check the
inconsistencies between inventory tables (tdilc101, tdinv001, tiitm001, and tdl
tc001) and update the tables with correct inventory data that is available in td
ilc101.
-Note that; inventory after transaction value in table tdinv700 is calculated by
inventory value from tdinv001 plus the transaction quantity in tdinv700.
Adnan Metin
gsm: +972-(0)54-611525
E-mail: adnanmetin@superonline.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adnan Metin posted Message 3333 in Message Board
Dated : January 16, 2000 at 01:54:56 EST
Subject: Re: Rebuild ILC & Check item never works!!
: We always had this problem with data inconsistency, and was told by our vendor
to run the rebuild inventory, and check item session. But in most cases, it f
ailed to update the data in table tdilc101. Normally, we end up adjusting the d
ata at General Table Maintenance. Can anybody tell me why it never works?
Hi,
Here is the procedure to correct discrepancies between ILC and INV tables...
Inventory
Inventory
Tdilc101,
Tdinv001,
Tiitm001,
Tdltc001,
Tdinv700,
tables
values are available in the following tables;
Inventory Data by Location and Lot
Item Data by Warehouse
Items
Lots
Inventory Transactions by Item
consideration.
the records from table tdilc101 f
the records from table tdinv001 f
the records from table tdilc101 f
value equals to the value of tdin
Sorry,
After looking in to this further, I found that the sum value is drawn from the i
tem data and not from the sum of the inv/ilc tables, so you will need to run the
error recovery sessions.
(See Adnan's posting above)
Regards,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adnan Metin, CPIM posted Message 3336 in Message Board
Dated : January 16, 2000 at 13:02:42 EST
Subject: Re: How to handle the discrepancy between ILC and INV inventories
Correction
Session odcor079 should be changed to otdcor0079.
: : How to handle the descrepancy between ILC and INV inventory details ?
: : Thanks and regards
: Hi,
: Here is the procedure to correct discrepancies between ILC and INV tables...
: Inventory tables
: Inventory values are available in the following tables;
:
Tdilc101, Inventory Data by Location and Lot
:
Tdinv001, Item Data by Warehouse
:
Tiitm001, Items
:
Tdltc001, Lots
:
Tdinv700, Inventory Transactions by Item
: General data flow in inventory tables
: Sorry I could not put the drawing here. (You can ask for it)
: 1.
Tdilc101 is the main table to be taken into consideration.
: 2.
Tdinv001 should have value equals to sum of the records from table tdilc
101 for the same item and warehouse.
: 3.
Tiitm001 should have value equals to sum of the records from table tdinv
001 for the same item and warehouse
: 4.
Tdltc001 should have value equals to sum of the records from table tdilc
101 for the same item and lot.
: 5.
Last record from table Tdinv700 should have value equals to the value of
tdinv001 for the same item and warehouse.
:
: In case inconsistencies between inventory tables the following sessions needs
to be run;
:
Tdinv0250m000,
Rebuild planned inventory transactions
:
Tdilc0250m000,
Rebuild Inventory Data (ILC)
:
Tdinv0252m000,
Check Inventory Data
: Session Code
:
Tdinv0250m000
: Source
:
Transaction tables
: Target
:
Tdinv150
: Updated Fields
:
Allocated quantity & Inventory on order
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Session code
Tdilc0250m000
Source
Tdilc401
Tdilc402
Target
Tdilc101
Tdinv001
Updated fields
Allocated quantity
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Session code
Tdinv0252m000
Source
Tdilc101
Target
Tdinv001
Tiitm001
Tdltc001
Updated fields
Inventory on hand
Inventory on hold
this field is relevant only while generating INV Orders.However the help of saf
ety stock in the session says that safety stock is used in the modules MRP and M
PS in addition to INV.
Which is correct?
Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Reddy PT posted Message 3338 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 11:24:10 EST
Subject: How to block a warehouse with out locations
How to block/unblock a warehouse with out locations, when ILC is implemented
***************** End Of Article ******************
Raju posted Message 3339 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 11:28:29 EST
Subject: How to BLOCK a WAREHOUSE with out locations
How to Block/Unblock a WAREHOUSE with out locations for the inventory transactio
ns, when ILC is Implemented.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 3340 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 11:33:57 EST
Subject: Quantity Printed on Picking List
Regardless of the parameter setting in session tdsls4100m000 "Method of Printing
Items on Pick List", when a pick list is generated" tdsls4402m000", the item qu
antity is always that of the ordered quantity.
If the parameter setting was set to "Those On Hand", is it possible for the pick
ing list quantity to produce the quantity equal the available inventory rather t
han the ordered quantity?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Thomas posted Message 3341 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 11:35:33 EST
Subject: one purchase contract linked to n companies
We want to link tables for purchase contracts. Idea: The contract is maintained
only once, while a number of logistical companies can order from this contract.
Has anybody experience with it?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Denise posted Message 3342 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 11:45:27 EST
Subject: Re: Quantity Printed on Picking List
: Regardless of the parameter setting in session tdsls4100m000 "Method of Printi
ng Items on Pick List", when a pick list is generated" tdsls4402m000", the item
: In maintain relations, we have input period table 1999 fiscal year. Now that
the year has changed, do we need to update to 2000 fiscal year? What is the fun
ction of this field? What reports will be affected? What happens if we don't c
hange it?
problem
: I have just read your message to Chris & Jeremy on 11/15/99, and I am having t
he same problem. I ran a sample test and it did not work.
: We are having a major problem being able to edit a PO after Maintain Receipts.
We need to be able to revise price and/or quantity and BaaN will not allow this
. Someone here has suggested that we add an order step "Print Purchase Invoices"
prior to Process Delivered Purchase Orders. Does anyone know if this will work,
or what will? Is this a bug?
: Any help would be appreciated.
: Thanks,
: Denise
:Hi Denise,
:Basically, it's Baan's standard functionality to not allow any amendments of qu
antity after receipts are made against a specific PO line position, directly in
the session maintain PO. Instead, the user has the choice to make changes to the
qty ONLY at the time of posting the receipts. Thereafter, the user can use the
session "Maintain Back Orders". As far as the price amendments are concerned, th
e user can make directly in the session maintain PO. However, you may have to re
print the PO with "Back Order Qty" as the option in the print session to spit ou
t the latest amended price.
One need not include the print purchase invoice as a step to get these done. It
has no impact.
If the above approach doesn't work, I'm sure there is a bug.
Regards,
Veeru.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Veeru posted Message 3348 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 14:32:20 EST
Subject: Re: Veeru: "Receipts already recorded, changing not allowed"
problem
: I have just read your message to Chris & Jeremy on 11/15/99, and I am having t
he same problem. I ran a sample test and it did not work.
: We are having a major problem being able to edit a PO after Maintain Receipts.
We need to be able to revise price and/or quantity and BaaN will not allow this
. Someone here has suggested that we add an order step "Print Purchase Invoices"
prior to Process Delivered Purchase Orders. Does anyone know if this will work,
or what will? Is this a bug?
: Any help would be appreciated.
: Thanks,
: Denise
:Hi Denise,
:Basically, it's Baan's standard functionality to not allow any amendments of qu
antity after receipts are made against a specific PO line position, directly in
the session maintain PO. Instead, the user has the choice to make changes to the
qty ONLY at the time of posting the receipts. Thereafter, the user can use the
session "Maintain Back Orders". As far as the price amendments are concerned, th
e user can make directly in the session maintain PO. However, you may have to re
print the PO with "Back Order Qty" as the option in the print session to spit ou
t the latest amended price.
One need not include the print purchase invoice as a step to get these done. It
has no impact.
If the above approach doesn't work, I'm sure there is a bug.
Regards,
Veeru.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adnan Metin posted Message 3349 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2000 at 15:31:27 EST
Subject: "Receipts already recorded, changing not allowed" problem
Hi Denise,
Previous suggestion should be related to the modifying purchase receipts not to
the purchase order line (price and quantity).
Modifying purchase receipts;
You can edit(modify) the purchase receipt if and only if your purchase order lin
e status is just after he Maintain Receipt. It could be "Print Purchase Invoice"
or "Process Delivered Purchase Order". In case status is "Process Delivered Pur
chase Order" it should not be processed yet.
Note that, if you are in location controlled (ILC) environment then you first sh
ould enter to the receipt(ILC) session then make modifications there.
Regards
Adnan
: I have just read your message to Chris & Jeremy on 11/15/99, and I am having t
he same problem. I ran a sample test and it did not work.
: We are having a major problem being able to edit a PO after Maintain Receipts.
We need to be able to revise price and/or quantity and BaaN will not allow this
. Someone here has suggested that we add an order step "Print Purchase Invoices"
prior to Process Delivered Purchase Orders. Does anyone know if this will work,
or what will? Is this a bug?
: Any help would be appreciated.
: Thanks,
: Denise
: Hi,
: Your question is not clear. The Print origin by lot will give the source of lo
t - Purchase production order.
: Arvind
Hi,
Yes what I mean is how to track lots
The steps I did are the following :
- production order is released
- outbound advice is generated and remains in active
in this session, I give a lot to the reserved material
- After that, I complete the order
- after that I go to tdilc4202s000 to release the outbound
- Once I want to track the lot with the material in the tdltc1420m000, i have th
e wrong results.
Instead of being able to track only the lot, it gives me the information about a
ll the lots .
Did I use the right session to get this information.
Thanks for your help
Muriel
Is there any Baan report showing total amount spent through purchases for each s
upplier ?
Thanks and regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anala Schweiker posted Message 3380 in Message Board
Dated : January 21, 2000 at 17:07:33 EST
Subject: First free number "order stock" finish (urgent please)
: Hi, What happen when the first free numbers for the transaccions "Order Stock"
finish?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3381 in Message Board
Dated : January 21, 2000 at 23:56:29 EST
Subject: Re: First free number
: : Hi, What happen when the first free numbers for the transaccions "Order Stoc
k" finish?
Usually for all order types of transactions except lot numbers,baan gives you a
message that series is full and you cannot input .But for lot numbers,when the s
eries is defined in the session 'maintain lot id structure',the series is automa
tically incremented by one and the first free number becomes a five digit number
viz 10001.
Hope this helps
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3382 in Message Board
Dated : January 22, 2000 at 00:01:33 EST
Subject: Re: Error: Recommended Qty not fully confirmed
: I keep getting the error message: Recommended Qty not fully confirmed on an o
rder that I over shipped. What can I do to fix this error and confirm delivery
of that line? The session # that comes up in the error box is: tdsls41206. Th
anks!
Have you tried maintaing outbound data for the overshipped qty jus to see if any
line is pending and releasing it against the order...This would update the main
tained deliveries screen and you can confirm delivery.(Of course if yre using IL
C).
: Is there any Baan report showing total amount spent through purchases for each
supplier ?
: Thanks and regards
The existence of a report am not sure of but the supplier opening balance shown
on maintain purchase order lines 'form will give you the figure.You could probab
ly customise a report drawing data from the relevant tables.
I know that after you print the purchase invoice you cant change prices and disco
unts. (but you can always print a non-final purchase invoice and then change the
prices/discounts.)
Rui Marques
: : I have just read your message to Chris & Jeremy on 11/15/99, and I am having
the same problem. I ran a sample test and it did not work.
: : We are having a major problem being able to edit a PO after Maintain Receipt
s. We need to be able to revise price and/or quantity and BaaN will not allow th
is. Someone here has suggested that we add an order step "Print Purchase Invoice
s" prior to Process Delivered Purchase Orders. Does anyone know if this will wor
k, or what will? Is this a bug?
: : Any help would be appreciated.
: : Thanks,
: : Denise
:
: :Hi Denise,
: :Basically, it's Baan's standard functionality to not allow any amendments of
quantity after receipts are made against a specific PO line position, directly i
n the session maintain PO. Instead, the user has the choice to make changes to t
he qty ONLY at the time of posting the receipts. Thereafter, the user can use th
e session "Maintain Back Orders". As far as the price amendments are concerned,
the user can make directly in the session maintain PO. However, you may have to
reprint the PO with "Back Order Qty" as the option in the print session to spit
out the latest amended price.
: One need not include the print purchase invoice as a step to get these done. I
t has no impact.
: If the above approach doesn't work, I'm sure there is a bug.
: Regards,
: Veeru.
ck.
Faalof
***************** End Of Article ******************
Faalof posted Message 3390 in Message Board
Dated : January 24, 2000 at 05:03:44 EST
Subject: Re: Splitting requirements between suppliers supply chain
: Splitting requirements between suppliers supply chain - SCH Purchase Contracts
tdpsc0101m000 Baan IV
: Is there any other way to split resourcing between two suppliers other than us
ing a percentage? What if you want to use one supplier up to a fixed quantity
per period, and than purchase the remainder from a second supplier.
Make a contract for item/supplier with long fixed period and define prurchase sc
hedule manually. The remaining qty will be ordered for the other item/supplier c
ombination
http://www.valuepay.com/ref.asp?re=PhoaM
Thank you.
Joshua
MemberID: PhoaM
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3397 in Message Board
Dated : January 25, 2000 at 00:36:09 EST
Subject: Re: First free number
: : : : Hi, What happen when the first free numbers for the transaccions "Order
Stock" finish?
: : Usually for all order types of transactions except lot numbers,baan gives yo
u a message that series is full and you cannot input .But for lot numbers,when t
he series is defined in the session 'maintain lot id structure',the series is au
tomatically incremented by one and the first free number becomes a five digit nu
mber viz 10001.
: : Hope this helps
:
: Your answer is OK but when a normal series finish I can create another, but wh
it order stock I can't because these are a fixed series for each kind of order s
tock.
In that case baan should increment the series to the next digit and/or increment
the first free number too.could you specify which version you are working on b2
,c3 or c4
: : : : Hi, What happen when the first free numbers for the transaccions "Order
Stock" finish?
: : Usually for all order types of transactions except lot numbers,baan gives yo
u a message that series is full and you cannot input .But for lot numbers,when t
he series is defined in the session 'maintain lot id structure',the series is au
tomatically incremented by one and the first free number becomes a five digit nu
mber viz 10001.
: : Hope this helps
:
: Your answer is OK but when a normal series finish I can create another, but wh
it order stock I can't because these are a fixed series for each kind of order s
tock.
In that case baan should increment the series to the next digit and/or increment
the first free number too.could you specify which version you are working on b2
,c3 or c4
I am not sure if you're using BaaN V Greig or not, but you have the option when
creating a Cycle Count to process the count or not. Selecting the Process Count
will, after Approvals, update the location balances on hand. Removing the Proc
ess Count Check mark will allow the system to be used as a Stock check.
Further, You can define the frequency of Cycle Counts for ABC Codes that will de
fine the Items and frequency of Cycle Counting.
Re. Outside Counters, it sounds as though these Companies are trying to use inde
pendant Auditors to review and support transition from annual or semi-annual Phy
sical Inventories to periodic Cycle Counts. Incidently, I think BaaN V supports
this transition very well.
: I am somehow not convinced about the way cycle counting will be done.Is it sam
e as the stock checking ?
: I mean does the cycle counting differs from stock checking only in the fact th
at it is done throughout the year at regular intervals with different priorites
for counting intervals and accuracy etc.?
: Or is there also difference in the way of counting like using sampling instead
of whole physical verification etc.?
: I am asking these questions because I saw a few companies which used separate
consultants to do the cycle counting for the first year and than their staff sta
rted doing the same at regular intervals.If it is just checking the inventory as
per schedule than why should they call external consultants perhaps so caled ex
perts?
: Before coming to Baan fans I asked the people who are good on ERP basics[becau
se it is relevant to general concept and not specific to Baan] and got no answer
.
: Thanks and regards all who help me.
: Raja Mohan
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi,
Try to get the latest edi.defaults at support.baan.com for your Baan Version. T
hen import this using the Import Facility of the EDI Module. From here you can
start.
Hope this will help you!
***************** End Of Article ******************
noemi posted Message 3416 in Message Board
Dated : January 28, 2000 at 01:37:34 EST
Subject: Re: EDI
: My name is: Andres Uzcategui, I live and work in Venezuela South America. I
: am working with BaaN Software for 2 years in the customization area.
: I have the following doubt.can you clarify ? We have installed BAAN IV b2.
: What are the current versions of ANSI X12 is supported by BAAN IV b2 ?
Baan does not support the ANSI X12. You have to have a subsystem for this e.g.
St. Paul Software, Harbinger, Gentran and there are a lot more available in the
market. These are EDI software that can interface to Baan.
FYI.
: What versions are going to be supported by BAAN IV c4 ? I mean, what Version
: Release and Subrelease, We need this information because we would like to
: find codification (segments, messages) handled by BaaN IV b2 Software.
: Somebody told to try find it in to the file default.edi but, I am not lucky.
: At the following parragraf, I sended to you a piece of the mentionated file
: for you to try if you can identify the Version Release Subrelease.
: Could you Help me?
: Thank you
:
: 'default.edi'
: ! File with defaults for EDI-module! Created : 06-10-99 [10:42]! By
:
: mcordova! Contents:
Organisation/Messages : S!
Code Tables
: :
S!
Message Specification : S!
: tcediB40_b_____#tcedi003#data#|X12|2|3|ANSI X12|X12|||#tcedi005#data#red
: message|2|0|0|001|2|1|||#tcedi005#data#This is an outgoing
: message|2|0|0|777|1|1|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#This is an
: incoming
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
message|2|1|0|778|1|1|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#X12
Invoice|2|1|0|810|2|2|otfacpdll1250|otdslsdll4282|#tcedi005#data#Remittance
Advice|2|1|0|820|2|2|otfcmgdll5201||#tcedi005#data#Planning Schedule with
Release|2|1|0|830|2|0|||#tcedi005#data#X12 Purchase
Order|2|1|0|850|2|2|otdslsdll4280|otdpurdll4280|#tcedi005#data#X12 PO
Acknowledgement|2|1|0|855|2|2|otdpurdll4281|otdslsdll4281|#tcedi005#data#X12
Despatch Advice
(ASN)|2|1|0|856|2|2|otdpurdll4282|otdslsdll4283|#tcedi005#data#ICM Dispatch
/ Receipt
: When our the warehouse trys to confirm one receipt line, they get the Fatal er
ror message
: Fatal error: Error 205 (Out of range) on ticst004099 in db_insert(51)
: Fatal error: Can not continue in whinh3520m000in DLL: ottstpamdll (get.company
)
: Error: whinh3520m000 : A not terminated transaction is aborted.
: We are on BaanERP SP5, Oracle 734 and HPUX 10.20
: Any help will be appreciated.
:
: Bruce Yen
ess with option delete marked). The history will still be available to retreive
nec. info. If you archive this history data, the data will be stored in an archi
ve company (under the sales order number) When you reuse the sales order serie,
there is no unique number to identify the sales order anymore. Ordernumber 70000
01 in the archive company and ordernumber 7000001 in the live company are not th
e same order. Off course the correct order is identiefied by date. First check w
ith financial department (legally mandatory to store the data 5 years?). And don
't archive the reused serie in the same company as the original serie (more arch
ive companies.
Good luck; Faalof
initiated, or if someone has filed a case with the same problem. Sorry the eas
y answer didn't work.
Regards,
: : This poblem is about discrepancy in the on-line help information given and a
m pretty sure that I am not confusing Economic Stock with ATP.....
: : Any other probabilities....
:
: From what you tell me I think you should contact Baan to see if a patch has be
en initiated, or if someone has filed a case with the same problem. Sorry the e
asy answer didn't work.
: Regards,
Tim
Thanks a lot for trying buddy......Hopw to see you around here
boby
bobymohan@usa.net
01,tdilc001.
: : The correction prog like tdinv0250,tdilc0250 and tdinv0252 has already been
run but these correction prog do not read the transacns in tdinv700.
: : immed response would be highly appreciated.
: : Thanks in advance
: There's no guarantee that tdinv700 is 100% accurate. I have seen tdilc301 par
tially updated during a disconnect.
: Bunny
Hi Bunny,
Check the parameter for time phased inventory in the distribution parameters, sa
les Form 1. It should be set to "yes".
n needs (f.e. "January week 3" instead of the standard. (just try it.)
Good luck TF
: We do a lot of reporting of sales by product line. Some of our items are used
across multiple product lines. We have statistic groups to all saleable items
in the master item file.
: The problem is how can we determine sales by product line when only one statis
tic group can be assigned to each individual item? Our legacy systems has a fie
ld in the sales order line that defaults the statistic group from the master ite
m file into the sales order line. Then, if required, the order entry person can
change the statistic group on the sales order.
: Does anyone have any ideas how this can be handled in BaaN?
: Thanks.
"Response
I was searching for something else when I ran across your posting. It appears t
hat you have a product configuration situation, where an item (or option) is use
d in one or more product lines. If this is the case, perhaps the best solution
is to consider these dependent item and independent for the purpose of statistic
al tracking and/or compose options groups for statistical reporting.
Although I work extensively with an Oracle base application, I have some experi
ence with Bann in consulting several manufacturing companies on purchase recomme
ndations. My experience with systems in general is that the manner in which the
database is constructed is the key to almost every informatin requirement. Baa
n seemed very flexible in its ability to configure products, however, I do not k
now how the information is stored and could the product condigurations be querie
d later for their individual makeup into statistical group?
It would help to know what type of product you are referring to in order to crea
te a visual image of the situation you are facing. Hope this gives you another
perspective.
Best Regards"
hen electronic ASNs are received into the temporary table viewed via session tdp
ur4580m000 in the Receiving menu. My main point of interest is if someone could
confirm when the records created by the ASN are DELETED. We have processed the
PO through all steps and yet the record exists still in the temporary table.
: Any and all help is appreciated (have logged a case with baan but they have no
t responded).
Hallo,
Start the program tdpur4120m000 zooming to the program tdpur4580s000. After mark
ing the lines and pressing continue, the quantities of the packing slip are tran
sferred to the receipt lines, instead of the order line quantities. This will im
prove the accuaracy of the receipts.
***************** End Of Article ******************
J. Cronin posted Message 3464 in Message Board
Dated : February 09, 2000 at 05:40:17 EST
Subject: Re: Multiple Customers with one common Item Code
: : We as a company do not sell our own manufactured products, we manufacture fo
r other customers and store their goods and distribute when required. Therefore
we do not control the Item Codes requested by the clients. We only input them
as they are given to us.
: : We have used another field to distinguish between customers for inventory pu
rposes.
: : A problem has arrived whereby two customers have the same Item Code. BaaN w
ill not allow this and therefore a solution has to be brought to the table. Asi
de from changing one of the part numbers, which is not an option, I can think of
nothing else. Can anyone come up with something to help?
If I understand your problem correctly, the items with the same item code are no
t the same item.
The solution for this is to maintain your own item code system for all items in
stock, and maintain customer item codes using sessions tcmcs0127m000 and tiitm01
12m000.
This way you can maintain unlimited combinations of items and customer item numb
ers, where each customer has his own part number for each item you hold in stock
.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Shaf posted Message 3465 in Message Board
Dated : February 09, 2000 at 07:16:56 EST
Subject: unblocking phone (Nokia 503)
will you please tell me how to unblock the Nokia 503 and its on orange network.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Traci Baldwin posted Message 3466 in Message Board
Dated : February 09, 2000 at 08:01:16 EST
Subject: Speed at Remote Locations
: Hi all,
: When I run session process delivered sales order (delete order data = NO)
it doesn't success. I get error message in BW message as below....
: process 5-Fatal error:Error 606(Reference does not exists) on tdsls051504 in
SELECT
: process 5-Fatal error:Can not continue in tdsls4223m000
: process 5-tdsls4223m000:A not terminated transaction is aborted
:
: Could anyone help me to solve this problem ??
:
:
Regards,
Kates
Regards,
Kates
Hi,
one way to handle is to do a collect order.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil posted Message 3477 in Message Board
Dated : February 10, 2000 at 20:27:51 EST
Subject: Re: Receiving Service items without requiring receipt step
Hi,
one way to handle is to do a collect order.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Martijn van Asperen posted Message 3478 in Message Board
Dated : February 11, 2000 at 01:14:57 EST
Subject: e-mail from Baan IV
How do I send email out of Baan IV ????
Thanks alot for your reply.
Martijn van Asperen.
Hage International BV
The Netherlands
***************** End Of Article ******************
MMudd posted Message 3479 in Message Board
Dated : February 11, 2000 at 08:03:25 EST
Subject: Inventory Allocations with Outbound Advice vs. Inv. Committments
These questions refer to Baan V. What is the difference between the inventory a
llocation that takes place when outbound advice is generated and the inventory a
llocation that takes place in the inventory committment session? Does "hard" al
location take place in both cases? Is the inventory committment session needed
if outbound advice is generated? I don't understand the difference here.
Also, after inventory is allocated with the generation of outbound advice, is it
excluded from the MPS and MRP for planning purposes? In otherwords, does this a
llocated inventory become non-nettable?
***************** End Of Article ******************
TF posted Message 3480 in Message Board
Dated : February 11, 2000 at 13:34:49 EST
Subject: Re: e-mail from Baan IV
Try printing with "BW-print" under the GUI interface. Select print on screen so
that BW-print will start up. Then select Send file...
Good Luck TF
Location= 1
test
Location= 1
We have a slight problem. Friday's invoices were printed with January in the da
te (01/11/2000) and process delivered sales orders has yet to be run. What woul
d happen if process delivered sales orders is run and what can be done to correc
t the date before it is run.
thanks very much
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaaN Guru posted Message 3494 in Message Board
Dated : February 14, 2000 at 12:23:16 EST
Subject: Re: e-mail from Baan IV
: Try printing with "BW-print" under the GUI interface. Select print on screen s
o that BW-print will start up. Then select Send file...
: Good Luck TF
When we try doing this, it opens the Outlook and attaches the file as .bpf , whi
ch in our case is not recognized by the receiving user. Anythoughts on how can i
t be changed to Word or notepad (i.e. txt) format.
Thnx
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max posted Message 3495 in Message Board
Dated : February 14, 2000 at 20:50:41 EST
Subject: Will credit note in FIN affect the turnover value
: : Hi all,
: : Could anyone tell me the definition of Turnover in Sales Statistics?
: : When will an order intake be considered as Sales Statistics?
: : Many Thanks.
: : Max
:
: Hallo Max,
: Turnover includes the delivered and paid orders(Orderstatus = Delete Position)
and the program "tdsst0201m000" has to be executed.
: greetings
: anton
: www.schartner.net
Hi Anton and other fans
Will credit note created in Finance module (e.g. adjustment to sales amount) aff
ect the turnover value in Sales Statistics?
Thanks.
Max
Please suggest.
However you have to load the latest ttstpconv which is available from Baan suppo
rt site.
We loaded the solution patches 79017 and 14885 for the version Baan tools 4c1 bu
t the case may be different for you depending on your version. Contact Baan for
the correct patches to get latest ttstpconv.
You can even divert the output to HTML.
regards
Rajj
: : Try printing with "BW-print" under the GUI interface. Select print on screen
so that BW-print will start up. Then select Send file...
: : Good Luck TF
: When we try doing this, it opens the Outlook and attaches the file as .bpf , w
hich in our case is not recognized by the receiving user. Anythoughts on how can
it be changed to Word or notepad (i.e. txt) format.
: Thnx
: Hi all,
: I create a hierachy of customers in Maintain customers session. With 2 child
customers specifying their parent customer in Form 2.
: However, when I create a sort code with Parent customers and a layout code usi
ng parent customers, I only got a report of total sales turnover instead of amou
nt for individual parent customers.
: Any suggestion, please help!!!
: Many thanks.
: Max
e sales amount due to sales return, will that amount be taken into account by Sa
les Statistics' turnover value?
: Many thanks.
: Max
Hi Max,
No it won't.
To have your credit note show up in sales statistics, you have to enter a return
order in sales module, "issue" it, "invoice" it (Baan will print "credit note"
instead of "invoice" on the report), and process it.
Yours,
Uli
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris posted Message 3506 in Message Board
Dated : February 16, 2000 at 12:52:14 EST
Subject: Outbounding PRP to a location rather then REC
Has anyone had any luck Outbounding a PRP Project to Project Warehouse order fro
m one fixed location to another fixed location thus avoiding inbounding from REC
?
Example:
Source
Project
10001
Item
a125454
Order Qty
1
Current On hand
1
Target
Project
2100
Item
d12342
Current on hand
The problem I am having is that everytime complete the transaction, the d12342 p
art ends up in REC, and then I have to inbound it to its fixed location. Is the
re a way to get it to go directly into its fixed location the first time?
thanks in advance,
Chris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3507 in Message Board
Dated : February 16, 2000 at 17:27:22 EST
Subject: Clarity regarding Planned RPL Orders after MRP and DRP
After the DRP run followed by MRP run and DRP run again - we are able to see th
e right number of Planned MRP orders however the planned RPL orders are not tall
ying with manual our calculations.
We have checked the DRP parameters, The Bill of Distribution and Bill of materia
ls.
What are we missing?
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3508 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 01:50:45 EST
Subject: Heirarchy Of Customers
Hi Experts..
There is a problem,on which I want your inputs.
We want to maintain a sales contract with a customer 1.But the Sales order will
be placed on another customer 2 (who in real life is a child of customer 1).Is t
here any way in Baan to maintain a relation between the two customers so that th
e order placed on Customer 2 will be linked to the contract with customer 1.
Thanks in Advance
Boby
***************** End Of Article ******************
senthil posted Message 3509 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 03:01:05 EST
Subject: Sales invoice generation
I have a problem generating sales invoice.THe steps prior to print sales invoice
are done annd the current order step for the order is print sales invoice only.
But the message got while printing sales invoice is "Not able to determine sales
invoice no for order no######"
This happens only for one customer.Would anyone help out . Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tanweer Ahmed posted Message 3510 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 04:17:32 EST
Subject: Re: Sales invoice generation
"Not Able to determine the Invoice no for the Order No"
Soem time I also face this problem. The Solution for this is first of all Remove
Application Locks and then you go to Order Types Just Refresh the Transaction T
ype Zoom the Field and select the transcation type again.
Regards,
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tobias posted Message 3511 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 05:44:40 EST
Subject: Re: Heirarchy Of Customers
: Hi Experts..
: There is a problem,on which I want your inputs.
: We want to maintain a sales contract with a customer 1.But the Sales order wil
l be placed on another customer 2 (who in real life is a child of customer 1).Is
there any way in Baan to maintain a relation between the two customers so that
the order placed on Customer 2 will be linked to the contract with customer 1.
: Thanks in Advance
: Boby
Hi Boby,
in which version do you work? ERP or BaanIV??
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boby Mohan posted Message 3512 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 07:53:00 EST
Subject: Re: Heirarchy Of Customers
: : Hi Experts..
: : There is a problem,on which I want your inputs.
: : We want to maintain a sales contract with a customer 1.But the Sales order w
ill be placed on another customer 2 (who in real life is a child of customer 1).
Is there any way in Baan to maintain a relation between the two customers so tha
t the order placed on Customer 2 will be linked to the contract with customer 1.
: : Thanks in Advance
: : Boby
: Hi Boby,
: in which version do you work? ERP or BaanIV??
Hi There Tobias
We are on Baan IV c4
Thanks
Boby
: : : Thanks in advance
: :
: : I have problems with DRP also - are you using it to replenish you WIP wareho
uses?
We use PRP and DRP does see the planned PRP production orders.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 3520 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2000 at 16:22:36 EST
Subject: Replenishment of locations
Our warehouse would like to change the way our warehouse is defined to set up pr
imary fixed locations for picking finished goods. They would like the system to
automatically replenish the primary location from secondary locations when the p
rimary location inventory reaches a certain level. Does anyone know how this cou
ld be accomplished? Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mongkol posted Message 3521 in Message Board
Dated : February 18, 2000 at 05:07:11 EST
Subject: Issue Purchase order with Different Currency
For supplier data, we fix one currency to each supplier.
When we would like to issue Purchase order with different currency from Supplier
Master data...How to?
Case: Supplier currency is US$
We want to issue purchase order for Item with Japanese Yen...or
Singapore dollars
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ismo Koykka posted Message 3523 in Message Board
Dated : February 18, 2000 at 09:16:25 EST
Subject: inventory turnover
Hi!
Could anyone tell, how is it possible to print inventory turnover for several i
tem codes at the same time? I have tried to do it by TDINVC601m000-command in p
rogram session, but so far I have got mentioned information just for 1 item at
the time.I have typied into the item block examinee item range, but still BaanI
V is giving me turnover just for one item code.
Thanks in advance
It it for only this order, than you can enter the parent customer into this fiel
d only in this salesorder.
: Hi Experts..
: There is a problem,on which I want your inputs.
: We want to maintain a sales contract with a customer 1.But the Sales order wil
l be placed on another customer 2 (who in real life is a child of customer 1).Is
there any way in Baan to maintain a relation between the two customers so that
the order placed on Customer 2 will be linked to the contract with customer 1.
: Thanks in Advance
: Boby
============================================================
To resolve, we eliminated Generate Outbound from Order Type
and modified Print Picking List (1 line of code) to print picking list only if o
utbound qty is present.
The number of double outbounds fell from ~20/day to 1-2/month.
It never happened after upgrade to Oracle 8 (5 mths ago)!!!
order status/mask is not updated ---------------------------------------------------------To deal with the problem before it was fixed, we had to
1. run SQL query to detect double outbound lines BEFORE release, 2. delete extra
lines (Maintain outbound). The result:
tdsls045.orno=xxx
tdsls045.pono=1
tdsls045.oqua= 20
tdsls045.dqua=0 tdsls045.
tdsls045.bqua=0
tdsls045.recq=0(*)
(*)when tdilc401:xxx,1,0,2 20 is deleted, tdsls045.recq is decreased by 20
3. Release Outbound
After release, tdsls045 status was still wrong, but at least all quantities were
right (except tdsls045.recq)
To fix, SQL Query was run to detect all (tdsls045.dqua not equal
tdsls045.recq)and we used GTM to set tdsls045.recq= tdsls045.dqua
============================================================
To resolve, we eliminated Generate Outbound from Order Type
and modified Print Picking List (1 line of code) to print picking list only if o
utbound qty is present.
The number of double outbounds fell from ~20/day to 1-2/month.
It never happened after upgrade to Oracle 8 (5 mths ago)!!!
Added on Date: 07:41:44 2/20/00 EST
---------------------------------------------------: We are using Baan IVc4 here. I have a situation where the sales order status w
ill not change from Maintain Deliveries when the Release Outbound is performed.
I verified that there are no unprocessed outbounds at the time. However, the rec
ommended quantity reads 1 although the delivered quantity on reads 2 on the tdsl
s045 table. Any ideas on how this situation occurs would be appreciated!
(t
Regards,
Sonja
P.S. A question: If you want to delete PO history without archiving, why don't y
ou just switch it off?
--------------------------------
: Hi all,
: Unable to remove the p/o from print and/or delete purchase order history with
delete order history "yes" eventhough all history report already printed. Any he
lp out there. Thanks in advance
ce' level. If the budget is exceeded, the system should warn/block during order
entry. I looked at statistics but this will not give the warning/block, also the
update is not real time but after update statistics.
I looked at project functionality. This works but the procedure gets very comple
x + requisitions can not be used than. I prefer not to use project so a procedur
e within ordermanagement would be perfect
***************** End Of Article ******************
marleen lefevere posted Message 3539 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2000 at 10:48:32 EST
Subject: Adding address to terms of delivery
We are currently using BaaN Erp and we have the following problem. When creating
purchase/and or sales order we need additionally to selecting the term of deliv
ery, to add the city in case of delivery ex works or fob.
For example term of delivery fob should be fob Zaventem.
Did anyone has the same problem and how did you solve it.
thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
John McComb posted Message 3540 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2000 at 13:23:34 EST
Subject: Cycle counting, Last count date. Baan IVc4
We are generating daily cycle count orders by range of locations (Lot control is
implemented) and want to stop the system selecting stock for cycle counting tha
t has just been received. Any ideas?
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
TF posted Message 3541 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2000 at 17:07:47 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle counting, Last count date. Baan IVc4
I don't know of a way of only counting "older" items. What you could do is adjus
t the report for counting and add the latest count date of the specific article.
This way you have an indication wether it is a new article (just received) or a
n older one but its only an indication.
That's the bet I can do for you, Good luck TF
***************** End Of Article ******************
TF posted Message 3542 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2000 at 17:12:28 EST
Subject: Re: Adding address to terms of delivery
In Baan IV you have to create a "text" on a term of delivery. This text can be m
ade in more than 1 language and the purchase order or sales order will print the
text in the language of the customer/supplier.
Hello,
When i start session tdinv3201m000, the message "domain tcreop not 'float' or 'd
ouble'" rdi.domain" appears.
in data dictionnary tcreop is 'long'
I made a create runtime for domains, but the message still appears.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 3547 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 2000 at 09:34:55 EST
Subject: Re: Awaiting Direct Delivery
Adrie is right,
When you process the purchase order (tdpur4223m000) this program will change the
status of the related sales order.
Greetings,
Paul
: Try to process your purchase order and see the result at your sales order.
: : Hello,
: : I have a Sales Order Line which is ready for step "Awaiting Direct Delivery"
.
: : The Sales Order in question correctly generated a Purchase Order. I have Mai
ntain Receipts on this Purchase Order, but how do I advance the Sales Order stat
us? How do I inform it that the Direct Delivery has taken place?
: : Version Baan4B
: : Thanks in advance, -Chris-
Good luck
: 1.30 Bill of Distribution (trdrp010)
: DEFINITION
: A bill of distribution is a distribution system in which one or more warehouse
s at lower levels of the structure are stocked from one or more central warehous
es. In practice, the former are often regional sales branches whereas the centr
al warehouse is a purchasing or production site.
: Bills of distribution determine how "Non-Nettable" warehouses are supplied. Th
is feature is assigned to the warehouse in the field "Nettable Warehouse" in the
session "Maintain Warehouses (tcmcs0103m000)".
: In the DRP module, "Non-Nettable" warehouses are called destination warehouses
. They may be supplied from several replenishing warehouses. Depending on the pr
iority assigned to each replenishment warehouse and the inventory level, the sys
tem determines which replenishing warehouse should supply the destination wareho
use.
: SOURCE OF DATA
:
Maintain Bill of Distribution (trdrp0110m000)
: I believe that this assume you are using the Transportation Module in BaaN IV.
: : Our warehouse would like to change the way our warehouse is defined to set u
p primary fixed locations for picking finished goods. They would like the system
to automatically replenish the primary location from secondary locations when t
he primary location inventory reaches a certain level. Does anyone know how this
could be accomplished? Thanks in advance
: Adrie is right,
: When you process the purchase order (tdpur4223m000) this program will change t
he status of the related sales order.
: Greetings,
: Paul
: : Try to process your purchase order and see the result at your sales order.
: : : Hello,
: : : I have a Sales Order Line which is ready for step "Awaiting Direct Deliver
y".
: : : The Sales Order in question correctly generated a Purchase Order. I have M
aintain Receipts on this Purchase Order, but how do I advance the Sales Order st
atus? How do I inform it that the Direct Delivery has taken place?
: : : Version Baan4B
: : : Thanks in advance, -Chris-
: is someone is using additional costs in sales baan 5, why the system doesnt ad
d an extra line to the order?
Hi Ishai,
please tell me in detail what youve done. Maybe we can specify the error then.
If the explanation is too long, you can write me an email.
Regards,
Tobias
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary Laundry posted Message 3556 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 2000 at 09:21:37 EST
Subject: Open Sales Order Report
Is there such a thing in Baan as an Open Sales Order Report? We're running Baan
4a and there doesn't appear to be anything that simply prints out only the open
sales orders. Has anyone found this report without doing a customization?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Joy Conner posted Message 3557 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 2000 at 13:51:33 EST
Subject: Re: Open Sales Order Report
We wrote our own report.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rakesh Khare posted Message 3558 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 2000 at 13:57:44 EST
Subject: RE: Text gets printed for Terms of Delivery/Payment Terms
In BaanERP, the description of Terms of Delivery does not get printed on Reports
. Sales/Purchase Order will print the Text associated with Terms of Delivery.
Payment Terms also works the same way.
Try and print Sales/Purchase Order after adding Text to Terms of Delivery or Ter
ms of Payment.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 3559 in Message Board
Dated : February 24, 2000 at 20:13:44 EST
Subject: Open Order Reports -- Sales and Purchasing
Hi Gary,
Joy is right. Most people write their own, either from scratch or using a report
writer package. Each one we've done has had something unique to it, maybe that'
: When i start session tdinv3201m000, the message "domain tcreop not 'float' o
'double'" rdi.domain" appears.
: in data dictionnary tcreop is 'long'
: I made a create runtime for domains, but the message still appears.
: Thanks
John Crystal
Crystal Consulting
409-449-4171
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3579 in Message Board
Dated : February 29, 2000 at 18:22:10 EST
Subject: Raja, thanks for the response
Thanks
s items, that are normally stored in the other warehouse. Is there a way to setu
p BaanERP, so that transfer orders are automatically created between the two war
ehouses? or do we need to define cluster?
: Thanks in Advance
: Lars
Thanks
John
: Hi Jon Grove,
: It can be done only by customisation.
: As such there is no functionality available to skip phantoms in this session.t
here are users who use Phantom items as the end items and sell them individually
for reasons known to them.In such cases those phantoms will be having their own
stocks,as well as individual routings.So the system can not understand whether
the phantom item in the BOM is of such category or not.
: : The session tdinv0520m000 shows the component availability for X qty of a pr
oduction item.. Unfortunately it shows inventory shortages against phantoms!
: : Does anyone know of a way of ignoring phantoms? In this session as they wil
l always show as shortages?
: : Thanks
: : John Mc
: I'm having problems with the conversion setup tables. I've seen the EDI User G
uide but it has about 100 pages of conversion setups tables. If I do not get the
defaults.edi file, do I really need to do all this configuration "by hand"?
: I'm using the EDIFACT standard for the messages and the BaaN version that I'm
using is the B40c.043.
: I would really appreciate if someone could give me some kind of help, if possi
ble sending me the defaults.edi file.
: Andr, Portugal.
Hi,
I tried to import the defaults.edi file which is present in
/baan/lib/edi with tcedi6220m000 but got the error message
tcedis0051. Where does Baan expect the defaults.edi file
to be ?
Chris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Christian Mengede posted Message 3599 in Message Board
Dated : March 06, 2000 at 05:47:03 EST
Subject: Re: EDI defaults.edi file
: : I do not have access to the defaults.edi file because the demo company 812 i
s not (and will be not) installed. Is there any possibility for my to get this f
ile?
: : I'm having problems with the conversion setup tables. I've seen the EDI User
Guide but it has about 100 pages of conversion setups tables. If I do not get t
he defaults.edi file, do I really need to do all this configuration "by hand"?
: : I'm using the EDIFACT standard for the messages and the BaaN version that I'
m using is the B40c.043.
: : I would really appreciate if someone could give me some kind of help, if pos
sible sending me the defaults.edi file.
: : Andr, Portugal.
:
: Hallo Andr
: Look in the folder /baan/lib/edi maybe there are some defaults.edi.
: I will also send you the defaults.edi.
: greetings
:
: toni
:
: www.schartner.net
Hi,
I tried to import the defaults.edi file which is present in
/baan/lib/edi with tcedi6220m000 but got the error message
tcedis0051. Where does Baan expect the defaults.edi file
to be ?
Chris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Christian Mengede posted Message 3600 in Message Board
Dated : March 06, 2000 at 06:53:25 EST
Subject: defaults.edi file
Hi,
I tried to import the defaults.edi file which is present in
/baan/lib/edi with tcedi6220m000 but got the error message
tcedis0051.
Where does BaanIVc4 expect the defaults.edi file to be ?
Thanks
Christian, Germany
***************** End Of Article ******************
Murali posted Message 3601 in Message Board
Dated : March 06, 2000 at 10:04:27 EST
Subject: Printing Purchase Order
When generating print purchase order in Distribution
(i.e purchase control/purchase order/procedures/print purchase order) the screen
which asks for (entering enter specific order etc is getting hanged even after
the print report is previewed/printed instead of getting closed. Also some error
message it is giving
Fatal error: 'No more pty's available (e=0) press <return>
Presently i am killing the process using option dialog box.
***************** End Of Article ******************
RO posted Message 3602 in Message Board
Dated : March 06, 2000 at 10:18:07 EST
Subject: Re: Clarity regarding Planned RPL Orders after MRP and DRP
We use PRP and DRP does see the planned PRP production orders.
The reason for this is replenishment is also possible between warehouses and pro
jects or between projects. Inventory transfers between warehouses and locations
within warehouses can also be done by means of replenish orders if location con
trol is implemented...in response to an earlier posting. Form 2 of the repl ord
er lines allows you to input location of issue, lot, destination location and in
ventory date.
Jono
: Hi all:
: How can I return items with ILC and Locations ON?
: I am using the correspondient order type.
: but when I try to receive it seems that there is no stock,Is necessary to do i
nbound when and how?
: Thanks for your time,
: B.
Question 1/3)
The Most important field to look for is tdsls051.ckor meaning:
1) creation / change (in the latter case you will find one entry with a negative
quantitity "removing" the old line followed by one with a positive quantitiy wi
th the new data)
2) deletion
3) invoice
If you have more than one invoice line and if you are using pcs module, watch th
e field .pcsr (PCS Revaluation). Only use the lines with pcsr = tcyesno.no. The
other records are "old" invoice lines which get overwritten every time you calcu
late other costs for the sold items.
Question 2)
You find the transaction date in key: It's the field .trdt
The order date is the field .odat
The Item Master has a lead time and the default w/h in the item master is the Ne
ttable Replenishing w/h.
The Bill of distb. for the destination w/hs have diff replenishment times entere
d.
After DRP run we are getting planned RPL orders that are taking the replenisment
time into consideration. However after MRP run we are getting related planned P
urchase orders which are not taking any item master lead time into consideration
.
Has this got anything to do with any parameter?
have an interesting case. We have two sales orders for two different customers
When we printed the invoice using session"Print Sales Invoices", we found tha
the system has created one invoice only for both the customers. How can we sen
the same invoice to two customers. Why and how this has happened.
Gerry.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul van Eijk posted Message 3627 in Message Board
Dated : March 09, 2000 at 09:23:37 EST
Subject: Re: About SIC, when will Baan compare econ qty with reorder qty, how it
determine order date in planned inv order?
It all depends on one parameter. Take a look at session tdinv0100m00 form 4 Read
the helptext on the field 'Time-Phased Order Point'.
If you have more questions about this please post a reply.
Greetings,
Paul
: Hi all,
: Could anyone kindly tell me on which date will Baan compare reorder point with
economic quantity to determine the planned inv order qty?
: And how it determine the planned inv order date? Use order lead time in Maint
ain Item data?
: Pleaes suggest.
: Regards.
: Max
: Thanks
: Christian, Germany
Did you set up that path in the EDI Parameters? Also, try /baan/bse/lib/edi or
/baan/bse/lib/edi/sch if you're using Supply Chain.
AJM
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alaa Jaber posted Message 3632 in Message Board
Dated : March 09, 2000 at 19:57:51 EST
Subject: Re: Sales invoice lines .... help!!!
It is clear to me that you placed the step : Maintain outbound
in your order type. Remove that step and use Generate OutBound and Maintain Deli
veries ( Which is equal to Release outBound )
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alaa Jaber posted Message 3633 in Message Board
Dated : March 09, 2000 at 20:13:25 EST
Subject: CHANGE ORDER
Q1. Is there any way to change a cash order ( Proforma type ) after printing the
proforma invoice.
Q2. Is there any way to cancell an order
Q3. How can I issue non-production material for different cost centers and charg
e there ledger accounts.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alaa Jaber posted Message 3634 in Message Board
Dated : March 09, 2000 at 20:16:40 EST
Subject: Outbound of components for SalesOrder.... Warehouse problem
Yours,
Uli
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ulrich Fuchs posted Message 3636 in Message Board
Dated : March 10, 2000 at 03:14:02 EST
Subject: Re: Sales invoice lines .... help!!!
: I have several items which have been despatched, and appear on the advice note
.
: However, the items are not appearing on the sales invoice, and when I check th
e sales order line status, it is ready for "Maintain outbound". When i generate
outbound, and release, the status does not change. Any ideas???
: Gerry.
Is it a counter order?
Uli
Hi,
first, why u use GTM?
The field is freely accessable by standard session.
If your sure that this field have always be set to no, u
can use a standard print session of the table tdinv001.
Take tdinv0401m000.
copy the session to another.
copy the report to another.
Asign your new report to your new session.
(This because your standard report should not do this things.
Take tdinv0401m000.
copy the session to another.
copy the report to another.
Asign your new report to your new session.
(This because your standard report should not do this things.
endselect
:
: detail.2:
: before.layout:
:
db.retry.point()
:
select tdinv001.*
:
from tdinv001 for update
:
where tdinv001._index1 = { :tdinv001.cwar, :tdinv001.item , :tdinv001.cntr
}
:
order by tdinv001._index1
:
selectdo
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: If you have baan development, its also possible to generate a update session f
or table tdinv001, in wich u can easaly modifie the records.
: :
: : If your sure that this field have always be set to no, u
: : can use a standard print session of the table tdinv001.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Take tdinv0401m000.
copy the session to another.
copy the report to another.
Asign your new report to your new session.
(This because your standard report should not do this things.
:
: detail.1:
: before.layout:
:
db.retry.point()
:
select tdinv001.*
:
from tdinv001 for update
:
where tdinv001._index1 = { :tdinv001.cwar, :tdinv001.item , :tdinv001.cnt
}
:
order by tdinv001._index1
:
selectdo
: :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
r
:
:
:
: detail.2:
: before.layout:
:
db.retry.point()
:
select tdinv001.*
:
from tdinv001 for update
:
where tdinv001._index1 = { :tdinv001.cwar, :tdinv001.item , :tdinv001.cnt
}
:
order by tdinv001._index1
:
selectdo
: :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
tdinv001.uidt = tcyesno.no
db.update( ttdinv001, db.retry )
commit.transaction()
endif
endselect
: :
: : If you have baan development, its also possible to generate a update session
for table tdinv001, in wich u can easaly modifie the records.
The problem is that "use item parameter" is set in the script
of tiitm0101m000.
John
Crystal Consulting
: Regards,
: Sonja
: : There is a table in Baan IvC3 - tccom011 - "Maintain Customer Balances by Co
mpany". I can't find any documentation regarding this table. Are the fields au
tomatically updated or do we need to run a session periodically to keep this tab
le up-to-date? Any sort of documentation and/or info would be helpful.
: : Thanks,
: : Gene Phares
: : gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
You can also mantain receipts for this item but no inspection.
In Finance you can link this order, that can contain lines for that item with qu
antity not null (of course), to the supplier's invoice.
So, procedure for these order lines seems to be the same as "normal not cero qua
ntity lines".
Questions are:
Using FTP
1.- How this line affect calculation of standard cost for this item? (seems not
affected)
2.- Can this lines be used as not standard surcharges?
3.- Is possible to link these lines only to specific order type?
(do not permit it use in any others types)
4.- Possibilities of use these lines in S.O. too?
5.- If BaaN let me use a line of this type and introduce manually amount, which
is it first purpose?
6.- It is a bug?
Al
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chuck Broyles posted Message 3660 in Message Board
Dated : March 16, 2000 at 15:20:15 EST
Subject: 'Directory does not exist' in tcedi6220m000
Hello, I am running B40C supply chain and we are trying to import default edi d
ata into 1 of our companies. However, I get the message 'directory does not ex
ist' when running session tcedi6220m000. I have verified that the path is corre
ct and I have tried several different directories with different unix permission
s. Is there a specific place the default files need to be? All of my documenta
tion doesn't specify a location but it looks like it is looking in 1 place. Any
help would be appreciated. Thanks!!!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chuck Broyles posted Message 3660 in Message Board
Dated : March 16, 2000 at 15:20:16 EST
Subject: 'Directory does not exist' in tcedi6220m000
Hello, I am running B40C supply chain and we are trying to import default edi d
ata into 1 of our companies. However, I get the message 'directory does not ex
ist' when running session tcedi6220m000. I have verified that the path is corre
ct and I have tried several different directories with different unix permission
s. Is there a specific place the default files need to be? All of my documenta
tion doesn't specify a location but it looks like it is looking in 1 place. Any
help would be appreciated. Thanks!!!
:
: Thanks
HI
Why dont you try with a new series of number??? that could be a good possible ins
tead thar you use the same series
Regards
: : : Gene Phares
: : : gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
I am trying to implement EDI in a multi company environment and I have the follo
wing questions to be answered 1. Is it possible to transfer the variable lot feature values thru EDI?
2. What is the setup required to transfer amendments to a purchase order so that
the corresponding sales order is updated?
3. is it possible to use only one lot code in the sales order (selling co) for m
ultiple lot codes in the purchase order (buying co) ?
COuld anyone answer my queries asap? Or if possible, send me a mail !
Thanks in advance,
Pankaj
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrie Oudhuis posted Message 3668 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 2000 at 09:46:09 EST
Subject: Re: Multiple Sales Reps on Order
John,
For calculating the commission in Baan IV you should use Commission and Rebate m
odule. By creating relations for your sales people and defining which sales rep.
should get commission for selling a product to a customer, you are able to link
automatically an relation (=sales rep.)to a sales order line.
Succes
: : Baan only allows one sales rep to be assigned to a Sales Order. We have a nu
mber of situations where an order is to be split between multiple sales reps for
a variety of reasons. We need to be able to split the commission and the volume
on reports based on a specific split on the order. How do people do this with B
aan???
: : Thanks in advance for your help.
: : John
: Have you looked at specifying relations.
Regards,
Sonja
PS Session rebuilds balances from Open entries (tfacp200 or tfacr200)
: Sonja:
: : First, thanks - I found the order rebalance function and am running it today
. Nearly every customer was way out of balance. The turnover field is also not
even close. Is there a balancing field for the turnover field or do I have to w
rite one?
: : Thanks,
: : Gene Phares
: : : Hi,
: : : tccom011 is updated automatically.
If something is wrong (due to e.g. s
ystem failure) or you just want to verify everything is OK, you run session Reb
uild Customer Balances (in main menu, Common, Error Recovery).
: : : Does this help?
: : : Regards,
: : : Sonja
: : : : There is a table in Baan IvC3 - tccom011 - "Maintain Customer Balances b
y Company". I can't find any documentation regarding this table. Are the field
s automatically updated or do we need to run a session periodically to keep this
table up-to-date? Any sort of documentation and/or info would be helpful.
: : : : Thanks,
: : : : Gene Phares
: : : : gphares@nilfisk-advance.com
: So, procedure for these order lines seems to be the same as "normal not cero q
uantity lines".
: Questions are:
: Using FTP
: 1.- How this line affect calculation of standard cost for this item? (seems no
t affected)
: 2.- Can this lines be used as not standard surcharges?
: 3.- Is possible to link these lines only to specific order type?
: (do not permit it use in any others types)
: 4.- Possibilities of use these lines in S.O. too?
: 5.- If BaaN let me use a line of this type and introduce manually amount, whic
h is it first purpose?
: 6.- It is a bug?
: Al
This way is used for the following purposes :
1. If there is a price difference for any purchased/sold items and you want to c
harge your customer/supplier with the diffrence.
2. It is not a bug. It can be used also for non standard surcharges.
3. It can be used to sell/purchase service items ( non tangible items ) like "Tr
aining, maintenance, support, cleaning services...."...
Regarding std cost, I did not check this poing.
Alaa Jaber
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alaa Jaber posted Message 3671 in Message Board
Dated : March 19, 2000 at 23:42:17 EST
Subject: STD UNIT COST..HOW IT IS UPDATED.. URGENT
I need your help regarding the standard unit cost.
When I receive new goods, I need need the std unit cost to be updated using the
weghted average cost formula. Is there a way to implement this ?
The material should not be issued from the warehouse without being properly cost
ed.
I need to add some extra charges to the item, like "Shipping, Customs,..." These
charges cannot be placed in the same PO because it is invoiced by different sup
pliers. How can this situation be implemented.
Thanks for your help.
( PLEASE GIVE SPECIFIC ANSWERS IF POSSIBLE )
Alaa Jaber
s, Latest Purhase Price (Lp), Current Purchase Price (CP), Average (weighted)Pur
chase Price (AP) and Simulated Purchase Price (Si). The order in which you enter
these codes in the above session determines how your standard cost is arrived a
t depending on available data for example, if your order is Ap,Cp,Lp,Si, the sys
tem will attempt to calculate the cost price based on the average purchase pric
e. If it cannot find an average on the item master file, the it will attempt to
arrive at the cost based on the current purchase price and so on and so on. The
system searches from left to right. Your standard cost price is only updated by
running the session "calculate cost prices" (ticpr2210m000) with the update cost
price flag set to yes or by running the session "update cost prices" (ticpr2220
m000). It is most important to remember that matching and approving of final inv
oices is crucial for the updating of average prices.
2. Additional charges can be added to items through the session "maintain surcha
rges by item" (ticpr1130m000). In this session you define the surcharges either
as surcharges or as subtotals which can either be percentages or fixed amounts b
ased on sesective cost price components ot material costs.
Please feel free to e-maol at cgomba@ubm.radar.co.zw. I keep getting disconnecte
d and there is a lot of detail to cover. I would not advise a sudden change in c
osting policy.
: Is there such a thing in Baan as an Open Sales Order Report? We're running Baa
n 4a and there doesn't appear to be anything that simply prints out only the ope
n sales orders. Has anyone found this report without doing a customization?
: Thanks
We also wrote our own report using Access. I spent months trying to find someth
ing in Baan (I couldn't get it through my head that Baan has no concept of "open
" versus "complete" on a sales order!). We pulled the info from tdsls045 table.
If you would like to know the criteria we used in Access, just let me know.
Jeanne P.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alaa Jaber posted Message 3683 in Message Board
Dated : March 21, 2000 at 15:22:46 EST
Subject: Re: STD UNIT COST..HOW IT IS UPDATED.. URGENT
Gentlemen,
Do you agree with me that this part of Baan is very weak.
I worked with smaller systems and they provide several methods for costing. ( Li
fo, Fifo, Average, Std, Last .. ) The cost should be automatically calculated at
the receipt time not at the matching and approval of invoices.
-----------------------------------------------: Hi GOmba,
: Thanks for the inputs.
: I understood the weihted average price as the price calculated based on differ
ent weightages for prices of items purchased at different times.
: In case of average price the price is average with weightages with 1.
: In the second part surcharges are maintained but can be used for the standard
costs and not when ever you make the purchases.
: regards
: Rajj
: : I agree with Raja Mohan that Baan IV valuatioon can only be by standard cost
. However this does not mean that your standard cost cannot be based on weighted
average. You determine how standard cost is arrived at (current, average, lates
t.In the session "maintain cost price calculation codes" (ticpr1101m000)you dete
rmine how your standard cost price (for valuation)is calculated. The are four op
tions, Latest Purhase Price (Lp), Current Purchase Price (CP), Average (weighted
)Purchase Price (AP) and Simulated Purchase Price (Si). The order in which you e
nter these codes in the above session determines how your standard cost is arriv
ed at depending on available data for example, if your order is Ap,Cp,Lp,Si, the
system will attempt to calculate the cost price based on the average purchase
price. If it cannot find an average on the item master file, the it will attempt
to arrive at the cost based on the current purchase price and so on and so on.
The system searches from left to right. Your standard cost price is only updated
by running the session "calculate cost prices" (ticpr2210m000) with the update
cost price flag set to yes or by running the session "update cost prices" (ticpr
2220m000). It is most important to remember that matching and approving of final
invoices is crucial for the updating of average prices.
: : 2. Additional charges can be added to items through the session "maintain su
rcharges by item" (ticpr1130m000). In this session you define the surcharges eit
her as surcharges or as subtotals which can either be percentages or fixed amoun
ts based on sesective cost price components ot material costs.
: : Please feel free to e-maol at cgomba@ubm.radar.co.zw. I keep getting disconn
ected and there is a lot of detail to cover. I would not advise a sudden change
in costing policy.
: :
: : Rajj
: : : I agree with Raja Mohan that Baan IV valuatioon can only be by standard co
st. However this does not mean that your standard cost cannot be based on weight
ed average. You determine how standard cost is arrived at (current, average, lat
est.In the session "maintain cost price calculation codes" (ticpr1101m000)you de
termine how your standard cost price (for valuation)is calculated. The are four
options, Latest Purhase Price (Lp), Current Purchase Price (CP), Average (weight
ed)Purchase Price (AP) and Simulated Purchase Price (Si). The order in which you
enter these codes in the above session determines how your standard cost is arr
ived at depending on available data for example, if your order is Ap,Cp,Lp,Si, t
he system will attempt to calculate the cost price based on the average purchas
e price. If it cannot find an average on the item master file, the it will attem
pt to arrive at the cost based on the current purchase price and so on and so on
. The system searches from left to right. Your standard cost price is only updat
ed by running the session "calculate cost prices" (ticpr2210m000) with the updat
e cost price flag set to yes or by running the session "update cost prices" (tic
pr2220m000). It is most important to remember that matching and approving of fin
al invoices is crucial for the updating of average prices.
: : : 2. Additional charges can be added to items through the session "maintain
surcharges by item" (ticpr1130m000). In this session you define the surcharges e
ither as surcharges or as subtotals which can either be percentages or fixed amo
unts based on sesective cost price components ot material costs.
: : : Please feel free to e-maol at cgomba@ubm.radar.co.zw. I keep getting disco
nnected and there is a lot of detail to cover. I would not advise a sudden chang
e in costing policy.
: : :
how and can you link an expiration date to a lot number and have that date drive
FIFO?
: You need to specify the following fields in the form 2 of item data: lot contr
ol by lot, issue priority by FIFO and the shelf life. When you issue a new lot (
receipt in production or purchasing) the system will take the date of issue and
calculate then the expiration date based on the shelf life in the item data.
Even though you have identified a lot with a shelf life/expiry date BaaN will no
t automatically stop you from issuing the expired lot. You need to run the sessi
on tdltc0220m000 and base it on the expiry date, all lots falling within the dat
e will then be blocked and will not appear within any outbound. You can then go
and remove from stock the blocked lots as and when you get time.
Regards
Colin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Shane Kiernan posted Message 3691 in Message Board
Dated : March 23, 2000 at 08:40:48 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation Distribution on Baan IVc4
i am busy implementing transportation on IVc3, but uniquely from the fleet manag
ement side rather than transport orders.
will advise if anything similar occurs.
shane
: Hi,
is there anybody who is working with Transportation on BaanIVc4? We have great p
erformance problems when copying salesorders to Transportation. Especially the s
etting "Orders Modified" in trtoc2200m000 causes great problems with the perform
ance.
: Note: we run BaanIVc4 on an Oracle(7.3.3.4) Level 2 environment.
Hello,
I hope you can Help me, I am trying to enter an inventory transaction with I
LC, But when i try to put the quantities by location, a message is displayed "Lo
cation is blocked for cicle counting". I found nothing in Cicle counting orders
and nothing in Cicle counting data. I reviewed the table tdilc101 (Inventory Dat
a for Location and Lot) and i found a field Blocked for cicle counting, whose va
lue is YES for most of the articles in the warehouse. I don't know how can updat
e this field by the correct way in BaaN.
Thanks in advance
Andres Uzcategui
***************** End Of Article ******************
Andres posted Message 3697 in Message Board
Dated : March 24, 2000 at 10:31:53 EST
Subject: Re: EDI Error
Hi,
I am no sure, but did you reviewed if the user have all the permissions nece
sary to write, update read, etc. the files in the EDI directory?. Once upon a ti
me i had a similar error and it was i didn't permissions in UNIX for update a ED
I file in the current directory.
I hope helped you
Andres
: Hi
: We have added some new customers to our system and now when we creates EDI fil
es (tdedi7205m000), we get an error: Error 11 by opening level 8.
: Does anyone have an idea of, what this error means?
: Regards
: Lars
order costs??? We import a lot of products into Zimbabwe adn so have a requirem
ent for cost breakdown. Confirm that you are including the surcharges (transport
etc in your standard cost price)?? Can you supply more detail on your objective
??
The field you are referring to in tdilc101 is automatically updated when you pri
nt cycle count orders. The system intentionally blocks all inentory transactions
as inventiry is being counted. At this stage, you may only update your inventor
y by running "Enter Location Cycle Counting Data" - tdilc5110m000 and then updat
ing that data through "Process Cycle Counting Data" - tdilc5211m000. The invento
ry lines are the unblocked automatically and you can then enter transactions thr
ough ILC. I presume you must have generated cycle counting orders that are yet t
o be processed on those locations - hence this problem.
Charles
***************** End Of Article ******************
mags posted Message 3708 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2000 at 08:53:04 EST
Subject: Internal EDI - mutiple networks
HAs anyone successfully used more than one network for trading with sister compa
nies via internal EDI. If so, are there any pitfalls to be aware of ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 3709 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2000 at 14:05:37 EST
Subject: Wip warehouses....
If you are actually holding goods in a line side warehouse for production to dra
w from...these warehouses can be disignated as wip warehouses and can be repleni
shed using the DRP module. A wip warehouse is the only nettable warehouse tpe th
at can be replenished by DRP.
Another potential advantage depending on your business process is that while MRP
production orders and SFC planned orders are in existence their demand shows on
the BOM warehouse and then shifts to the WIP warehouse when the SFC order is re
leased. I'd sugest running through this scenario in your test company to observe
the demand shifting.
Feel free to call if I can help with further information in this area, 409-597-5
151.
John Crystal
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 3710 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2000 at 14:21:26 EST
Subject: CAVEAT lot expiration dates !!
Lot expiration dates can be created upon receipt, will be used in the FIFO outbo
und process and can be used for blocking as the other people explained.
ONE THING YOU NEED TO UNDERSTAND THOUGH.....
Once the lot record with expiration date has been created and the data from it p
assed to the inventory records with lot number and expiration date ... THESE REC
ORDS THEN BECOME UNHOOKED.
You can go into the lot record and change the expiration date and the inventory
records will still contain the original expiration date. You will still need to
go into the inventory records and change the expiration date there also.
Conversely it is possible to change the expiration date in the inventory record
and this does not change the lot record.
Just be aware of how this functionality works.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sandeep posted Message 3711 in Message Board
Dated : March 28, 2000 at 07:35:55 EST
Subject: Unblocking Ericsson
I'm trying to Unblock my Ericsson PF768 Mobile phone please give me some advice
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gerry Walter posted Message 3712 in Message Board
Dated : March 28, 2000 at 07:42:02 EST
Subject: Re: Sales invoice lines .... help!!!
: : : It is clear to me that you placed the step : Maintain outbound
: : : in your order type. Remove that step and use Generate OutBound and Maintai
n Deliveries ( Which is equal to Release outBound )
: : Be careful with adding "generate outbound" to the order steps. There are som
e problems connected to this step (when deleting generated outbound advices and
re-generating). Maintain Deliveries alone should do it .
: : Yours,
: : Uli
: What kind of problems are you expecting ?
: I am using generate outbound and assigning it to the salesmen all over the cou
ntry as a hard allocation step. The sales man creates an order and allocate it.
This ensures their commitments to customers are confirmed.
: Alaa
It is not a counter order.
The step is not in the order steps.
Thanks so far,
Any other ideas?
G
: Hi,
: You can set table fields authorizations (in Tools, User Mgt, Authorizations, D
atabase Authorizations...)
: Sonja
: -----------------------------------: : we have set user authorizations for inventory transfers.
: : We want certain users to only be able to transfer material between certain w
arehouses but not others
: : example: user 1 should only be able to move material between whrs xxx and yy
y, but not whrs aaa. How can this be done? We are on Baan4
we have been running lot control for a few months, want to turn off completely.
how to do this and what should the plan be? Any implications?
muchas gracias
***************** End Of Article ******************
James posted Message 3717 in Message Board
Dated : March 28, 2000 at 16:26:05 EST
Subject: Re: Commission Set Up
Please send more information, for example, how many reps on
an order, commission splitting, fixed com % per order or can the
% change?
: I would appreciate any help in the set up a simple agents commission based on
gross $ amount of final invoice. A list of required steps would be most helpful.
: Thanks in advance
t.
11. Maintain Default Relations by Customer - this session is how Baan knows who
gets commission for a particular customer's orders.
We still have ongoing open cases with Baan regarding several problems. Some of
the cases have been open for months, but we are able to get through commissions
fairly well (we cannot do manual entries - they won't post) each month.
This is an awful lot of detail, and there is actually more if you want to get in
to real specifics. If there is any area I help you with, let me know and I can
send you copies of examples of how we filled things out on our end.
Good luck!
Jeanne Ploshay
: Colin
I guess my question then is - the date that I put into the lot at the time the l
ot is created and we maintain receipts into inventory is the expiration date? It
seems in the help that BAAN wants to calculate a PED - I don't want it to calcu
late ANYTHING? Should I just set the shelf life at zero? I want the guys in rece
iving to be able to enter the date at the time of receipt.
Also, it is possible that we might be receiving items/lots in with exp dates ear
lier that ones that have already been received and we want those to be the first
in line out the door - is BAAN capable of dealing with that as long as the date
is entered correctly at receipt?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Olav posted Message 3721 in Message Board
Dated : March 29, 2000 at 03:10:15 EST
Subject: Item stuck in inspection location
Concider the following case:
Baan IVc4, location control ON.
1. We order 10 m of an item(inspection=Yes)
2. Maintain Receipts for 10.2 m
3. Maintain Approvals for 10.2 m
4. Generate/Release Inbound
The problem is that the last 0.2 m seems to get stuck in the Inspection location
. The ordered 10 m are inbounded and released OK, but what about the last 0.2 m?
? Anybody got any ideas?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary Pancoast posted Message 3722 in Message Board
Dated : March 29, 2000 at 08:08:10 EST
Subject: Point Of Use and Rec'g
We have recently implemented a point of use stocking program. The parts bypass i
nspection as ship to stock items and are physically received directly to the man
ufacturing area. We are on Baan4b and we cannot receive directly into a WIP war
ehouse! I can't change the warehouse to "normal" because we also use DRP/Repleni
shment to feed WIP from our main stockroom on other items. BaaN DRP only allows
a Bill of Distribution from a Nettable to a Non-Nettable or WIP warehouse. We ha
ve so much material in WIP I have to net off it for MRP purposes. Any ideas on h
ow to eliminate a transaction and receive directly into WIP? Does a later releas
e allow this?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Kiehl posted Message 3723 in Message Board
Dated : March 29, 2000 at 08:50:36 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation Distribution on Baan IVc4
I am curious about Eddy's comment regarding the future of Transportation in Baan
: The problem is that the last 0.2 m seems to get stuck in the Inspection locati
on. The ordered 10 m are inbounded and released OK, but what about the last 0.2
m?? Anybody got any ideas?
If anyone is interested, the trick was that the remaining 0.2 m had to be manual
ly inboundet through "Maintain Inbound Data".
Strange..........
How does a RPL order type affect PRP warehouse orders? I dont understand.
: : The problem I am having is that everytime complete the transaction, the d123
42 part ends up in REC, and then I have to inbound it to its fixed location. Is
there a way to get it to go directly into its fixed location the first time?
: Chris,
: Set up a direct inventory transfer order type with order steps, Maintain repl
order and process/delete delivered rpl order. Do not include receive and delive
r. However, negative inventory is not allowed and rpl parameters should have in
ventory check in rpl whse and destination whse to either on hand or time-phased.
This will make sure the inventory is available for demand.
: If you have a test environment, set it up first in there and see if it does wh
at you want.
: RO
Can someone tell me whether DRP consumes forcast or not? It doesn't seem like it
is but I just want to make sure it's working properly.
Thanks in advance!
E Lai
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ark Noahfrgtme posted Message 3742 in Message Board
Dated : April 03, 2000 at 18:58:22 EST
Subject: To be delivered quantity = ?
Hi !
What's the formula for determining the "to be delivered"
quantity in the PUR module?
Is the following formula correct?
If receipts have been maintained then
to be deilvered qty = back order qty
Else
to be deilvered qty = ordered quantity
Endif
Thanks.
Ark
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jacobo A. posted Message 3743 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 05:04:18 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Order Header Discount
: I cannot get Purchase Order Header Discount (Percentage) to work. I have inve
stigated Purchase Order Parameters but cannot see a setting there which would af
fect this. Purchase Order Line Discounts (Both Percentage and Amount) function
correctly. Why doesn't the Purchase Order Header Discount?
Are you sure that the order line item is not a cost or service item?. The Order
Header Discount work only if the items aren't
cost or service item, like in the Sales Order.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jacobo A. posted Message 3744 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 05:39:06 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Order Header Discount
: I cannot get Purchase Order Header Discount (Percentage) to work. I have inve
stigated Purchase Order Parameters but cannot see a setting there which would af
fect this. Purchase Order Line Discounts (Both Percentage and Amount) function
correctly. Why doesn't the Purchase Order Header Discount?
Could you see if the item in the order line is a cost or service item?.
The Order Header Discount (sales or purchase) aren't applicable to a cost or ser
vice item.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Peter Alexander posted Message 3745 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 06:19:24 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Order Header Discount
The item I am testing against is not a Service or a Cost item. Thanks for your
response.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ann - Marie posted Message 3746 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 08:06:08 EST
Subject: Sales order status
What causes sales orders to stop appearing on the session tdsls4533m000?
Thanks for your help.
***************** End Of Article ******************
bill posted Message 3747 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 09:07:02 EST
Subject: Re: Sales order status
: What causes sales orders to stop appearing on the session tdsls4533m000?
: Thanks for your help.
Do you delete order data when you process delivered sales orders?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Frdric Tourniaire posted Message 3748 in Message Board
Dated : April 04, 2000 at 09:34:41 EST
Subject: Re: Sales order status
Bill is right, you have to set the option 'Delete order data' to 'Yes' when usin
g session 'Process delivered sales order - tdsls4223m000'.
But don't forget to update the sales statictics first otherwise the order data a
re not deleted even if you set the option 'Delete order data' to 'Yes'.
There's also a sales parameter which can influence the functionality of the opti
on 'Delete order data'. It's the parameter 'Order data deleting method' in sessi
on 'Maintain sales order parameters - tdsls4100m000'. See help for more detail a
bout this field.
Hope that this will help you.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Frdric Tourniaire posted Message 3749 in Message Board
: I try to generate the BEMIS message LFAVIS but nothing works. I get the messag
e that EDI messages have been prepared but when I run session 'tcedi7201m000 - G
enerate EDI messages' the session is closed immediately and no message is genera
ted.
: There's probably a specific setting for the ASN with MBOL that I forgot to set
up but what ?
: Notes
: Everything is working well for the Bemis messages : sales schedules ABRUF, shi
pping schedules FEINAB and invoices RECHNU.
: Thanks in advance for your help.
:
:
:
:
:
: Thanks.
: Ark
John
: Hi !
:
What's the formula for determining the "to be delivered"
:
quantity in the PUR module?
: :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : Thanks.
: : Ark
Before you can delete an item, all references in other tables have to be deleted
. Use the session 'Print References to Parent' (Database Management -> Reports)
to find out, which references still exist.
Martin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Martin posted Message 3766 in Message Board
Dated : April 05, 2000 at 12:42:41 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation Distribution on Baan IVc4
The performance is excellent now!
Martin
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gonzalo Martinez posted Message 3767 in Message Board
Dated : April 05, 2000 at 19:47:24 EST
Subject: Problem with Stock Orders
Hi !,
A have a little problem. I'm using the session trwoc1100m000 (Maintain Stock Ord
ers) in Transport Module. This session calls the session trwoc1210s000, that is
used to calculate quantities & imports of my stock orders.
The problem is that the session doesn't work for any range.
Does anybody know what is missing in my process or if this session has a bug ?
Thanks in advance
"automatically".
You have to take the standard code and make it work without any manual input. If
you now all defaults values the session needs each time is executed, I don't se
e the problem to convert a standard session in an automatic session.
Have you programming in BaaN ?
Good Luck
may i have the session number for the Sales Order Parameters ?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 3773 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 2000 at 04:56:42 EST
Subject: Re: Margin Control, how it works?
The session number is tdsls4100m000
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 3774 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 2000 at 05:06:08 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Discount
Yes you surely can. On the sales order line your have a discount %age field and
a discount amount field. Entering a discount amount allows you to offer a dollar
value discount as opposed to a %age.
Charles
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Mc posted Message 3775 in Message Board
Dated : April 06, 2000 at 10:02:53 EST
Subject: Re: To be delivered quantity = ?
Ark
Why would you maintain a receipt of zero? if you want to cancel the order why no
t just delete the line.
If reciever is raised in error - just delete it.
A point to note - we delete unused/unrecieved lines on each & every reciept - th
ereby not generating backorders unless a P/O line has been partially recieved.
I hope this helps
John
: Hi John,
:
Thanks for the post.
:
But ... what happens in the following scenario?
:
:
:
:
Ordered = 57
Delivered = 0
Back Order = 0
:
:
:
:
:
John
: Hi !
:
What's the formula for determining the "to be delivered"
:
quantity in the PUR module?
: : :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : : Thanks.
: : : Ark
have to take this flat file and convert it into the multiple file (850.1, 850.2
, 850.3, etc) structure. Then run the communication to transfer into baan. Thi
s seems like there are a lot of hoops to jump through before the flat file is re
ady for baan to use. Is there an easier way to do this edi conversion. Please
let me know.
Thanks in advance.
-Tim
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris posted Message 3781 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 2000 at 10:58:30 EST
Subject: Location not printing on Picking List
Can anybody think of a reason why a location would not print on a picking list?
There is stock for the part, the item is defined with a fixed location.
Thank you in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Kiehl posted Message 3782 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 2000 at 11:23:33 EST
Subject: Re: Location not printing on Picking List
Hi,
A couple of off the wall possibilities:
Is your inventory in a warehouse where Location Control has not been turned
on?
Have you maybe created a location with no characters (it is possible to sim
ply hit the spacebar on your keyboard when creating locations in session tdilc01
10m000 Maintain Locations, and instead of creating location "12345" to create lo
cation " ")?
Also, I'm assuming you're talking about the Sales Order Pick List and not the Re
plenishment Order Pick List (which is a little buggy).
-Chris: Can anybody think of a reason why a location would not print on a picking list
? There is stock for the part, the item is defined with a fixed location.
: Thank you in advance.
Warehouse personnel can hunt for the items and if there are any discrepancies th
ey can inform the 'Baan guy in the warehouse' to manually edit the Inbound advic
e and make the inventory adjustments/ transfers to correct the discrepancy.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3787 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 2000 at 16:19:05 EST
Subject: Re: inventory in inspection location not inbounding
When you are receiving an item you have to Generate or Maintain Inbound. (You ha
ve mentioned Gen Inbound and Mtn. Outbound..maybe it is a typographic error). In
ILC situations after Mtn Approval the item moves from Inspection location to Re
ceipt location.
The Gen/Mtn Inbound session followed by Release Inbound session moves the item f
rom Receipt location to the Storage location.
Are you using lot control? Maybe you are blocking the lots for Inbound (You can
block lots for inbound, outbound and/or transhipment)
***************** End Of Article ******************
sat posted Message 3788 in Message Board
Dated : April 07, 2000 at 16:40:00 EST
Subject: Pick list sequence
Does the Picking list just get sorted alpha-numerically by warehouse or location
depending upon the Print options chosen?
selection nor can I add an outbound manually in the Maintain Outbound Data sess
ion. When I inquire about the item in the item/lot/location session, the item is
still in INSPECT and the quantity is blocked. Any ideas about why this occurs?
We are running Baan IVc4.
Hi
You may try the following solution:
While Generating outbound advice, enter the tranaction type as 'Inventory Transf
er' and not 'Purchase Order' and the type of location as 'Inspection'. You shoul
d be getting an inbound advice for the items in inspection location to Receipt l
ocation or a normal location according to your setup. Then you will be able to m
ake outbound as the inventory is no more blocked in the inspection location.
This is a typical problem.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 3791 in Message Board
Dated : April 08, 2000 at 02:13:06 EST
Subject: Inspection Item
I know this is basic but have you checked that the item is maintained by locatio
n and that if another item exists at that location that the location is a multi
item location? If so is it a fixed (limited) quantity location
***************** End Of Article ******************
k posted Message 3792 in Message Board
Dated : April 09, 2000 at 17:47:27 EST
Subject: Looping in Parent-Child customer relationship
Does anybody know of any existing reports or efficient way to scan the customer
master and find out all looping parent-child customer relationship? For instance
, customer 1000 is having parent customer 2000. Meanwhile the parent customer fi
eld of 2000 is filled with 1000.
I need an efficient way because we have 46k records in the customer master!
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Martin posted Message 3793 in Message Board
Dated : April 10, 2000 at 08:40:45 EST
Subject: Re: Change quantity delivered after printing Packing Slips?
: We use Baan IVc.
: Is there any way to change the quantity delivered after printing packing slips
? After that an up to date packing slip would be fine. What we are looking for
is a draft of the packing slip with the final packing slip number.
You can define the orderstep "Maintain Deliveries" re-executable after "Print Pa
cking Slip". I'm not sure whether this work-around might have some disadvantages
for you. Normaly the Picking List is the draft for the Packing Slip.
***************** End Of Article ******************
The "Sequence Number" for each location can be assigned in session tdilc0110m000
Maintain Locations.
Does that answer the question?
-Chris: Does the Picking list just get sorted alpha-numerically by warehouse or locati
on depending upon the Print options chosen?
t package and most of it will become available with the new Freight Management p
ackage we are finalizing at this moment. It will have a somewhat different set-u
p and focus (more geared at shippers instead of carriers) but it will be more in
tegrated in the rest of BaanERP.
: In what release of Baan will the Transporation Module be deleted?
see above
: -Chris: Baan IVC
: : Hi Martin,
: : We are having the same problems !!
: : In my opinion the problems are caused by the difference between Distribution
and Transportation.
: : ( Distribution has more records for one salesorder line, but transprotation
has only one record and can't update this record al the time there is a change )
: : The problem is also that there are very few company's that use both distribu
tion and transportation and the priority to solve these problems are low! Also,
in the future, the transportation module is beeing deleted from the Baan softwar
e!
: : Futhermore we are discussing with Baan over this problem so if you want to b
e in this discussion please send a email to Baan at avleeuwen@vanenburg.com.
Inbound Advice, I get no data within selection.... Also, I cannot set it up manu
ally via the Maintain Inbound Data session. The session cannot find the order/re
ceipt record in the Inspection location.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Marc Watts posted Message 3802 in Message Board
Dated : April 11, 2000 at 08:38:53 EST
Subject: Re: inventory in inspection location not inbounding
: When you are receiving an item you have to Generate or Maintain Inbound. (You
have mentioned Gen Inbound and Mtn. Outbound..maybe it is a typographic error).
In ILC situations after Mtn Approval the item moves from Inspection location to
Receipt location.
: The Gen/Mtn Inbound session followed by Release Inbound session moves the item
from Receipt location to the Storage location.
: Are you using lot control? Maybe you are blocking the lots for Inbound (You ca
n block lots for inbound, outbound and/or transhipment)
The items are not lot controlled. Also currently the items are still in the insp
ection location even though they have been approved. Should they be in the Inspe
ction location or receipt location at this point?
: Hi baan fans,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: Hi baan fans,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: Thanks in advance.
: giridhar
-Ariba
-SAP b2b
-Commerce one
-Oracle
In line 20 I entered 100 pieces of another item (not part of the price group).
If I insert a sales order and I put the item (from the price group) in line 10 (
25 pieces) I'm asked if I want to use line 10 of the sales contract. If I select
the contract line the salesorder line is 'connected' to the sales contact line.
For testing I also entered the second item of the contract (not part of the pric
e grout) in line 20 (also 25 pieces) of the same sales order. This line is of co
urse 'connected' to line 20 of the sales contract.
If I print the order confirmation it says that both lines are 'connected' to the
contract.
However, in the text box below line 10 it says that the number of items consumed
from the sales contract is 0 (in stead of 25). Line 20 correctly says 25 items
are consumed.
Does anyone know if (and how) I can resolve this?
Thanks for your time.
Maikel
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bruce Thornhill posted Message 3831 in Message Board
Dated : April 18, 2000 at 16:42:04 EST
Subject: Re: Future Demand Forecasts
Eric, I now see what you mean, but I had to apply solution #78831 before it woul
d work on my vanilla installation. The problem was a defect whereby the future
period would not forecast at all.
: : I want to have my demand forecast tdinv4230m000 calculate a forecast for May
, even though it's now only April. The reason for this is that I need DRP to ca
lculate next months requirements for lower level warehouses now, so that SIC wil
l see the planned movement and purchase for the top-level warehouse.
: : My problem is that the system will only produce a forecast for the current p
eriod. If I specify period 2000-5, it comes back empty-handed.
: : Can this be done? Is it the correct approach? Thanks in advance.
:
: Hi,
: When the system generates a forecast in period 4, it is not the forecast for p
eriode 4 itself but the forecast for an unspecified period. That means, the gene
rated forecast is the best possible forecast for the coming periods. This foreca
st can be used for extrapolating.
: Example:
: forecast in period 4 = 100
: forecast for period 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,... = 100
: forecast for next year = 12(13) * 100 = 1200(1300)
: Therefore, the system only generates one forecast. This forecast can be used f
or all coming periods (maybe corrected for trend and seasonal pattern). I hope t
his helps you.
:
: Kind regards, Eric Kuijper
: Korade BV, The Netherlands
r cost items should maintain receipts be a step in the procedure? If so why, why
not? What is teh standard procedure for this?
Have situation where a purcahse order generated from MRP has the same item numbe
r due for delivery the same day appearing many times with differnet quantities.
We run mrp daily but have an order interval of 7 days on this item. Any ideas is there a flag we should setting somewhere to consilidate the demand
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Muhammad Faisal posted Message 3850 in Message Board
Dated : April 25, 2000 at 16:56:12 EST
Subject: Re: mulitple items occurrance on purchase order
Please check on "Maximum order quantity" field in item master for that item. If
this quantity is lower, then multiple orders will be generated for the same item
regardless of order interval.
***************** End Of Article ******************
AlaaJaber posted Message 3851 in Message Board
Dated : April 25, 2000 at 23:55:32 EST
Subject: Re: Purchasing Cost Items
The cost item should go to the receiving procedure, however, it is not really re
ceived into inventory. Once you receive them in the maintain receipts, it will g
o to the following step defined in the po. And it will appear in the PO invoice.
Do it using baan. We are receiving shipping and packing costs as part of the PO
items and it is working fine.
In sales module, the same thing happens. You just go to the delivery session and
mark that item as shipped. Nothing is reduced from the inventory, it is only in
voiced.
---------: I am at a plant that puchases many mro items and is hesitant to do this in ba
an. it looks like cost items never go into inventory...does this mean that they
never need to be received in??? In other words, when setting up the p.o. type fo
r cost items should maintain receipts be a step in the procedure? If so why, why
not? What is teh standard procedure for this?
When I use Phantom item and define its BOM, the warehouse problems also comes up
.
How do you think Sets cab sold through baan, without the need to enter all the c
omponents.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3853 in Message Board
Dated : April 26, 2000 at 10:29:29 EST
Subject: Also check Fixed Order Qty. in Item master
If the fixed order qty. is say 20 then a demand for 100 will show up as 5 orders
for 20 units each.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3854 in Message Board
Dated : April 26, 2000 at 10:51:13 EST
Subject: Purchase requisitions
1. Does any version of Baan (other than Baan ERP) handle Purchase Requisitions?
Is it available as an add on to the sch module in Baan IVb or c??
2. I'd appreciate it if someone can share their experiencees with using Purchase
Inquiries or RPL orders or any other 'workarounds' inplace of Purchase Requisit
ions?
We are using a cost item with Std Desc 'No' to create P.O's for every requisitio
n item. In Form3 of Mtn. P.O we enter the ledger # for accounting purposes.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bob Showalter posted Message 3855 in Message Board
Dated : April 26, 2000 at 16:39:18 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase requisitions
: 1. Does any version of Baan (other than Baan ERP) handle Purchase Requisitions
? Is it available as an add on to the sch module in Baan IVb or c??
We are using tdprq module (purchase requisitions) under
B40L c2 sch0 it works pretty well for us.
: Hi baan fans,
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
amounts are the ones of the receipts and are the ones taken into account for th
e statistics.
2. An invoice is received from the supplier for the receipts done.
is recorded into the system and processed. The purchase order line
en updated with new records of the type 3 if the quantities and/or
ifferent from the values of the receipts.
These new values are then taken into account by the statistics and
nes of the step 1.
This invoice
history is th
amounts are d
replace the o
So, when you print the turnover, you have a mix between purchase orders which ar
e still are the step 1 and purchase orders which are the step 2. The turnover is
so not a real turnover but an estimated one !!!!
Do you have an idea to not update the statitits with purchase orders which are a
t the step 1 ?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ken Belt posted Message 3858 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2000 at 09:30:18 EST
Subject: Re: Bar Code wiith BaaN
: : I am investigating about references implementing Bar Code with BaaN. Does so
mebody know important information to consider fo any implementation. And if some
body know about any succes instalation and emails or phone number to contact.
: : Thanks in advice
: Hi my company is currently going through a barcode implementation, it is due t
o go live in the next few weeks. The product we are using is made by a company c
alled Connectware, if you have any specific questions please feel free to email
me and I will try to help.
: regards
: Colin
Colin,
My Company manufactures soft drink despensing equipment, we are strongly conside
ring Connectware for data collection. I would like to be able to exchange email
s with you or speak to you on the phone. We are running BaaN IV c 3 and are not
yet bar coding but will implement barcoding with Connectware. My name is Ken B
elt and am Sr. industrial Engineer with Lancer Corp. Phone # = (210) 310 - 7192
, Email = kbelt@lancercorp.com.
If you dont mind drop me an email so we can chat.
Thanks,
Ken Belt
***************** End Of Article ******************
Stefan Riedl posted Message 3859 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2000 at 10:24:01 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Contract, how it works?
Hi Kian,
when you inserted the sales order, did you get the confirmation that the order w
as linked to the contract?
If not, then check if the conract is active (or if the contract confirmation is
printed or if customer and article are correct or if the date of entry is befor
your sales order and the exploration date is after the sales order, these are th
e usual mistakes I know)
If yes, then you can see the called off quantity and amount in tdsls3513m000 (or
tdsls3535m000). What you will not see is the remaining quantity.
Hope this helps
Feel free to contact me if you have any further questions
Stefan
stefan.riedl@schartner.net
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jan posted Message 3860 in Message Board
Dated : April 28, 2000 at 05:27:34 EST
Subject: Problems with Generating Prod Variant Structure for Budget tipcf5270m00
0
Please can anyone help me ?
After I have created a sales quotation for a generic item and generated Prod Var
iant Structure for Sales Quotation I occasionally have cause to amend the varian
t options, for example an input error or customer change to options.
I have been using the session generate prod variant structure for budget, select
ing the created budget and variant, reopening the product configurator, amending
the selected options and finally regenerating the product structure on closure
of the configurator.
This seems to work fine, the variant is updated, the budget parts are updated bu
t the product code remains unchanged. This is causing us quite a problem.
The functionality for Sales Orders and Projects is basically the same and works
just fine !
Has anyone else got this problem, or indeed any suggestions ?
Jan
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sadka Aviv posted Message 3861 in Message Board
Dated : April 30, 2000 at 04:38:09 EST
Subject: Negative Inventory using Locatios in BAAN 5
Hello all,
As I know, in BAAN 4 , the parameter "Negative Inventory allowed" can't be set t
o "YES" as long as the location control is implemented.
Can this paraneter be set to "YES" and work properly in BAAN 5 using locations ?
Thank you for your help,
AVIV
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 3862 in Message Board
Dated : May 01, 2000 at 08:09:29 EST
Subject: Re: SET SALES & PRODUCT CONFIG, & SALES ORDER BOM
My client has the same problem, we have come to the conclusion that the only pra
ctical way to get around this is to customize (unfortunately).
The reason for getting into this in the first place was so that we could have cu
stomer dedicated warehouses (for the big customers) and of course as soon as you
attempt to sell a "kit", the warehouse from the BOM line gets used and not the
warehouse from the sales order line (the parent)
Alternatives evaluated were to have a multicompany environment (allowing you to
have different warehouses on the bom lines) or to have customer specific BOM's.
We also looked at using the configurator (using 3gl code in the constraints it i
s possible to code it in such a way that the sales order lines for the kit will
revert to the original warehouse specified for the parent. All of these alternat
ives were ruled out as being either too costly to implement (versus customizatio
n) or having limited functionality.
In my opinion it is a bit of an oversight on Baan's part but is unlikey to be ad
ressed anytime in the near future.
: We need to sell sets.
: When I use the Product Configurator, I face a problem that the system creates
a project number.
: When I use the BOM and copy the BOM, the warehouse if fixed on the BOM. I have
branches and their warehouses are different. The user has to go to each compone
nt and change its warehouse. This is not practical solution at all.
: When I use Phantom item and define its BOM, the warehouse problems also comes
up.
:
: How do you think Sets cab sold through baan, without the need to enter all the
components.
:
: Thanks.
Looking at being able to bring shipper numbers, status and shipping charges back
into Baan.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sat posted Message 3864 in Message Board
Dated : May 01, 2000 at 12:15:41 EST
Subject: Customer Priority field in Customer Master
Where is the field 'Customer Priority' in Form 6 of Customer Master (Baan IV) us
ed?
Is it in any way related to the Sales Order Priorities, apart from being used as
one of the fields for sorting the sales Order priorities??
In the absence of Sales Order priorities does the Customer Priority get referred
while printing picking lists??
Thanks in advance for any clarifications
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mo posted Message 3865 in Message Board
Dated : May 01, 2000 at 13:03:27 EST
Subject: Re: Pick List steps
If all prior responses do not work, you may want to try to print the Pick List b
efore releasing the outbound. ( Do step #4 before #3.)
Please advise if this works!
: Just to expand slightly on Tommy's posting, refer to the order status (and zoo
m on the order line). If "Print pick lists" is not in your order steps you will
never be able to print.
: : You need to make sure that Pick List is a step within the order Type that yo
u are using.
: : : I'm trying to print a pick list. Problem is, I can't even create one. He
re are the steps I've taken.
: : : 1. Create a warehouse order (transfer)
: : : 2. Generate Outbound.
: : : 3. Release Outbound.
: : : 4. Generate Picklist (No data within selection)
: : : All steps seem to work fine up until this last part. Any suggesions? I'm
not functional, so please any recommendations would be great!
With ILC, the Customer Priority field in the Customer File is the primary select
ion field for Generating Outbound Advice.
Inventory will always go to that Customer's sales order which has the higher pri
ority (lower priority number).
If you choose to implement Priority Simulations(tdsls4126m000), then THESE would
take precidence over the Customer Priority field.
Good Luck,
-Chris-
: Where is the field 'Customer Priority' in Form 6 of Customer Master (Baan IV)
used?
: Is it in any way related to the Sales Order Priorities, apart from being used
as one of the fields for sorting the sales Order priorities??
: In the absence of Sales Order priorities does the Customer Priority get referr
ed while printing picking lists??
: Thanks in advance for any clarifications
: : : : All steps seem to work fine up until this last part. Any suggesions? I
'm not functional, so please any recommendations would be great!
My colleague is generating a report using Sales Statitics (SST), however not all
the data from the periods selected appeared. Example : Data from Sept 99 to Feb
2000 didn't show but only March and April 2000 shown.
We have make sure the period table is correct and also do a full update on the s
ales statistics.
Another question : Archive/Delete Sales Statistics (tdsst0202m000)
- Does anyone know the cause & effect of using this session, will the data in SS
T be deleted causing the problem i faced above.
***************** End Of Article ******************
: We have a small operation that wants to raise sales orders & invoices with the
following information:
: 1. From destination
: 2. To destination
: 3. Date
: 4. Weight
: 5. Customer reference
: Does transportation provide a user friendly order entry screen?
: What is the link between Distribution sales orders and transportation?
: How easy is it to set up the transportation module?
How can you tell which login a purchase line was receipted under?
I suspect that tdpur051 purch ord line history holds the info, but i can't see h
ow to decipher the record types etc
***************** End Of Article ******************
SP Kumar posted Message 3883 in Message Board
Dated : May 04, 2000 at 03:47:58 EST
Subject: Consolidation .... Very Urgent
Has any one done consolidation of inventory, sales statistics qty and val in baa
n4c4 with a distributed database environment... each company is in a different s
erver and a different currency.
we need to do this consolidation. any help appreciated..
thanks in advance
sp kumar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jenna posted Message 3884 in Message Board
Dated : May 04, 2000 at 04:51:26 EST
Subject: Re: Pick List/Pack Slip Processing
The pick & pack slips need to be used in conjunction with a sales order.
You cannot apply multiple delivery addresses to a single line on an order withou
t customisation. We have customised the functionality to fit this purpose.
Have you thought about Subcontracting as a possible solution ?
Jenna
: We would like to use the pick list/pack slip function in BaaN and are having p
roblems getting started. We can see that both processes require a sales order bu
t we have bulk product that we ship to outside processing suppliers. Is there a
way to use this function without a sales order but perhaps a work order? Also, w
e sometimes ship items to more than one customer location. Is there a way to cha
nge the address for multiple deliveries to different locations?
: Thank you in advance!
: Denise
Depends on which service pack. But I found that you have to at least create a m
atrix name in the order mgt pricing parameter.
: The message
: " Unable to retrieve price"
: appears whenever I create a sales order line. When I checked the price in the
item sales data, it was not 0.
: When I zoom into the price field in the sales order lines,
: there is a base price which is the same as that of in the item sales data. Bu
t the unit price field is 0 [zero].
: Has anyone encountered this message before.
: Of course, I have to manually enter the price.
: Thanks in advance.
: You cannot apply multiple delivery addresses to a single line on an order with
out customisation. We have customised the functionality to fit this purpose.
: Have you thought about Subcontracting as a possible solution ?
: Jenna
:
: : We would like to use the pick list/pack slip function in BaaN and are having
problems getting started. We can see that both processes require a sales order
but we have bulk product that we ship to outside processing suppliers. Is there
a way to use this function without a sales order but perhaps a work order? Also,
we sometimes ship items to more than one customer location. Is there a way to c
hange the address for multiple deliveries to different locations?
: : Thank you in advance!
: : Denise
0 Maintain Delivery Addresses and reference any of these Delivery Address codes
per line in sub-session tdsls4105s000 Maintain Sales Order Lines (Form 3). This
will kick out a separate Packing Slip for each line entered. Also, the Sales Ord
er Acknowledgment will reference each of the different delivery addresses.
: Hope this leads you in the right direction.
: -Chris: : The pick & pack slips need to be used in conjunction with a sales order.
: : You cannot apply multiple delivery addresses to a single line on an order wi
thout customisation. We have customised the functionality to fit this purpose.
: : Have you thought about Subcontracting as a possible solution ?
: : Jenna
:
: :
: : : We would like to use the pick list/pack slip function in BaaN and are havi
ng problems getting started. We can see that both processes require a sales orde
r but we have bulk product that we ship to outside processing suppliers. Is ther
e a way to use this function without a sales order but perhaps a work order? Als
o, we sometimes ship items to more than one customer location. Is there a way to
change the address for multiple deliveries to different locations?
: : : Thank you in advance!
: : : Denise
hing happens!!! the session close down and no error message is shown. The settin
gs are
Proccess order: YES
Delete Order Data: NO
Please help urgent need to close all sales orders....
Thansk in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
MEHN posted Message 3896 in Message Board
Dated : May 09, 2000 at 15:11:21 EST
Subject: Again...Please help!
Hi everyone,
I'm having trouble with sales contracts for items of a price group. (BaaN IV c3)
This is what I did; First I created a price group (in MCS), then I assiged the p
rice group to an item (in ITM). Finally I entered a sales contract for that pric
e group.
In line 10 of the contract I entered the price group (100 pieces) with a sales p
rice (both units: pieces).
In line 20 I entered 100 pieces of another item (not part of the price group).
If I insert a sales order and I put the item (from the price group) in line 10 (
25 pieces) I'm asked if I want to use line 10 of the sales contract. If I select
the contract line the salesorder line is 'connected' to the sales contact line.
For testing I also entered the second item of the contract (not part of the pric
e group) in line 20 (also 25 pieces) of the same sales order. This line is of co
urse 'connected' to line 20 of the sales contract.
If I print the order confirmation it says that both lines are 'connected' to the
contract.
However, in the text box below line 10 it says that the number of items consumed
from the sales contract is 0 (in stead of 25). Line 20 correctly says 25 items
are consumed.
Does anyone know if (and how) I can resolve this?
Thanks for your time.
Maikel
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jack Ngao posted Message 3897 in Message Board
Dated : May 09, 2000 at 22:02:45 EST
Subject: Tax country of lines doesn't match with country code of delivery addres
s
I am using BaanIVc4. I created a sales order with a customer who has a country
code of "PRC" (sales header form 3).
In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery address is "H
K" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines doesn't matc
h with country code of delivery address". My client does not implement Baan's T
ax features.
Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
= 1) CS-1800TS
2) CU-1800TS
CS/CU-1800TS is our main item and we are using it while maintaining purchase as
well as sales order but we are issuing and receiving it by components because ou
r purchase is by component. All the reports we need as per main item and as per
my knowledge we can follow this procedure if we use FTP for the valuation of the
Goods.BaaN does not allow us to issue or receipt by component if we use LOT PRI
CE for the valuation of stock.
so i would like to request you to furnish your comments and advise me to tackle
this problem and also can someone tell me what is the logic behind this why BaaN
does not allow us to issue or receive by component if we use LOT PRICE.
Thanking in Advance.
Regards,
Tanweer Ahmed
***************** End Of Article ******************
Samir posted Message 3899 in Message Board
Dated : May 10, 2000 at 12:50:51 EST
Subject: Re: Procces delivered sales order
:
:
:
:
Hi again
need help on procces deliverd sales order.
All ordes are in status Ready for: Deleting line...
and when trying to execute session procces delivered so it doesn't do anything
it closes automatic and nothing happens.
: Urgen need of help
: Thanks!!!
: Thomas
: On the Customer Information if you have tax as yes it will ask you to populate
the tax field on the Sales Order Line. If you change this to No it will skip o
ver the field and not be required.
: Hope this helps.
:
: : I am using BaanIVc4. I created a sales order with a customer who has a coun
try code of "PRC" (sales header form 3).
: : In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery address i
s "HK" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines doesn't
match with country code of delivery address". My client does not implement Baan
's Tax features.
: : Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
Subject: Re: Tax country of lines doesn't match with country code of delivery ad
dress
When the Order was created on the header their is also a field for Tax Yes/No an
d it Yes it will require that at the Item Level that a Tax Code is required. Ho
pe this helps if not send me an e-mail.
: I did set the field Tax in customer table as "No" but the same error still occ
urs.
: Any idea?
:
: : On the Customer Information if you have tax as yes it will ask you to popula
te the tax field on the Sales Order Line. If you change this to No it will skip
over the field and not be required.
: : Hope this helps.
: :
: : : I am using BaanIVc4. I created a sales order with a customer who has a co
untry code of "PRC" (sales header form 3).
: : : In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery address
is "HK" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines doesn'
t match with country code of delivery address". My client does not implement Ba
an's Tax features.
: : : Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
: : : : In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery addre
ss is "HK" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines does
n't match with country code of delivery address". My client does not implement
Baan's Tax features.
: : : : Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
: When the Order was created on the header their is also a field for Tax Yes/No
and it Yes it will require that at the Item Level that a Tax Code is required.
Hope this helps if not send me an e-mail.
: : I did set the field Tax in customer table as "No" but the same error still o
ccurs.
: : Any idea?
:
: :
: : : On the Customer Information if you have tax as yes it will ask you to popu
late the tax field on the Sales Order Line. If you change this to No it will sk
ip over the field and not be required.
: : : Hope this helps.
: : :
: : : : I am using BaanIVc4. I created a sales order with a customer who has a
country code of "PRC" (sales header form 3).
: : : : In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery addre
ss is "HK" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines does
n't match with country code of delivery address". My client does not implement
Baan's Tax features.
: : : : Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
Mark is correct in that deleting line status is the final status you will see. T
he order has been processed.
: In the session "Display Order line status", mark the line in question and zoom
to the details behind the line. In the subsession that is brought up, you will
be able to see all the steps for the order and if the step has been executed or
not. If the line says "deleting line" then process must have been executed. To d
ouble check go through the steps as mentioned above.
Hi again
need help on procces deliverd sales order.
All ordes are in status Ready for: Deleting line...
and when trying to execute session procces delivered so it doesn't do anything
it closes automatic and nothing happens.
: Urgen need of help
: Thanks!!!
: Thomas
Hello,
If you run the session procces delivered sales order with Delete order data = No
, so you get the status "Deleting line". If you want to delete the line you have
to set Delete order data = Yes, and enter the Date. This deleting is from sls04
0, sls041, sls045.
If you have more questions, don't hestitate to ask.
Dov Lancer
***************** End Of Article ******************
Hi again
need help on procces deliverd sales order.
All ordes are in status Ready for: Deleting line...
and when trying to execute session procces delivered so it doesn't do anything
happen again. Dont remove the locks that should be currently active. (Ex: If som
eone is calculating costs the cost calculation session should be temporarily loc
ked to guarantee that nobody can start that session again)
3 Their can be technical problems with the logspace of the database. (The log ca
n get full and abort the transaction)
Ask the Database Admin
I'm looking for basic functionality in Dist and MFG to convert our production en
vironment to Lean. We are currently a batch and que environment using MPS,MRP,a
nd typical "push" functioanlity in Baan. We are moving to Rept Mfg,Kanban signal
s and a "pull" environment.
Please advise on the following:
Kanban signals, Planning/Scheduling(pull),Rept Mfg,Routing,BOM,Cust pull signals
,Inventory Rpl,and Purchasing. I'm looking for parameters,"undocumented features
",functioanlity, and or general experineces.
Any information or advice would be greatly appreciated. Please email,post a mess
age,or call me @7087638887.
Thank you very much in advance
rate
---41.47
41.47
41.47
here the closing inventory qty. on 11-01 is valued at rs. 41.47 which is correct
but theron the calculations are confusing.No new receipts have been added on 12
-01 for this item, but the closing balance value gets incremented by 3524.95 for
each successive day that i print the report.
is there some manual which is helpful for actual costing?!!
eagerly awaiting solution,
mayank.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mayank Singh posted Message 3942 in Message Board
Dated : May 24, 2000 at 03:18:25 EST
Subject: Re: corrected problem-India Localisation :Actual Costing calculations?!
hi friends,
we are about to go parallel in a week and i have not yet figured out the actual
costing calculations. can you please take out some time and help me with this pr
oblem.
We are running the session - 'perform actual costing'at the end of every day.The
inventory valuation method is "monthly moving average".In the report"Costing de
tails by item and warehouse" for a particular item and warehouse, suppose there
are 10 goods receipts during the day.the results of actual costing are something
like this:
pur.order no.| rate net of modvat
------------ | -----------------1000001
|
41.47
1000002
|
41.47
1000003
|
41.47
for the 1st receipt, the calculation is okay(i.e., 41.47 * 40) but thereon syste
m is adding up the closing bal quanties and multiplying with 41.47(this rate rem
ains constant). Is this correct? if not, is there some patch for it.
Moreover i print the session"print inventory valuation details" every day after
post actual costing. here too the calculations are confusing. for the above item
the report for each successive day looks like this:
date
---11-01-2000
12-01-2000
13-01-2000
|
|
|
|
|
rate
---41.47
41.47
41.47
here the closing inventory qty. on 11-01 is valued at rs. 41.47 which is correct
but theron the calculations are confusing.No new receipts have been added on 12
-01 for this item, but the closing balance value gets incremented by 3524.95 for
each successive day that i print the report.
is there some manual which is helpful for actual costing?!!
eagerly awaiting solution,
mayank.
of Baan of anyo
John McKnight
: I'm looking for basic functionality in Dist and MFG to convert our production
environment to Lean. We are currently a batch and que environment using MPS,MRP
,and typical "push" functioanlity in Baan. We are moving to Rept Mfg,Kanban sign
als and a "pull" environment.
: Please advise on the following:
: Kanban signals, Planning/Scheduling(pull),Rept Mfg,Routing,BOM,Cust pull signa
ls,Inventory Rpl,and Purchasing. I'm looking for parameters,"undocumented featur
es",functioanlity, and or general experineces.
: Any information or advice would be greatly appreciated. Please email,post a me
ssage,or call me @7087638887.
: Thank you very much in advance
:
saction on the one's that you want to delete you can't delete them but you can s
et a signal code on them so they won't be used.
: : Problem: Users created several item codes for one real item, and now need me
rge data and delete extra codes. They use only Distribution and Finance in BAAN4
c3.
: : Question: Is any third party software to do that? Or any suggestion?
: Hi Oleg !
: I dont think that there exists a "standard" third party software that meets yo
ur requirements.
: However, i think that it is no problem to create a new baan-programm in short
time, which meets exactly your requirements.
: Our Company - Schartner Consulting - for example has much experience in creati
ng Baan-Add-Ons.
: Take a look at our Homepage.
: Rudolf Richtsfeld
: <BR>
: <A HREF="http://www.schartner.net">Schartner Consulting</A>
:
Thanks in advance!
***************** End Of Article ******************
baan posted Message 3948 in Message Board
Dated : May 26, 2000 at 09:53:28 EST
Subject: Re: Data merging
: Thank you for suggestion, but I think the problem is bigger.
: Users created codes like 2600100100, 2600100300 for the same item. Then they m
ake transactions for both codes (purchased, sold, stocked etc.). Thus the data a
re putted in many tables, which difficult to figure out. Now they need not only
delete extra data, but merge its before. For example, sold 10 pieces 2600100300
and 10 pieces 2600100300. They have to get 20 pieces 2600100100 and delete recor
d about 2600100300.
: Another problem is that no warranty that the users don't do it again.
: So, it is desirable to find easy solution.
: Oleg
: : You can combine your information into one Item Code but if you have had any
transaction on the one's that you want to delete you can't delete them but you c
an set a signal code on them so they won't be used.
****************************
I don't know how many transactions were done with the wrong parts but it is not
so easy to just adjust the history. It sounds like you need to do transactions.
for example, on a sale to the wrong part do a return against the wrong part an
d at the same time you have to do a sale for the right part. this will put the
inventory and sale amounts correctly in all the tables. the net financial effect
of this transaction is 0.
as mentioned by another user, using a signal code will prevent further transacti
ons against the wrong part.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Maintain deliveries
Print packing slip
Print sales invoice
Process delivered sales orders
: Anyone else find that maintain receipts seems to take forever. Have looked on
BaaN knowledge base and no problem is listed. Is there a known solution
We had problems in Maintain Receipts with deleting the lines not being received
taking "forever". There was a solution we found in BaaN's knowledge search to ch
ange a table and apply a patch 3641 that eliminates some, what we deemed to be,
useless data checking before deleting receipts. We have had dramatic improvement
s since. One thing funny happened that we cannot explain. We did not see the imp
rovement immediately after installing the fixes. We think it may have been after
we re-booted or something. Not sure.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Baan Fan posted Message 3954 in Message Board
Dated : May 31, 2000 at 02:19:53 EST
Subject: Re: What the difference between cost item and service item?
Thanks
pulate the tax field on the Sales Order Line. If you change this to No it will
skip over the field and not be required.
: : : : Hope this helps.
: : : :
: : : : : I am using BaanIVc4. I created a sales order with a customer who has
a country code of "PRC" (sales header form 3).
: : : : : In the sales order line, the country code of the specific delivery add
ress is "HK" (sales detail form 3). The system prompts "Tax country of lines do
esn't match with country code of delivery address". My client does not implemen
t Baan's Tax features.
: : : : : Is there any flag or parameter to turn off this validation?
the session for inventory transactions by entering the input date as 31032000.
What will be the impact of my current inventory position if I do this.
Can someone help
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ken posted Message 3963 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 2000 at 12:15:38 EST
Subject: Sales by Day Report
Is there a report in Baan that will total sales by day? If so, what is it and h
ow do I run it?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ken posted Message 3964 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 2000 at 12:21:39 EST
Subject: Sales by Day Report
Is there a report in Baan that will total sales by day? If so, what is it and h
ow do I run it?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dave posted Message 3965 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 2000 at 11:47:02 EST
Subject: Unwanted Backorders
I have an order where 10 items were delivered and 4 items placed on backorder.
2 weeks later, 2 of the 4 items were delivered, and the remaining 2 items on bac
korder were unwanted. There is still showing the 2 item demand. How can this b
e cleared/deleted since its no longer wanted?
Thanks in advance!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Kiehl posted Message 3966 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 2000 at 11:55:54 EST
Subject: 2 Cycle Count Questions
We are on Baan IV B with Location Control implemented.
1. When I use session tdilc5210m000 Generate Cycle Counting Orders, I specify an
Item Group range. However, the system generates the cycle count for ALL items..
. even those outside the item group range. Is this is a bug or am I missing some
thing?
2. We've specified our "A", "B", & "C" items (the bulk of which are "C"). We hav
e a self-imposed rule to count "A" items every 13 weeks, "B" items every 26 week
s, & "C" items every 52 weeks. Any one of our locations could conceivably hold a
n "A", "B", & "C". When the 52 weeks roll around, we generate a huge cycle count
order for the "C" items. As we see it, we will be forced to count these "C"s in
a 13 week period... otherwise we may miss some "A"s within the same locations.
Is there a way for us to spread the "C" count out evenly throughout the year whi
le maintaining our own timetable?
Your responses are greatly appreciated. The more the better! ! !
-Chris***************** End Of Article ******************
Kelly Jones posted Message 3967 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 2000 at 13:42:35 EST
Subject: Supplier Text on Purchase Order
Hi,
Is it possible to have text printing on purchase orders that is supplier specifi
c? Can text from the supplier master be pulled rather that having to add header
/footer text to each individual purchase order for that supplier?
Thanks,
Kelly
B40c4
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kelly Jones posted Message 3968 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 2000 at 14:04:35 EST
Subject: Re: Unwanted Backorders
Dave,
When we want to change a Purchase backorder to zero we actually go into Maintain
Receipts (tdpur4120m000). The packing slip and delivered quantity are entered
as zero. Backorder quantity then defaults to our existing backorder amount. We
change that amount to zero also, and then run Process Delivered Purchase Orders
as normal. This doesn't post anything to finance, but it updates the planned t
ransaction and backorder tables. I'm not sure if this is the best way, but it h
as worked for us.
Kelly
B40c4
: I have an order where 10 items were delivered and 4 items placed on backorder.
2 weeks later, 2 of the 4 items were delivered, and the remaining 2 items on b
ackorder were unwanted. There is still showing the 2 item demand. How can this
be cleared/deleted since its no longer wanted?
: Thanks in advance!
You can use baan to Purchase this Items, and probably as a Cost Item coz' I thin
k you just want to monitor Purchases and Payments of this Items.
You can create so many items to identify each of this stationaries or create an
Item which is stationaries and create text to identify it's real purpose or desc
iption. And again as Cost Item
: : 2. We've specified our "A", "B", & "C" items (the bulk of which are "C"). We
have a self-imposed rule to count "A" items every 13 weeks, "B" items every 26
weeks, & "C" items every 52 weeks. Any one of our locations could conceivably ho
ld an "A", "B", & "C". When the 52 weeks roll around, we generate a huge cycle c
ount order for the "C" items. As we see it, we will be forced to count these "C"
s in a 13 week period... otherwise we may miss some "A"s within the same locatio
ns. Is there a way for us to spread the "C" count out evenly throughout the year
while maintaining our own timetable?
: : Your responses are greatly appreciated. The more the better! ! !
: : -Chris: Check the parameters in session tdinv0100m000 and put the counting intervals i
n cycle counting parameters as defined for each class of items.
We have had the same problem , installed the solutions, and the problem doesnt a
ppears so often.
There is also a baan correction program.
Its very diffcult to handle and timeconsuming.
The best way, as we do it, is to change the differences using GTM.
Good Luck
Holger
Hi , the problem of the session tdinv0252m000 is that it will correct the inv-st
ock data according the ilc-data.
But we found in most cases ( or even in nearly every cases the )
inv data correct and the ilc-data corrupt.
Baan has for this problem a correction program which will make a stocktaking ord
er.
It is very difficult to handle and the program to generate the stocktaking order
is very very slow.
I think you have take a look in the history tables of inv and ilc to see wich da
ta are correct.
Good Luck
Holger
The session tdinv7550 shows item issue by period. What table is this informatio
n drawn from?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Holger posted Message 3993 in Message Board
Dated : June 10, 2000 at 12:14:38 EST
Subject: Re: tdinv7550 table name
: The session tdinv7550 shows item issue by period. What table is this informat
ion drawn from?
If the session is according the baan naming convention the table should be tdinv
750.
the baan naming convention for sessions is:
ppmodXYXXmZZZ
pp stands for the package ( here td )
mod stand for the module ( here inv )
XXX stands for the tablenumber ( 750 )
Y represent the kind of session
1: maintain
2: update
4: print
5: display
( and a few other numbers for conversion ,graph etc. but I am in the moment not
aware )
m stands for main ( m ) or sub ( s ) -session
ZZZ means the customer code and should be in baan standard sessions "000"
Hope this will help you
Holger
thanks
kumar(UAE)
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eric posted Message 3995 in Message Board
Dated : June 12, 2000 at 11:24:59 EST
Subject: Re: Don't use GTM!!!!
: : : : Hi
: : : : Could anybody tell me Why when I check a part number in the sesion (tdil
c1512m000) the system show me one qty on my inventory, but when I give the zoom
and I see the sesion (tdilc1518s000) the system brings me another qty??
: : : Hi,
: : : there are some bugs in Baan about this, and there are several solutions fo
rm baan.
: : : We have had the same problem , installed the solutions, and the problem do
esnt appears so often.
: : : There is also a baan correction program.
: : : Its very diffcult to handle and timeconsuming.
: : :
: : : The best way, as we do it, is to change the differences using GTM.
: : :
: : : Good Luck
: : : Holger
: :
: : Instead of using GTM you should try Baan session tdinv0252m000, it will most
likely fix it!!!!!!!!!
: Hi , the problem of the session tdinv0252m000 is that it will correct the invstock data according the ilc-data.
: But we found in most cases ( or even in nearly every cases the )
: inv data correct and the ilc-data corrupt.
: Baan has for this problem a correction program which will make a stocktaking o
rder.
: It is very difficult to handle and the program to generate the stocktaking ord
er is very very slow.
: I think you have take a look in the history tables of inv and ilc to see wich
data are correct.
: Good Luck
: Holger
If you use ILC then you are probably taking inventory and correcting inventory b
y location, which means that your ILC inventory is accurate. If this is the case
, you are best off running tdinv0252m000 (run from file, run program as this ses
sion does not appear on your menu anywhere). This session will change your inv i
nventory, your lot inventory, and your item master inventory to match what is sh
owing in ILC. On this session there are three yes/no boxes. if you run the sessi
on with these boxes set to no, it will print a report showing which items are of
f without changing them. Good luck!
***************** End Of Article ******************
BAAN Implementor User posted Message 3996 in Message Board
Dated : June 12, 2000 at 22:05:24 EST
Subject: Re: How can I add a Logo on the reposts? Which editor can I use to crea
te a font?
Ricky,
What are this report that you want to put your logo?
With the company I'm working in now they had develope a tool to grab information
to baan report and transfer it to another report that have your own layout and
logo aswell. We tend to use this for P.O. , S.O, Customer Financial Statement an
d more....
: I know that I have to create a font for the logo of the company
: and than add it in the reports, but how can I create the font?
: and... do I have to install it in all the computers that need to print those r
eports?
: Thank to all can give me an avice.
: Riky from Roma
:
: If you use ILC then you are probably taking inventory and correcting inventory
by location, which means that your ILC inventory is accurate. If this is the ca
se, you are best off running tdinv0252m000 (run from file, run program as this s
ession does not appear on your menu anywhere). This session will change your inv
inventory, your lot inventory, and your item master inventory to match what is
showing in ILC. On this session there are three yes/no boxes. if you run the ses
sion with these boxes set to no, it will print a report showing which items are
off without changing them. Good luck!
_____________________________________________________
Running tdinv0252m000 will change your inv001 but does not have any financial in
tegrations so your Inventory Valuation (tdinv6230m000) will not equal your Stock
room Inventory account. Does anyone know the correct procedure and sessions for
auditing differences in INV & ILC, running the fixes AND ensuring that finance
is properly adjusted as well?
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Tim posted Message 4007 in Message Board
Dated : June 15, 2000 at 10:57:37 EST
Subject: EDI Relation
I am trying to test an incoming 850 EDI transaction and receiving the following
error message after running the direct network communication session:
tcedi702.reno (relname) Relation (relname) not found - message aborted
I looked back in session tcedi0110m000 Maintain Relations and it IS defined here
.
It is also defined in tcedi0111m000 Maintain EDI messages supported by relation
and tcedi0128m000 Maintain relation data by network.
Is there something I'm missing. I'm confused.
Thanks in advance!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Stefan Riedl posted Message 4008 in Message Board
Dated : June 15, 2000 at 11:47:49 EST
Subject: Re: Sales statistics
Hi
Sorry, you got me wrong.
What I mean is:
Intake 10 mio
cancelation 1 mio
Intake is still 10 mio but turnover is 9 mio
Greetings
Stefan
<A HREF="http://www.schartner.net">Schartner Consulting</A>
:
:
:
:
:
Hi
What you are saying is:
Intake 10 milj
Cacelation 1 milj that means that intake is 9 milj
correct ????
: Thanks!
: CBZ
The problem can occur when there corrupted records in the table tfgld415.
In this situation a reorganize of the table may help.
Good Luck
Holger
Hi,
take a look in $BSE/log.bshell and in the $BSE/log.bisam for
information about the missing reference.
You may have corrupt data in soma tales.
Good Luck
Holger
: Running tdinv0252m000 will change your inv001 but does not have any financial
integrations so your Inventory Valuation (tdinv6230m000) will not equal your Sto
ckroom Inventory account. Does anyone know the correct procedure and sessions f
or auditing differences in INV & ILC, running the fixes AND ensuring that financ
e is properly adjusted as well?
What about Error Recovery sessions? (tdinv0250m000 tdilc0250m000)
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 4028 in Message Board
Dated : June 22, 2000 at 04:36:54 EST
Subject: Re: Sales by Day Report
At the end of each day run Process Delivered Sales Orders (tdsls4223m000). You c
an the the use the reports under Sales Order History with a date selection
1. tdsls5401m000
2. tdsls5402m000
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 4029 in Message Board
Dated : June 22, 2000 at 04:38:00 EST
Subject: Re: Sales by Day Report
At the end of each day run Process Delivered Sales Orders (tdsls4223m000). You c
an then use the reports under Sales Order History with a date selection
1. tdsls5401m000
2. tdsls5402m000
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 4030 in Message Board
Dated : June 22, 2000 at 04:42:05 EST
Subject: Re: Sales by Day Report
I presume you want invoiced sales.
At
an
et
1.
2.
the end of each day run Process Delivered Sales Orders (tdsls4223m000). You c
then use the sales order history reports (enter required date to select) to g
daily sales.
tdsls5401m000
tdsls5402m000
Even if the sales stats are deleted it should still be possible to do a full upd
ate to rebuild them as long as the sales order history has NOT been deleted. Che
ck that sales order history has not been deleted up to date concerned
***************** End Of Article ******************
Willy posted Message 4032 in Message Board
Dated : June 22, 2000 at 09:10:17 EST
Subject: Re: ABC Analysis
It is calculated in the session tdinv4230m000, Calculate demand forecast by item
. It uses the forecasting method that you have assigned to the item, in the ite
m master. If you have said "YES" to "Update Inv. Order Data" in the item master
it will also calculate the safety stock and reorder point, useing the service le
vel factor that is also in the item master.
Test it before using it, we are having some problems with calculations.
good luck.
:
: How is Annual Issue calculated in the ABC analysis?
maintenance the table is empty. There seems to be no way to correct the messag
e overhead.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Borris posted Message 4039 in Message Board
Dated : June 26, 2000 at 18:13:31 EST
Subject: Receipt to WIP warehouse
Baan 4 would not allow receipt of purchased parts into a WIP warehpouse. Baan 5
will allow for it. I have seen problems at clients on Baan 4 who are backflushin
g out of WIP- they constantly get shortages when backflushing from the WIP wareh
ouse. So they are constantly doing warehouse transfers to asjust for this and th
ere inventory is a mess. Is there any problems receiving raw materials directly
into the WIP warehouse in Baan 5? This seems like a good alternative.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Riky posted Message 4040 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2000 at 01:55:18 EST
Subject: Thank you Eran !
Grazie mille, Thank you,
Riky from Roma
***************** End Of Article ******************
Andy posted Message 4041 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2000 at 02:55:16 EST
Subject: Sales/Purchase Statistics
Both Sales and Purchase statistics print directly to the windows print device. D
oes anyone have a way to present the printer selection screen (ttstpsplopen) or
change the default to and ascii file for use in other applications??
NB. B40c4
Andy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Juan Megias posted Message 4042 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2000 at 04:07:08 EST
Subject: Re: Sales by Day Report
If you see the session tdsls5401m000 you can check the sales order by day becaus
e you can see from today to today.
From what I can tell that session only allows you to adjust priority by Project,
by Item. You would probably rather set the priority on a per-Customer basis.
To do that, go into customer maintenance and adjust the priority there (I am not
sure which tab it will show up in for you, as this depends on whether or not yo
u have modified the screen). The lower the number the higher priority that cust
omer would automatically get when sales orders are created.
I hope this helps.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John posted Message 4046 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2000 at 16:35:49 EST
Subject: sales reporting - multicompany
Is anyone out there doing consolidated sales reporting for MULTIPLE COMPANIES th
rough sales statistics? What is the best way?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boris Glatzkow posted Message 4047 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 2000 at 02:32:37 EST
Subject: Order Priorities (tdsls4129m000)
Hi!
How does Maintain Order Priorities work?
We would like to make use of this functionality in the hope of addressing our or
der and delivery prioritization, in the light of stock shortages. We're looking
forward that this session can help us in this regard.
We have already maintained priority simulation codes. We have also generated and
processed order simulations. We have also tried processing the sales order as p
er priority number, but apparently, the system still allows SO with higher prior
ity no.(let say no. 100) to be delivered first over the SO with lower priority n
o. (let say no. 2)
Our understanding of this functionality is that the SO with lower priority no. s
hould be delivered first, and that the higher priority nos. will have to wait un
til such time that the number is due.
If this should be the case, then our inventory will be allocated to the order in
priority, thus eliminating the case where certain SO is delivered first over th
e other (which normally happens when our stock is running out, thus making our c
ustomers pull-in the delivery date earlier than what was agreed in the SO)
Thank you.
***************** End Of Article ******************
gwen posted Message 4048 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 2000 at 03:12:18 EST
Subject: URGENT !! EDI BaaNERP Need some help !!
Hi,
I'm working on EDI for BaaNERP with the incoming message ORDERS(850 Single File)
.
On Level 2 (Header), there is an error 205(Out of range) on tdsls400 .
The log.bshell message says that "tdsls400.odat not according to MUST_BE_FILLED
(value 0)".
But, the field tdsls400.odat is correctly filled in the file and correctly defi
ned in the conversion setup.
I think that the issue is elsewhere, not on that field but on another one...
Did someone already meet the problem ?
Could someone help me please ?
very urgent !!!!
thanks a lot
Best regards
Gwen.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adel Sharnouby posted Message 4049 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 2000 at 09:14:51 EST
Subject: Change Surcharge Cost after Receipt
You can Change Price/Discount after Maintain Receipt , OK .
But How could you change Surcharge after Maintain Receipt & selling of Received
goods .
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adel Sharnouby posted Message 4050 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 2000 at 11:25:18 EST
Subject: Re: Inspection of Goods/Maintain Approvals
: We would like to make use of the Inspection of Goods Module in Baan and have b
een testing. We can get through the "Maintain Approval" Step but we cannot then
move the material to a regular location. It just sits there as "blocked". We
are not sure if this is a bug or if we are doing something incorrectly. Is ther
e anyone out there who is using this successfully who would be willing to share
the order steps they have set up and also exactly which sessions you go through?
We have ILC turned on and we are running IVC2. Thanks in advance,
: Jeanne
= 1) CS-1800TS
2) CU-1800TS
:
: CS/CU-1800TS is our main item and we are using it while maintaining purchase a
s well as sales order but we are issuing and receiving it by components because
our purchase is by component. All the reports we need as per main item and as pe
r my knowledge we can follow this procedure if we use FTP for the valuation of t
he Goods.BaaN does not allow us to issue or receipt by component if we use LOT P
RICE for the valuation of stock.
: so i would like to request you to furnish your comments and advise me to tackl
e this problem and also can someone tell me what is the logic behind this why Ba
aN does not allow us to issue or receive by component if we use LOT PRICE.
:
: Thanking in Advance.
:
: Regards,
:
: Tanweer Ahmed
Hi , Tanweer
The natural way in BaaN to sell the manufactured items is as follows :
1- Purchase the components & receive it in your stock
2- Open a sales order with the manufactured item
3- Convert the sales order to production order
4- Register the time consumed in assempling the components
5- Close the production order
6- Continue the procedure of sales : Outbound - Delivery Invoice
Best Regards
Adel
location system ? What are the possible pitfalls ? Has anyone already performed
this and what is your experience ?
: : Thanks.
for a way to flag the movement of material from raw mtl warehouse to the wip war
ehouse before the time of backflush- to avoid shortages at time of backflush. We
have tried pullnotes, but they are not working. Any suggestions here?
***************** End Of Article ******************
BAAN Consultant posted Message 4066 in Message Board
Dated : July 05, 2000 at 21:58:50 EST
Subject: Re: Locations - how to swith it off
As per Standard is concern, once you turn location control it is none reversable
as it create transaction with location details. But on the other hand we can st
ill change location control MANUALly meaning you have to fix all links and depen
dencies. This would be a little bit complicated.
Good Luck
: Hi,
: Anyone can tell me how to introduce points in the formats printed by statistic
s. It is dificult to see a quantity like this 23000000 units. If would be better
this one 23.000.000 units.
: Thanks you.
I assume you have locations with 0.9 pallets because you issued part of its cont
ent at some point.
To avoid inbounding 0.1 pallets to the location in this case, you could transfer
each pallet which is to be dismantled to a non-inbound location before issuing
part of it.
This would avoid your problem.
Another possibility is to Maintain location data when dismantling a pallet, and
reduce the inbound priority, so that the inbound goes elsewhere.
If the problem is in isolated instances, you could simply maintain inbound data
to suit yourself.
Hope this helps,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Neil posted Message 4069 in Message Board
Dated : July 06, 2000 at 09:51:21 EST
Subject: Re: ABC Analysis
To add further to this...there are 2 issues tables (tdinv750 and tdinv760) tdinv
750 is issues by item and period and 760 by item and warehouse and period. These
are both updated from the item transactions table tdinv 700 in the session ment
ioned before (tdinv4230m000). If this is not run as part of your normal procedur
es and you archive your inventory transactions you will loose the ability to do
accurate ABC - you will loose your history. The ABC code for each item is calcul
ated using the ABC parameters set in the INV parameter table and whether you cho
ose sales or cost price or quantity for the basis of the calculation.
Test it first..
: How is Annual Issue calculated in the ABC analysis?
: Hi all:
: I am trying to use the SLS, work in a clothing company, the use a curve (Quant
ity Vs. Size) to sell the items, you buy a number of curves.
: for expample:
: I want to buy 3 curves 1, and this curve is composed by:
: Curve 1
: 3 shoes size 8
: 3 shoes size 8.5
: 4 shoes size 9
: 5 shoes size 9.5
: 3 shoes size 10
ance'. I also posted an advance payment for this order, but I don't know where t
o connect the payment and the order. In Baan IV this happened in session tfcmg62
00m000. Where did this session dissapear??
***************** End Of Article ******************
Willy posted Message 4077 in Message Board
Dated : July 10, 2000 at 14:28:24 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory Out of Balance in tdinv & tiitm
We had a similar problem, 4C-4, with ILC turned on. The solution was to reguarl
y run the error recovery programs under the common menue selection tdinv0250m00
0 we also run the other 3 selections on a weekly basis. Baan will print out a
report showing what has changed, befor and after.
: We had this exact same problem. What is probably happening at your site is on
e of two things.
: 1 - You don't have backorders turned on and have backordered inventory (which
is recorded as allocated)
: 2 - You do have backorders turned on but have not run the maintain backorders
session (tdsls4125m000 - Distribution, Sales Control, Sales Orders, Procedure, M
aintain and Confirm Backorders) to clear them out (if that is what you want to d
o))
: For situation #1, you must turn on backorders for the customers in question (t
hrough customer maintenance - one of the last tabs). Proceed with clearing the
backorders (as stated in situation #2). Maintain the customers again to turn th
e backorders back off.
: Once the backorders are cleared out, the problem is solved (for us anyway)
: : Dear all,
: : It is found that the inventory on order quantities in the following session/
table are different:: : (a) in Maintain Item Data (tiitm0101m000), ie. table : tiitm001 (b) in Displ
ay Warehouse Inventory by Item (tdinv0510m000), ie table: tdinv001.
: : It there any correction program to check or automatically balance them.
: : I'll not using ILC.
: : Best Regards,
stricting all the sales persons to see only their customer invoices thru authori
zation. They can print only their own customer invoice details using the sessi
on tfacr2421m000 print customer sales invoices.
But after service pack4, th
e report which they are getting is totally mess. The report shows all the custo
mer invoices details and code and customer names are entirely different. This h
appens only for Normal user and we did not make any changes in authorization.
: : Can anyone please help me in this matter.
: : Thanks in advance.
: If the Sales are confirmed to deliveries made in BaaN then query by date of se
ssion tdsls4531m000 can solve the purpose. And if Sales are confirmed by Invoice
s the above report can be taken through session tfacr2520m000 or tfacr2421m000.
:
after session tdsls4223m000 we generate tdsls5401m000 for current date Transacti
on Type Invoiced.
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 4090 in Message Board
Dated : July 12, 2000 at 21:20:57 EST
Subject: Re: Procces delivered sales order
: when trying to execute session tdsls4223m000 "Procces delivered sales order, n
othing happens!!! the session close down and no error message is shown. The sett
ings are
: Proccess order: YES
: Delete Order Data: NO
: Please help urgent need to close all sales orders....
: Thansk in advance
This session does not give error message when NO INVOICES ARE BEING PROCESSED.
Session just closes! If invoices have been generated and you use parameters as
you describe, session should process then session will just close. If you attem
pt to execute again on same day, session will just close. It has nothing to Pro
cess.
Hope this helps.
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
Linda posted Message 4091 in Message Board
Dated : July 12, 2000 at 21:31:18 EST
Subject: Re: Automatic confirmation of RPL/SLS Orders
: Does anyone know how to set up Baan to where the step "Confirm Back Orders" in
sales or RPL is done automatically or bypassed?
: We always confirm our back orders here, yet the end user has to key in each or
der. I know we can use the Global confirm, but is there a way to globally confir
m ALL orders with one session or is there a parameter that will make the elimina
te the Confirm Back orders step?
: Thanks in advance.
Would be nice if we could use a chron job on Sales orders, but cannot due to ses
sion acutally runs on sub-session. The same for RPL orders, only worse. No "gl
obal", must do one at a time!
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
EiEi posted Message 4092 in Message Board
Dated : July 13, 2000 at 01:55:15 EST
nd processed order simulations. We have also tried processing the sales order as
per priority number, but apparently, the system still allows SO with higher pri
ority no.(let say no. 100) to be delivered first over the SO with lower priority
no. (let say no. 2)
: Our understanding of this functionality is that the SO with lower priority no.
should be delivered first, and that the higher priority nos. will have to wait
until such time that the number is due.
: If this should be the case, then our inventory will be allocated to the order
in priority, thus eliminating the case where certain SO is delivered first over
the other (which normally happens when our stock is running out, thus making our
customers pull-in the delivery date earlier than what was agreed in the SO)
: Thank you.
The users want to revise the Sales Statistics Groups. They want to add over 600
groups and then convert 80,000 items to the new groups. I can do this through
exchange, but I want to know any dangers. Is the statistics groups used other t
han the item master? I know statistics reports use the groups, but they get the
m from the item master. Are statistics groups used in financial integrations an
ywhere? I simulated this through GTM in the test company for several items and
found no ill effects.
TIA
Dave.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ei Ei posted Message 4097 in Message Board
Dated : July 13, 2000 at 20:55:29 EST
Subject: Follow up for baan in cloting company
Hi Bunny, What Baan version are you using ? In Baan ERP,
you can use the "Product Class" in combination with "Part No"
using Price Matrix.
It means same part no attached to the different product class.
I've not tested but you may try this way.
- Define Price Matrix tdpcg0510m000
Matrix Segment = Item + Product Class
Matrix = 001, By Item + Product Class
- Create Price Book
P.Book = 001 (Sales 1st class)
P.Book = 002 (Sales 2nd class)
- price Matrix tdpcg0530m000
Attach the Item No with product class and also attache the price
matrix with the price book.
Add new records :
Matrix = 001
Book = 001
Item = A
Product Class = 1
Matrix = 001
Book = 002
item = A
Product Class = 2
- Enter the price in price book using session Price Book By
Item tdpcg0531m000
Will it work ?
Pls let all know whether it will work for your scenario.
:
:
:
:
Matrix = 001
Book = 001
Item = A
Product Class = 1
: Matrix = 001
: Book = 002
: item = A
: Product Class = 2
:
:
:
:
: Hi all,
:
We received a message
You still need to generate a company calender all the same.
Use Create Default Company Calender tirou4204m000 and setthe end date way int
the future.
:
: :
"Actual calendar not found when planning (forward) for work center on
13-07-2000 with 0 time units of planning time"
: : whenever we tried to scroll for the next record in session
: : Display Planned Inventory Transaction (tdinv1550m000). FYI, we
: : are not implementing Manufacturing module, thus we didn't maintain the compa
ny calendar. Any suggestion? Thanks
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Matrix = 001
Book = 001
Item = A
Product Class = 1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Matrix = 001
Book = 002
item = A
Product Class = 2
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: :
Perhaps the use of Baan Proces can solve your problem. You can define the same a
rticle with different containers, where the container defines the quality and th
us the price.
Good Luck TF
***************** End Of Article ******************
cation, no transactions can be performed until Cycle Count order has been proces
sed. What transactions are occuring?
Linda
***************** End Of Article ******************
Doug posted Message 4118 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 2000 at 09:46:54 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Order Line Status
: tdpur4533m000 is not creating a new sequence number when a partial shipment is
received. The line status goes to 'deleting line' but the planned inventory mov
ements can still be seen in tdinv1550m000 for the remaining balance. When the ba
lance is received, then the new sequence number is visible. The indication from
pur4533 is that the line is closed. This is on IVC3.
: On the other hand, in tdsls4533m000, when a partial shipment is made, a new se
quence number is automatically created and shows the status that the oder line i
s ready for. Any ideas?
:
:
:
:
: Q1 : Anybody can tell me what is the usage and meaning of these directories.
: Q2 : If I get a program object to install into my system, in what directory I
have to store into?
: Thanks & Regards,
Can this be turned off, so you can deliver quantities only equal
to or less than the quantity ordered?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Thomas posted Message 4121 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 2000 at 16:01:07 EST
Subject: Want to fax / email demands /supplychain???????
if you want to fax/email your supplychain demands to your customer automatically
????
please visit http://www.erp-solutions.de/eMail-Fax-perl.html
and download cs, fs getlab and have fun!
Thommas
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Kiehl posted Message 4122 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 2000 at 16:23:34 EST
Subject: Return Purchase Orders
I have attempted to set up a RETURN Purchase Order type:
Direct Delivery - No
Cost Order - No
Return Order - Yes
Proforma Invoicing - No
Collect Order - Yes
Subcontracting Order - No
Transaction Type - (blank)
Series - 0
When I place a purchase order for, say, -5 pieces of an item I receive the follo
wing message in Maintain Receipts ILC:
"Available Inventory is
0.00 EA"
What am I doing wrong? Why does this message claim that 0 are available when the
re are actually some in stock?
Running on Baan 4b
-Chris-
Direct Delivery - No
Cost Order - No
Return Order - Yes
Proforma Invoicing - No
Collect Order - Yes
Subcontracting Order - No
Transaction Type - (blank)
Series - 0
: When I place a purchase order for, say, -5 pieces of an item I receive the fol
lowing message in Maintain Receipts ILC:
: "Available Inventory is
0.00 EA"
: What am I doing wrong? Why does this message claim that 0 are available when t
here are actually some in stock?
: Running on Baan 4b
: -Chris-
So even when I key in a positive number, the system changes it to a negative one
.
-Chris: Don't put a minus sign in front of your number. By putting one in you are effe
ctively trying to take it out of stock.
: : I have attempted to set up a RETURN Purchase Order type:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Direct Delivery - No
Cost Order - No
Return Order - Yes
Proforma Invoicing - No
Collect Order - Yes
Subcontracting Order - No
Transaction Type - (blank)
Series - 0
: : When I place a purchase order for, say, -5 pieces of an item I receive the f
ollowing message in Maintain Receipts ILC:
: : "Available Inventory is
0.00 EA"
: : What am I doing wrong? Why does this message claim that 0 are available when
there are actually some in stock?
: : Running on Baan 4b
: : -Chris-
Thanks, Steve
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vivek. posted Message 4128 in Message Board
Dated : July 20, 2000 at 18:40:58 EST
Subject: Re: Delivered quantities can be greater than ordered quantities.
: Can this be turned off, so you can deliver quantities only equal
: to or less than the quantity ordered?
:Hi,
It's possible to have the ordered qty as the top line, using the ILC module. If
this module has been implemented then you've to generate outbound lines to make
any deliveries, where the system will come out the suggested qty, equivalent to
the ordered qty or pending qty.
This will work provided there is a discipline among the users not to change the
outbound lines through the session "Maintain Outbound Data", after generating ou
tbound lines.
Regards, Veera.
Direct Delivery - No
Cost Order - No
Return Order - Yes
Proforma Invoicing - No
Collect Order - Yes
Subcontracting Order - No
Transaction Type - (blank)
Series - 0
: When I place a purchase order for, say, -5 pieces of an item I receive the fol
lowing message in Maintain Receipts ILC:
: "Available Inventory is
0.00 EA"
: What am I doing wrong? Why does this message claim that 0 are available when t
here are actually some in stock?
: Running on Baan 4b
: -Chris:Hi,
All you've been doing is correct, except for one thing. When you're returning so
me of the defective items back to the supplier, you need to make sure that the d
efective qty is transferred from the location taken in (thru Inventory transfer)
, to the receipt location of the warehouse mentioned in the PO lines.
Now, you can try and am sure it should go through.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed Khan posted Message 4130 in Message Board
Dated : July 20, 2000 at 19:17:34 EST
Subject: Re: Location Cycle Counting
Dear Steve,
If you have categorize your items as A, B and C you don't have choice except to
do the cycle count based on those categories. Let me know if your have any othe
r question.
Good Luck,
Naveed
: I am trying to use the cycle count option in location control.(Baan IV) But th
e system wants me to count the product by the date associated with that item. Ho
w do I get the system to give me total inventory on hand by warehouse for cycle
counting?
: Thanks, Steve
K.NAGESWARA RAO
INTERNET : eeswarnag@usa.net.in
is that, we don't manage any Inspection Location that could Blocked that materia
l, I don't know what other reasons could Block material or if someone could tell
me when a material could be blocked?
Thanks in advance for your help
***************** End Of Article ******************
feathers posted Message 4140 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2000 at 17:52:43 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory on Hold
: Hello Everybody,
: In the company where I work we use a special software to receipt material, The
problem that I have in this moment is that we Receipt two Materials and those m
aterials are actually in Status ON HOLD in the Item Master but, the strange thin
g is that, we don't manage any Inspection Location that could Blocked that mater
ial, I don't know what other reasons could Block material or if someone could te
ll me when a material could be blocked?
: Thanks in advance for your help
If all of the following 3 things are set to inspection, the items would probably
block whether or not you have an inspection location. 1) inspection field in it
em master set to 'yes', 2) supplier set to 'yes' in the supplier master and 3) t
he order type you use has the 'Maintain Approvals' step built into it.
***************** End Of Article ******************
borris posted Message 4141 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2000 at 19:47:00 EST
Subject: Delete Activity by Order Type
We are on baan 5.0
In Warehouse Order Types, I have Warehouse procedure Receipt 100, with the follo
wing activities defined:
1
2
3
4
whinh3412m000
whinh3520m000
whinh3201m000
whinh3203m000
I want to delete Print Goods Received Note from the procedure, but the only way
to do so is by General Table Maintenance. We are live and I an wondering if this
is safe. I have tested it in a test company and it appears safe. Any thoughts,
advice?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mr. Bear posted Message 4142 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2000 at 23:51:36 EST
Subject: How to refer to same TEXT by two diff languages?
Dear all,
We are using English and Simplified Chinese in BAAN. They refer to different TE
XT boxes.
It is very troublesome: when we printing Order Acknowledgment, say, we will get
different results by different users, depending on whether the Text is prepared
by English or Simplified Chinese users.
Anyone know how can we refer to same TEXT box by all users?
Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kayna posted Message 4143 in Message Board
Dated : July 25, 2000 at 05:14:23 EST
Subject: Understanding Sales Statistic Report
Hi all,
We created 3 columns in the layout to print the turnover,
intake order, and the cancellation order. For the turnover the
posted date is based on the invoice date, whilst the intake is based on the tran
saction date.
The report shows that few number of customers have 0 amount of intake order
. But the same customers have some amount of turnover. Anyone care to shed som
e light here? Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arndt posted Message 4144 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2000 at 11:19:39 EST
Subject: Hard allocations
I have a problem with hard allocations in Sales Orders. (Baan4c4 SP5)
When a hard allocation for a sales order is generated it is still possible to pr
int picking lists for other orders but the system will give an error message whi
le trying to maintain the delivery. Is there any possibility to avoid printing t
he picking lists if the stock is allocated? (We are not using the ILC-Module!)
***************** End Of Article ******************
Debangshu Chakraborty posted Message 4145 in Message Board
Dated : July 27, 2000 at 07:43:33 EST
Subject: Recovery after Sudden Interruption
We faced a serious problem. Accidentaly UPS power to server was cut-off when som
e baan sessions were running. After restarting of server we found inconsistency
in many of the areas( specially print sessions). Is there any way to recover the
system? Any help?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sba posted Message 4146 in Message Board
Dated : July 27, 2000 at 10:21:26 EST
Subject: Re: Hard allocations
Thanks!
1
2
3
4
whinh3412m000
whinh3520m000
whinh3201m000
whinh3203m000
: I want to delete Print Goods Received Note from the procedure, but the only wa
y to do so is by General Table Maintenance. We are live and I an wondering if th
is is safe. I have tested it in a test company and it appears safe. Any thoughts
, advice?
t you generate the cycle counting order and the day you process the order.
I hope it answer your problem.
Dovi
***************** End Of Article ******************
Holger Klett posted Message 4157 in Message Board
Dated : August 04, 2000 at 02:46:36 EST
Subject: Re: Change sales order number to 10 digit
: If any one changes the domain for sales order from 6 to 10 digits ? Is there a
ny BaaN solution for this ?
Hi,
I think it is a very hard do do this.
Not only that you have to change all forms and reports ,
but the sales order number are used in much more tables even with
different domain ( take a look on the field tfgld410.orno with the domain tfgld.
orno ), so maybee you have to change this domains too(and reports and so on).
I think its better to find a solution for your problem without changing the doma
in of the sales order.
Good Luck
Holger
You will not be able to invoice +250 if you still have 1250still on your order b
alance (depending on sls credit parameters).
Hope this makes sense
***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 4177 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 2000 at 03:25:24 EST
Subject: Re: HELP! Suddenly all inventory is out!! (ILC is implemented)
Has anyone run any of the following sesssions
tdinv0252m000
tdinv0253m000
tdinv0254m000
tdilc0211m000
?
Can you provide more detail on your situation?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed Khan posted Message 4178 in Message Board
Dated : August 10, 2000 at 17:53:39 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Counting Question
Hi,
It is not mandatory to initialize cycle counting order. It only meant to equate
the system and counted inventory. Let me know if you have anyquestions.
Regards,
Anoher Baan fan
: Is initializing cycle counting ordrs in session
: "Enter Warehouse Cycle Counting Data" mandatory before I can process the cycle
counting order.
: Because I have a situation that I was not used to initializing
: the cycle counting orders, what I'd do was just to enter
: the physical then tab then the column SP would be updated to
:
:
:
:
:
: baanfan
:
:
:
:
:
: : baanfan
We have a customized package "tk" which creates Sales Orders in BaaN std. tables
.
I need to do a stock transfer from warehous 201 (location "001") to warehouse 2
02 (without locations) when a customized session is used to insert a record in a
customized table. I have some idea about DLL "tcmcsdll0101" which has an exter
n function to process.stock.transaction(...) I do not know what arguments to pas
s. I have the source code for this DLL. I see 35 arguments to this function call
. There is only one argument for Warehouse. Does this mean I need to call this
function twice with 2 warehouses?
How to handle transaction at Location level . I am not able to figure out correc
t way of calling this DLL function.
Thanks for Help
Amyn
achautha@teklogix.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil CPIM posted Message 4189 in Message Board
Dated : August 14, 2000 at 17:15:04 EST
Subject: Re: Stock Transfer DLL call
Hi,
No transactions are generated at location level when a sales order is created.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Amyn Chauthani posted Message 4190 in Message Board
Dated : August 14, 2000 at 20:37:37 EST
Subject: Found it!!!
Thanks Arvind for quick response.
I need not do stock transfer while createing Sales ORders.
I think my message was misleading. I need to do the stock transfer when another
Customized session in "tk" adds labor or parts to the Sales Order Lines.
"tk" is a service & maint. package. It creates serive orders
which get transferred to BaaN as Sales Orders for Invoicing purposes. When Shop
floor adds a part to the repair, a stock transaction needs to be processed simil
ar to WIP.
This is where DLL comes in picture. Anyway... I found a Function
Server in Std. BaaN called "execute_stock_transfer" which does the same thing. I
had to modify the code little bit but now it works fine. This is good for Trans
fers only! tdilc1122b000.
Amyn
: Hi,
: No transactions are generated at location level when a sales order is created.
: Arvind
tdinv0252m000
tdinv0253m000
tdinv0254m000
tdilc0211m000
?
Can you provide more detail on your situation?
May i know how should i assign consignment stock in Baan Inventory? For those we
have already sold, we need to invoice to Customer. However, for those have not
been sold, our supplier will not bill us yet. So how should i treat them in Fina
nce and Inventory module ? please help !
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 4206 in Message Board
Dated : August 23, 2000 at 13:05:40 EST
Subject: Re: Consignment Stock
To answer we need to know if you are on Baan ERP or Baan 4.0.
There would be two different scenarion depending on your version.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 4207 in Message Board
Dated : August 23, 2000 at 13:13:06 EST
Subject: Re: Past Due
The Past Due is deliveries that your supplier has missed. I'm mot sure I underst
and your question about..how to get back the Past Due????
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
hertiza posted Message 4208 in Message Board
Dated : August 23, 2000 at 20:44:07 EST
Subject: Maintain Item Description by supplier (tdpur4106m000)
When i maintain text under this session, and print PO, the message doesn't appea
r on my PO order line. Any suggestions.
Thanks you.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Hertiza posted Message 4209 in Message Board
Dated : August 23, 2000 at 20:55:40 EST
Subject: Maintain Item Description by supplier (tdpur4106m000)
Item Description and text in the Text Windows session does not appear on PO. Our
implementation consultant tested out this session in BaanIVc3 and it appear on
PO. We are using BaanIVc4. Is there a bug for this session in this version? If y
es, please provide a patch to fix this ASAP.
Thanks you.
The Replenishment Order has 25 lines, and an outbound was generated for all the
lines. When the Pick List was printed, position 18 (which had a quantity of 24)
got printed with a quantity of 60. In fact, position 18 did not even had an outb
ound as enough stock does not exist. Further investigation indicates that positi
on 17 had a quantity of 60 and while printing the picklist the position 18 prin
ted the same quantity
as that of position 17 for the picklist. However, upon reprinting the same pickl
ist position 18 did not get printed (which is correct). In fact this picklist i
s not attached to position 18 at all (picklist field for position 18 in tdrpl100
table is empty)
Further investigation shows that the status code for position 18 became 3 (print
picklist) although it never had an outbound and procedure mask became ncyynnnyn
ynnnnnnn). For some reason the step 2 which is generate outbound advice became '
c' (which according to Baan's help - "must be reexecuted").
Did anyone come across this situation before or could anyone throw some light on
situations in which this procedure mask would become 'c'. Thanks in advance for
the help.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Noblestar ripped me off posted Message 4214 in Message Board
Dated : August 26, 2000 at 13:45:05 EST
Subject: NOBLESTAR RIPPED ME OFF
Don't use Noblestar, I have been ripped off by Noblestar on 2 projects and I wou
ldn't trust Noblestar for any ecommerce work at all. I know other clients and th
ey lie consistently and foul up on their projects. Noblestar cannot be trusted.
***************** End Of Article ******************
noblestar posted Message 4215 in Message Board
Dated : August 26, 2000 at 13:45:25 EST
Subject: Re: NOBLESTAR RIPPED ME OFF
: Don't use Noblestar, I have been ripped off by Noblestar on 2 projects and I w
ouldn't trust Noblestar for any ecommerce work at all. I know other clients and
they lie consistently and foul up on their projects. Noblestar cannot be trusted
..
Good luck,
Jeremy
***************** End Of Article ******************
steve posted Message 4221 in Message Board
Dated : August 29, 2000 at 08:34:58 EST
Subject: purchase item text overwriting item description
does anyone have any experience of the problem i am having?
when i apply purchase text to an item in the item file and then raise and print
a purchase order, the purchase item text then overwrites the item description.
thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Lora China posted Message 4222 in Message Board
Dated : August 29, 2000 at 13:31:53 EST
Subject: Bill and Hold Sales Orders
Our company will often follow a procedure which we refer to as "Bill and Hold".
We will make an agreement with our customer to bill them for material made with
extended terms, but hold the material in our warehouse until they are ready for
it. This allows our company to show sales for the month even though the customer
has not yet received or paid for the product as yet. So, in Baan we are enterin
g in a sales order with extended terms and shipping and invoicing the order in B
aan, thus relieving our inventory in the system, but not physically. Once the cu
stomer is ready for the material, we ship it to them using a hand written bill o
f lading. This process, however, is causing problems for our warehouse personnel
, in that it is difficult for them to track the material once it is taken out of
Baan.
We are hoping that perhaps someone may have come up with a better way of
handling this type of situation. We would prefer not taking the inventory out o
f the system, but still show a sale to the customer. Any suggestions?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bruno Zanchetta posted Message 4223 in Message Board
Dated : August 30, 2000 at 03:31:40 EST
Subject: Performance problem in session tdpur4120
For some suppliers with a lot of pur. orders, session in object is very very slo
w. 5' for a registration.
I've run tdpur4223 with order delete but problem persist.
Please help me.
Thanks
Bruno Zanchetta
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rob posted Message 4224 in Message Board
Dated : August 30, 2000 at 07:05:07 EST
Subject: Re: purchase item text overwriting item description
This happens when we uncheck the box "standard description" in Purchase orders /
Sales Orders. This means that we dont want to print standrad item description b
ut instead want to print purchase order text instead.
There is an interesting hierarchy behind this. If Purchase order text is not ava
ilable, then searches for item - supplier info, if not then item purchase data.
This is same for sales orders too.
: Our company will often follow a procedure which we refer to as "Bill and Hold"
. We will make an agreement with our customer to bill them for material made wit
h extended terms, but hold the material in our warehouse until they are ready fo
r it. This allows our company to show sales for the month even though the custom
er has not yet received or paid for the product as yet. So, in Baan we are enter
ing in a sales order with extended terms and shipping and invoicing the order in
Baan, thus relieving our inventory in the system, but not physically. Once the
customer is ready for the material, we ship it to them using a hand written bill
of lading. This process, however, is causing problems for our warehouse personn
el, in that it is difficult for them to track the material once it is taken out
of Baan.
:
We are hoping that perhaps someone may have come up with a better way of
handling this type of situation. We would prefer not taking the inventory out o
f the system, but still show a sale to the customer. Any suggestions?
The items are on the BOM and need to posted to inventory and have po created for
the payment process. Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Terry McCollum posted Message 4229 in Message Board
Dated : September 01, 2000 at 12:06:16 EST
Subject: What EDI Transactions are supported by Baan Series
What EDI Transactions are supported by Baan Series?
right now.
Thanking you all in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nuno Sa posted Message 4233 in Message Board
Dated : September 05, 2000 at 06:34:37 EST
Subject: Invoice for other client.
I would like to know if it's possible to do a sales order for a client and make
a correspondent invoice to another client.
Tanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Animesh posted Message 4234 in Message Board
Dated : September 05, 2000 at 23:31:36 EST
Subject: Discount level not allowed
Will someone help me on this In the maintain sales order session (tdsls4101m000) while creating a new line an
d after adding localisation details, when I try to save the line, it gives the m
essage "Discount level not allowed" and doesn't save the line.
This error has cropped up only after loading the SP4 and some of the weekly dump
s sent by BaaN.
If anyone of you has come across this problem and sorted it out, pl let me know
of the solution no.
Thanxxx in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rob posted Message 4235 in Message Board
Dated : September 07, 2000 at 07:14:25 EST
Subject: Re: Invoice for other client.
This is possible in Baan V. Maintain an Invoice to BP role and declare the clien
t to whom material is being sent as parent BP of the invoice to BP. Do you need
further details please post it.
: This error has cropped up only after loading the SP4 and some of the weekly du
mps sent by BaaN.
: If anyone of you has come across this problem and sorted it out, pl let me kno
w of the solution no.
: Thanxxx in advance
We had the same problem 6 weeks ago after a C2 patch, it also happened on P.O.'s
. We had to install two additional patchs to fix the problem.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Hapgood posted Message 4237 in Message Board
Dated : September 07, 2000 at 12:43:10 EST
Subject: Re: Sales order delivery dates
I've opened a case with Baan regarding the lack of a metric for on time deliveri
es to our Customer. This is a signifigant shortcoming in Baan. tdsls051 only a
ddresses half the problem. You need to associate deliveries with the Original p
lanned delivery date.
Funny thing. There is a field in tdsls051 (.curd) that is labeled "Original Cus
tomer Request Date." I have never seen it populated and nowhere can I see it in
sessions and reports. Anybody have any ideas?
: : We are looking for a way to maintain the original Sales Order line planned d
elivery date while entering a new date. We want to track the delivery performanc
e of when we originally planned to ship the line. I see no place to put a resche
duled delivery date.
: If you change an orderdate a new record wil be made in the table tdsls051 so y
ou can read back those records.
ule?
Hi,
Purchasing transaction are many, so maybe can make the memory in our server is f
ull. I wonder, after 'deleting line' process, Can we save and delete data from s
ystem or transfer that data history to some diskette maybe.
Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rob posted Message 4240 in Message Board
Dated : September 10, 2000 at 23:25:30 EST
Subject: Re: What EDI Transactions are supported by Baan Series
Following EDI messages are supported by Baan Series:
810
820
824
830
862
866
850
855
856
860
861
865
900
Invoices
Remittance Advice
Error notification
Planning Releases
Shipping releases
Sequence shipping releases
Purchase Orders / Sales Orders
Order Acknowledgements
Advance Shippment Notices
PO changes
Receipt Discrepancy Notifications
Order Change acknowledgments
Sales Invoices
usiness experience or they would have known that customers change things all the
time and there needs to be something to accomodate a customer's request! What
we do is first make sure that we have set up the appropriate postal or delivery
address code via the customer master. We then go into the tdsls040 table via Ma
intenance via Tools/Database Management/General Table Maintenance and change the
code manually on Form 1.
We have done this several times with no adverse affects. Please note that we on
ly do this if we have an order with many releases - if we have a small order wit
h only one or two releases we will update any delivery address changes from with
in the sales order lines itself. For postal address changes we, of course, have
to take the Tools option since there is not a postal address option for each or
der line.
Hope this helps!
Feel free to email me with any questions.
Jeanne Ploshay
: I have a problem with Postal Addresses.
: The problem is that if we have a Postal Address or Ship To Address change, Baa
n will not let you change the Sales Order if there have been shipments (invoiced
) made.
: I do not want to delete all open backlog items and re-enter the Sales Order wi
th the new information.
: I do not want to use the GTM either.
: Is there a session or some other way to solve this problem.
: Thanks.
: Betty Wilson
Jeanne Ploshay
: The Tax Country is set at the Line level of the Sales ORder. I belive before
you can change the Delivery Address you need to reset the Sales Order Lines to t
he New Country or change the Sales Order Header to No Tax save and then reenter
and change your delivery address.
: : When I try to check the Delivery Address to another country in Maintain Sale
s Order (tdsls4101m000),I get the following error message: "Tax Country of lines
doesn't match with country code of delivery address; this is not allowed".
: : How can I change the delivery address to another country?
: : What is the workaround method?
: : Please help! Thanks!
This was a problem for us as we wanted to be able to store not only the original
and "current" promise date but also a customer request date. We came up with t
he following work around:
We use the Planned Delivery Date to store the "Current Promised Ship Date" - or
when we currently plan on shipping the material. We then use the Planned Receip
t Date field to store the "Original Promise Date". Baan always gives a message
stating that "Planned Receipt Date earlier than Planned Delivery Date" but it do
es NOT prohibit you from entering the date. We then stole a field we weren't us
ing (t_eseq or Customer Line Item field) and relabelled it as "Customer Request
Date". It's not date formatted, but we don't care because we don't run any repo
rts off of it. We use Access to generate an "on time delivery report" which com
pares the actual delivery date from tdsls045 to the Planned Receipt Date and cal
culates on time info.
Hope this helps; email me if you have any other questions. It's worked OK for u
s!
Jeanne
We are looking for a way to maintain the original Sales Order line planned deli
very date while entering a new date. We want to track the delivery performance o
f when we originally planned to ship the line. I see no place to put a reschedul
ed delivery date.
Hi all,
How do I explain the sales report that shows some figure
for the T (turnover) and blank for the I (intake) for the same
customer?? Is it due to certain process ??
Thank you
I think that RPL is your very best bet. Shipping inventory without billing is wh
at RPL is all about. It does not need to be a complicated process (no DRP needed
). Simply place an RPL order for what you send your customer and a SLS order for
what that customer uses.
Your only other option as I see it would be to print 2 copies of the Pick List (
use one as the picking list and one as the packing slip) and don't release outbo
und data until the customer uses the product. But then it looks like you've got
all that inventory in your warehouse. Very ugly.
RPL is your simple / non-customized solution !
-Chris: :I should have stated this in my original message; sorry! We are on Baan IVc.
From the other responses, it appears we are SOL. We don't use RPL at all and
I don't think we'd want to start doing so just for this one customer.
: If anyone has any other creative ideas (no customization suggestions, please!)
I'd appreciate it.
: Thanks!
: Jeanne Ploshay
: Before we answer that question we need to know what version you are on, it ma
kes a difference as to how you do this.
: : John Crystal
Hi,
This is standard functionality in Baan. This is the first time I am coming acros
s such reqmt. after spending six years in Baan implementation. You may have to g
o for work around solution and if possible a customization. One solution that co
mes to my mind is cresting the order in non-nettable warehouse if the order is b
locked and once the order is unblocked then change the warehouse. With customiza
tion you can handle this seamlessly to user and one will not notice the differen
ce.
Arvind Patil
***************** End Of Article ******************
lambert posted Message 4265 in Message Board
Dated : September 25, 2000 at 06:45:42 EST
Subject: Re: How to save and delete from the system after 'deleting line' in PUR
module?
In B40: just run tdpur4223m000 with delete order data = yes.
No possibility exist to archive data from pur040, pur041,
pur045, pur050 and pur051. Alternative might be copy records of tables to anothe
r company or dump the tables to a file and after
this just delete the records with tdpur4223m000 with delete order data = yes.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 4266 in Message Board
Dated : September 25, 2000 at 12:25:40 EST
Subject: Sales Contracts/Configurator
We are using the configurator and projects for better control through our manufa
cturing process. Approximately 60% of our standard product line is configured.
We also maintain sales contracts with customers who purchase these configured i
tems at contractual pricing or discounting.
How can I utilize the contract module with configured items? Yes, the generic i
tem can be issued into a sales contract, but this is not what is required.
Suggestions on any other work arounds would be appreciated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
lucymae posted Message 4267 in Message Board
Dated : September 25, 2000 at 13:59:11 EST
Subject: Re: How to check inventory balance in the past?
: HI all,
: I want to look up the inventory on hand qty in the past dates. Will there be
any tables or session can show me the actual inventory quantity in the past?
: Many thanks.
: Max
Regards,
Lucymae
***************** End Of Article ******************
lucymae posted Message 4271 in Message Board
Dated : September 25, 2000 at 14:43:33 EST
Subject: Display inventories by item and whse "on order"
We are coming up with values "on order" in screen tdilc1512m000, and when you c
heck to see if this item is "on order," or "on backorder," or anywhere, it isn't
. The main problem that this is causing is that our MRP is now almost obsolete.
(We are BaaN IV)
So, we painstakenly have to manually check every item that MRP suggests to see i
f the item really needs to be ordered, or have we already ordered it, etc. We h
ave positive and negative values in the "On Order" field. We have turned this p
roblem into our consultants who have not given us a response to this. This has
been an ongoing problem now for almost a year with no help...
Does anyone have any suggestions? I am willing to try just about anything at th
is point...
Thanks,
Lucymae
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 4272 in Message Board
Dated : September 26, 2000 at 01:44:52 EST
Subject: Re: Display inventories by item and whse "on order"
Hi Lucymae
Re 'on order' quantities, have you checked thru tdinv1450m000, or tdinv1550m000.
These sessions show the order numbers and quantities for items on order.
However we have also had the problem that sometimes 'on order' quantities are no
t updated tho receipts have been maintained. For correcting this we run the sess
ion tdinv0250m000 and tdilc0250m000 periodically. Tho the session help des not s
ay so we prefer to run it when nobody is working on the system.
Hope this helps
Jayant
: We are coming up with values "on order" in screen tdilc1512m000, and when you
check to see if this item is "on order," or "on backorder," or anywhere, it isn
't. The main problem that this is causing is that our MRP is now almost obsolet
e. (We are BaaN IV)
: So, we painstakenly have to manually check every item that MRP suggests to see
if the item really needs to be ordered, or have we already ordered it, etc. We
have positive and negative values in the "On Order" field. We have turned this
problem into our consultants who have not given us a response to this. This ha
: Hi all,
:
How do I explain the sales report that shows some figure
: for the T (turnover) and blank for the I (intake) for the same
: customer?? Is it due to certain process ??
: : Thank you
We are having this problem and we think it is the result of a bug in the program
that builds the sales statistics. We have an open case with Baan Support on th
is. The symptom may be linked to bad entries in table tdsst030, the sales stati
stics sort file. We think bad entries in the sort file are being created by an
error in the program script.
It may be worth further investigation on your system. If you do indeed have thi
s problem, reporting it to Baan Support may help speed up a solution for both of
us.
***************** End Of Article ******************
System Administrator posted Message 4279 in Message Board
Dated : September 27, 2000 at 19:27:03 EST
Subject: Re: Managing data with History Tables
: What a cheap attempt to get free consulting time
Why not. After all, the consultants use the information from this forum, pass i
t of as their own, and make the money while the system administrators do all the
work.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 4280 in Message Board
Dated : September 28, 2000 at 06:56:28 EST
Subject: Change Code Prompts/Maintain Sales Order/Sales Order Lines
Although there is a change type code called Add Order Line and the parameter in
tdsls5100m000 is set to "prompt for changes", when adding a new sales order line
in session "Maintain Sales Order Lines" the change prompt session does not laun
ch. Is this correct? If so, please explain the logic.
Regards,
Carol Schmidt
***************** End Of Article ******************
Robiburns posted Message 4281 in Message Board
Dated : September 28, 2000 at 10:06:05 EST
Subject: Re: Outbound Priority
: I have two production orders and when outbound advice is generated , priority
is given to the second production order and not the first which was created. ie
the qty gets hard allocated for the second order and not the first one for the s
ame item.
: I would like to know why?. There is only one location ie norm
AK,
The Generate Outbound script uses Index 5 (priority, production order) in the ta
ble Maintain Production Orders (tisfc001).That is in c3 (last fix 1998-03-02).
Rob
: : Thanks for the info. Just a few questions, would this create a Purchase Ord
er for the subcontracting? If so when? Before the product ships to the subcont
racter or after receipt of the finished product? LM.
: This creates a purchase order before the product ships to de subcontracter. Th
en you must follow a purchase order procedure with the steps you find are necess
ary. Upon declaring receipts you can go on with your production order. Attention
: You can only close your production order after the invoice from your subcontra
cter has been approved in the Finance Module.
: Rui Marques
Thank you very much. LM.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Steve Rossiter posted Message 4285 in Message Board
Dated : September 29, 2000 at 11:09:35 EST
Subject: batch changes in PMG
Is there anyway to change the ordered amount for a batch once it is released.
All replies are welcome
Steve
***************** End Of Article ******************
bill posted Message 4286 in Message Board
Dated : September 29, 2000 at 11:30:45 EST
Subject: Invoice Split
Does anybody know how to split an invoice?
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 4287 in Message Board
Dated : October 01, 2000 at 09:13:36 EST
Subject: Re: batch changes in PMG
: Is there anyway to change the ordered amount for a batch once it is released.
: All replies are welcome
: Steve
After releasing a batch for production the quantity ordered can not be changed
Jayant
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Hi all,
How do I explain the sales report that shows some figure
for the T (turnover) and blank for the I (intake) for the same
customer?? Is it due to certain process ??
Thank you
: We are having this problem and we think it is the result of a bug in the progr
am that builds the sales statistics. We have an open case with Baan Support on
this. The symptom may be linked to bad entries in table tdsst030, the sales sta
tistics sort file. We think bad entries in the sort file are being created by a
n error in the program script.
: It may be worth further investigation on your system. If you do indeed have t
his problem, reporting it to Baan Support may help speed up a solution for both
of us.
I already checked and it seems that there's no order intake within that period b
ut there are orders invoiced within the period. It is not a bug as far as my ca
se is concerned.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kyrokee posted Message 4293 in Message Board
Dated : October 02, 2000 at 22:25:06 EST
Subject: Allocated order
Hi all,
I have investigate the derivation of allocated quantity in Item Master data.
But it puzzles me when there are certain items, do not have the allocated quan
tity updated even there is
s order line.
Girish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Phil Shipley posted Message 4308 in Message Board
Dated : October 04, 2000 at 09:57:58 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Counting in INV
Hi Mondo,
Assuming you are using tdinv1220m000 to generate the cycle count orders then I a
m afraid that you cannot.
The selection criteria is
For each ABC classifaction, take the last count date (tdinv001.lcod) and add on
the count interval (tdinv000.cfr(x) * 7. If this is less than todays date or la
st count date = 0 then it is marked for counting. If there is no ABC code then
it uses the C interval.
Items considered are those from the selection screen and tdinv001.wist (Cycle co
unt generate ) = NO and item is not generic and tdinv001.qbsi (Quantity blocked
for storage) = 0.
The sort criteria is tdinv001._index1 = Warehouse, Item, Container.
So two options either customise tdinv1220m000 or change the tdinv001.lcod to be
a big date in the future either by a new session or less preferable GTM.
Phil
: We are not in ILC.
: During generation of INV cycle counting orders, I don't want
: to include certain items (because their inventories are already zero, some are
obsolete items and haven't any transactions for
: a long time)in the order.
: I know generation is per warehouse and if I range the items
: and the obsolete items belong to the warehouse and within
: the range of items. It will be included in the cycle count order.
: Please help!
: Thanks
: mondo
ate a dummy warehouse for obsolete items, and another for no-count items.
e the inventory movement transactions to move the items in question to the
ummy warehouses then generate your cycle counting orders. After the cycle
, you could always move the items back if you wanted to, or just keep them
until you can purge them.
Creat
new d
count
there
Like I said, it is simplistic, but it just might do the trick for you. I ho
pe this helps.
Sincerely,
Ron D. Bailey
C.I.O.
The Bright Cheese House
478 Industrial Ave.
Woodstock, Ontario
N4S 8A3
: We are not in ILC.
: During generation of INV cycle counting orders, I don't want
: to include certain items (because their inventories are already zero, some are
obsolete items and haven't any transactions for
: a long time)in the order.
: I know generation is per warehouse and if I range the items
: and the obsolete items belong to the warehouse and within
: the range of items. It will be included in the cycle count order.
: Please help!
: Thanks
: mondo
: Hello!
: Does anyone have a good explanation of what a WIP warehouse is and why you sho
uld use it?
: The question is for Baan 5!!
: Thank you in advance!
: Regards
: /Henrik
r.
Rob
Ron D. Bailey
C.I.O.
The Bright Cheese House
478 Industrial Ave.
Woodstock, Ontario
N4S 8A3
:
: : We are not in ILC.
: : During generation of INV cycle counting orders, I don't want
: : to include certain items (because their inventories are already zero, some a
re obsolete items and haven't any transactions for
: : a long time)in the order.
: : I know generation is per warehouse and if I range the items
: : and the obsolete items belong to the warehouse and within
: : the range of items. It will be included in the cycle count order.
: : Please help!
: : Thanks
: : mondo
Does anyone know if Baan customer-item-location setup allows one to map a custom
er location-item combination to a fulfillment location/warehouse?
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vivek. posted Message 4322 in Message Board
Dated : October 06, 2000 at 08:52:15 EST
Subject: Re: Want to change warehouse to be nettable.
: Hi everyone
: I want to chang some information in the maintain warehouse.
: The nettable field is Yes/No, and I try to change from No to Yes.
: But cannot, the system not allow to chang and not provide any message. How to
change the field to yes. This warehouse have many transaction. and want to use M
RP Module.
: Thank very much in advance.
: Juckrich K.
: juckrich@yahoo.com
:Hi,
:Once a warehouse undergoes transactions, system will not allow the user to chan
ge the setting "Nettable - Yes/No". That's Baan Logic. Perhaps, if you're so des
parate to change, my recommendation is to define a new warehouse and transfer al
l items/inventory to the new warehouse with appropriate definition for nettable
flag and all necessary sessions like item data, PBOM, etc., as well.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vivek. posted Message 4323 in Message Board
Dated : October 06, 2000 at 09:09:51 EST
Subject: Re: How to find relation between Production Order and Sales Order
: Hi
: Is there a way to track from witch sales order and line a specific production
order was generated?
: I'm not able to find any relations between tisfc001 and tdsls040 / tdsls041.
:Hi,
:You've two methods to get this relation, between a Sales order and a Production
order.
Method 1: If the item in question is a "Made to Order" type, then you will have
to implement Project Control (PCS module) in which case you'll be creating a spe
cific project number for every Sales Order and/or every Sales order line, which
gets transferred to SFC Production order as well (for the end Sales item). By th
is method, you can find out all SFC Orders related to a Sales Order through the
project number.
Method 2: If PCS is not implemented/required, then you may choose to implement L
ot Control and assign lot numbers at the time of creating a Sales Order, in Sale
s Order line form-2, for every line item. But, the relation between Sales order
and Production order is not established until the Production order is completed
during which when the inventory is posted, you'll assign the same lot number tha
t has been specified in SO Line. Then to track the relationship, you can go to s
ession "Display Where-Used Lots"(tdltc1510m000) under lot tracking folder of Lot
Control module. This will list, for a given item and lot number, all relevant o
rder numbers and movements.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vivek. posted Message 4324 in Message Board
Dated : October 06, 2000 at 09:33:31 EST
Subject: Re: containers
: Hi again,
: Is there anyway to make an already established non-containerized item a contai
ner item. I cannot access the field "containerized" in the item master without c
reating a totally new item.
: Thanks in advance,
: Steve
:Hi,
:Once an item has been defined in item data as "Process Item - No", then no long
er you can access the field "Containerized" on form-5. This field can be accesse
d ONLY when the field "Process Item" has been set to "Yes" in form-1. The field
"Process Item" can no longer be accessed either, once its set to "No". So, you'v
e no other choice other than to create a new item. For your kind info, all conta
inrized items are basically a process item, which are packaged in different capa
cities of containers. For example, if you take Lemonade or Detergent Soap, these
are process items that are packed in different containers of various sizes. Aft
er defining a containerized item, you've define the "Units" and "Units by Unit S
ets" and the "Conversion factors" appropriately to get the cost calculations, in
ventory data, etc., correctly. However, all these items are handled only in Baan
Process package.
Regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
bill posted Message 4325 in Message Board
Dated : October 06, 2000 at 10:30:48 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Count
: I have an item where the last cycle count date is 09/28/00.
: It is a c class item and in the inv parameters the value is 52 weeks. A cycle
count order is getting generated for the item. It shold be only on 9/28/01. Any
suggestions
Do you use Location Control?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Max posted Message 4330 in Message Board
Dated : October 09, 2000 at 02:43:00 EST
Subject: Re: How to find relation between Production Order and Sales Order
: Hi
: Is there a way to track from witch sales order and line a specific production
order was generated?
: I'm not able to find any relations between tisfc001 and tdsls040 / tdsls041.
It's not a complete solution but can help if the order no. is not huge.
You can view from Planned Inventory Movement by Item to see the + and - sign mov
ements. The + & - sign will be in a order that you can trace which production o
rder or purchase order is related to sales order.
Hope this helps.
Regards.
Many users in Asian countries faces this problem, it can't be done without heavy
customization... Standard Baan can't handle PO amendment or keep track of deta
ils of amendment as it got no tables to stored original data before amendment.
Sorry to disappoint you.
: 1.How do you handle chnage in a purchase order afetr making
: part receipts.
: 2.How can a amendment to a purchase order be handled with out the use the chan
ge reason code.
: 3.How to keep track of the changes taking place in the order before or after m
aking receipts.
: 4.How can the revised purchase order be printed keeping track of the original
order placed.
: Thanks
Well, guys I am just putting an idea on the table and I am hoping you'll get som
e idea to find out if this is the direction you'd like to take. I do not have ac
cess to baan right at this very moment so I will be talking in a general way.
Basically, in addition to what other gentlemen have suggested, you can use the t
ables that contains the "planned prod. order" generated by the MRP and or PRP pr
ocess, in conjunction with planned inventory movements by item).
Using the multi-level pegging technique you can figure out what is the source of
demand of type "sales order" for a planned production order. I do not know how
to link a confirmed prod. order with a planned prod. order but I think it must b
e present somewhere.
The logic of traversing the above tables to recursively determine the parent sou
rce of demand is slightly involved and requires a reporting toOl that supports r
ecursion and dynamic queries. I have done this with informix 4gl. If that can he
lp I can give you the code for multi level pegging. It is working perfectly at o
ur site.
Regards,
***************** End Of Article ******************
Krishan Raman posted Message 4336 in Message Board
Dated : October 10, 2000 at 01:08:28 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Statistic - Urgent
You are better off by writing a query off of tdsls051.
If you need some help let me know. I have constructed an OLAP style cube by link
ing appropriate master tables with this table.
The results work so great that you will end up satisfying your whole organizatio
ns sales related reporting needs. In addition users will be able to get more ins
ight into the sales data due to the inherent characteristics of sliceing and dic
ing an olap cube using pivot tables in EXCEL.
Pl. let me know if you need more details.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Krishan Raman posted Message 4337 in Message Board
Dated : October 10, 2000 at 01:50:06 EST
Subject: Re: speed of maintain receipts
Yes, there is a solution I have developed that you can deloy easily. I will desc
ribe what I did in our situation just so you can get some idea.
Basically, our receiving staff worked off of a document from the supplier which
contained the po number and item. There is no supplier code or baan's po line it
em number on that documnet.
So we did 3 things: First I added the session "maintain receipts" to the shared
memory. This improved the session loading time. Then I changed the default order
of the screen that comes up to let you select the lines to be recvd. to an inde
x starting with leading columns as PO AND LINE instead of
supplier. Also I changed the default start up option of this (the latter) sessio
n to def.find which pops up a small dialogue box to put in the po number. So the
whole process works very fast as follows:
As soon as you go into the session it loads up fast being in the shared memory.
Then when you hit insert and go into a sesion to pick a po line to be recvd. the
n instead of waiting to let the session populate all the records itinstantly pre
sents a screen to specify the po numeb rto received (due to start up option bein
g def.find). Then when a user enters a po number the system immediately brings u
p the po and the lines to be recvd. due to hash index already present. I also re
placed the main field on this session from supplier code to the po number so one
can see all the lines to be received for a given PO in a master detail style. T
o keep the supplier info avl. This was done by making the po numeb field a NON-M
ULTI OCCURENCE field. and supplier field a multi-occurence field (quite opposite
to what baan has now).
So users can receive a po directly without first find the supplier code in seve
ral steps.
Hope you will get some idea. If you have questions pls. call me at 858 674 5100
xt. 4326 and I will walk you thru the process.
This process is more than 10 times faster.
h definite set to no) has to be in your ordertype. After that, in Finance the am
ount has to be received on the order before you can deliver the items on the sal
es orderline.
these are the steps...
9
Proforma invoices printen (tdsls4435m000)
10
Paymaents to proforma invoice... (tfcmg6200m000)
Good Luck TF
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sally Berger posted Message 4355 in Message Board
Dated : October 19, 2000 at 19:08:29 EST
Subject: Cycle Count - customized Items
Hi !
We are using Baan IV c.
We have implemented PCs (Project Control System).
Hence most of the items are customized items.
Which sessions do we use for cycle counting customized items?
Thanks.
- Sally Berger
***************** End Of Article ******************
George Gerentes posted Message 4356 in Message Board
Dated : October 20, 2000 at 03:15:21 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase requisitions - Procedures
: : 1. Does any version of Baan (other than Baan ERP) handle Purchase Requisitio
ns? Is it available as an add on to the sch module in Baan IVb or c??
: We are using tdprq module (purchase requisitions) under
: B40L c2 sch0 it works pretty well for us.
Hi guys
Can you explain how you managedto set up the requisitions? I know that by level
I am limited up to corresponding amount levels. I want to use the Departments
but anyone can authorize each other steps in the authorize req. by number sessio
n. Is this a bug ??
Please Be specific if you're willing to explain.
***************** End Of Article ******************
George Gerentes posted Message 4357 in Message Board
Dated : October 20, 2000 at 03:18:28 EST
Subject: Purchase requisitions - PRQ - Procedures - Baan IV c4
Hi guys
If anyone usees the PRQ module, could you explain how you managed to set up the
requisitions in your company? I know that by level I am limited up to 5 corresp
onding amount levels. I want to use the Departments but anyone can authorize ea
ch other steps in the authorize req. by number session. Is this a bug ??
Please Be specific if you're willing to explain.
Thank you
But as i said before , you can see negative inventory on hands at inventory inqu
iry sessions. I couldn't solve what is the ptoblem for this items.
***************** End Of Article ******************
VJK posted Message 4361 in Message Board
Dated : October 20, 2000 at 11:33:19 EST
Subject: Cycle counting dos and don'ts..... Urgent
Hi:
We are doing cycle counting for our site and noticed in the system(tdilc1514m000
) that for 2 items there exists an "Allocation" for a qunatity of 1. But there a
re no corresponding records in the tdilc1512m000 session. We had similar problem
earlier at another site and we got rid of the allocation(after making sure that
no orders exist against that allocation) by running the session "Rebuild Invent
ory Data(ILC)tdilc0250m000" session. But in the present scenario, we are running
the cycle counting and the items under question are "Blocked for Cycle counting
".
Does any one know whether running the "Rebuild Inventory Data(ILC)tdilc0250m000)
" session will have any impact, given the fact that the 2 items are "Blocked for
Cycle Counting".
Any help in this regard is much appreicated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Denise posted Message 4362 in Message Board
Dated : October 20, 2000 at 11:37:55 EST
Subject: Customer A/R Balance/Process Delivered Sales Inv.
Currently we run Process Delivered Sales Orders at the end of every transaction.
We want to move to batching invoices at night, or at least running this sessio
n at night. However, the customer a/r balances are updated here. Is anyone doi
ng anything to get around this? We DO want to have accurate a/r balances for cr
edit checking throughout the business day.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Frode Lervik posted Message 4363 in Message Board
Dated : October 20, 2000 at 11:56:47 EST
Subject: Re: Sales order delivery dates
I agree: It's a significant and in my view, almost unbelievable shortcoming.
In my opinion, the sls051 table doesn't even cover half the problem because you
never know for sure which of the dates in the history table you should look at.
Theoretically one could make rules like "measure against the date of the first r
ecord in the table", etc. However, this really doesn't work in a live situation.
The reason for this is that the sales order record is (more or less automatical
ly) saved several times before you complete entering the whole order header.
I opened a case on this
tdsls051.curd. I don't
was told that this was
here is also no program
I'm wondering how many customers have had to make a customisation on this point.
..
: I've opened a case with Baan regarding the lack of a metric for on time delive
ries to our Customer. This is a signifigant shortcoming in Baan. tdsls051 only
addresses half the problem. You need to associate deliveries with the Original
planned delivery date.
: Funny thing. There is a field in tdsls051 (.curd) that is labeled "Original C
ustomer Request Date." I have never seen it populated and nowhere can I see it
in sessions and reports. Anybody have any ideas?
:
: : : We are looking for a way to maintain the original Sales Order line planned
delivery date while entering a new date. We want to track the delivery performa
nce of when we originally planned to ship the line. I see no place to put a resc
heduled delivery date.
: : If you change an orderdate a new record wil be made in the table tdsls051 so
you can read back those records.
Rob
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anturo Vias posted Message 4369 in Message Board
Dated : October 24, 2000 at 17:26:48 EST
Subject: Lots and projects
I need some help:
Our Baan Distribution has lots and locations implemented and all the items are i
n lots (tiitm001.kltc).
I have a purchase order and its lines belong to a TP project. About it, one item
from that purchase order is received normally, but Baan Distribution don ‘
;t let us to create the respective lot.
Thanks in advance for your soon help.
Arturo Vias
:
:
e
n
s
As you know Baan has more than one table for inventory- tdinv001 and tdilc101.
Negative on hand is a problem. tdinv001 and tdilc101 should not and cannot hav
negtaive value. If it is negative it means there is some problem. It can happe
if Baan was trying to update say a release I/B and system crashed in between a
a result some of the tables are not updated.
"Maintain Rebate Parameters" tdcms1100m000 --Rebate Calculation method parameter is "Paid Invoice" and
Linking of relations on is "Order Line".
In Sales order procedure once the sales invoices are printed and Process Deliver
ed Sales Order (PDSO) session is executed. After this the invoices are posted in
Finance and payments are made through "MAintain Transactions" in BAan Finance.A
fter this when go to session "Calculate Commisions and Rebates" tdcms0240m000 a
nd execute it, it gives "NO agreement found" error message even when agreement i
s maintained in "Maintain commissions Agreements" tdcms0130m000 and "maintain Re
bate agreements" tdcms1130m000.
Secondly when we try to execute session "Maintain commissions calculaated by ord
er" tdcms0150m000 and "Maintain Rebates calculated by order" tdcms2150m000; it
says "Invoice not fully paid" and does not allow to maintain commissions or reba
tes. (In Baan finance invoices are fully paid and the balance against the invoic
e is Zero).
I believe you are going to need custom coding for that scenario. It does not ti
e into straight purchasing, nor is it based on any type of fixed contract. Sinc
e it is independant of these functions (mainly based in Finance with Purchasing
qualifiers), it would be custom.
A work around could be a periodic report to list all suppliers with large outsta
nding balances (at whatever threshold you choose), then mark the supplier (in su
pplier maintenance tccom2102m000) as "Purchase Entry Blocked". It is possible t
o write a tools script for this that runs as a periodic job. The script could a
utomatically do the blocking for you by writing the new status code. You would
still have to unblock them when appropriate. It isn't pretty, but it could reso
lve your issue. I hope this helps.
Sincerely,
Ron D. Bailey
C.I.O.
The Bright Cheese House
478 Industrial Avenue
Woodstock, Ontario
N4S 8A3
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gianni posted Message 4377 in Message Board
Dated : October 31, 2000 at 10:58:41 EST
Subject: Documentation about PRQ (BaaN IV sch0?
Could someone send me documentation about PRQ (Purchase requisition) or tell me
where i can find it?
BaaN IV supply chain.
Ron D. Bailey
C.I.O.
The Bright Cheese House
478 Industrial Avenue
Woodstock, Ontario
N4S 8A3
Thank you very much for your idea, I think It would work.
Rosalba Perez
rosalbaperez@hotmail.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Enrique posted Message 4380 in Message Board
Dated : October 31, 2000 at 16:26:15 EST
Subject: WIP Warehouse?
Does somebody knows how can I sell from a WIP warehouse?. Is it possible?
Thanks a lot
***************** End Of Article ******************
Girish posted Message 4381 in Message Board
Dated : November 01, 2000 at 15:42:17 EST
Subject: Re: Wrong order type used for sales order
: All,
: I am wondering how to correct a sales order that was created using a "Self Bil
ling" order type. This was a mistake, as we are not setup for self Billing. Cu
rrently, the sales order line status is at "Process Delivered Sales Orders." Wh
en we try to process the order in this session, we get the error message "tfsbis
0038 ?????????????????????????????"
: Is there a program that can reverse this sales order line back to where we can
change the "Order Type" on the sales order (correction program, patch, etc.)?
If not, I would greatly appreciate it if someone could tell me about a procedure
to correct this problem.
: Thanks,
: Ken
You have to change the order type in General Table Maintanence.
Girish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bernard Shaw posted Message 4382 in Message Board
Dated : November 01, 2000 at 16:22:26 EST
Subject: Backorders / Sales Order line Status
I am looking for information. How can I make Maintain and Confirm Back Orders ap
pear in the sales order line status without making the step a part of the order
type? Adding it to the order type makes it a mandatory step.
Thanks in advance.
can anybody hemp me? I need to control the replenishment in my warehouse. I have
about 14000 artikels on about 6000 locations and ofcourse, the daily replenishm
ent list is way to big!! It's a day work for one employee to complete it. I need
to increase the capacity of the picklocations but I can only do that if I start
moving artikels to other places. I need to have an overview of, for example al
the artikels that, based on the salesnumbers, have to be replenished more than o
nce a week. Where can I find this info?
thanks in advance
Gregory
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gregory posted Message 4395 in Message Board
Dated : November 06, 2000 at 11:45:32 EST
Subject: Allocated inventory
People,
I experience the following problem : I use BaaN ERP and as far as I know when a
salesorder is released to the warehouse, a warehouse order is then created and t
he artikels and quantities can then be seen in the session of the planned invent
ory transaction. When the pickinglist and the shipment are confirmed the invento
ry should decrease and the planned inventory transactions table cleared. The pro
blem that i have is that sometimes the planned inventory is NOT cleared. The inv
entory is then decreased but then the quantity on the salesorder remains allocat
ed... does anybody know a solution for this?
***************** End Of Article ******************
ignacio aguerrevere posted Message 4396 in Message Board
Dated : November 06, 2000 at 15:57:57 EST
Subject: turning off nettable flag
To implement DRP I need to turn off the nettable flag for several warehouses but
Baan requires that I empty all inventory and close all open transactions (proba
bly impossible due to business environment)
Can we turn off the flag through GTM? We don't use MRP/MPS so we think it should
n't have any impacts
Thanks a lot
Ignacio
PS: Any ideas why Baan has this strange flag? It looks like any company with Baa
n DRP will have excess inventory as it will only plan purchases based on nettabl
e warehouses inventory (far from best practices...)
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 4397 in Message Board
Dated : November 06, 2000 at 18:52:51 EST
Subject: Re: turning off nettable flag
Hi,
There are reasons for this flag. Any way you can turn off this flag through GTM.
In fact when the warehouses were set up it was set up wrong, and this is the res
ult why you want to change now. Baan is very clear on nettable and non-nettableMPS/MRP planned warehouses should be set up as nettable and DRP planned non-net
table and also BOD should be nainatined. SO while setting up thewarehouses and p
lanning structure some thought should be given. I do not see your problem as Baa
n problem. Any way you have got your answer.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ignacio posted Message 4398 in Message Board
Dated : November 07, 2000 at 10:06:54 EST
Subject: Re: turning off nettable flag
: Hi,
: There are reasons for this flag. Any way you can turn off this flag through GT
M.
: In fact when the warehouses were set up it was set up wrong, and this is the r
esult why you want to change now. Baan is very clear on nettable and non-nettabl
e- MPS/MRP planned warehouses should be set up as nettable and DRP planned non-n
ettable and also BOD should be nainatined. SO while setting up thewarehouses and
planning structure some thought should be given. I do not see your problem as B
aan problem. Any way you have got your answer.
: Arvind
Is this as quick as Baan can get? What are some typical experiences with Baan i
nbound EDI. ANY ballpark expecting numbers would be appreciated.
Please advise as this is a grave problem.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sonja posted Message 4401 in Message Board
Dated : November 09, 2000 at 05:04:51 EST
Subject: Re: turning off nettable flag
RE:": PS: Any ideas why Baan has this strange flag? It looks like any company wi
th Baan DRP will have excess inventory as it will only plan purchases based on n
ettable warehouses inventory (far from best practices...)"
In Baan terms:
NON_NETTABLE whs is replenished from another warehouse, based on bill of distrib
ution (i.e. by planned Replenishment Orders).
NETTABLE whs is replenished by bying/making the item (i.e. by Purchase/Manufactu
ring Orders, NOT from another warehouse)
DRP does not plan based on nettable whs's - on the contrary, it pushes demand to
nettable warehouse, based on demand from non-nettable warehouses.
E.G
Bill of Distribution:
A---------B-----C
A---------D
A - nettable whs
B-non-nettable
C-non-nettable
D-non-nettable
Inv.levels of (e.g) item X (MRP item)0 safety stock:
1.Before DRP run;
A: 5 on hand, 0 on order, 1 allocated (economic stock 4)
B: 3 on hand, 0 on order, 20 allocated (economic stock -17)
C: 0 on hand, 0 on order, 30 allocated (economic stock -30)
D: 2 on hand, 5 on order, 10 allocated (economic stock -3)
2.If you run MRP, it will ignore demands for B,C and D(non-nettable) and conside
r A only (NETTABLE). No planned orders generated (because economic stock is posi
tive.
3.After DRP run a number of planned DRP orders are generated for B,C,D (NON_NETT
ABLE), A is ignored (it will be planned by MRP):
DRP order for 17 from A to B, for 3 from C to D, for 33 from A to C (30 for C an
d 3 to replenish D from C)
The result:
A:5 on hand,0 on order, 1+33+17=51 allocated (economic stock -46)
B: 3 on hand, 17 on order, 20 allocated (economic stock 0)
C: 0 on hand, 30 on order, 30 allocated (economic stock 0)
D: 2 on hand, 5+3 on order, 10 allocated (economic stock 0)
DRP generated planned Replenishment orders will cater for shortages in non-netta
ble warehouses
4.If you run MRP,it will ignore B,C,D and generate planned (e.g.) Purchase Order
, qty 46, to satisfy demand for 1 (e.g.sales from whs A) + 17 (to replenish Bfo
r e.g sales from b) + 33 (to replenish C)
Does this answer your question?
Regards,
Sonja
: To implement DRP I need to turn off the nettable flag for several warehouses b
ut Baan requires that I empty all inventory and close all open transactions (pro
bably impossible due to business environment)
: Can we turn off the flag through GTM? We don't use MRP/MPS so we think it shou
ldn't have any impacts
: Thanks a lot
: Ignacio
: PS: Any ideas why Baan has this strange flag?
: In Sales order procedure once the sales invoices are printed and Process Deliv
ered Sales Order (PDSO) session is executed. After this the invoices are posted
in Finance and payments are made through "MAintain Transactions" in BAan Finance
.After this when go to session "Calculate Commisions and Rebates" tdcms0240m000
and execute it, it gives "NO agreement found" error message even when agreement
is maintained in "Maintain commissions Agreements" tdcms0130m000 and "maintain
Rebate agreements" tdcms1130m000.
: Secondly when we try to execute session "Maintain commissions calculaated by o
rder" tdcms0150m000 and "Maintain Rebates calculated by order" tdcms2150m000; i
t says "Invoice not fully paid" and does not allow to maintain commissions or re
bates. (In Baan finance invoices are fully paid and the balance against the invo
ice is Zero).
You must also finalize the batch where the payment was applied for the order to
be recognized as "fully paid".
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anil posted Message 4413 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 2000 at 15:33:54 EST
Subject: Is the Outbound order lines are included in MPS/MRP run
Hi Friends,
For the sales order when the outbound order advice is done but not shipped ,is t
his sales order is included in the MPS/MRP planning ? Could you please confirm u
s.....
Thanks
Anil
***************** End Of Article ******************
Leslie Satenstein posted Message 4414 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 2000 at 18:20:57 EST
Subject: Using a Baan session via BW to start an application on the PC
I have a requirement to start WORD, EXCEL, etc on the PC from a Baan session. Ca
n anyone tell me the name of the function to use, and what has to be in place (c
o-requisites or prerequisites)?
Currently, as a developer, I have set Baan to start my text editor on the pc aft
er transfering the source to it. If I can do that operation as a developer, the
- If you want to make transactions in both directions (BaaN to Windows and Windo
ws to BaaN) use functions in dll ottdllbw. One is app_start. Use bic_info6.1 for
that object and you will have some explanations of it's use. Name functions wil
l tell you what they can do.
Prerequisites: As a developer, no other that some short scripts and work. It is
very easy. Results can be... You will tell us.
Good Luck.
: I have a requirement to start WORD, EXCEL, etc on the PC from a Baan session.
Can anyone tell me the name of the function to use, and what has to be in place
(co-requisites or prerequisites)?
: Currently, as a developer, I have set Baan to start my text editor on the pc a
fter transfering the source to it. If I can do that operation as a developer, t
hen surely I should be able to do the other part too, (my needs).
: Leslie
www.answerport.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
salina posted Message 4426 in Message Board
Dated : November 17, 2000 at 02:43:51 EST
Subject: Re: How To Rectify Negative On Order for Item?
thanks sonja, actually i have rectify the problem already..anyway thanks for you
r advice.
The problem is caused by the order deliver more and not reflect from the return
PO. However, after i run the rebuild inv. trx, somehow the backorder for po is
appear. Before that it is hidden . I just rectify it using maintain back order
.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Randim posted Message 4427 in Message Board
Dated : November 17, 2000 at 03:27:40 EST
Subject: Re: Did anyone use transportationorder-planningboards (trtop7200m000)
:
:
:
:
Hello!
Did anyone use the transportorder-planningsboards?
How can I create the planningboards?
Is the board usefull to plan trips with it?
Our company has just started using Baan in a transport company and the planning
boards. We have frankly found it to be a complete failure and have gone to manua
l planning after just over a week. We are very unhappy and as our company accoun
tant would say we are about to kick the thing out of here
***************** End Of Article ******************
Randim posted Message 4428 in Message Board
Dated : November 17, 2000 at 03:30:19 EST
Subject: Re: Transportation
: We have a small operation that wants to raise sales orders & invoices with the
following information:
: 1. From destination
: 2. To destination
: 3. Date
: 4. Weight
: 5. Customer reference
: Does transportation provide a user friendly order entry screen?
: What is the link between Distribution sales orders and transportation?
: How easy is it to set up the transportation module?
1 NO!!!! it is not user friendly I believe it is a step back by years
2 the transportation module is almost unworkable and prone to constant freezing
Hi,
2 of the items in a sales order had already Maintain Delivery and Printed Sales
Invoice. The funny thing is there is no inventory history, and there is no fina
ncial integration for the Maintain Delivery. Integration transactions were foun
d for sales invoice.
I've tried to changed tdsls041 and tdsls045 to status Maintain Delivery so that
i can do another time of Maintain Delivery to update the inventory history and i
ntegration. Delivery is updated, but inventory history and finance still not up
dated.
Anyone has any experience similar to mine? Any solution. Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Thien posted Message 4434 in Message Board
Dated : November 21, 2000 at 04:26:34 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory transaction reason code
: How is the ledger a/c attached to a reason code used for Inventory trasaction
actually used? Will the integration transaction used this ledger a/c for the Dr
and Cr?
The ledger a/c in the reason code is only used for inventory adjustment. How th
e system picks up the ledger a/c is first, it will check is there any reason cod
e to the inventory adjustment, if there is, then whether is there any ledger a/c
attached to that. The system will pick up the ledger a/c if ledger a/c is atta
ched. Otherwise, system will pick up the ledger a/c in the Maintain Inventory a
nd WIP Transaction A/c in integration.
By default, system picks up the debit entry (normally is the inventory a/c) from
the Maintain Inventory and WIP Transaction A/c. As for the Credit entry, the p
riority is the ledger a/c in the reason code, then the credit side in the Mainta
in Inventory and WIP Transaction A/c. No need to worry where the value is increa
se/decrease as system knows how to adjust it.
Hope this will help u.
How can we solve it or is there another way to Rebuild the Planned Inventory tra
nsactions.
Now we have just part of the planned transactions.
TIA
Ilan Kiperman
***************** End Of Article ******************
Salina posted Message 4443 in Message Board
Dated : November 22, 2000 at 23:57:49 EST
Subject: Difference between Inv on hand (storage unit) and Inventory
Under Session Display Inventories by Item/Lot/Warehouse/Location ( tdilc1514m00
0 ), What is the difference between Inventory Unit and Storage Unit. Table invo
lve is tdilc101.
Why there is a difference qty between under tdilc101.strs( Inventory on hand-sto
rage unit) and tdilc101.stks(Inventory)?
Because when i pull the item list majority showing the same qty for tdilc101.str
s and tdilc101.stks, however some data show the difference between both of this
field.
Please guide...
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jayant Keskar posted Message 4444 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 2000 at 01:55:45 EST
Subject: Re: Difference between Inv on hand (storage unit) and Inventory
Hi
The inventory unit and storage unit for each item are defined in the Item Master
. e.g. you may have an item for which you want to keep the inventory in kgs, but
the item may be stored in bags of 50 kg each. In this case you can have invento
ry unit as 'kgs' and storage unit as 'bag'. If you have let us say 50kgs in stoc
k the session will show you quantity in inventory unit as 50 and in storage unit
as 1.
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. Khan posted Message 4445 in Message Board
Dated : November 23, 2000 at 17:45:00 EST
Subject: Re: tdinv0250m000 - Rebuild Planned Inventory tranaction
: The session fails when it start to calculate the production orders.
Hi Ilan,
Try running tdinv0252m000. Hope this will rebuild your inventory. You have to
run this session from file menu.
Good Luck,
Naveed
: How can we solve it or is there another way to Rebuild the Planned Inventory t
ransactions.
: Now we have just part of the planned transactions.
: TIA
: Ilan Kiperman
but the item may be stored in bags of 50 kg each. In this case you can have inv
entory unit as 'kgs' and storage unit as 'bag'. If you have let us say 50kgs in
stock the session will show you quantity in inventory unit as 50 and in storage
unit as 1.
: : Jayant
: If you say like that how come this item has inventory 27 but the qty on storag
e unit is 20, the unit is under PCS can the 27 per 20 PCS?
Hi
I presume that you have checked up that inventory unit and storage unit are the
same in the item master. In which case for some reason a mismatch has occurred b
etween your inv and ilc tables. Run session tdinv0252m000 to check. You can upda
te the corrections. However do not update initially as you may want to reason fo
r the mismatch as also because the system takes the ilc tables as correct and up
dates inv tables accordingly. This may not be necessarily so. Therefore please i
nvestigate before updating.
Hope this helps.
Jayant
nge the potnacy of that lot. BaaN allowed but no change in invenory was found. A
lso when we went back to session maintain lots the original potency fugure was n
ot changed.
It looks funny if BaaN does not have facility to change Potency after sometime.
Is it really not possible we we are doing some procedural mistake. Please help.
Virendra
***************** End Of Article ******************
Virendra Rai posted Message 4451 in Message Board
Dated : November 27, 2000 at 01:24:31 EST
Subject: Item Potency problem
Hello Fans,
We are implementing BaaN Process in Paper industry. Here the raw material change
s potency with time. That mean say we receive 5mt of RM today at standard potenc
y but if it is used one month later that 5mt becomes 4.5mt. Now we tries to cha
nge the potnacy of that lot. BaaN allowed but no change in invenory was found. A
lso when we went back to session maintain lots the original potency fugure was n
ot changed.
It looks funny if BaaN does not have facility to change Potency after sometime.
Is it really not possible we we are doing some procedural mistake. Please help.
Virendra
***************** End Of Article ******************
Girish posted Message 4452 in Message Board
Dated : November 27, 2000 at 10:40:26 EST
Subject: Re: tdinv0250m000 - Rebuild Planned Inventory tranaction
: The session fails when it start to calculate the production orders.
: How can we solve it or is there another way to Rebuild the Planned Inventory t
ransactions.
: Now we have just part of the planned transactions.
: TIA
: Ilan Kiperman
What is the error you are getting. Check at the time of running this session the
re should not be any other transaction.
Girish
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. Khan posted Message 4453 in Message Board
: Virendra
: Lately, each time our staffs tries to enter purchase order line, they will fac
e with a BW message that goes like this :: "Error 107 - (Record is locked)on tccom021102 (Max retries...
: Can not continue in tdpur4102s000 (g_check_input..."
: We suspect that the matching process in finance dept somehow have locked the s
uppiler table. Anyway the order entry staff has to click 'output to console' hen
ce causing application lock to himself.
: Does anyone encounter this problem b4? Any solution? Fyi, we didn't do anythin
g to our tdpur tables yet (not deleting since 1.5 years ago).
: thanx
: Please check BAAN tools / Database management - Misc. and Record Lock Check if
that user is lock and delete the lock file.
:
: : Lately, each time our staffs tries to enter purchase order line, they will f
ace with a BW message that goes like this :: : "Error 107 - (Record is locked)on tccom021102 (Max retries...
: : Can not continue in tdpur4102s000 (g_check_input..."
: : We suspect that the matching process in finance dept somehow have locked the
suppiler table. Anyway the order entry staff has to click 'output to console' h
ence causing application lock to himself.
: : Does anyone encounter this problem b4? Any solution? Fyi, we didn't do anyth
ing to our tdpur tables yet (not deleting since 1.5 years ago).
: : thanx
Hi,
The problem is when you do outbound you mostly define the quantity in storage qu
antity,and your inventory unit quantity gets calculated automatically.But you ca
n manupulate with your storage unit without disturbing inventory unit or vice ve
rsa.
there are chances it could happen.try tdinv0252m000 by selecting this item.
: Do you have any localization coming into effect at the time of PO making ?
: : Yes, the user is locked due to the reason i have mentioned earlier. I am won
dering any way to prevent the lock to occur in the first place. As i suspect th
e matching of purchase order done by the finance staff could have locked whoever
is doing maintain purchase order. Pls help
:
: : : Please check BAAN tools / Database management - Misc. and Record Lock Chec
k if that user is lock and delete the lock file.
:
: :
: : :
: : : : Lately, each time our staffs tries to enter purchase order line, they wi
ll face with a BW message that goes like this :: : : : "Error 107 - (Record is locked)on tccom021102 (Max retries...
: : : : Can not continue in tdpur4102s000 (g_check_input..."
: : : : We suspect that the matching process in finance dept somehow have locked
the suppiler table. Anyway the order entry staff has to click 'output to consol
e' hence causing application lock to himself.
: : : : Does anyone encounter this problem b4? Any solution? Fyi, we didn't do a
nything to our tdpur tables yet (not deleting since 1.5 years ago).
: : : : thanx
: Does anyone have implemented BaaN in an automotive firm. We would like to kno
w how to handle CKD's, for instance, if you treat it as one item or explode it.
thanks for your help
e recently discovered a problem with this session..It was wiping out backorder q
ty from planning for PROJECT Purchased items (only)...not standard parts. We co
uld see the backorder in the Purchasing sessions but it wasn't part of the requi
rements calculation. Baan sent us a patch.
: : The session fails when it start to calculate the production orders.
: Hi Ilan,
: Try running tdinv0252m000. Hope this will rebuild your inventory. You have t
o run this session from file menu.
: Good Luck,
: Naveed
:
: : How can we solve it or is there another way to Rebuild the Planned Inventory
transactions.
: : Now we have just part of the planned transactions.
: : TIA
: : Ilan Kiperman
: This is a new item. When first calculate the cost, standard cost price is Nil
(0.00). Is it because maintain the first time will captured the zero value? Be
cause when i maintain another Receipt using the same item for the second time, t
hen the cost will captured.
: Pls check and revert . I am interested to find out how the system work.
: Rgds
: Salina
Yes. That is how it will work. If you do not want that to happen you will have t
o put in standard cost and update before raising the PO
Jayant
***************** End Of Article ******************
Elaine posted Message 4478 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 2000 at 10:48:12 EST
Subject: Subcontracting p.o.'s
Sometimes when a subcontracted purchase order has been fully received and
matched, we receive more products from our subcontractor due to extra yields of
materials or other reasons. Currently Baan will not allow us to add another
purchase order line on a subcontracted purchase order in Maintain Purchase
Order session. Is there anyway we can increase the purchase order quantity or
create another production order and link the production order back to the same
subcontracted purchase order? Any other suggestions of work arounds?
thanks in advance!
Elaine
***************** End Of Article ******************
Victor posted Message 4479 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 2000 at 18:25:42 EST
Subject: No Record in tdilc101
Hi:
I am confronted with a strange situation (Baan IVc).
The session tdilc1512m000 shows all the information about
one item, where as I don't see any information for this item
in the session tdilc1514m000. Upon further investigation, I found
that the table tdinv001 has all the information about this
item, but the table tdilc101 has no record at all for this item
(very strange). I was wondering whether anyone has seen this problem before, and
can suggest a solution. Can we repair this
with any rebuild inventory session/correction program.
Thanks in advance,
Victor
: Does anyone have implemented BaaN in an automotive firm. We would like to kno
w how to handle CKD's, for instance, if you treat it as one item or explode it.
thanks for your help
: Thanks Mary
:
I ran into this problem a long time ago (back in the days of Triton version 1 or
2!). What the cause was is that there is a (hidden) field, called "allocated fo
r picking lists" (or something like that) and if memory seves me correctly it is
in tdsls045 (pr perhaps in tdinv001). What happens is that when you print a pic
king list this field gets updated with the order qty, and then when maintain del
iveries is completed it gets relieved again. It only comes into play when the sa
les order parameters for "print picking list" are set to anything except "print
all lines" (or something like that, I am working purely from memory at present s
o bear with me). If the on hand balance less the allocated for picking list qty
= less than the new order qty to be delivered then the picking list will not pri
nt. (particularly if the picking list parameter reads "only the lines with suffi
cient inventory", try as you might, although there is sufficient on hand, the pi
cking list will not print.
To get back to the original problem I mentioned, in this case the "allocated for
picking list" qty was not being relieved when the delivery was completed and ju
st kept on building up. The short term solution was tpo set the picking list par
ameter to "print all lines" (in sales order parameters).
Hope this helps, feel free to e-mail me directly if you want to chat further.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gregory posted Message 4488 in Message Board
Dated : December 09, 2000 at 03:59:10 EST
Subject: Re: Picking lists
: I am having a problem getting the system to produce a picking list for a sales
order.
: I get a message that there is a stock shortage when I try to print a picking l
ist for a particular sales order.
: We have the item in stock, it is in the correct warehouse, the sales order i
s not blocked, the item is not on backorder, the sales order does not say ship
complete, the sales order status is saying the next step is to print the pickin
g list.
: We have rebuilt the planned inventory transactions etc. we have entered more s
tock via inventory adjustment to see if it will pick the order and it still tell
s me that we are short of this stock. Has anyone experienced this before.
: Thanks Mary
mary,
i had the same problem yesterday and I am also still looking for an answer. I wi
ll let you know when I solved the problem. Anyway... check also if somebody bloc
ked the location, where the goods are in, for outbound.
***************** End Of Article ******************
gregory posted Message 4489 in Message Board
: •
: •
: This would seem to indicate that it does have some affect on the Generate Plan
ned INV Orders session.
: I also have this:
: 13.1 Generate Planned INV Orders (tdinv3201m000)
: The quantity ordered and the moment of ordering depends on the following param
eters in the session "Maintain Item Data (tiitm0101m000)":
: •
Order Policy
: •
Order System
: •
Order Method
: •
Order Quantity Multiple of
: •
Minimum Order Quantity
: •
Maximum Order Quantity
: •
Fixed Order Quantity
: •
Economic Order Quantity
: •
Re-Order Point
: •
Order Interval
: •
Order Lead Time
: •
Safety Time
: •
First Allowed Order Date
: Which says nothing about safety stock. So which is it?
Both are right, reorder point is related with safety stock,i.e reorder point it
must greater than safety stock, if the quantity of reorder point less safety sto
ck, then Baan will find quantity of safety stock as basis.
sales order is also of 100 qty. Then one generates O/B. The allocated for picki
ng list becomes 100. Now when one deleted the O/B this field is not resetted bac
k. This is true in ilc environment. What we have done in past is modify delete O
/B to reset the picking list or modify the Print Picing List program to exclude
allocated for picking list from this calculation.
: Arvind
: :
I don't know why, all of the users' icon were became english description, e.g. "
>" became "next record". Does anybody know what's going on?
Tim Chen
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ulrich Fuchs posted Message 4530 in Message Board
Dated : January 08, 2001 at 04:05:17 EST
Subject: Re: print sale invoice to another customer
Hi !
Do you have always the same customers or do they change with every order? In the
latter case, you could probably use a one-time-customer, and maintain the adres
s in the sales order header just before you print the invoice.
Yours,
Uli
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anne Malone posted Message 4531 in Message Board
Dated : January 08, 2001 at 14:45:41 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Counting with ILC
: We have Baan 4c 3 and have an environment using Inventory Location Control (IL
C). There is a field in the item data called Last Counting Date (tiitm001.locd)
which apparently is only updated via Warehouse Cycle counting which is not used
in an ILC environment. Using Location Cycle Counting does not update the tiitm0
01.locd field. Should it? If not, where in in tdilc (specific field) can I fin
d the count date captured? Is this a bug or by design?
: In Location cycle counting, tdilc101.coun is updated with the last count date.
Tiitm001.locd should also be updated but it will be the last date that the ite
m has been counted regardless of warehouse/location/lot. If you have items fixe
d to locations in table tdilc007 then you can find a last count date there (tdil
c007.coun).
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anne Malone posted Message 4532 in Message Board
Dated : January 08, 2001 at 14:55:36 EST
Subject: Re: cycle count
The main thing to remember is that cycle count orders will not be generated unti
l they are DUE to be counted again based on the last count date and the counting
intervals that you specified by ABC class. So if you set up your C's to be coun
ted once a year and you initially counted all of your C's in the same month ...
you will get hit with them all the same time every year.
: Hi
: That is not how it works. You set a count interval of say one month for "A" Cl
ass items 2 months for "B" Class items and 3 months for "C" Class items.
: Then when you generate cycle counting orders the orders would be generated eve
Hi Kumar,
Many thanks for your solution!!! We badly needed this.
I am sure everyone checking this site will benefit from this solution.
Only one thing. Where in BaaN documentation do they mention these things? These
sessions are not included in the error recovery module for unknown and unthinka
ble reasons.
Best regards,
Pankaj
: Please see below solution description and I hope it might be of partial help i
f ILC is implemented.
:
: The correction sessions tdilc0250m000 and tdinv0250m000 would resolve the prob
lem in that inv0250 is only concerned with rebuilding planned inventory transact
ions(table tdinv150) and tdilc0250 is used to rebuild the 'expected' inventory
: transactions on the basis of inbound and outbound data.
:
: Session tdinv0252m000 - Check Inventory Data
: This session Check Inventory Data (tdinv0252m000) to notice and correct invent
ory data inconsistency. To see if there is any it is necessary to run this sessi
on Check Inventory Data (tdinv0252m000).
: ALWAYS MAKE SURE THAT ADJUST IS ON "NO".
: When adjust is put on 'Yes' corrections will be made only on inventory level.
This session does NOT create any financial bookings !!
: When Inventory Location Control (ILC) is on this session shows the differences
between:
: - table tdilc101 and tiitm001,
: - table tdilc101 and tdinv001,
: - table tdilc101 and tdltc001,
: - table tdilc101 and tipcs021.
: The 'new' inventory in the report is always the tdilc101 value. The 'old' inve
ntory is the other table.
:
s
:
:
:
When Inventory Location Control (ILC) is off this session shows the difference
between:
- table tdinv001 and tiitm001,
- table tdinv001 and tipcs021.
The 'new' inventory in the report is then always the tdinv001 value. The 'old'
inventory is the other table.
:
: When there are differences in the blocked stock they should be fixed by runnin
g session Rebuild Planned Inventory Transactions (tdinv0250m000). When ILC is im
plemented it is wise to run Rebuild Inventory Data (ILC)
: (tdilc0250m000) first.
: When there are differences between the stock on hand the correction cycle coun
t procedures described in Baan solutions 70138 and 72033 or 76723 should befollo
wed up.
1%
3%
5%
thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
David Read posted Message 4554 in Message Board
Dated : January 17, 2001 at 04:37:49 EST
Subject: Re: Vendor Managed Inventory with ERP
Hi there
Did you resolve this?
Usual approach with an ERP system is to define a logical company, to identify go
ods that don't legally belong to you yet for the nasty auditors, define a VMI fa
cility, logical warehouses, and then when you want to draw the stuff off you boo
k the goods out of the one warehouse into your own legally owned warehouse.
Either book in with goods receipt or with transfer, then do summary purchase ord
er at month end.
And then a planning run in the VMI facility will tell you/the vendor what else y
ou need to make or draw down from the feeding plant.
That's the basic idea.
Hope it helps
Regards
David
m numbers or product types etc its bulky but its better than changing by hand an
d creates a small revalation report.
Log Inbound Advice Steps for Report" to "Yes". You will then have the ability to
print the report "Inbound Advice Steps" in the session tdilc4404m000. The repor
t will show the process the system went through to chose the advised location. B
e sure to change parameter back when logging of advice steps is not needed.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Juan Pablo Corrales posted Message 4592 in Message Board
Dated : February 06, 2001 at 09:43:50 EST
Subject: Bill and Hold processing
Hello Everybody:
Im Juan from Colombia.
I am almost finishing my university career as Bussines Administrator. I need to
investigate about "Bill and Hold Processing" but I have not enough information a
bout it.
Could you please help me?
***************** End Of Article ******************
samuelpramod posted Message 4593 in Message Board
Dated : February 06, 2001 at 10:21:56 EST
Subject: Purchase contract
Hi
We are using BaaN IV C3,
While generating purchase orders from Purchase contract, System is taking
Item Lead time in to consideration for calculating the date for generating Purch
ase orders from delivery schedule of contract, Why item lead time has to be take
n in to consideration, is there any logic behind
this.
Thanks in advance
Pramod
***************** End Of Article ******************
B posted Message 4594 in Message Board
Dated : February 06, 2001 at 11:06:56 EST
Subject: Re: Automatic confirmation of pickinglist in BaaNERP
: I found out that confirming a shipment in BaaNERP can go automatically, but no
w I wonder if the confimation of a pickinglist (previous step) can go also autom
atically. That would solve a lot of my logistic problems... does anybody know???
Try creating a outbound warehouse procedure without picklist as one of the activ
ities. this way you generate & release outbound and it will go directly to shipm
ent
2. Forwarder will issue a notice when he ships the goods (bill of lading, airway
bill number, packaging information, volume, kilos, etc). Is it possible to recor
d and track all this information through Shipment Notices (whinh3500m000)?
3. Forwarder will issue an invoice for his services. Can I relate the invoice to
the Shipment Notice he issued (in the shipment notice there exists charging inf
ormation) ? However when I print pro forma invoice for the specific PO I only ge
t pro forma invoice related to the Buy-from and not for the Ship-from supplier.
If anyone has any suggestions in that pls contact me in my email,
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rajeev posted Message 4599 in Message Board
Dated : February 08, 2001 at 04:52:14 EST
Subject: Print Sales Invoices
Hi,
I have one problem in respect of printing of sales invoices, I have maintained d
elivery for the all sales orders., but I have problem in printing of those sales
inovices where deliverd quantity is equal to back order quantity.
If any one came across such a situation pls let me know
thanks in advance
within selection"??? Actually when I first ran this session, I got something (ho
wever that item that I had trouble is not on the list), the second time I ran, I
got "No data within selection".....I tried back and try the inven. adjustment a
nd still get the same message...??
:
: thanks
: : There is cycle count order present fo this warehouse and location
: : .while doing a cycle count inventory gets blocked.
: : 1)you can delete the cycle count order
: : else
: : 2)you can process the cycle count orders
: : if you are a production user then contact cycle count prime to process the c
ycle count order.
: : Thiru
If a cycle counting order has been printed once already, you need to set the fie
ld 'reprint items' to yes in order to print it again.
***************** End Of Article ******************
J. Cronin posted Message 4602 in Message Board
Dated : February 08, 2001 at 05:42:51 EST
Subject: Re: Slow Moving Analysis - Turnover Rate Baan IVC3
: Baan indicates that turn over rate is a ratio of the annual usage to inv on ha
nd. How does one determine a difference in significance between two parts with
a turnover rate of 2 when one was all purchased 10 months ago (100 pc) with 3 re
maining today in inventory and the second being purchase 10 each month for the l
ast ten months and having 3 remaining in inventory. The Turnover rate formula w
ill produce the same rate for both or so it appears.
: I want to be able to use this report as a tool to help me identify items that
should be scrapped out. In this case where I purchased the item 10 months ago a
nd none since, I should be looking to reduce inventory by scrapping this out but
the percentage assigned to this rate shows it as one with a low slow moving per
cent.
: Any suggestions as to what others are using for turnover rates and associated
percentages will be helpful.
The turnover rate is affected by the onhand qty, and the annual issue.
In your example the onhand qty is identical, but the annual issue may be differe
nt.
If you enter this value manually, you can influence your results, but if not, th
e annual issue is calculated by dividing the total issued qty over n periods by
the total number of periods, and then multiplying by the number of periods in wh
ich there were issues.
It follows that if the 97 pieces of the first item were all issued 10 months ago
, the annual issue will be 9.7 (assuming n=10), but the second item will receive
annual issue value of 97, thus giving very different results in the slowmoving
analysis.
The final conclusion is that the slow moving analysis is not affected by the rec
eipts of the goods, but is affected by the issuing of the item over time.
: : I want to be able to use this report as a tool to help me identify items tha
t should be scrapped out. In this case where I purchased the item 10 months ago
and none since, I should be looking to reduce inventory by scrapping this out b
ut the percentage assigned to this rate shows it as one with a low slow moving p
ercent.
: : Any suggestions as to what others are using for turnover rates and associate
d percentages will be helpful.
:
: The turnover rate is affected by the onhand qty, and the annual issue.
: In your example the onhand qty is identical, but the annual issue may be diffe
rent.
: If you enter this value manually, you can influence your results, but if not,
the annual issue is calculated by dividing the total issued qty over n periods b
y the total number of periods, and then multiplying by the number of periods in
which there were issues.
: It follows that if the 97 pieces of the first item were all issued 10 months a
go, the annual issue will be 9.7 (assuming n=10), but the second item will recei
ve annual issue value of 97, thus giving very different results in the slowmovin
g analysis.
: The final conclusion is that the slow moving analysis is not affected by the r
eceipts of the goods, but is affected by the issuing of the item over time.
Where can you enter the annual issue manually? Is this not calculated by Baan ba
sed on released outbound?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Roy posted Message 4607 in Message Board
Dated : February 08, 2001 at 15:09:33 EST
Subject: Re: Reason for blocking for cycle counting orders
Is there anyway we can tell who did the "cycle count" and when it was done??? a
history maybe??....I am not a distribution person, so please be patient.
thanks for all the helps.
: : Thanks for the info. It was very helpful....one question though...
: : How can you tell if that warehouse and/or location is being cycle counted??
since when I tried to print the cycle count order (tdilc5410m000), I got "No dat
a within selection"??? Actually when I first ran this session, I got something (
however that item that I had trouble is not on the list), the second time I ran,
I got "No data within selection".....I tried back and try the inven. adjustment
and still get the same message...??
: :
: : thanks
: : : There is cycle count order present fo this warehouse and location
: : : .while doing a cycle count inventory gets blocked.
: : : 1)you can delete the cycle count order
: : : else
: : : 2)you can process the cycle count orders
: : : if you are a production user then contact cycle count prime to process the
costing reports for the production order, it will appear that you sent the entir
e production order quantity through subcontracting twice.
2. Your second option (and the way we now handle it) is to just send paperwork
up to Accounting (or whoever does adjustments) and inventory adjust the quantity
into the system.
We have also tried working with our suppliers to try to reduce the amount of tim
es that extra product comes back after a completed receipt.
:
:
f
:
:
:
Sometimes when a subcontracted purchase order has been fully received and
matched, we receive more products from our subcontractor due to extra yields o
materials or other reasons. Currently Baan will not allow us to add another
purchase order line on a subcontracted purchase order in Maintain Purchase
Order session. Is there anyway we can increase the purchase order quantity or
: create another production order and link the production order back to the same
: subcontracted purchase order? Any other suggestions of work arounds?
: thanks in advance!
: Elaine
uplicate records, but couldn't satisfy those conditions for all records.
Can someone please answer this as how to calculate the exact total receipt quan
tity for a PO and pos(thru inbound process) and what is the table to use for thi
s ?? (tdpur401 doesn't seem to store correct value all times)
Thanks in advance,
Kumar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jim posted Message 4613 in Message Board
Dated : February 12, 2001 at 19:17:06 EST
Subject: Re: EDI Sales sessions
This session will also allow you to define other sessions that will prepare edi
messages. However, not all sessions will work, so you might have to do some exp
erimenting.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Phil Shipley posted Message 4614 in Message Board
Dated : February 13, 2001 at 06:34:34 EST
Subject: Re: Maintain Sales Orders
Hi Joy,
tdsls4110m000 is a session that ensures that the correct Sales Order Header prog
ram is called (there are 3 in total)
What tdsls4110 does is as follows:
if Direct Sales Order Entry in user defaults (tdsls039.dole) is set to no or not
defined then run tdsls4101m000
else
if PCS implemented (tipcs000.ipcs) or PCF implemented (tipcf000.ppcf) then run t
dsls4102m000
else
run tdsls4105m000
Hope that helps
Phil
: I have 2 sessions for maintain sales orders. tdsls4110m000 and tdsls4101m000.
: Has anyone ever seen this before?
: What is the difference?
: Thanks in advance.
Thanks in Advance
Jagjit
***************** End Of Article ******************
Baan.guy posted Message 4623 in Message Board
Dated : February 21, 2001 at 12:36:26 EST
Subject: Re: Help Urgent : Cycle Counting
: Hai
:
I have done cycle counting for one item. I ran following
: sessions. tdilc5210m000 Generate Cycle COunting Order
:
tdilc5410m000 print Cycle Counting Order
:
tdilc5110m000 Enter Location Cycle Counting Data
:
tdilc5211m000 Process Cycle Counting Data
: Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this steps
. I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
: Thanks in Advance
: Jagjit
Hi Jagjit
I find the best way to review the results of the cycle count is in the following
session.
" Print Inventory history by location "
Choose your date ranges
select order type at " warehouse order " from and to
select order number from 700000 to 799999
This will give you a print out of all cycle count results as per
your selection.
Note: all cycle count adjustments are considered "Warehouse Orders" and the orde
r number range "700000 to 799999" is reserved for cycle count adjustments.
Hope this helps
The Baan Guy
Hi KKunze
Yes the "Last Count Date" is still updated when you process the cycle count orde
r.The reason for this is so the
system can keep track of the last date counted for use in the generation of the
cycle count sheets. The entry
of counts that match are still considered a count on that date.
Thanks
The Baan Guy
Within this scenario the only session where user have to enter data is the first
one. My aim is to eliminate all time-consuming steps and reduce them so far as
possible. Any ideas?
Thanks in advance,
maris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 4627 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2001 at 14:51:37 EST
Subject: Re: Fastest way to process a Sales Order
: Hi baanfans!
: Can you suggest me the fastest way to process a sales order.
:
:
:
:
n
:
:
So
1)
2)
3)
: Within this scenario the only session where user have to enter data is the fir
st one. My aim is to eliminate all time-consuming steps and reduce them so far a
s possible. Any ideas?
: Thanks in advance,
: maris
The fastest way that I know of is to make use of the collect order type, and als
o make sure the parameter "Confirm outbound advice" is set to "No". You probably
(if location control is implemented) also want to sell from a non-location cont
rol warehouse.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Lena posted Message 4628 in Message Board
Dated : February 22, 2001 at 23:00:33 EST
Subject: Re: Inventory valuation Method
: Hi...
can i ask u that what are the factors that lead a company to choose different va
luation method..
thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Rinus de Rouw posted Message 4629 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 2001 at 02:14:41 EST
Subject: Reprinting packing list
I cannot reprint the pacing slip if the status of the sales order is 6 (Print in
: Thanks
Sorry pal, one company one cost price. Your options would be to create a seperat
e company, in which this item would be a purchased item. THe first company could
then sell this item to the second company at the reduced price.
Otherwise you would have to have a seperate item, and then adjust item 1 down an
d item 2 up. You can of course have reason codes with the appropriate financial
buckets setup.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 4633 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 2001 at 12:28:14 EST
Subject: Re: Reprinting packing list
: I cannot reprint the pacing slip if the status of the sales order is 6 (Print
invoice). Even if I set in session tdsls4403m000 "Reprint printed packing slip"
to yes.
: How can I reprint this packing slip?
:
: Kind regards
: Rinus de Rouw
Have a look at the "order steps" table and pay particular attention the the sect
ion "repeat after step". This governs up to which point a step can be repeated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Merv Carr posted Message 4634 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 2001 at 12:30:01 EST
Subject: Re: Virtual Warehouses
: Pl. put your thinking caps on.
: Our users have created virtual locations in warehouses. Now as part of our ann
ual clean-up, we want to delete all such virtual locations which are not occupie
d but Baan is not letting us do this. Any creative Baan gurus out there...pl. re
spond
I would imagine that all history etc. would first have to be deleted (location h
istory that is). Haven't researched it much, but that is pretty much the way the
rest of the system works.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Suresh posted Message 4635 in Message Board
Dated : February 23, 2001 at 20:49:29 EST
Subject: Company Calender and Planning Calender - How and why?
Greetings;
We are using BaaN IVc2(Distribution primarily). I am trying to extend the Planni
ng Calender stored in table tirou410. The parameter for Company Calender Type in
I haven't come across the reason codes '19 and 128'. I hope it helps.
ol. Has anybody found a better way to minimize steps. We are using adjustment or
ders. Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kim posted Message 4650 in Message Board
Dated : March 01, 2001 at 12:56:39 EST
Subject: Re: Projects
: We are looking into using projects at our company and I'd like to know what im
pact that will have since most of the items we build are stored in the warehouse
. What impact will projects have if we cycle count the finished products and the
re are discrepancies.
We us PCS projects in Baan 4c3.
Be aware that any raw material ordered to a project becomes WIP as soon as it is
received.
The only Inventory transaction (transfer to another project)that you can do with
project inventory is Transfer. In other words no adjustment from the inventory
side. Even the Inventory transfers don't work as you'd expect regarding the co
sts associated.
If it is important for you to know the total purchases of a raw material item fo
r all of your projects, don't make these items customized. As customized you wi
ll only be able to see purchases by individual project.
We use both MRP and PRP planning systems because on our projects we use both sta
ndard Baan Items and Customized Baan items.
Hope this helps.
: If there's anyone out there who can throw some more light to this, I'd be thri
lled to hear from them.
: Thanks.
: Dina
: When we installed Baan 4C2 we migrated a large number of suppliers into Baan t
hat have not been used to date. I would like to do a mass deletion of all suppl
iers that do not have a transaction in Baan since our start up of December 1998.
Does anyone know where this can be done in Baan, or has anyone created a custo
m job to do this? Any assistance would be greatly appreciated!
Thanks a lot!
Use of collect order type in my case is not the best choice, because there can b
e 100+ lines per order and up to 100 orders per day.
But that parameter eliminated one step!
Regards,
Maris
: : Can you suggest me the fastest way to process a sales order.
The fastest way that I know of is to make use of the collect order type, and als
o make sure the parameter "Confirm outbound advice" is set to "No". You probably
(if location control is implemented) also want to sell from a non-location cont
rol warehouse.
I'm curious how many are using Baan Cycle counting orders because there is no wa
y that I can efficiently use them. I have created my own Oracle Report but am h
aving difficulty getting the correct date. Per my previous post there is no pla
ce in Baan that I have been able to find the soruce of the 2/15/01 date at the i
tem and that is what I am currently using for my report.
Do PO Recipts with the associated Inbounding to a location create the need for a
new count?
Do Production issues / outbounding from a location create the need for a new cou
nt?
I'm still mystified.
***************** End Of Article ******************
vaishali posted Message 4658 in Message Board
Dated : March 06, 2001 at 02:01:01 EST
Subject: Subcontracting-Receipt Qty is 0, not able to do Maintain receipts
In some cases when user try to do maintain receipts,System generates receipt num
ber & go to sub-session where user picks up POs against supplier; here system th
rows user out of the sub-session & maintain receipt session with receipt qnty as
'0' and backorder qnty. '0'.
The status of order remains at 'Maintain receipt' but if user try to take rece
ipt against the same order, orders disappear from the list of PO pending for rec
eipt against the same supplier.and user not able to make receipt for against thi
s order.please provide us some solution.
Thanks in advance
Regards,
Vaishali Modi
function main()
{
ctr = 0
select tfgld410.item,tisfc001.mitm
from tfgld410 for update,tisfc001
where
tfgld410.ocom = 222 and | This should be the company number in l
ive run
tfgld410.tror = tctror.prd and
tfgld410.fitr = tcfitr.prd.result and
tfgld410.orno = tisfc001.pdno
selectdo
ctr = ctr +1
tfgld410.item = tisfc001.mitm
db.update(ttfgld410,db.retry)
if ctr = 1000 then
ctr = 0
commit.transaction()
end if
endselect
if ctr > 0 then
commit.transaction()
endif
}
There is no harm running this program from time to time. Alternatively there is
a way to bring the
end item from production order to which production (SFC) / Production result rel
ates using parent
child relationships on table production order tisfc001.
For better performance, 1st option is preferable. When PCS projects are used, t
hey have to be
Project like [ ] condition. Surcharges if any used should be taken
filtered using
care off using
cost price components.
Trends in Actual purchase cost - Item / Item Group wise
When goods are received from supplier or price is changed either from change pri
ces and discounts
(tdpur4122m000) or invoice is approved (tfacp1140s000), then Purchase/Receipt (a
t standard Cost
price) and Purchase/result (Standard Cost price
actual purchase price ) transac
tion is generated
in tfgld410 . Purchase result is not generated when the inventory valuation is Lo
t price in item
master. For lot priced items, purchase / receipts is only actual purchase price.
When purchases are
made for PCS project, then Purchase / Material costs and purchase results are ge
nerated on events
aforesaid. When PCS projects are used, they have to be filtered using
Project li
ke [ ] condition.
Thus Actual purchase price is the difference Standard cost and Purchase result.
Surcharges if any
used should be taken care off using cost price components. 'Credit' lines have t
o be treated as
negative in order to get the correct picture. For B40b or lower versions, specia
l care has to be
taken to filter out line 1 in calculations because of old table design. This rep
ort helps user to
understand the item wise purchase behavior and see it in relative terms with oth
er items. (Please
see ActCstPurTrndsItm scheme)
Trends in Actual purchases - Supplier wise
It is similar to above report. The only difference here would be that field 'sup
plier' and not
'item' would be row here. This data helps Purchase manager to measure the changi
ng patterns of
supplier relationships in financial terms. (Please See scheme ActPurTrndsSup)
Trends in Standard purchase cost
Purchase / receipts for FTP valued is the standard cost price for purchased item
s. This can be
aggregated to get the trends in standard purchases.
Trends in Material Consumption costs
Production (SFC) / Issue and Production (SFC) / Material costs (for PCS projects
) represents the
material costs. The item being issued is updated in tfgld410. This information c
an be aggregated to
get the material consumption trends. This helps Production/Purchase manager to a
scertain increasing
/decreasing importance of certain materials / inputs.
Trends in Sales - Item wise
If invoice details is set to yes then integration transaction sales/sales invoic
e generated with
type of sales 'Revenue' in tfgld410. The item sold is also included. This along
with transaction
date and debit/credit and amount in HC can be used to get the trends in Sales Item wise.
Trends in Sales - Customer wise
When invoice is processed in tdsls4223m000, integration transaction sales/sales
invoice generated
with type of sales 'Invoice Totals' in tfgld410. The customer is also included.
This along with
transaction date and debit/credit and amount in HC can be used to get the trends
in Sales - Customer
wise.
Contribution (Margin) analysis by Customer
When sales deliveries are made, the table tdsls045 is updated with sales amount
in FC , currency
rate , rate factor , standard cost price and delivered quantity . From this it i
s possible to get
the gross profit (Contribution) per sales delivery with the help of following fo
rmula.
Amount * currency rate / rate factor - Cost price * Delivered Quantity
This along with customer data and delivery date can be used to get the Customer
contributions per
period. This helps the user in determining the relative importance of customers
and changes in its
pattern over a period of time (Weeks, months , quarters, half-years , years ) (
Please see scheme
custgrossprofit)
Contribution (Margin) analysis by Item
When sales deliveries are made, the table tdsls045 is updated with sales amount
in FC , currency
rate , rate factor , standard cost price and delivered quantity . From this it i
s possible to get
the gross profit (Contribution) per sales delivery with the help of following f
ormula.
Amount * currency rate / rate factor - Cost price * Delivered Quantity
This along with item data and delivery date can be used to get the Customer cont
ributions per
period. This helps the user in determining the relative importance of customers
and changes in its
pattern over a period of time. (Please see scheme itmgrossprofit)
Customer / Customer group outstanding aging summary
The user has to select the 'Sales invoices' & 'Sales Credit notes' for the selec
ted period range
excluding invoices with 0 balance. The document date / Due date should be select
ed as column while
supplier should be selected as row. In the 'analytical info' form the document d
ate should be
selected. 'As on date' should be date which is greater than any Document date/ D
ue date. The number
of days calculated should be given categories such as 0-15, 16-30 or alternative
ly 'A', 'B','C' etc.
Balance in HC should be selected as data field. This program will presuppose tha
t the balances in
the table are correct. (Please see custaging)
Supplier / Supplier group purchases trends
The table tfacp200 has financial period and document date both. Based on both th
ese one can decide
on the month, quarter, Half Year, Year etc. User has to select records with Docu
ment type 'Purchase
Invoice' & "Purchase Credit Notes' only for the period under analysis. Document
date / Financial
period can be columns while supplier / country /currency can be rows. Amount in
HC should be the
data field. Doing this we can get the Supplier purchase summary over a period of
time.
ABC Sales Analysis
Customer Sales Analysis (ABC analysis) to see the composition of large/small/med
ium sales based on
invoice amount. (Please see scheme 'abcsales' on tfacr200)
Quantitative trends in Inventory movement
All inventory movements are recorded in tdinv700 in inventory unit for the item.
This can be
aggregated to get the net inflow / outflow of items over the period of time. Thi
s aggregation is
possible treating the transaction type 'Sales delivery' and 'Production issue' a
s negative and
keeping 'Purchase receipt' and 'Production receipt' as positive. With this repor
t, stores manager
can understand the trends in inventory levels over a period of time and can pred
ict deficit or
surplus for future.
Project code may be used if required. If all items in item group has same invent
ory unit, this
report can be taken item group wise also. The same report can also be had from t
dilc301 if ILC is
implemented and also from ltc102 if lot control is implemented for lot controlle
d items.
Quantitative Inventory movement by Warehouse
During a given period (range to be maintained in from to value for transaction d
ate), one can find
out what was the net change in inventory levels for items in various warehouses
from tdinv700. This
is more useful when many items are handled in many warehouses. This report helps
user understand
storage requirement for item by warehouse. Here again user has to treat the tran
saction type as
positive or negative depending whether it's receipt or issue for the warehouse.
If all items in item
group has same inventory unit, this report can be taken item group wise also. Th
e same report can be
had from tdilc301 by warehouse /location if ILC is implemented.
Quantitative Purchase / Sales distribution by Supplier/Customer.
As the quantity in tdinv700 is in inventory unit and relations (customer/supplie
r) are recorded for
sales/purchase transactions, it is possible to get the quantitative distribution
of purchases/sales
by item. If all items in item group has same inventory unit, this report can be
taken item group
wise also. User has to select the transaction type as either 'Purchase receipt'
or 'Sales Issue'
depending on the report required. The same report can also be available from tdi
lc301 if ILC is
implemented.
Current Inventory on Hand by warehouse
The table tdinv001 stores the inventory for each item by warehouse at any point
of time. This can be
used to get a report giving the inventory of each item at each warehouse. The sa
me report can also
be taken from tdilc101 by location wise if ILC is implemented.
Current Economic Stock by warehouse
The table tdinv001 also stores the allocations, on hold, hard allocated and on o
rder figures besides
inventory on hand figure for each item by warehouse. These values can be used to
anticipated payments, anticipated receipts, checks issued not presented etc) are
grouped as 'Working
capital requirement '. If however some current asset or current liability forms
major role in
working capital, then it may be classified separately.
H.
For sublevels higher then 0 the classification should be "~~~". With thi
s classification,
summary program will understand that it is not required and hence will be exclud
ed from summary.
I.
Preferably chart of accounts (tfgld008) should be imported in excel with
fields like ledger
a/c, sublevel, description, account type etc. Once imported, user should classif
y the ledger
accounts next empty column. In 1st row of the new column, its descriptive name s
uch as 'Funds Flow
group' should be specified. It should be saved as different file with company nu
mber (e.g.
fundsflow300.xls). And then the program 'Parent Child relationship' should run f
or a file (e.g. in
above case 'fundsflow') with external relationship.
In transaction summary, field name 'ledger account', master file 'fundsflow' and
master field 'Funds
Flow group' should be selected in frame 'Parent/ Master definition'. Using 'Numb
er classification'
frame, financial periods can be categorized as Quarters, months, half year etc.
Doing this we get
trends in Funds flow statement accordingly.
Cash Flow Statement (Trends)
The Funds flow and cash flow are same in normal circumstances except when there
are funds flow
transactions without involving cash/bank directly (e.g. issue of common stock fo
r purchase of fixed
asset). Here this differs in calculation approach. Funds flow is calculated with
'balances change'
approach checking the difference between opening and closing balance whereas cas
h flow is calculated
with 'transactions' approach getting the similar figures from transaction files.
Tfgld106 has
financial transactions related to entire company. From there, only 'Cash' transa
ctions have to be
selected for periods under consideration. Ledger grouping similar to Funds flow
statement has to be
done and used.
Customer GL Transaction Summary
The table tfgld106 contains customer value when the transaction relates to custo
mer. During a given
period user can analyze the ledger transaction (when customer is not blank and u
nderstand the how
the balances for each customer during the period under consideration and what is
its composition
ledger account wise. The credit records have to be considered negative in the ag
gregation.
Supplier GL Transaction Summary
Distribution
Tdpur045 Receipts
Item / item group wise purchases over period of time (Week , Months, Quarters, H
alf Year ,
Supplier / supplier group wise purchases over period of time (standard cost).
Quantitative purchase trends by item / Item group (If inventory unit is same for
all item
belonging to that item group) (Ordered quantity * conversion factor purchase un
it to inventory
unit)
Tdsls051
Sales Order Line History
Sales invoicing trends customer wise (amount * currency rate / rate factor)
Quantitative sales trends by item / Item group (If inventory unit is same for al
l item
belonging to that item group) (Ordered quantity * conversion factor sales unit
to inventory unit)
tdltc102 Lot Transactions for Lot Tracking
Item net inflow/outflow trends (weekly, monthly, quarterly etc) based on transac
tion date
Inventory Aging report. All lots created have the information about lot inventor
y (inventory
on hand) and when it was first received. Based on this it is possible to classif
y the inventory
based on how much old it is. Depending on the age of the lot and the item to whi
ch lot belongs a
summary will be prepared showing the inventory distribution based on its age. Th
is report is
possible only for lot controlled items.
tdilc103 Warehouse Order Transfers by Lot and Loc
tdilc501 Cycle Counting Orders
Stock discrepancies by item/item group (if inventory units is same for all items
in the item
group) warehouse/location wise.
tdinv120 Cycle Counting Orders
Stock discrepancies by item/item group (if inventory units is same for all items
in the item
group) warehouse wise.
tdinv150 Planned Inventory Transactions by Item
INV Production plan by Warehouse (for a given period based on delivery date)
Weekly Production plan by Item / item group (if inventory units is same for all
items in the
item group)
tdinv310 Planned INV Purchase Orders
effectivity and expiraton dates, min and max quantities, a fixed price for the
period. The contract also totals up how much of an item have been purchased over
the course of the contract for evaluation purposes.
You can also attach long terms and conditions texts to the contract one time and
the purchase orders issued under it will reference back to those T's and C's sa
ving some paper.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Missy posted Message 4671 in Message Board
Dated : March 08, 2001 at 10:37:56 EST
Subject: Add a cost Item Automatically and calculate a % for total order
On the additional order cost in baan, can I have an item added to each order and
the items sale price auto calculate a 1% of the rest of the items on the order.
..if so how? HELP
***************** End Of Article ******************
T posted Message 4672 in Message Board
Dated : March 08, 2001 at 19:06:01 EST
Subject: Multi Site DRP Baan ERP
has anybody used multisite DRP in Baan 5?
I want to use DRP between 2 logistics companies (each is in a different enterpri
se unit)
Has anyone accomplished this?
Thanks
We have observed that whenever an order has a specific Shipment Adress to a coun
try other than the client's own country, the VAT code used to calculate tax is t
he one defined for the country where the shipment is made to.
We have defined the same VAT code in every EEC country, only marking "shifted" t
he ones for countries different from our own.
To our knowledge, according to tax regulations in the EEC, the VAT code that sho
uld be used is that of the country where the invoice is adressed to, that is, th
e Postal Adress or client's adress. So, for instance, if a spanish client requir
es of a spanish vendor shipment to France, but wants to be invoiced to Spain, th
e VAT code should be the one defined for Spain, not for France.
Can you handle this through parameters? Is there another way around this issue?
We will be grateful for any tips.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Roberts posted Message 4675 in Message Board
Dated : March 12, 2001 at 21:52:14 EST
Subject: Packing Slip & Invoice ~ Backordered Quantity
This Scenario occurs when you have a sales order with
10 line items on it, and you ship 8 line items. The other two line items are no
t shipped at all. Sales and Marketing would like to see the other two lines lis
ted on the packing slip and invoice so that the customer can see that those two
lines are in our system, but that we will ship them in the future.
Has anyone else run into this requirement?
Thanks
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ady posted Message 4676 in Message Board
Dated : March 13, 2001 at 00:31:21 EST
Subject: B50c: updating average purchase price
Dear All,
When will Baan update the average purchase price? I have done buying several tim
es but the avg pur price still 0 (I set it to 0 when I create the item). Thanks
in advance.
Regards,
Ady
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael Mac Sweeney posted Message 4677 in Message Board
Dated : March 13, 2001 at 07:18:41 EST
Subject: Logon of user that putaway items after inspection - BaaN ERP Inbound Pr
ocess
I would really appreciate anyones help with this.
I am having trouble finding the logon code of the user that is responsible for t
he putaway step that occurs after inspection in the inbound process for BaaN ERP
.
(the inbound warehouse order includes advice and putaway after both receiving an
d inspection)
I do
bles
ords
) it
The goal is to be able to determine who putaway the parts after inspection.
(Note the advice step is performed by the inspector and then a warehousing perso
n maintains and puts away the advice)
: The goal is to be able to determine who putaway the parts after inspection.
: (Note the advice step is performed by the inspector and then a warehousing per
son maintains and puts away the advice)
the VAT code should be the one defined for Spain, not for France.
: Can you handle this through parameters? Is there another way around this issue
?
: We will be grateful for any tips.
As fas as I know you should always follow the goods!
So if your client is seated in Spain and the goods are delivered in France you s
hould use the french VAT-code?
I don't know what your country of origin is but if it is USA you don't have to c
alculate TAX anyway or am i being stupid?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddy Croezen posted Message 4680 in Message Board
Dated : March 14, 2001 at 06:56:39 EST
Subject: Re: Add a cost Item Automatically and calculate a % for total order
: On the additional order cost in baan, can I have an item added to each order a
nd the items sale price auto calculate a 1% of the rest of the items on the orde
r...if so how? HELP
You want to automaticly add an cost item to the order of 1% of the total orderam
ount ?
If yes; Yes that is possibly. I have a manual in dutch so i don't know if you ca
n read it, but if so i am willing to send it!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Eddy Croezen posted Message 4681 in Message Board
Dated : March 14, 2001 at 07:12:03 EST
Subject: Re: Company Calender and Planning Calender - How and why?
I don't see any difference on my system betweeen the company calender and the pl
anningcalendar.
Futhermore I don't use any session to update my planningscalender so I think tha
t if the session Update Company Calender is used it will update the plannings ca
lendar.
the ZZZ calender is used if you are using calendars for each department but thos
e are not filled. ( so it's a default )
About your problem with the update session;
If i am reading your text, i think the problem is there is another session using
the calendar at that moment?
***************** End Of Article ******************
VJK posted Message 4682 in Message Board
Dated : March 14, 2001 at 14:35:02 EST
Subject: Re: Packing Slip & Invoice ~ Backordered Quantity
Hi:
There is no easy way to get around the problem you have, since, the Sales order
procedure is driven by "sales order line status" and the "procedure mask" values
.
In your case, I am assuming that the reason that you are not shipping the 2 lin
es out of 10 is due to the fact that those line items are not having sufficient
inventory.
If that is the case(for which the following explanation holds good), then it is
not possible to have them printed on either the Packing slip(which is most of th
e cases the next step after Maintain Deliveries) or Print Sales Invoices. The re
ason being that the sales order line(s) did not pass through the stage of Mainta
in Deliveries due to insufficient quantity.
There are couple of plausible work-arounds. I hope they might be of help to you.
I:
You can have all the lines printed on the PICK LIST(instead of Packing Slip), if
you turn on the
flag " Method of
Printing Items on Picking List" to "All
Items"(in session tdsls4100m000, form 3), all orderlines are printed regardless
of the fact if there is inventory or not. But as you might be aware there is a d
ifference in the presentation of fields between Packing Slip and Picking list. T
he downside to it is if the SO header or line is flagged with "Ship Complete = Y
es", then the system only prints the line items for which there is sufficient in
ventory(over riding the "All items" flag). Also, mind you, if the order step "Ge
nerate Outbound" is executed before the Print Pick Lists then also only lines wi
th sufficient quantity are printed.
II:
You can set the flag Print Shortages to YES on the Generate Outbound Advise sess
ion, allowing the session to print both the Outbound Advise for the sufficient q
uantity line items, and shortage report for the insufficient quantity line items
. In that way you can have all the SO lines present in the reports and can be se
nt to the customer, although the same is not true in case of a Sales Invoice.
III:
You can customize the sessions or reports to suit your needs, which is always th
e final choice available but in this case it might need a careful insight.
I have a multilevel bill of distribution with find redundant inventory on. When
I run DRP and Baan finds an item with not enough Inv in the 1st priority WHS it
looks for the next one with surplus. the problem is that it takes all but the sa
fety stock of the WHS with surplus.
Is there any way to make DRP take only the surplus inv (Inv - max)?
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
VJK posted Message 4684 in Message Board
Dated : March 15, 2001 at 15:27:14 EST
Subject: Re: Print Bill of Ladding
Hi:
Yes,the Bill of Lading should be maintained in the "Maintain Deliveries(tdsls412
0m000)" session by zooming in and selecting 'Maintain Bill of Lading' session, o
nce all the preceding order steps before the Print Bill of Lading are complete.
You can have the deliverd quantity from the tdsls4120m000 session automatically
filled in the Bill of Lading by setting the Parameter "Generation of Bill of Lad
ing Lines" to "Automatic" in the session Maintain Sales Order Parameters(tdsls41
00m000). From then on when you go to the maintain deliveries session and zoom in
to the Maintain Bill of Lading, all the lading lines with the delivered quantity
are filled in automatically, there by reducing the chance for error(s). Mind yo
u though, you still need to execute the sub-session "Maintain Bill of Lading" fr
om Deliveries session so as that you can perform the Print Bill of Lading sessio
n.
: Hi all,
: I wonder how to use Print Bill of ladding, because it will be searched for bil
l of ladding number. From the best og my knowledge, the bill of ladding number c
ome from in maintain receipt and we zoom in special menu. We maintain bill of la
dding there, is it right? But in that session, quantity doesn't automatically c
ome from maintain receipt session. So we have a chance having mistake in filling
this field.
: Can sombedy tell me about how it is work ?
: Thanks in advance,
: R.Yulia
into the Maintain Bill of Lading, all the lading lines with the delivered quanti
ty are filled in automatically, there by reducing the chance for error(s). Mind
you though, you still need to execute the sub-session "Maintain Bill of Lading"
from Deliveries session so as that you can perform the Print Bill of Lading sess
ion.
: : Hi all,
: : I wonder how to use Print Bill of ladding, because it will be searched for b
ill of ladding number. From the best og my knowledge, the bill of ladding number
come from in maintain receipt and we zoom in special menu. We maintain bill of
ladding there, is it right? But in that session, quantity doesn't automatically
come from maintain receipt session. So we have a chance having mistake in filli
ng this field.
: : Can sombedy tell me about how it is work ?
: : Thanks in advance,
: : R.Yulia
: Do you have any idea how to write a program to monitor unused Baan license and
automatically closed it?
: Vera.
Check out this link. They have an application called CloseIdle which works with
Baan clients.
It's not perfect, but could be what you need.
http://www.dsigb.com/
***************** End Of Article ******************
J. Cronin posted Message 4697 in Message Board
Dated : March 18, 2001 at 11:51:59 EST
Subject: Re: Problem in inspection items
What you are doing is correct. Inbound from inspection is an inventory transfer
and not a Purchase transaction.
Also, In maintain locations you need to make sure that 'transshipment (in)' is s
et to yes.
: Thanks Prashant,
: I try to generate inbound advice with order type purchase order as u sayid but
it shows no data found,and in tdilc1514m000 the item is still in inspection loc
ation and still blocked. I try again with order type inventory transfer, it work
s but by this way we have moved successfully from insepct to location 1. Is it O
K ? But I am still curious why I cannot go out the items from inspection locatio
n ?
: Thx for ur advice..
: R.Yulia
: : Hi ,
: : What you are doing is right.The next step you have to perform is - Generate
Inbound and option as purchase order.All the item laying in inspection location
would come in receipt location or the location you have given priority.
: : rgd
: : prashant
s the number of minutes the bshell can be inactive before it terminates itself,
followed by the message "Connection to server lost, please reconnect" sent to th
e User Interface.
For more details on session timeout please refer to solution# 110907 and for det
ails about setting the resource variables see solution# 110908.
Regards
: Do you have any idea how to write a program to monitor unused Baan license and
automatically closed it?
: Vera.
: Hi all,
: Sorry for many questions,
: We use ILC. I try to include Generate Outbound & Release Outbound in order typ
e. We try to make SO, til step Generate Outbound it seem OK, and it shows in dis
play sales order lines status, but after that in step : Release Outbound it can
be done. It always shows ' no data found'. So in that display line status is alw
ays Release Outbound.
: My question is : It will be correct if we include those 2 steps in order type
actually ? Because it can remind us for next step (if we don't use DEM) ?
: Thanks in advance,
: Regards,
: R Yulia
: Hi all,
: Sorry for many questions,
: We use ILC. I try to include Generate Outbound & Release Outbound in order typ
e. We try to make SO, til step Generate Outbound it seem OK, and it shows in dis
play sales order lines status, but after that in step : Release Outbound it can
be done. It always shows ' no data found'. So in that display line status is alw
ays Release Outbound.
: My question is : It will be correct if we include those 2 steps in order type
actually ? Because it can remind us for next step (if we don't use DEM) ?
: Thanks in advance,
: Regards,
: R Yulia
If you look at the full message, it will tell you the company# that this error i
s occurring in. I suspect that you should be checking the archive company becau
se there is missing a relationship in the archive company in your tiitm100 table
.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Missy posted Message 4705 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2001 at 09:14:19 EST
Subject: BaanIVc4 Functional Notes
Hello,
My company is looking to upgrade from c2 to c4. I have the changes of the techni
cal notes but need the functional change notes. Does anyone know where I can acq
uire these?? Does anyone have these notes? I need for Distribution and finance
. Thank you so much.
Missy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Manu posted Message 4706 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2001 at 09:41:22 EST
Subject: Change Prices/Discounts
hai
After running session Change Prices/Discounts after maintain receipts sessio
n(tdpur4122m000) It updates Changes in Maintain
Purchase Order Lines(wholesale) Localization Data , but it does not update Chang
es in Maintain Purchase order lines(wholesale) fields "Open Balance", "Order Bal
ance", Why is it so. Can anybody help me.
Regards
Manu
***************** End Of Article ******************
Inder posted Message 4707 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2001 at 10:06:41 EST
Subject: Cycle Counting
Hai
I have done cycle counting for one item. I ran following
sessions. tdilc5210m000 Generate Cycle COunting Order
tdilc5410m000 print Cycle Counting Order
tdilc5110m000 Enter Location Cycle Counting Data
tdilc5211m000 Process Cycle Counting Data
Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this steps .
I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
Regards
Inder
***************** End Of Article ******************
Baan Guy posted Message 4708 in Message Board
Dated : March 27, 2001 at 15:17:44 EST
Subject: Re: Cycle Counting
Hi
I find the best way to review the results of the cycle count is in the following
session.
" Print Inventory history by location "
Choose your date ranges
select order type at " warehouse order " from and to
select order number from 700000 to 799999
This will give you a print out of all cycle count results as per
your selection.
Note: all cycle count adjustments are considered "Warehouse Orders" and the orde
r number range "700000 to 799999" is reserved for cycle count adjustments.
Hope this helps
The Baan Guy
: Hai
:
:
:
:
:
: Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this steps
.
: I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
: Regards
: Inder
Can anybody tell us how did you resolve the following problem:
With which Baan documents sales informs manifacturing about the of launch the ma
nifacturing and by which document sales informs purchase what is necessary to be
purchased?
Thanks for answer!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Damir posted Message 4710 in Message Board
Dated : March 28, 2001 at 02:10:27 EST
Subject: Baan documents (sales - manifacturing - purchase)
Hello,
Can anybody tell us how did you resolve the following problem:
With which Baan documents sales informs manifacturing about the of launch the ma
nifacturing and by which document sales informs purchase what is necessary to be
purchased?
Thanks for answer!
***************** End Of Article ******************
marlon sanches posted Message 4711 in Message Board
Dated : March 28, 2001 at 05:39:13 EST
Subject: Purchase Prices
Dear BaaN Users,
I am experiencing the following problem,
Some of my purchase invoices (on item level) show a different price as when I or
dered them. We do a automatic matching and from a accounting point of view every
thing is OK – meaning the complete order is booked and price differences a
re booked accordingly.
My purchase price though is not correct in my master data. This again means that
because of the fact that the price difference is NOT booked on item level I tak
e wrong prices in my production which leads to a wrong calculation in the CPR mo
dule.
I consulted the help and the solutions given proof to be insufficient. I need to
have correct prices in my purchase master data so that when updating purchase p
rices and standard costing calculations the average purchase price - based on p
resent stock - is done correctly.
We work with BaaN 4 and have integrated logistics, production, finance, sales an
d purchase (MRP).
Thanks in advance --> All possible solutions are welcomed
Marlon
: Hai
:
:
:
:
:
: Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this steps
.
: I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
: Regards
: Inder
: : Hi all,
: : I need the report show me how many item in warehouse that I do not need them
anymore. I generate MRP and I know how many item MRP require, but I need the re
port to show me how many and which item that excess in warehouse and MRP does no
t require.
: : Thanks & Regards,
: Have you had a look at the slow moving stock report/inventory analysis tools?
me if i want to display the stock on some other previous day , how it wil be pos
sible
because in this session it does not ask for date.
Thanks in Advance
Regards
Manu
***************** End Of Article ******************
CIBRES.COM posted Message 4723 in Message Board
Dated : March 29, 2001 at 00:19:50 EST
Subject: Performance Measurement ----The key to improvement
Performance Measurement ----The key to improvement
by Ronnie Bishop, CPIM, CPM, CIERP
Performance Measurements is the featured article for April at the CIBRES website
. The article can be can now be viewed online at www.cibres.com
service@cibres.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Peter Rademaker posted Message 4724 in Message Board
Dated : March 29, 2001 at 01:51:50 EST
Subject: Re: Stock on Previous Date
Try using tdinv6230m000
: Hai
:
In session tdilc1513m000 "Display Inventory by warehouse and item" it is s
howing me the stock of items of particular warehouse as on date. Can anybody hel
p me if i want to display the stock on some other previous day , how it wil be p
ossible
: because in this session it does not ask for date.
: Thanks in Advance
: Regards
: Manu
You can try to use session tdinv6230m000 "Perform inventory valuation by item"
Regards,
Gianni
: Hai
:
In session tdilc1513m000 "Display Inventory by warehouse and item" it is s
howing me the stock of items of particular warehouse as on date. Can anybody hel
p me if i want to display the stock on some other previous day , how it wil be p
ossible
: because in this session it does not ask for date.
: Thanks in Advance
: Regards
: Manu
M.
: : : Hi,
: : : I have a problem with the limitation of unit price in sales order lines. B
aan allow me to input only 5 digits plus 6 decimal. It means the maximum unit pr
ice I can input is 99,999.9999999 but my price is over than that limitation. How
can I solve this problem.
: : : Thanks & Regards,
: : Just thinking "aloud", but how about defining a "dummy" cuurency which repre
sents e.g. 1000 dollars per unit?
: Thank you Merv Carr
Like Inventory unit which cannot be changes , i want that purchase unit can
also not be changed . Can this be done
: Regards
: Manu
NB:
It is hard to give good advice on how a Baan system will react
in the ILC module if the version / service pack is unknown.
There was a major overhaul of the ILC sessions in BAAN IVc4 SP 4
and an awful lot of solutions before.
: Yours,
: Uli
: This will give you a print out of all cycle count results as per
: your selection.
: Note: all cycle count adjustments are considered "Warehouse Orders" and the or
der number range "700000 to 799999" is reserved for cycle count adjustments.
: Hope this helps
:
:
:
:
:
: : Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this ste
ps .
: : I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
:
: : Regards
: : Inder
: Is there a way to change the customer in a sales order with lines already crea
ted ? without losing information for statistics.
: Thanks in advance
: CB
Do you know if it is possible NOT to invoice until all shipments are made on a
order? I tried the Invoice Method and that will still invoice even if the orde
has a back order...
HELP
Thanks
Hi Missy,
Invoice Installments should work for this. This will allow you to suppress billi
ng until the full order line has been delivered.
They are slightly different in BaaN IV versus Baan ERP and as I am not sure whic
h package you are on I cannot go into detail.
:
After chaging location system via tdilc0231m000 (Change Location System by
Warehouse) , is it possible to getting previous locations and it's inventories?
. After generating this session , my locatins which have a inventory is deleted
, but inventories can view at tdilc1512m000 (Display Inventories by Item and Wa
rehouse). And after this session, during the inventory transfer , system is gett
ing error messages ("There is no sufficent inventory).
rint cycle Count Check Report to see the variances...afterwards I run the proces
s cycle count data session to make the changes final.
Dave
: I followed your guidlines hoping to see results for the month of March and 'No
data within selection'. The dates are good as well as the rest but is there so
me other reason for no data? I know that there are many cycle count orders that
were performed. I thought that I had read a previous post regarding the tempor
ary nature of the location type data?
:
: : Hi
: : I find the best way to review the results of the cycle count is in the follo
wing session.
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : This will give you a print out of all cycle count results as per
: : your selection.
: : Note: all cycle count adjustments are considered "Warehouse Orders" and the
order number range "700000 to 799999" is reserved for cycle count adjustments.
: : Hope this helps
: : The Baan Guy
:
: :
: : : Hai
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : : Can anybody tell me in which table data gets stored after doing all this s
teps .
: : : I want item & quantity information that how much quantity was changed .
: :
: : : Regards
: : : Inder
: Any body know what happend whit the wharehouse in transit in BaaN V, because t
his type of warhouse dont exist in the types of warehouse....
: Thanks
Um, it doesn't exist. Good luck!
***************** End Of Article ******************
James Maxted posted Message 4760 in Message Board
Dated : April 10, 2001 at 11:24:48 EST
Subject: Simultaneous multiple input files for EDI
Is there a BaaN convention for having more than one EDI message sitting in the a
ppl_to directory of an EDI network? Can all the files associated with a specifi
c message be put in a BaaN defined directory?
For example, say our directory is called 351 for our network. Inside this direc
tory are all the subdirectories such as appl_to, appl_from, store_recv, etc. Th
ere are multiple folders in the store_recv directory that used a date/time stamp
to distinguish them. One would assume that some sort of similar mechanism exis
ts for multiple messages stored in the appl_to directory.
When the direct network communication session (tcedi7205m000) is run, it would t
hen process all the files in all the directories for the appl_to directory in th
at network. Is this possible? Or does BaaN only allow one message at a time in
EDI?
***************** End Of Article ******************
DeAnna posted Message 4761 in Message Board
Dated : April 10, 2001 at 14:28:37 EST
Subject: Re: Simultaneous multiple input files for EDI
: Is there a BaaN convention for having more than one EDI message sitting in the
appl_to directory of an EDI network? Can all the files associated with a speci
fic message be put in a BaaN defined directory?
: For example, say our directory is called 351 for our network. Inside this dir
ectory are all the subdirectories such as appl_to, appl_from, store_recv, etc.
There are multiple folders in the store_recv directory that used a date/time sta
mp to distinguish them. One would assume that some sort of similar mechanism ex
ists for multiple messages stored in the appl_to directory.
: When the direct network communication session (tcedi7205m000) is run, it would
then process all the files in all the directories for the appl_to directory in
that network. Is this possible? Or does BaaN only allow one message at a time
in EDI?
You should be able to have multi messages setting in either appl_to or appl_from
. When you run the "direct network communications" session it will only bring i
n or send out the message for the network range you are putting in the selection
criteria. We currently have SC862's and SC830's waiting to be pulled in via th
e direct network session every day. We have two networks set-up currently on ou
r system and we have had no problems with conflicts of any kind so far.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Yes, you should be able to receive both PO's from company B. The messages are u
nique by the "bano" number in Baan. We have our incoming mapped in Harbinger as
the date/a control number. This makes each customers message unique (of course
along with that uniqueness is the relation info). When we send messages out we
use a reference number fixed part (see EDI parameters) "FF" combined with the da
te and we have the action on first message of new date "Start with 1". I hope t
his helps...
***************** End Of Article ******************
James Maxted posted Message 4768 in Message Board
Dated : April 11, 2001 at 07:22:22 EST
Subject: Re: Simultaneous multiple input files for EDI
: : : Is there a BaaN convention for having more than one EDI message sitting in
the appl_to directory of an EDI network? Can all the files associated with a s
pecific message be put in a BaaN defined directory?
: : : For example, say our directory is called 351 for our network. Inside this
directory are all the subdirectories such as appl_to, appl_from, store_recv, et
c. There are multiple folders in the store_recv directory that used a date/time
stamp to distinguish them. One would assume that some sort of similar mechanis
m exists for multiple messages stored in the appl_to directory.
: : : When the direct network communication session (tcedi7205m000) is run, it w
ould then process all the files in all the directories for the appl_to directory
in that network. Is this possible? Or does BaaN only allow one message at a t
ime in EDI?
: : You should be able to have multi messages setting in either appl_to or appl_
from. When you run the "direct network communications" session it will only bri
ng in or send out the message for the network range you are putting in the selec
tion criteria. We currently have SC862's and SC830's waiting to be pulled in vi
a the direct network session every day. We have two networks set-up currently o
n our system and we have had no problems with conflicts of any kind so far.
: Yes, you should be able to receive both PO's from company B. The messages are
unique by the "bano" number in Baan. We have our incoming mapped in Harbinger a
s the date/a control number. This makes each customers message unique (of cours
e along with that uniqueness is the relation info). When we send messages out w
e use a reference number fixed part (see EDI parameters) "FF" combined with the
date and we have the action on first message of new date "Start with 1". I hope
this helps...
Thanks for the help! In our case, our purchase order input files are all called
, 850.1, 850.2, ... 850.13. How do both messages exist in the sample appl_to di
rectory when they both want to use the same file names? Do we say 1.850.1 and 2
.850.1 or put them in sub directories inside the appl_to directory? Or am I jus
t missing the obvious? Thanks again for your time!
If there is more than one message in the appl_to directory, the messages are app
ended into individual files, correct? In other words, 850.1 contains the messag
e header info for both message 1 and message 2 seperated by the ending character
(newline and carriage return I believe). This is similar to multiple lines in 8
50.5(sales order lines) where they are just appended to one another. As long as
the ID as the beginning is unique, BaaN can work out the details. Thanks for y
our help!
***************** End Of Article ******************
DeAnna posted Message 4770 in Message Board
Dated : April 11, 2001 at 10:19:18 EST
Subject: Re: Simultaneous multiple input files for EDI
: : : : Is there a BaaN convention for having more than one EDI message sitting
in the appl_to directory of an EDI network? Can all the files associated with a
specific message be put in a BaaN defined directory?
: : : : For example, say our directory is called 351 for our network. Inside th
is directory are all the subdirectories such as appl_to, appl_from, store_recv,
etc. There are multiple folders in the store_recv directory that used a date/ti
me stamp to distinguish them. One would assume that some sort of similar mechan
ism exists for multiple messages stored in the appl_to directory.
: : : : When the direct network communication session (tcedi7205m000) is run, it
would then process all the files in all the directories for the appl_to directo
ry in that network. Is this possible? Or does BaaN only allow one message at a
time in EDI?
: : : You should be able to have multi messages setting in either appl_to or app
l_from. When you run the "direct network communications" session it will only b
ring in or send out the message for the network range you are putting in the sel
ection criteria. We currently have SC862's and SC830's waiting to be pulled in
via the direct network session every day. We have two networks set-up currently
on our system and we have had no problems with conflicts of any kind so far.
: : Yes, you should be able to receive both PO's from company B. The messages a
re unique by the "bano" number in Baan. We have our incoming mapped in Harbinger
as the date/a control number. This makes each customers message unique (of cou
rse along with that uniqueness is the relation info). When we send messages out
we use a reference number fixed part (see EDI parameters) "FF" combined with th
e date and we have the action on first message of new date "Start with 1". I ho
pe this helps...
: Thanks for the help! In our case, our purchase order input files are all call
ed, 850.1, 850.2, ... 850.13. How do both messages exist in the sample appl_to
directory when they both want to use the same file names? Do we say 1.850.1 and
2.850.1 or put them in sub directories inside the appl_to directory? Or am I j
ust missing the obvious? Thanks again for your time!
Correct!
***************** End Of Article ******************
mak posted Message 4771 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 00:06:47 EST
Subject: ITEMS GETTING BLOCKED IN STORAGE LOCATION
Hi friends,
In BaaN IV c4 , Items (to be inspected )are getting blocked in strorage loca
tion (Normal).
This is happining while receiving the purchase receipts,here the items
to be inspected are being received by storage location (this location is defined
in the session " Maintain locations by item) instead of the inspection location
there by getting blocked.
Is it possible to receive the items (to be ispected) in to the storage
location directly without getting approvals?
The storage locations are absolutely free for all transactions.
And how to release these blocked inventory other than GTM.
Any suggestion is highly appriciated.
thank you,
MAK.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jagjit posted Message 4772 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 02:09:14 EST
Subject: Help Urgent - Delete Items
Hai
I want to delete some items although those items have transactions in Purchas
e Order,Receipts. etc But still I want to delete these items OR I want if these
items cannot be deleted this should not be listed in Display Session Of Items .
I will copy it to another New Code. Can anybody suggest me the best Possible Wa
y.
Regards
Jagjit
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sunny posted Message 4773 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 02:20:18 EST
Subject: Opening Stock
Hai
We have maintained Opening Stock of Items in session tdilc1120m000 Enter Inve
ntory Transactions By giving Reason Code as 999. We fiexed Reason Code 999 as O
pening Stock.
I want that can't Opening Stock can be entered in any field in session Maintain
Item Master Data tiitm0101m000 or another field should be created in table tiitm
001.
Or Can anybody suggest me the best suitable session in which Opening Stock can b
e maintained.
Regards
Sunny
***************** End Of Article ******************
CS posted Message 4774 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 03:33:57 EST
Subject: Sales Price/Unit in Item Data
Hi,
I input wrong item default data. The Purchase and Sales Unit/Price in item defau
lt data that I input at the first time is EA but I want KGS. I clear all invento
ry and I can change purchase unit/price by using conversion factor, but I cannot
change sales unit/price. What shold I do?
Thanks in advance,
CS
***************** End Of Article ******************
CS posted Message 4775 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 03:38:39 EST
Subject: Insufficient digits in sales/purchase price
Hi,
I have a problem with the insufficient digits in sales/purchase price. My price
have more digits than Baan can provide. what should I do?
Thanks in advance,
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael MS posted Message 4776 in Message Board
Dated : April 12, 2001 at 05:29:43 EST
Subject: Re: Insufficient digits in sales/purchase price
: Hi,
: I have a problem with the insufficient digits in sales/purchase price. My pric
e have more digits than Baan can provide. what should I do?
: Thanks in advance,
This is a limitation defined by the input form for the session (Maintain Purchas
e/Sales Order Lines).
You can achieve your goal by modifying the form. A consideration is that the max
imum limitation of the domain for this field (tcpric) should also be checked.
I'm sure this will solve your problem.
M.
The standard cost table entry is usually set up semi-annually, and not modified
during that time. There is another table (I don't have the name, that provides P
PV values).
If there is extra transportation and the like, then add the transportation and o
ther charges to the sales order as another line item, and use text data for the
line item to describe what the charges are for.
only way I could recommend overcoming that problem is by creating new codes
new addresses as they are needed.
can change the default address on the customer to make your order entry proc
easier.
:
:
:
:
:
: thank you,
: MAK.
the change in Engineering Data Management and then copy this over to the produc
tion item data (tiitm001). But this turned out to be a nightmare on elm street.
as you can see below.
so here are the lessons we learned the hard way..
1. Do not make any changes to a custom part with an actual cost price. - I did t
his and found that the actual cost price was not updated with the change in unit
of measure (and there is no session to do this)..the result..my inventory in po
unds was changed to inches..the actual cost price stayed the same and inventory
went up $1.2 Mil (3 part numbers changed)..But on the bright side, I did get to
demonstrate my tap dancing skills to the plant manager. In the end I transferred
the inventory back to standard and now will do PRP whse orders on the three par
ts the rest of my natural life.
2. Remove all inventory before the change is made..I had a qty of 58 ea and chan
ged to 58 inches..the inventory "disappeared" but was still there..I found the i
nventory in tdilc1514 (inv by item/lot) It seems that baan registers inventory b
y unit of measure as well as location. I was able to "transfer" the inventory fr
om ea to in in the enter inventory transactions session and the (un)block invent
ory by transaction but it wasn't any fun.
3. Update the standard cost price after the change and make sure the new cost pr
ice is accurate.
: Hai
:
For some reason we entered wrong Inventory unit. Those items have some tra
nsactions in History Table. We want to change Inventory Unit. Can anybody tell m
e the best possible way , how this can be done.
: Regards
: Jagjit
: Are you sure this storage location is not set up as an inspection location?
: Check in session tdilc0110m000 Maintain Locations. If the "Inspection Location
?" field is set to "yes" then that's your problem.
: If it is already set to "no" then I'm sorry, I have no answer.
: -Chris:
: : Hi friends,
: :
In BaaN IV c4 , Items (to be inspected )are getting blocked in strorage
location (Normal).
: :
This is happining while receiving the purchase receipts,here the it
ems to be inspected are being received by storage location (this location is def
ined in the session " Maintain locations by item) instead of the inspection loca
tion there by getting blocked.
: :
Is it possible to receive the items (to be ispected) in to the stor
age location directly without getting approvals?
: :
: :
The storage locations are absolutely free for all transactions.
: :
: :
: :
:
: : thank you,
: : MAK.
: Thanks in advance,
: CS
that depends on whether you have source code or not or is it a custom session. i
f so you can take care of it easily in the program. otherwise you can some how m
ake the user enter field in second field. pleasee reply whether ou have code for
this session or no
: Once you have transactions in baan you can't change the Inventory Unit. You s
hould create a new part with the correct Inventory Unit.
: : Hai
: :
For some reason we entered wrong Inventory unit. Those items have some t
ransactions in History Table. We want to change Inventory Unit. Can anybody tell
me the best possible way , how this can be done.
: : Regards
: : Jagjit
l. The only way it could works auto. Is when a customized item is linked to a st
d. is it true? If it is, what's the point of having this session? Maybe there is
a switch turned of somewhere in some parameter? Any help will be appreciated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon Derrick posted Message 4820 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 2001 at 07:12:33 EST
Subject: User Authorisations for Inv Transactions not Working
Hello Baan Fans
I have one user (out of 64) for whom the session Maintain User Authorisations fo
r Inventory Transactions (tdinv1110m000) doesn't work. I want to allow the user
to change order types only and despite logging out and back in again, rebooting
the PC, and converting to the runtime data dictionary (all of which I know shoul
d not be necessary) the user is still unable to change order types. I have check
ed the simple things such as the company number, username etc. I just wondered i
f anyone has encountered this before and if so, how did you resolve it.
thanks
Simon
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon Derrick posted Message 4821 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 2001 at 07:31:29 EST
Subject: Re: Alternatives Items
I think that the only use the alternative items have is that you can zoom from t
he sales order line and see a list of alternatives for when you have a shortage
of stock. We have been trying to work out how to deal with alternative BOM compo
nents for ages (without use of the configurator, of course). If you have any luc
k let us all know.
Cheers
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon Derrick posted Message 4822 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 2001 at 07:42:21 EST
Subject: Re: can't print proforma invoice
Ralf
Have you set the flag "Proforma Invoicing" to "Yes" in "Maintain Order Types"?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Keith posted Message 4823 in Message Board
Dated : April 23, 2001 at 11:42:56 EST
Subject: Re: Customer address with different invoice address
Hi Gunnar
We have exactly the same problem today and cannot find a way around it without c
i
b
b
a
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
ralf posted Message 4826 in Message Board
Dated : April 24, 2001 at 02:10:38 EST
Subject: Re: can't print proforma invoice
: Ralf
: Have you set the flag "Proforma Invoicing" to "Yes" in "Maintain Order Types"?
hello Simon,
I set the flag "Proforma Invoicing" to Yes.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Nikolaas posted Message 4827 in Message Board
Dated : April 24, 2001 at 02:49:10 EST
Subject: Printout code 128 barcodes with BWprint
We are trying to printout barcodes with BWprint. We need a user font that gives
us code 128 barcodes. Is there somebody who has experience with it?
: Hi,
: I have never use discount before but today I got the quote price from vender a
nd he give me a discount. The problem is it is the discount for total amount, it
is not the discount for item line. How can I input total discount per order in
purchase order.
: Thanks & Regards,
: C.S.
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Chris Kiehl posted Message 4834 in Message Board
Dated : April 26, 2001 at 11:47:21 EST
Subject: "Ship-to" address validation
Does anyone know of any address validation packages out there that could be bolt
ed onto Baan (front end) or onto a UPS-type shipping system (back end)?
I'd like to avoid shipping product using the wrong zipcode or invalid street num
ber.
Thanks in advance,
-Chris***************** End Of Article ******************
Charles Gomba posted Message 4835 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2001 at 04:38:49 EST
Subject: Re: User Authorisations for Inv Transactions not Working
Just another simple thing to check!!
Is this user a "normal" user ?
Does the user have authorisation for tcmcs0142m000??
Charles
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jagjit posted Message 4836 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2001 at 09:09:10 EST
Subject: Process Delivered Purchase Order
hai
If we run session "Print Purchase Invoice" only then Accounts people are able t
o "Match & Approve" that Purchase Order. But if we also runs session "Process De
livered Purchase Order" then Accounts people are not able to Match & Approve tha
t Purchase Order. Please help me Immediately.
In one P.O Purchase Deptt has done "Process Delivered Purchase Order" In that P.
O Accounts people are not able to do Match & Approve becuase it does not show Re
ceipt Amount.
: : Hello,
: First of all, you have to define invoicing methods in Maintain invoicing metho
ds -tcmcs0155m000
: 2. Link the invoicing method with the customer in Maintain customers tccom1101
m000
: 3. Run "Maintain Advance payment schedulles" from Maintain Sales order\Special
: 4. Print Proforma Invoice
: Success!
Thanks. That's it.
But it only works if the selected invoice method is set to collect = No (see fie
ld tcmcs055.ccin).
Is it possible to use an invoice method with collect = Yes ? Because I want to c
ollect standard sales orders to one invoice.
ralf
***************** End Of Article ******************
Vera posted Message 4838 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2001 at 10:40:33 EST
Subject: Global recalculate sales order line discount.
we are using a feature in sales order discount by customer and
price group and set a parameter of search on price and/or
discount based on "order date". When we have a discount adjustment, we want to r
ecalculate discount for all sales order
lines that have not been delivered.
Any idea???
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gustavo posted Message 4839 in Message Board
Dated : April 27, 2001 at 14:11:08 EST
Subject: BaaN and ISO 9000
Does anyone know if BaaN offers any module or software for ISO 9000 (Document Ma
nagement, etc). Any information would be appreciated.
Thanks,
Gustavo.
I am not aware of any Baan module for ISO 9000 compliance. The thing to remember
about ISO 9000 is "Less is More."
The basis behind ISO 9000 is "Say what you do, and do what you say." The place m
ost companies get tied up in their shorts is that they say too much, go into way
too much detail.
For example say that you do incoming inspection on designated items. Don't get t
ied up in all of the detail of session numbers and field names maintenance proce
dures, etc.
One of my clients using Baan had an ISO 9000 binder that was less than an inch t
hick. More like 1/2" actually. And I've seen other companies of similar size wit
h multiple 3" binders chock full of screen prints, detailed work flows, maintena
nce procedures etc.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
Raza Saudagar posted Message 4841 in Message Board
Dated : April 28, 2001 at 05:02:56 EST
Subject: Order of lines while copying.
Do you have any idea that how can we maintain the same order of index while copy
ing SALES ORDERS or PURCHASE ORDER either from the history or current order.
In our case whenever we copy an order the destination order changes its order of
index as compare to the original one.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 4842 in Message Board
Dated : April 30, 2001 at 20:31:17 EST
Subject: Re: "Ship-to" address validation
Hi,
You have followingoptions,
1. You can download the zipcode, city, US state file in a new Baan table and can
do validation against it. This will be bolt on to Baan and the validation can b
e checked during order entry, address maintenance etc..This is not difficult to
built.
2. UPS shipping system itself does the zip code validation.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Trenton Whitney posted Message 4843 in Message Board
Dated : May 01, 2001 at 11:23:32 EST
Subject: Re: FIFO - Across Warehouses
: : Does anyone know a way for Baan to issue raw materials using FIFO over multi
ple warehouses (instead of the default warehouse)?
: : Thank you!
Thanks for the info, I have done all that, this business object has never been u
pdated, so I am guessing its a bug.
Chris
: The purchase orders should be pulling the price from the supplier and item tab
le if it can find a price for that item, with that supplier, effective on the PO
date (or planned delivery date, depending on how your parameter is set), for th
e quantity on order.
: The first thing to check is that the supplier on the item master is the one th
at you have created the price list by supplier and item for. Then I'd suggest lo
oking at the price list by supplier and item and see if there is a problem with
the effectivity dates or quantities.
: John
: Any idea???
:
When my branch warehouse enter manual transfers and there is a partial shortage,
the order will advise the quantity availabe but the shortage quantity never get
s filled . No back order procedure. The order can go to history and the branch w
arehouse will never get the reminder. Has anyone done any work on getting B.O.s
on transfers?
***************** End Of Article ******************
S.Derrick posted Message 4856 in Message Board
Dated : May 04, 2001 at 07:37:40 EST
Subject: Inventory Transactions Authorisations not Working
Hello Baaners
I have a strange problem where I have set up one of our users to change order ty
pes in the session "Maintain User Authorisations for Inventory Transactions". De
spite this, the user still cannot change order types. Has anyone encountered thi
s before? and, if so, how did you resolve this.
The user has logged out and re-logged in and, as a last hope, I even did a "conv
ert to runtime" on General User Data. Neither worked.
Thanks
: Hi,
: You have followingoptions,
: 1. You can download the zipcode, city, US state file in a new Baan table and c
an do validation against it. This will be bolt on to Baan and the validation can
be checked during order entry, address maintenance etc..This is not difficult t
o built.
: 2. UPS shipping system itself does the zip code validation.
:
: Arvind
Hi Jeanne:
We encountered this problem before, and it happens, when multiple users print sa
les invoices for the same range of orders, the application locks remain until th
e sessions are closed. Please obtain Baan Solution 154015 to have this problem r
esolved.
For now, when you encounter this problem, please run the session
ttstpdellocks, using query search for the session tdsls4404m000
and when you find the record(s), delete the record that has the
"Keyname" (last 6 characters) same as that of that of the Customer of your Sales
Order and then you shouldn't have any problem in printing a definitive invoice.
I hope it helps.
Regards,
Sreenivas
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeff Moon posted Message 4875 in Message Board
Dated : May 14, 2001 at 22:43:19 EST
Subject: Credit Card Purchases for Inventory Items
We'd like to persue the possibility of buying low-cost items (i.e. hardware, etc
.) not using a purchase order, but instead using a credit card. But we can't fi
gure out a way to put these parts into inventory to issue against production and
/or sales orders... Can anyone help?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeff Moon posted Message 4876 in Message Board
Dated : May 14, 2001 at 22:50:34 EST
Subject: Re: Maintain receipts
Jatinder,
If you are lucky enough, you can catch the problem before it goes on to the next
step and go into "Maintain Receipts" and delete the transaction. Unfortunately
, if you have no further steps, you're stuck doing what Bill suggested.
Actually the purchase order is deleting line, when i try to reprint the purchase
invoice the messagge is: "No data within selection", I reviewed the subsesion t
dpur4531s000 in form 2, the field number invoice is "0" zero.
How can pass this? What was the mistake?
The procedure jump this step?
Thanks for your time.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jo-Anne posted Message 4893 in Message Board
Dated : May 25, 2001 at 11:11:32 EST
Subject: Slow-Moving Analysis
The Perform Slow-Moving Analysis report shows annual usage. How is this number
calculated??
***************** End Of Article ******************
Naveed I. Khan posted Message 4894 in Message Board
Dated : May 28, 2001 at 15:44:42 EST
Subject: Re: Slow-Moving Analysis
Dear Jo,
The slow moving analyis is based on ABC set up. Depending how you set up (Selli
ng price or Cost price). The inventory turnover is calculated by the system and
in item master items are marked as A, B or C item.
: The Perform Slow-Moving Analysis report shows annual usage. How is this numbe
r calculated??
y tables.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jose Luis posted Message 4896 in Message Board
Dated : May 29, 2001 at 08:37:18 EST
Subject: Re: Slow-Moving Analysis
: : Dear Jo,
: : The slow moving analyis is based on ABC set up. Depending how you set up (S
elling price or Cost price). The inventory turnover is calculated by the system
and in item master items are marked as A, B or C item.
: :
: : : The Perform Slow-Moving Analysis report shows annual usage. How is this n
umber calculated??
: I think you missed the point of the question fella, the annual useage (in the
absence of 3 months useage history for the item) is taken first of all from the
"expected annual useage" filed in the item, and after 3 months usage histroy is
collected, is then sourced from the inv tables (tdinv???) forget which table ex
actly, I haven't got access to a system right now, but it is one of the inv hist
ory tables.
Hi,
The report of Slow-Moving Analysis takes annual useage from tiitm001.usab.
This field is updated with sesion tdinv4230m000 (calculate demand forecast by it
em).This sesion calculates it using the tables tdinv750 (by period) and tdinv760
(by warehouse) and depending on the forecast method of each item (tdinv4101m000
).
Moreover sesion tdinv4230m000 calculates and updates tiitm001.sfst and tiitm001.
reop if you select Modify planification parameters Yes.
I thought receiving zero and backordering zero was the proper way to close a P.O
. line.
***************** End Of Article ******************
stefi posted Message 4898 in Message Board
Dated : May 29, 2001 at 09:55:12 EST
Subject: Replenishment Order Picking List
I have a problem and I thought one of you might help me. I defined a Repl
enishment Order with the following steps:Maintain Replenishment Orders Deliverie
s, Print Repl Order Picking List,.... So, I make a replenishment order, then I m
ake Maintain Deliveries and everything goes fain, but then, when I try to print
the picking list I receive the message "No data within selection". I tried many
times, but I can go further. This does not happen all times. Sometimes some line
s are printed and others stay in "Print Picking List" step. I think there is som
ething I forget to take into account, but I don't know what it is. If any of you
experienced this (or have any idea) maybe can give me some advice.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
bill posted Message 4899 in Message Board
Dated : May 29, 2001 at 11:32:46 EST
Subject: Re: Replenishment Order Picking List
:
I have a problem and I thought one of you might help me. I defined a Re
plenishment Order with the following steps:Maintain Replenishment Orders Deliver
ies, Print Repl Order Picking List,.... So, I make a replenishment order, then I
make Maintain Deliveries and everything goes fain, but then, when I try to prin
t the picking list I receive the message "No data within selection". I tried man
y times, but I can go further. This does not happen all times. Sometimes some li
nes are printed and others stay in "Print Picking List" step. I think there is s
omething I forget to take into account, but I don't know what it is. If any of y
ou experienced this (or have any idea) maybe can give me some advice.
:
Thanks
Do you use Location Control? If so, did you generate outbound?
***************** End Of Article ******************
AnilN posted Message 4900 in Message Board
Dated : May 29, 2001 at 15:49:50 EST
Subject: Re: Replenishment Order Picking List
Hi:
Please verify to see whether the "Allocated for picking list"in the table Item d
ata by Warehouse(tdinv001.alpl) is higher than the avialable inventory. Baan cre
ated this field to prevent picklists from being printed when there is no invento
ry to be allocated. For a specific item, the cumulative qunatity on all picking
lists doesn't exceed the available inventory.
Depending on SLS-parameter "Method of printing items on picking list" or /RPL p
arameter "Items printed on Picking list" and whether or not the order(-line) has
to be shipped completely the system determines if the picking list will be pri
nted.
The next procedure will help you running less frequent into this situation:
- when ILC is active:
Define "Generate outbound advice" (tdilc4201m000) as a step in your order proced
ure prior to step "Print picking list"
- when ILC is off
Make sure you hard allocated the orderline quantity ("Generate hard allocations
" (tdinv2201m000) or "Maintain hard allocations" (tdinv2101m000)) before printi
ng the picking list.
Even if the above procedure is followed some times you might still run into the
same problem. This happens because every time an original picking list (no repri
nt) is printed "Allocated for picking list" is increased. After printing the pi
ck list, if you delete the outbound advise, it will not reset the "Allocated for
picking list" field in the table Item data by warehouse, tdinv001, although it
does for the on hand quantity. So, when you print pick list after generate out
bound/or maintain deliveries for another order, since the allocated for pick lis
t quantity is higher than the on hand quantity system does not print the Pick li
st, eventhough there is sufficient inventory. Under such situations, you can exe
cute one of the following options:
1. Run the "Rebuild allocated for picking list" (tdinv0251m000) session. This s
ession, will fix the corrupted "Allocated for
Picking list" field based on t
he data from Sales deliveries(tdsls045) and Replenishment order lines(tdrpl100)
.
2. Set the parameters in SLS and RPL to reflect the printing of "All items" on
the picklists(although, this wouldn't be a desirable solution, if you don't w
ant the picking list to be printed for insufficient quantities).
3. Wait till your on hand stock is increased more than the Allocated for pickin
g quantity or the allocated for picking quantity is decreased(this is done when
Release outbound advise or Maintain Deliveries is completed).
Please refer to the following Baan solutions for further details.
Solution# 2497
Solution# 81544
Hope it helps.
***************** End Of Article ******************
CIBRES posted Message 4901 in Message Board
Dated : May 29, 2001 at 23:20:09 EST
Subject: CIERP Certification Seminar> St. Paul, MN> Jun 20, 21, 22
CIERP Certification Seminar> St. Paul, MN> Jun 20, 21, 22
CIERP standing for Certified Implementer of Enterprise Resource Planning. The
certification ensures that the basic skill sets necessary to successfully implem
ent and maintain an ERP system are present. These people have the clear distinc
tion of having the best understanding of the people, processes, and technology t
o make ERP systems successful. Upon successfully passing the certification the p
articipant will be legally certified by the CIBRES organization to use CIERP aft
er their name.
You will receive two days of training specifically in preparation for the CIERP
exam which takes place on the third day. CIERP training and certification helps
to create professional implementers who can:
CIERP standing for Certified Implementer of Enterprise Resource Planning. The
certification ensures that the basic skill sets necessary to successfully implem
ent and maintain an ERP system are present. These people have the clear distinc
tion of having the best understanding of the people, processes, and technology t
o make ERP systems successful. Upon successfully passing the certification the p
articipant will be legally certified by the CIBRES organization to use CIERP aft
er their name.
A wide variety of people find the CIERP certification valuable for career advanc
ement and company growth. Some positions include:
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Project Managers
Consultants
ERP Team Members
End Users
Senior Management
Functional Managers
Students
Implementers
Help Desk Support
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon posted Message 4904 in Message Board
Dated : May 31, 2001 at 11:57:20 EST
Subject: Commissions and Rebates - No Agreement Found
I have set up commissions and rebates module such that the Business partners (BP
)have been set up in relations and linked to agreements using session tdcms0130m
000. The fields used to link a relations/BP's to commission rates are Sold To Bu
siness Partner(here I input the customer BP) and relations (here i input Supplie
r BP), this is linked to commission rate. I understand this will allow the commi
ssions of a customer BP to be processed into a supplier BP account(to whom we ma
ke a payment to). After I run a sales order upto process delivered sales order a
nd finalize, I calculate commisions, but get error message Agreement Not Found.
I have check the Can anyone advise me where I am going wrong.
I have set the comm agreement search as Pr 1 Cust , Rel
Pr 2 rel and Pr 3 Agrmnt Grp.
Many Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon posted Message 4905 in Message Board
Dated : May 31, 2001 at 11:57:44 EST
Subject: Commissions and Rebates - No Agreement Found
I have set up commissions and rebates module such that the Business partners (BP
)have been set up in relations and linked to agreements using session tdcms0130m
000. The fields used to link a relations/BP's to commission rates are Sold To Bu
siness Partner(here I input the customer BP) and relations (here i input Supplie
r BP), this is linked to commission rate. I understand this will allow the commi
ssions of a customer BP to be processed into a supplier BP account(to whom we ma
ke a payment to). After I run a sales order upto process delivered sales order a
nd finalize, I calculate commisions, but get error message Agreement Not Found.
I have check the Can anyone advise me where I am going wrong.
I have set the comm agreement search as Pr 1 Cust , Rel
Pr 2 rel and Pr 3 Agrmnt Grp.
Many Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
bill posted Message 4906 in Message Board
Dated : May 31, 2001 at 16:42:21 EST
Subject: Re: Maintain receipts
: : : Hai
: : :
In session Maintain receipts user has entered wrong Item for a particul
ar quantity. For ex Suppose the item was 1235 for which the quantity was ordered
but it was wrongly selected item no 1345. Can this thing can be corrected.
: : : Regards
: : : Jatinder
: : Enter a negative line for the same item and qty and receive the negative lin
e.
: Entering a negative line is not really advisable.
Why is it not advisable?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jimi posted Message 4907 in Message Board
Dated : May 31, 2001 at 21:47:15 EST
Subject: BaanERP Basic Setup
I'm looking for the minimium amount of steps/activities for the following:Sales
orders, Warehouse orders, Purchase Orders,
Shipments. Also, it seems that location control is embedded in these steps, do I
have to use location contol functionality??
Any help would be greatly appreciated
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Simon posted Message 4908 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 2001 at 04:37:22 EST
Subject: Commisions and Rebates
I have set up commissions and rebates. But each time I calculate commissions and
rebates, the error message 'No agrement Found' appears. I am trying to post com
missions of our customer business partner (BP) sales invoices to a suppplier BP
account (agent), from which the commissions can then be paid out. I have set up
the agreements using relations (agent) and sold to business partners (customer)
and linked them in the commissions agreement session (tdcms0130m000) with a perc
entage.
I have also set the commission search parameter (tdcms0100s000) as follows : Pri
ority 1 Customer, relation, Priority 2 Customer, Priority 3 relation, Priority 4
Agmnt Group.
I have also set the default relation by customer (tdcms0119m000) to commissions
and linked the BP to relation.
In session commission rebate parameters (tdcms0100s000) the parent commission fo
r child field has also been ticked.
I do not know why each time I calculate commissions I get error message 'no agre
ement found' can somebody out there help.
Many thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeanne Ploshay posted Message 4909 in Message Board
Dated : June 01, 2001 at 08:25:13 EST
ems.
Transfers break the rules a little - you don't need the receipts activity in the
receiving procedure (ie you need gen OB advice at a min)
Location control is somewhat different in ERP vs B4. Location control is now at
the item level (check in Item Warehousing data) and only determines whether loca
tion info will be tracked for an item in location controlled environments. Your
transaction procedures are mostly independant of this.
Send me a mail if you need to.
Regards,
M
: I'm looking for the minimium amount of steps/activities for the following:Sale
s orders, Warehouse orders, Purchase Orders,
: Shipments. Also, it seems that location control is embedded in these steps, do
I have to use location contol functionality??
: Any help would be greatly appreciated
: Thanks in advance
: Is anyone using the Vendor Rating System in Baan 5? If so, are you using objec
tive or subjective criteria? If Subjective, can you give examples of how you hav
e it set up?
: Thanks
: Is anyone using the Vendor Rating System in Baan 5? If so, are you using objec
tive or subjective criteria? If Subjective, can you give examples of how you hav
e it set up?
: Thanks
In one Purchase Order in one item it is showing Ordered Qty [Kg] and Price
[lts] 14.00 Net Rate : 14.1400 . Amount it is showing 0.7100 . Session is tdpur
4105s000. Why is it so. Please help me at the earliest.
: Regards
: Jatinder
Check purchase data in tiitm0101m000 Maintain Item Data. Are purchase unit and p
rice unit the same? You can also check relations between units in tiitm0120m000
Maintain Conversion Factors.
Regards
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
B posted Message 4919 in Message Board
Dated : June 06, 2001 at 11:24:58 EST
Subject: Re: vendor Rating Baan ERP
ANOTHER QUESTION
Right now we are using the standard weighting from the vendor rating parameters.
Looking for examples of companies using the objective scoring scheme and how yo
u have it set up, specifically for quality, delivery, and quantity
:
:
:
:
:
Some of the
- Quality - Quality - Quality etc.
: : Is anyone using the Vendor Rating System in Baan 5? If so, are you using obj
ective or subjective criteria? If Subjective, can you give examples of how you h
ave it set up?
: : Thanks
Hi,
When I recalculate a standard cost price for an item using cost accounting, al
previous cost prices for that item seem to disappear.
This causes an error message when we run inventory valuations on earlier dates
("Cost price structure not found on this date").
: Who can help me please ?
: Thanks,
: Hannelore.
Hello,
We had same problem. Check field Standard Cost Price History in ticpr0100m000 Ma
intain CPR Parameters. Value is probably to low, e.g 1 year instead of 3.
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Hannelore posted Message 4925 in Message Board
Dated : June 07, 2001 at 05:29:53 EST
Subject: Re: problem with Cost Price Calculation - B40c4
: : Hi,
: : When I recalculate a standard cost price for an item using cost accounting,
all previous cost prices for that item seem to disappear.
: : This causes an error message when we run inventory valuations on earlier dat
es ("Cost price structure not found on this date").
: : Who can help me please ?
: : Thanks,
: : Hannelore.
: Hello,
: We had same problem. Check field Standard Cost Price History in ticpr0100m000
Maintain CPR Parameters. Value is probably to low, e.g 1 year instead of 3.
: Gunnar
Problem is solved. History was indeed only 1 year. I now put 3 years instead.
Thanks a lot !!!
***************** End Of Article ******************
B posted Message 4926 in Message Board
Dated : June 07, 2001 at 11:52:14 EST
Subject: Vendor Rating Baan ERP- objective scoring scheme
Right now we are using the standard weighting from the vendor rating parameters.
Looking for examples of companies using the objective scoring scheme and how yo
u have it set up, specifically for quality, delivery, and quantity
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 4927 in Message Board
Dated : June 07, 2001 at 23:34:00 EST
Subject: Re: Question on "Back Order Qty"
I'll give you my educated guess, but it's only mine, I haven't heard an official
Baan reason for this.
In Europe, where the software was developed, the P.O. creation process frequentl
y generates a financial liability transaction unlike in the US where it is the r
eceipt of the goods that creates the financial liability transaction. Once you c
reate the financial integration records it's a real bear to change or undo. I su
spect that's why the back order process is used.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
George posted Message 4928 in Message Board
Dated : June 08, 2001 at 10:23:52 EST
Subject: Commissions for Parents and Grand Parents
We are live in Corelli version, we have a requirement for commssions as below
If we attach an employee as relation to the sales order, we need the commission
to be calculated to the parent as well as for the parent's parent.
Is there any way we can do it through Commissions and Rebates module of Baan.
I tried it and it does not work. I do not know whether it is a bug or a missing
functionality.
Could some one help me out
George
***************** End Of Article ******************
Boris Arce posted Message 4929 in Message Board
Dated : June 10, 2001 at 09:57:22 EST
Subject: I am making a list of companies using Baan
I am making a list of companies using Baan
I am going to develop a marketing list of all companies using Baan. The purpose
is to allow Baan Consultants to deal directly with companies as opposed to agenc
ies/recruiters. Please email me names of companies that use Baan along with any
other details you know like:
Industry, sales size, location, contact details, etc.
Try to submit complete details on company. Anyone that submits at least 1 comple
te company details can have access to the info I gather.
All I want to do is collect and share the data. I will do all the work and as th
e database grows and I collect more details, contact me and I will run free quer
ies for you (i.e. if you ask me what companies in California or Ireland use Baan
I will email you a list).
Please contribute. I expect to have initial listing in a month as I am right now
receiving about 10-20 names per week. Thank you to those that contributed last w
eek.
Boris Arce
Baan Consultant
La Paz, Bolivia
boris_oscar_arce@yahoo.com
Boris Arce
Baan Consultant
La Paz, Bolivia
boris_oscar_arce@yahoo.com
eries for you (i.e. if you ask me what companies in California or Ireland use Ba
an I will email you a list).
: Please contribute. I expect to have initial listing in a month as I am right n
ow
: receiving about 10-20 names per week. Thank you to those that contributed last
week.
:
:
:
:
Boris Arce
Baan Consultant
La Paz, Bolivia
boris_oscar_arce@yahoo.com
Hello Boris:
I would like to have this list once it is begun. Can I put on a shared list?
The New Piper Aircraft, INc.
Vero Beach FL
currently on 4b migrating to 4c4 by the end of this year.
Thanks.
Linda
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
I am writing to you about the best computer training center in New Jersey. I am
attaching some information that I found from one of the best IT consulting compa
nies out there. They did a good job for my friends
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
"Jan & Theo" <mwjan02@mweb.co.za> wrote:
> You asked me about hot IT fields
> In article <92qg6d$83n$1@nnrp1.deja.com>,
>>In your artcile you had asked me which was the best job for Indians and Asia
ns in the information >>technology field>
>>>We strongly believe that the best job for Computer consultants is in the func
tional areas of Siebel. If >>>you missed the boat in SAP...this is the next boat
that takes you to the isle of wealth.
>>>Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Sie
bel Consultant Generation >>>Programs anywhere.
>>>To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
>>>Crestech University
>>>Enterprise Technology Education for the Global Village
>>>188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
>>>Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
>>>www.crestech.org, Email : info@infotechri.com,
>>>IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
www.infotechRI.com, Email : info@infotechri.com,
IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
In IT field we believe that the best job for the computer consultants is in the
functional areas of Siebel .
If you have missed the SAP flight ,this is the next flight which takes you to th
e right destination.
Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Siebel
Consultant Generation Programs anywhere.
To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
I am writing to you about the best computer training center in New Jersey. I am
attaching some information that I found from one of the best IT consulting compa
nies out there. They did a good job for my friends
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
"Jan & Theo" <mwjan02@mweb.co.za> wrote:
> You asked me about hot IT fields
> In article <92qg6d$83n$1@nnrp1.deja.com>,
>>In your artcile you had asked me which was the best job for Indians and Asia
ns in the information >>technology field>
>>>We strongly believe that the best job for Computer consultants is in the func
tional areas of Siebel. If >>>you missed the boat in SAP...this is the next boat
that takes you to the isle of wealth.
>>>Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Sie
bel Consultant Generation >>>Programs anywhere.
>>>To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
>>>Crestech University
>>>Enterprise Technology Education for the Global Village
>>>188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
>>>Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
>>>www.crestech.org, Email : info@infotechri.com,
>>>IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
www.infotechRI.com, Email : info@infotechri.com,
IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
In IT field we believe that the best job for the computer consultants is in the
functional areas of Siebel .
If you have missed the SAP flight ,this is the next flight which takes you to th
e right destination.
Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Siebel
Consultant Generation Programs anywhere.
To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
www.infotechRI.com, Email : info@infotechri.com,
IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
I am writing to you about the best computer training center in New Jersey. I am
attaching some information that I found from one of the best IT consulting compa
nies out there. They did a good job for my friends
In article <3a6e53a8.0@news1.mweb.co.za>,
"Jan & Theo" <mwjan02@mweb.co.za> wrote:
> You asked me about hot IT fields
> In article <92qg6d$83n$1@nnrp1.deja.com>,
>>In your artcile you had asked me which was the best job for Indians and Asia
ns in the information >>technology field>
>>>We strongly believe that the best job for Computer consultants is in the func
tional areas of Siebel. If >>>you missed the boat in SAP...this is the next boat
that takes you to the isle of wealth.
>>>Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Sie
bel Consultant Generation >>>Programs anywhere.
>>>To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
>>>Crestech University
>>>Enterprise Technology Education for the Global Village
>>>188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
>>>Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
>>>www.crestech.org, Email : info@infotechri.com,
>>>IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
In IT field we believe that the best job for the computer consultants is in the
functional areas of Siebel .
If you have missed the SAP flight ,this is the next flight which takes you to th
e right destination.
Infotech Research International, Inc. in New Jersey offer one of the best Siebel
Consultant Generation Programs anywhere.
To contact them, call them at 973-463-1260
CRESTECH.ORG.
Enterprise Technology Solutions for the Global Village
188 Route 10 West,Suite 202, East Hanover, NJ 07936
Phone : 973-463-1260, Fax : 973-463-1265
www.infotechRI.com, Email : info@infotechri.com,
IBM, Cisco & Siebel Partners.
lved by changing purchase price in item master file to purchase price per 100 or
1000 pieces. Change values in fields price unit tiitm001.cupp to e.g. 1000 and
increase purchase price to price corresponding to 1000 pcs. You need to create u
nit 1000 in session Maintain Conversion Factors tiitm0120m000.
Regards
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Andres posted Message 4949 in Message Board
Dated : June 18, 2001 at 09:43:31 EST
Subject: Re: Euro conversion problem
: : When I have an item and the price is 0.5 Spanish Peseta and I convert to eur
o. What append with this price and item.
: : Thanks in advance
: Please, give more details of the situation.
: Is it a purchase o sales price?
: In which sesion are you defining this price?
: Which type of conversion to euro are you running? Triangulation, internal or e
xternal conversion?
It's the same problem in purchase and sales price because when you run the inter
nal conversion all prices will be change. The session is tiitm0101m000
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gnter Th. posted Message 4950 in Message Board
Dated : June 19, 2001 at 03:03:18 EST
Subject: Re: Euro conversion problem
: When I have an item and the price is 0.5 Spanish Peseta and I convert to euro.
What append with this price and item.
: Thanks in advance
If you start the internal Euro conversion only the amounts in home currency like
cost price, sales price in the item data will be converted in Euro.
To convert the purchase prices you have to create a new EI-cluster for external
conversion in which the field customer/supplier related is no.
Regards
Gnter
Prices and discounts wich are in direct contact to the supplier or customer like
(prices by customer and item) are converted by the external conversion for this
supplier/customer.
Steve,
I have seen this problem at many implementations. Frequent causes are:
- manual postings by finance users on material accounts
- incorrect integration setup or changes in integration setup (not everything go
t posted to the correct ledger account)
- incorrect inventory data migration when the company started with BaaN
- opening balances on material accounts which didn't match with the opening bala
nces in the inventory tables
Most of the time it's necessary to run extensive queries on inventory tables, in
tegration and finance tables to analyze the exact cause.
Regards,
Karin Espelage
I believe the way to set initial cums is to create a SCH sales schedule immediat
ely after creating the contract. You can also try to use the manual adjustment
of cums session. It's been a while since I've worked with SCH, but I think this
is how we did it.
***************** End Of Article ******************
PACKIARAJ-BAAN USER posted Message 4970 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2001 at 02:04:55 EST
Subject: GENERATE INBOUND WHEN STORAGE CONDITIONS
Hai Friends,
: I defined storage conditions for item groups and storage conditions for locati
ons.Condition type is PRESENT and mandatory YES for both.
: When i am generating inbound advice the system is not generation inbound advic
e and "no data foung and no report was printed " error is coming.
: To my knowledge the system has to generate inbound advice based on storage con
ditions of the item group and location.
: please help
: regards,
: packiaraj
***************** End Of Article ******************
sastry DVRS posted Message 4971 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2001 at 03:47:53 EST
Subject: Generate critical capacities in constraint planning
Hai Friends,
I defined work centers as critical = yes.
I attached these workcenters in routing of a MPS item
I loaded workcenters in Constraint planning module
From Maintain critical capacities session when i press the GENERATE button the s
ystem is not selecting any data
From Generate Critical capacites session also it is not working
please help
regards,
sastry
***************** End Of Article ******************
sastry DVRS posted Message 4972 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2001 at 03:48:06 EST
Subject: Generate critical capacities in constraint planning
Hai Friends,
I defined work centers as critical = yes.
I attached these workcenters in routing of a MPS item
I loaded workcenters in Constraint planning module
From Maintain critical capacities session when i press the GENERATE button the s
:
:
:
:
:
r
: Is this (re positioning) linked to the the Cumulate Deliveries option that can
be selected (at the Copy SO session) that Baan sets the Positions in alphabetic
order of Items?
: Thank You
: Jacques O'Connor
Hi Jacques,
I think this problem was solved with solution 72092.
Regards,
Juergen
***************** End Of Article ******************
Cilla M posted Message 4981 in Message Board
Dated : July 02, 2001 at 02:56:04 EST
Subject: Wrong amount maintained in PO
How do I correct a Purchase Order (for Equipment item) with a wrong amount? This
PO's status is already 'Deleting line'.
If I use a purchase credit note to adjust this PO's amount, what adjustment shou
ld I do in Distribution module to adjust this equipment's cost? Is there any oth
er way to rectify this?
Verif.dup.:
Yes
: Thanks
: Simon
JAgjit
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jose Luis posted Message 5008 in Message Board
Dated : July 11, 2001 at 05:27:05 EST
Subject: Re: Help Urgent - Last "Sales Invoice Number"
Hi
The last sales invoice number is stored in tabla tfgld017.
Regards,
However, there is no EDI entry for an address code, that is, to use the deliv
ery address code D01 to access the delivery address data stored in ttccom012 ins
tead of creating duplicate information and storing it in table ttdsls042.
It just seems silly to create 20 instances of the same data into that sales o
rder specific address table that is already entered in the delivery or postal ad
dress tables. Any ideas?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5016 in Message Board
Dated : July 11, 2001 at 20:19:55 EST
Subject: Re: Text Editor
I don't know of any way to do that but if you don't want ANY header text on exte
rnal documents, why don't you just take the header text out of the external docu
ments?
That way you don't have to insert (<) it anymore.
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 5017 in Message Board
Dated : July 11, 2001 at 23:40:12 EST
Subject: Re: Replenishment order security
This can be done by turning on field level security, but be sure that the troubl
e is worth the added security.
You can see who did the transactions in the wrong warehouse in the inventory his
tory file and do disciplinary actions based on those records. That's the procedu
re that I would pursue.
John
***************** End Of Article ******************
Careful posted Message 5018 in Message Board
Dated : July 12, 2001 at 11:40:43 EST
Subject: Re: Sales order line amount does not round up
: After we apply a 5% discount on an sales order line item, the amount calculate
manually should be 123.375 but the system truncated the last decimal - 0.005 an
d record the amount as 123.37 instead of 123.38.
: Is this some setup problem ? How can I rectify it ?
: Thank you.
: Regards,
: KW Foo
Be aware that whatever you set the rounding factor to affects not only the sales
order, but also purchase orders.
Another option would be to utilize the Sales Item text at the Item Master level
to show your quantities per bin per item. This way any time the item is used on
a quote or sales order line the Sales text will print out on the acknowledgement
s and invoices.
Percentage
0
30
40
75
100
75
10
the rating is 3
I wonder how to print valuation report for Lot Control as at previous month ?
As in Inventory Valuation By Lot Item tdltc0408m000 did'nt asked us to input a v
aluation date. It will always print out the current month valuation. Where I can
get the last month or last year figure ?
As in tdinv6230m000 Perform Valuation By Item, it will ask user to input a valua
tion date which means I can print backwards data but not Lot Valuation Report.
Please advise !
Subject: Can Transport Orders be created out of Project Purchse Orders raised fo
r equipments?
The Purchase orders are raised thro Project Module for external equipments. Can
we convert the same purchase orders into Transport orders? If so where can we a
ccommodate the component codes of project element?
If any one knows please reply.
regards
satha
***************** End Of Article ******************
BTRomp posted Message 5034 in Message Board
Dated : July 17, 2001 at 10:27:24 EST
Subject: Re: Can't finalize invoice
: Move object osls4404 in the update layer to osls4404.org and try it again. If
this works, then you know the bug is in this object.
: My sales orders integrations still just use FIFO for COS and not the lot price
. Where is the parameter???
: Kind regards,
: Kris Verbruggen.
The lot control paramter needs to be set-up in two places:
1. The item master costing data. The lot price flag must be set to yes.
2. The item date by warehouse. The valuation method must be set to Lot Cost.
The parameters can only be set with no inventory on hand.
When BAAN does not have a source order to book the lot cost, which is booked upo
n 1st receipt into that lot it uses standard cost. With a PO or Production order
it will use that as the cost source.
What we do is set the purchase price in item purchase data and roll the cost of
the standard item (assuming you are not using FTP in another warehouse) then you
can cyclce count it in at the lot cost.
To check to see if it was updated goto whltc100 open the lot and check the secon
d tab. The cost should be updated to the standard cost effective when you did th
e cycle count or the purchase price if you purchased the item.
We are on 5.0b.
Hope this helps.
receiving about 50 names per month so I can expect to have a good size list by a
another month or two. Thank you to those that contributed month.
Please no recruiters or agencies, I really just want to create a database and ne
twork for candidates.
Boris Arce
Baan Tools Consultant
La Paz, Bolivia
boris_oscar_arce@yahoo.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
AT posted Message 5044 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 2001 at 10:11:25 EST
Subject: maintain deliveries session slowly open
while other sessions quickly open.Why does slowly open maintain deliveries sessi
on?
do anybody know
thanks for helps
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jorge B posted Message 5045 in Message Board
Dated : July 19, 2001 at 13:53:10 EST
Subject: Re: maintain deliveries session slowly open
Maybe is due to a low performmance of your data base or other kind of hardware.
***************** End Of Article ******************
AT posted Message 5046 in Message Board
Dated : July 20, 2001 at 01:43:52 EST
Subject: Re: maintain deliveries session slowly open
: Maybe is due to a low performmance of your data base or other kind of hardware
.
Problem is not hardware and database, Bacuse fast open other sessions.
tanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
CIBRES.COM posted Message 5047 in Message Board
Dated : July 20, 2001 at 07:35:18 EST
Subject: On-line ERP test
Have you got the right stuff to pass the CIBRES ERP test? Find out by taking thi
s 15 question on-line ERP test. Results are automatically generated and sent to
you by email. The test is now available online at www.cibres.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gunnar posted Message 5048 in Message Board
B.
: : Maybe is due to a low performmance of your data base or other kind of hardwa
re.
: Problem is not hardware and database, Bacuse fast open other sessions.
: tanks
: : Hi,
: : I have never use discount before but today I got the quote price from vender
and he give me a discount. The problem is it is the discount for total amount,
it is not the discount for item line. How can I input total discount per order i
n purchase order.
: : Thanks & Regards,
: : C.S.
der discount (this is a discount over total amount of an purchase order). Every
time when you enter a new purchase order for that supplier, the sistem will retr
ieve this discount percentage which can be modified.
: Best regards,
: Olivia
By maintain the Field order discount in tccom2101m000, we get the discount from
that supplier that much percent for all the materials from that supplier.
If we want a fixed amount as discount from the supplier based on total PO then h
ow can we get that discount.
Puneet
But if we have to maintain the D-3 Register, What are the steps that we should f
ollow for the maintainance of D-3 Register.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5057 in Message Board
Dated : July 23, 2001 at 14:59:48 EST
Subject: Loss of Materials during reprocessing, received as Sales Return
Hi,
The materials we have received as Sales Return, physically undergoes the reproce
ss and then it is sold out again. During the Reprocessing Some of the material i
s lost from the total quantity received as return. since the Reprocessing of Mat
erial does not overall increase the Production of Company as it production has a
lready been declared. So we cannot make the Production Batch for the Same otherw
ise this will increase our production.
My problem is how we will record the loss that occured during the reprocessing.
Please Provide some suggestions.
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
AT posted Message 5058 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2001 at 06:43:10 EST
Subject: Re: maintain deliveries session slowly open
We have got 36963 rows in tdsls041 and 37257 rows tdsls045 tables
thanks
: How many records are in the sales order lines / sales deliveries tables tdsls0
41 /tdsls045? There may be many records and that could cause poor performance.
You can not depend on the performance of other sessions due to the varying sets
of tables and indexes that will be used within each session.
: check the baan support website using the session number and see if they have r
eleased a performance patch.
: B.
: : : Maybe is due to a low performmance of your data base or other kind of hard
ware.
: : Problem is not hardware and database, Bacuse fast open other sessions.
: : tanks
& Inventory of all Componets are lying in one W/h ( say X) now i want to Transfe
r Inventory of all those Components into another
warehouse ( say Y)
In Inventory Transcation , there is no option for " ISSUE MAIN ITEM / ISSUE COMP
ONENTS " how can I Tranfer Inventory of all Components to other warehouse
I just want to avoid Manual Transcation for all 500 Items
Help required
sandy
***************** End Of Article ******************
BT` posted Message 5067 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2001 at 10:38:59 EST
Subject: Re: OUT BOUND & Receipt Loc
.In order to avoid no selling it must be possible to deliver the goods from your
receipt location. Also maintain outbound allows you to select goods from receip
t locations. If you want to block the stock from purchase, just activate the ins
pection functionality.
***************** End Of Article ******************
ATTENTION posted Message 5068 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2001 at 10:39:21 EST
Subject: Sales Quotation
Hi BaaN guys & gals
Purchase Inquries & Sales Quotation has different Status like NEW ,PRINTED, MODI
FIED , changed , RETURNED & also some ( like copied , deleted etc ) are for sale
s quotation.
Inquiry status can be viewed in DISPlAY INQUIRY ,
WHERE ONE CAN VIEW THE STATUS OF SALES QUOTATION
sandy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5069 in Message Board
Dated : July 24, 2001 at 10:44:09 EST
Subject: Subcontracting Without Manufacturing
Hi BaaN guys & gals
we are implementing only distribution & Finance , what will be the best possible
way to handle SUBCONTRACTING in this situation
Puneet
Jan
Actually i have aproximately 58 differents items with this features.
If you can tell where i can find Proloq info.?
: is this only one item which you use in this way, or have you more of this? Tha
n you should be using Proloq, a Baan-extension, made in the Netherlands. I don't
exactly know how to deal with this in standard Baan...probably via a new itemco
de....
: good luck!
: Jan Bosman
: The Netherlands
But what if that material is exciseable and my company has to pay the excise Dut
y of the Lost material
Secondly the Item code for the Finished product during the making of production
batch will be Same or different.
Puneet
: I concurr...
: When using ILC common advice would be to maintain a Receipt, Inspection and an
other (normal) location - Inbound and Outbound seems to work best with these min
imal locations.
: Also be aware that Inbound from inspection must be run against the transaction
Inventory Transfer NOT against a Purchase Order...
we have been doing it this way for a couple of years now with no problems. Even
now it is only a few items that seem to create the problem. I can fix it with GT
M on ilc101 but the rebuild sessions recreate the block. The original idea for t
hese warehouses was to transfer inventory into or receive from production items
that would get issued via backflushing to other orders but since then items have
been purchased directly into them. Is there a way to block the purchase of item
s to a specific warehouse other than using field level authorizations?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Aitor posted Message 5080 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 03:03:01 EST
Subject: You can only confirm sales orders.
: Hi there,
: You must confirm the backorder then tdpur045 is inserted.
You can confirm sales orders using tdsls4125s000, but Purchase Orders havent got
any possibility aparently. Maybe,this action is not possible with Purchase Order
s, I dont know.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Lars posted Message 5081 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 04:31:27 EST
Subject: Re: how to return items to supplier for repair?
You could also create a production order (rework) with a subcontated operation.
/Lars
***************** End Of Article ******************
Btromp posted Message 5082 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 07:06:02 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Quotation
Hi there Sancy,
The field tdsls002.lsta is only used in the following sessions:
tdsls1102s000
tdsls1107s000
tdsls1108m000
If you want to see the status you can make a query where you select for instant
the quotation on status.
Hope this will help you further.
Regards,
Bart Tromp
***************** End Of Article ******************
BT posted Message 5083 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 07:21:04 EST
Subject: Re: You can only confirm sales orders.
: : Hi there,
: : You must confirm the backorder then tdpur045 is inserted.
: You can confirm sales orders using tdsls4125s000, but Purchase Orders havent go
t any possibility aparently. Maybe,this action is not possible with Purchase Ord
ers, I dont know.
You start session tdpur4130m000, there you select (confirm) the backorder quanti
ty.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael posted Message 5084 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 08:17:01 EST
Subject: Non Nettable to Nettable - GTM?
Hey folks,
I am sure at least a handful you out there have tried or have been tempted to tr
y and change a warehouse from non-nettable to nettable using GTM.
Can you please post your experiences, cautions, issues with this.
Would greatly appreciate it.
Michael
***************** End Of Article ******************
Aitor posted Message 5085 in Message Board
Dated : July 26, 2001 at 10:05:38 EST
Subject: Re: You can only confirm sales orders.
: : : Hi there,
: : : You must confirm the backorder then tdpur045 is inserted.
: : You can confirm sales orders using tdsls4125s000, but Purchase Orders havent
got any possibility aparently. Maybe,this action is not possible with Purchase O
rders, I dont know.
: You start session tdpur4130m000, there you select (confirm) the backorder quan
tity.
You are right, its the session I need, but I have a problem,
I havent got this session in my standard menu, however I can execute it in tools.
If I execute the option "execute program" in the menu, displays a message sayng
that "I cant start this session". How could I initialize this session?
e Storage unit same as the container Code is not desirable.As i have noticed tha
t we can not change the storage unit at the time of cycle counting.
: The new storage unit which is same as the Container code is reported to be in
the same date as the date of cycle counting. and the other one in the some other
date.
: Please suggest why it happens and how can it be resolved .
: Rakesh
need to set items' safety stock according to a seasonal pattern. I've ever see
"Maintain Seasonal Pattern" session, but don't know how to use it.
have tried to fill the field "Seasonal Pattern Safety Stock", "Seasonal Patter
for Demand", & "Forecast Method" in Maintain Item Data session but it always f
l item belonging to that item group) (Ordered quantity * conversion factor sale
s unit to inventory unit)
tdltc102 Lot Transactions for Lot Tracking
Item net inflow/outflow trends (weekly, monthly, quarterly etc) based on transac
tion date
Order type transaction distribution by item during a given period
tdltc001 Lots
Inventory Aging report. All lots created have the information about lot inventor
y (inventory on hand) and when it was first received. Based on this it is possib
le to classify the inventory based on how much old it is. Depending on the age o
f the lot and the item to which lot belongs a summary will be prepared showing t
he inventory distribution based on its age. This report is possible only for lot
controlled items.
tdilc103 Warehouse Order Transfers by Lot and Loc
tdilc501 Cycle Counting Orders
Stock discrepancies by item/item group (if inventory units is same for all items
in the item group) warehouse/location wise.
tdinv120 Cycle Counting Orders
Stock discrepancies by item/item group (if inventory units is same for all items
in the item group) warehouse wise.
tdinv150 Planned Inventory Transactions by Item
Inventory Movement plan warehouse wise.
Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly etc Inventory movement plan (based on transaction date
)
tdinv300 Planned INV Production Orders
INV Production plan by Warehouse (for a given period based on delivery date)
Weekly Production plan by Item / item group (if inventory units is same for all
items in the item group)
tdinv310 Planned INV Purchase Orders
INV Purchase plan by Warehouse (for a given period based on delivery date)
Weekly Purchase plan by Item / item group (if inventory units is same for all it
ems in the item group)
INV Purchase plan by Supplier (for a given period based on delivery date)
INV Purchase plan by Buyer (for a given period based on delivery date)
mailto: bxl@indicomsoftech.com
Download Demo: www.isplonline.com/downloads/c_downloads.htm
***************** End Of Article ******************
Excel Interface posted Message 5094 in Message Board
Dated : July 30, 2001 at 08:28:51 EST
Subject: Trends in Sales
Trends in Sales
mailto: bxl@indicomsoftech.com
BaaN Excel Interface Summary feature provide various multidimensional Trends wit
h Graphs over Sales rather Item or Customer wise.
Trends in Sales Item Wise
If invoice details are set to yes then integration transaction sales/sales invoi
ce generated with type of sales 'Revenue' in tfgld410. The item sold is also inc
luded. This along with transaction date and debit/credit and amount in HC can be
used to get the trends in Sales - Item wise.
Trends in Sales Customer Wise
When invoice is processed in tdsls4223m000, integration transaction sales/sales
invoice generated with type of sales 'Invoice Totals' in tfgld410. The customer
is also included. This along with transaction date and debit/credit and amount i
n HC can be used to get the trends in Sales - Customer wise.
mailto: bxl@indicomsoftech.com
Download Demo: www.isplonline.com/downloads/c_downloads.htm
***************** End Of Article ******************
Excel Interface posted Message 5095 in Message Board
Dated : July 30, 2001 at 08:30:11 EST
Subject: Trends in Production Cost Summaries
Trends in Production Cost Summary
mailto: bxl@indicomsoftech.com
BaaN Excel Interface Summary feature provide various multidimensional Trends wit
h Graphs over Production Costs.
Standard Production Costs Trends
When production order is completed the financial transaction Production (SFC) /
Production receipt is generated in table tfgld410. This is generated at the stan
dard cost of the end item. This data can be utilized in the program to generate
trends. The program has the capability to treat the ‘Credit’ lines
as negative figures. These figures can be had for item groups. When PCS projects
are used, Production (SFC) / Receipt is not generated at all. Surcharges if an
y used should be taken care off using cost price components.(Please see scheme n
amed “production” in Summary of BaaN Excel Interface)
Actual Production Cost Trends
When production orders are finished (ticst0201m000) then financial transaction p
roduction (SFC) / Receipt is generated at standard cost and Production (SFC) /
Production result is generated for the difference between the actual cost and st
andard cost in tfgld410. In order to get the actual cost of production order for
particular items in a period, it is necessary to subtract the Production result
from Production receipt value. As the item field in production (SFC) / Producti
on result is left blank, it is necessary to get the end item for which productio
n (SFC) / production result is generated.
mailto: bxl@indicomsoftech.com
: Regards
: Jagjit
In Purchase order lines localised data it may be set to no
: Does anyone know what dictates if an item will default to Direct Delivery: YE
S on a sales order? What parameter or field drives a certain item to default to
"yes".
YES on a sales order? What parameter or field drives a certain item to default
to "yes".
3 types of text to use on an item, Item text, Sales text and Purchase text. Loo
k at the help if you need clarification.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ryan Miller posted Message 5111 in Message Board
Dated : August 02, 2001 at 11:45:12 EST
Subject: Re: Non Nettable to Nettable - GTM?
: : Hey folks,
: : I am sure at least a handful you out there have tried or have been tempted t
o try and change a warehouse from non-nettable to nettable using GTM.
: : Can you please post your experiences, cautions, issues with this.
: : Would greatly appreciate it.
:
: Hi
: We have done it a couple of times in the past and we faced no problems.
: Jayant
: : Michael
Same here.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Lovina posted Message 5112 in Message Board
Dated : August 02, 2001 at 17:13:28 EST
Subject: Warehouse Transfer Orders in BaanERP
Is it possible to transfer Customized Items from one warehouse to another in Baa
nERP ?
Thanks in advance.
***************** End Of Article ******************
d v jain posted Message 5113 in Message Board
Dated : August 03, 2001 at 03:06:48 EST
Subject: How to calculate total shortage of Materials
can somebody tell how to calculate the total shortage of materials for a range o
f production orders. Suppose an item is available 10 pieces in the warehouse and
it is required 10 pieces each in 10 different production orders. It shows no sh
ortage against any production order.
D. V. Jain
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gunnar posted Message 5114 in Message Board
Dated : August 03, 2001 at 03:15:26 EST
Subject: Save defaults-Undo
: As we all are aware that If ILC is Implemented then under " Maintain Receipt "
it should move into tdilc4113s000 .
: we require your help in this regard, kindly confirm is there any parameter , s
o that that subsession can appear Automatically.
:
: thanks in advance
: sandy
Hi,
it depends on a paramter in tdilc0100m000 the paramter is tdilc000.sunu it shoul
d be "yes". Please have a look on it and read the help text.
I hope it helps
Gnter
***************** End Of Article ******************
Don't We All posted Message 5121 in Message Board
Dated : August 07, 2001 at 16:56:05 EST
Subject: Re: HELP, I need somebody
: I am an UK recruitment agent who needs your help. I am looking for a BaaN Fun
ctional Support contractor to work with one of my major clients in Belgium. The
role involves heavy use of both Oracle and Unix. Good Rate, Low Tax..... .can yo
u or somebody you know do this job?
ge of date. Why is it not showing any Invoices. But When we run session "Print D
etails of Process Duty Payments then it shows tdslsl401m000.
Regards
Harry
***************** End Of Article ******************
sids posted Message 5132 in Message Board
Dated : August 12, 2001 at 07:28:39 EST
Subject: copying sales quotation to sales contract in Baan V c
Hi
Our requirement is to convert succesful sales quotation into sales contract.Baan
V c documents says that quotation can be converted into contract, but on checki
ng the session "Process Quotations tdsls1200m00", the option section has facilit
y for sales order series only and no provision for sales contract. Is there any
other way to convert quotations to contract.
We are using Baan V c service pack 5.
If any body has any solution please letme know.
Thanks
sids.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Gary posted Message 5133 in Message Board
Dated : August 13, 2001 at 14:02:18 EST
Subject: Items in Outbound Data without Run Number
We're starting to see some entries in Outbound Data with a 'blank' run number. I
t's my understanding that the Generate Outbound Advice requires a valid run numb
er be entered. I'm not sure how these entries with the 'blank' run number got cr
eated. Anyone have any ideas?
Thanks...
***************** End Of Article ******************
D. V. Jain posted Message 5134 in Message Board
Dated : August 14, 2001 at 01:50:13 EST
Subject: Re: Process Duty Payments
: Hai
:
In session Process Duty Payments [Removal Type Non Debiting Register] tdsls
0201m000. When we press continue button it zooms to session tdsls0202s000 [Mark
Invoices] but it is not showing any data whereas there exists invoices in that r
ange of date. Why is it not showing any Invoices. But When we run session "Print
Details of Process Duty Payments then it shows tdslsl401m000.
You please check the ORder line status, it may not be ready for Process duty Pay
ments
D. V. Jain
: Regards
: Harry
: We are receiving shipment details by an ASCII file. Most of the time we receiv
e details same day on which actual shipment/inventory transfer happens but in so
me cases, we do receive details on next day. My customer wants to record and pro
cess shipment/inventory transfer on the day on which material is physically move
d.
: Is there any way in Baan where we can create and process shipments/inventory t
ransfers with past date.
: We are on Baan ERP. Thanks in advance.
:
Hi,
I have a question applying to Purchase Order Types in BaaN ERP.
I have previously setup a sales order type with execution mode "automatic".
This means as soon as the order line was created the order was released and ship
ped.
I have now setup a purchase order type with a similar execution mode hoping that
the same thing would be accomplished - it doesn't seem to work.
I am wondering if anybody has successfully used this field/functionality as it r
elates to purchasing?
Maybe I have a bug in the version of Baan 5 I am working with.
The greater issue is that I am trying to create a method so that once PO lines a
re created that they can be automatically received. The problem is that the rece
iving step is the one manditory steps in a receiving warehouse order type.
I call to the creativity and knowledge of our Baan community for any inspiration
or direction.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 5143 in Message Board
Dated : August 15, 2001 at 09:57:03 EST
Subject: Text / Customer Status
I am interested in anyone's suggestions/workarounds to the following issue:
We use the sales order header text area to maintain our INTERNAL notes related t
o each sales order. We also set our customers to a "blocked status" under certa
in circumstances. When a customer is blocked, inserting text is prohibited. I
understand the logic of this, but wondering if there are any ideas out there, so
that I can add this internal text while the customer remains blocked.
Thank you in advance for your input.
Regards,
***************** End Of Article ******************
Anubhav Maheshwari posted Message 5144 in Message Board
Dated : August 16, 2001 at 05:02:12 EST
Subject: Transportation cost to item cost
How we can add transportation cost occured on a purchase of certain item but pai
d to some other supplier. Also this cost should add to cost of item i.e. avg cos
t of item or If it is lot price than cost of lot should get updated.
***************** End Of Article ******************
anubhav maheshwari posted Message 5145 in Message Board
Dated : August 16, 2001 at 05:06:16 EST
Subject: Budgetry control in PRQ
Hi,
We r on Baan 4 C4 supply chain. Any baan expert can help me how to use budgetr
: Hi,
: I have a question applying to Purchase Order Types in BaaN ERP.
: I have previously setup a sales order type with execution mode "automatic".
: This means as soon as the order line was created the order was released and sh
ipped.
: I have now setup a purchase order type with a similar execution mode hoping th
: Regards
: Kush
You can post it here itself
D. V. jain
***************** End Of Article ******************
D.V.Jain posted Message 5150 in Message Board
Dated : August 17, 2001 at 07:08:27 EST
Subject: How to reverse the released outbound data
Hi to all
Can somebody tell how to reverse the released outbound data against a Sales Ord
er by mistake.Or a return order has to be created.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dave G. posted Message 5151 in Message Board
Dated : August 17, 2001 at 10:47:51 EST
Subject: Re: OUT BOUND & Receipt Loc
I am using baan iv..I go to the maintain locations session under location contro
l and set the REC locations to outbound=NO (form 2)
Dave
: .In order to avoid no selling it must be possible to deliver the goods from yo
ur receipt location. Also maintain outbound allows you to select goods from rece
ipt locations. If you want to block the stock from purchase, just activate the i
nspection functionality.
1.Item Master If Inspection field is mentioned as "Yes". since you do not go thr
ough the process of maintain approval, giving this field "Yes" might move your i
nventory to hold.
2.The Suppiler who supplies the item , in the supplier master has a field with I
nspection "Yes" again.
3.The order type defined for Purchase orders might have Maintain approvals as a
step defined.this would apply Inspection field in Purchase order lines as "Yes".
If this lines has Inspection as "No" again the inventory lands up as hold.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jeanne Ploshay posted Message 5161 in Message Board
Dated : August 21, 2001 at 15:20:50 EST
Subject: Error Message tdsls2021?????????????????????????
Does anyone know the complete verbage on the above error message? It's one we'v
e never seen before that just started popping up when working from within "Enter
Quotation Results", when clicking into the "status field". We've never, even r
un across this before. Help!
Jeanne Ploshay
***************** End Of Article ******************
Juergen posted Message 5162 in Message Board
Dated : August 22, 2001 at 03:34:17 EST
Subject: Re: Error Message tdsls2021?????????????????????????
: Does anyone know the complete verbage on the above error message? It's one we
've never seen before that just started popping up when working from within "Ent
er Quotation Results", when clicking into the "status field". We've never, even
run across this before. Help!
: Jeanne Ploshay
Hi Jeanne,
heres the message that you are missing:
"Quotation already expired on %s"
where %s is a joker for the expiry date
Example:
Quotation already expired on 04.07.2001
Regards,
Juergen
***************** End Of Article ******************
CIBRES.COM posted Message 5163 in Message Board
Dated : August 23, 2001 at 22:20:41 EST
Subject: Business Ethics for the ERP Industry
Business Ethics for the ERP Industry
Is the feature article this month on CIBRES.COM
Learn how consultants and ERP service providers bend the rules and break ethics
: Hai
:
: In session Maintain Approvals(tdpur4121m000) it is displaying **** signs aga
inst Item Description & unit . Why is it so.
: Please Help me ASAp
: Regards
: Jagjit
We just have set up Bills of Material and would now like to run
list for purchasing to order..when I set-up a production order
I only get a material list for level one items...I need list for
all items on BOM...I could use some quick training...
It appears that you aren't using any planning engine (MRP, MPS, ERP). Creating
a shop floor order will only give you a single level material list, unless you a
re using phantoms. Your best solution to get at the purchased parts to be order
ed may be to print a summarized bill of material. This blows through all of the
manufactured levels and sums up the common purchased items that go into that BO
M. It also allows you to put in a quantity that you need and multiplies that th
ough all levels to give you a total quantity required. You should be entering y
ou SFC on order quantity here. The best solution would be to implement which ev
er planning engine you have, it will do all the math for you and tell purchasing
what to order.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sunny posted Message 5176 in Message Board
Dated : September 02, 2001 at 11:52:48 EST
Subject: Maintain RPL Order
Hai
We have maintained one Rpl Order . For that Rpl order Maintain Outbound Data
has also been done. Now user want to change Dest Loc on form 2 of Rpl Order for
that Rpl . Can this be changed.Please help me ASAP.
Regards
Sunny
***************** End Of Article ******************
Iris Finkbeiner-Dumlu posted Message 5177 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 2001 at 02:32:07 EST
Subject: sales discount cumulativ
How can I fix sales discounts depending on quantaty cumulativ.
Is it a question of the price parameters?
Ex. Customers contract: 10% for 1-10 pieces cumulativ, than 12% for 11-20 pieces
cumulativ etc.
Need your help.
Regards
Iris
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mohammed M S posted Message 5178 in Message Board
Dated : September 03, 2001 at 03:27:56 EST
Subject: Re: Evaluation method
Use the session tdltc0130m000 and tdltc0131m000
if the Item is lot item change to non lot and again to lot with Evluation lot Pr
ice.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaanFan posted Message 5179 in Message Board
Dated : September 04, 2001 at 04:13:58 EST
Subject: Re: Evaluation method
: Use the session tdltc0130m000 and tdltc0131m000
: if the Item is lot item change to non lot and again to lot with Evluation lot
Price.
Hi!
It's great ideea, but I am not able to see the result, becouse, after I change i
tem to non lot and try to run the session tdltc0130m000, the system gives me thi
s message: Error 100(Duplicate value)on tdltc004 and can't continue in this sess
ion. So I try again for another item and I verify before that if in the table td
ltc004 is any record regarding lot price structure for that item and is not, and
still system gives the same message. What's happend?
Further more, I have some obiections for this method:
1. The lot and lot tracking data are removed from tdltc001 and tdltc102.
2. If my inventory on hand composed by 3 lots with different expire date, in mor
e than one warehouse, what happend after running the session tdltc0130m000? As f
ar as I understand, inventory on hand is registered under one lot code (expire d
ate??) and in one warehouse (which is registered in tiitm001 for the item)
***************** End Of Article ******************
sure the orders are all manually blocked before the CIA money arrives.
: We sometimes have sales orders with term of payment cash in advance. Term of
payment is just a text field. It does not prevent you from issuing picking list
etc and ship goods prior to payment by mistake. Does anyone have an idea how to
make Baan stop people from making this kind of mistake? We are on Baan C4.
: Thanks
: Gunnar
i had setup a multisite edi and found that to be working ok with P.Os, P.O amend
ments etc between companies. in the sales company, the advance shipment notice m
essage x12 - 856 out also is getting generated. this message is also seen in th
e directory intended for the receipt company. however, after reading the incomi
ng message, no entry is getting recorded in the table tdpur400, interim table f
or purchase receipts. however in the sales company outgoing messages history, th
e record is getting updated as the message was read by the receipt company. the
message also is removed from the appl_comm directory after running the direct ne
twork communication session. any suggestions are welcome.
thanking you in advance.
with best regards,
ange the Backorder for the Purchase Order, thereby we can maintain the receipts
for that Purchase Order as much as wanted.
: Is there way to lock it or is it the system bug
: Puneet
You can make this field as Display if you do not want user to change it. This fi
eld is also present in Maintian approval.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 5202 in Message Board
Dated : September 17, 2001 at 09:52:35 EST
Subject: Sales Order Blocking After Maintain Deliveries
A user is not able to modify a sales order that has had maintain deliveries comp
leted. This I understand and agree. However, a user is able to modify or add t
ext into a sales order after maintain deliveries (which I wish to continue to be
able to do). When text is created for a sales order that has already shipped,
the sales order credit blocks accordingly. Why would the logic of sales order b
locking apply to an order that has already shipped and been invoiced? If text i
s modified or appended for a sales order that has already shipped/invoiced, the
sales order does not block.
Thank you in advance for your prompt response to this question.
Regards,
Carol Schmidt
Egan Visual Inc.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jaione posted Message 5203 in Message Board
Dated : September 17, 2001 at 10:11:28 EST
Subject: Problemas con las unidades en Compras.
La situacin es la siguiente:
Nosotros compramos tubos y la unidad de compra que debemos usar son piezas (1 pi
eza de 6 metros), la unidad de precio de compra nos viene dado por el proveedor
en metros (1 metro tantas pesetas)y finalmente recepcionamos en piezas. Por lo t
anto tenemos un factor de conversin de 1 pieza...6 metros.
Ahora, cuando se necesitan tubos de diferente medida a 6 metros (7 metros por ej
emplo) tendramos que cambiar el factor de conversin y as constantemente.
Me podra alguien ayudar?
Gracias de antemano!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Joalrei posted Message 5204 in Message Board
Dated : September 18, 2001 at 00:51:22 EST
Subject: Re: Problemas con las unidades en Compras.
Nosotros lo arreglamos indicando en el texto de la orden de compra que las pieza
s eran de siete metros, y cuando se recepcionaba y hacia el factor de conversion
: La situacin es la siguiente:
: Nosotros compramos tubos y la unidad de compra que debemos usar son piezas (1
pieza de 6 metros), la unidad de precio de compra nos viene dado por el proveedo
r en metros (1 metro tantas pesetas)y finalmente recepcionamos en piezas. Por lo
tanto tenemos un factor de conversin de 1 pieza...6 metros.
: Ahora, cuando se necesitan tubos de diferente medida a 6 metros (7 metros por
ejemplo) tendramos que cambiar el factor de conversin y as constantemente.
: Me podra alguien ayudar?
: Gracias de antemano!
: Esto nos pasaba al tener OC de seis y siete metroa a la vez, con lo que si cam
bias el factor de conversion de una perjudicas a la otra.
: Tambien podrias jugar con poner factor de almacenamiento a siete, para que al
recepcionar te indique qiue son de site metros, y luego sobreescribirla por seis
.
: Espero que te ayude
: : La situacin es la siguiente:
: : Nosotros compramos tubos y la unidad de compra que debemos usar son piezas (
1 pieza de 6 metros), la unidad de precio de compra nos viene dado por el provee
dor en metros (1 metro tantas pesetas)y finalmente recepcionamos en piezas. Por
lo tanto tenemos un factor de conversin de 1 pieza...6 metros.
: : Ahora, cuando se necesitan tubos de diferente medida a 6 metros (7 metros po
r ejemplo) tendramos que cambiar el factor de conversin y as constantemente.
: : Me podra alguien ayudar?
: : Gracias de antemano!
Kind regards !
Elena Kostantinova
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5209 in Message Board
Dated : September 19, 2001 at 08:48:30 EST
Subject: Outbound Priority
hi Baan Fans ,
As we can define INBOUND priority by Location in Location By Items / Maintain lo
cations ,
IS there any way to define Outbound Priority for Locations also , ( We are using
Outbound Priority = By location in Item Data )
thanx in adv
sandy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5210 in Message Board
Dated : September 19, 2001 at 08:52:26 EST
Subject: Transit Warehouse in DRP / RPL
Hi to all once ag,
One more Problem,
Is it necssary to define Transit warehouse In DRP / Rpl , Although during mainta
ining Bill OF dist. , you can leave the field of Transit warehouse Empty , But d
uring Generation OF RPL orders YOu have to define the Transit Warehouse ,
Is there any Parameter to set whether you want to define or Not
Regards
sandy
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5211 in Message Board
Dated : September 19, 2001 at 08:53:22 EST
Subject: Re: Transit Warehouse in DRP / RPL
: Hi to all once ag,
: One more Problem,
: Is it necssary to define Transit warehouse In DRP / Rpl , Although during main
taining Bill OF dist. , you can leave the field of Transit warehouse Empty , But
during Generation OF RPL orders YOu have to define the Transit Warehouse ,
So if you want to calculate the value of safety stock assign a service level.
I have not seen the demand forecast to be of much use as very often the value it
gives is very diffcult to verify. Instead I would suggest to right your some ru
les for arriving at ROP , safety stock. One example is say- expected annual issu
e calculated from Demand forecast and that from MRP will come very different. Th
e ROP and safety stock analysis is useful for items with indepenedent demands a
nd since an MRP item can be very well determined, I wouldn't suggest this.
Arvind Patil, CPIM
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind Patil, CPIM posted Message 5227 in Message Board
Dated : September 21, 2001 at 22:56:57 EST
Subject: Re: Modification to an Order Type Without Renaming?
Hi,
You can very wel lmodify the order step and blocking through GTM. Just be carefu
l to take care of open orders. Once open orders steps are taken care of, it won'
t be issue. Remember system stores the order steps in deliveries or receipt tab
le.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Baan Fan posted Message 5228 in Message Board
Dated : September 22, 2001 at 04:57:46 EST
Subject: error 2 (bdb_errno 2)
Hi baan fans,
when i try to update (tdpst0201m000) update purchase statistics
i am getting the error as
Fattal error: error 2 (bdb_errno 2) on tdpst000300 in db_update
Cannot continue in tdpst0201m000 (after.choice.cont.process)
how to over come this problem
TIA
BAANFAN
works fine. After I migrate my test company to 4c4, this no longer works. I ha
ve to post integrations manually.
Baan support tells me that the removal of this feature is per Baan 4c.4 function
ality, and that no versions of 4C allow you to post in realtime. Is this true?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Siadige posted Message 5239 in Message Board
Dated : September 26, 2001 at 08:35:43 EST
Subject: Re: EDI module Libraries
Thanks a lot Chandra. I'will try it agian.
: I think you are talking about Internal EDI. If this is the case, then first In
ternal EDI setup has to be done.
: If company 300 purchases from company 301 then
: In Company 300, company 301 must be defined as a supplier
: In company 301, company 300 must be defined as a customer
: In addition, the customer and supplier must be defined as affiliated companies
.
: The above customer/supplier has to be used to create EDi relations. This will
help you in directing the EDI messages to the correct companies.
: Please go through the EDI User Guide (U7041A US)if you have any questions..
Since ILC is Implemented , we are not able to use TRANSCATION SESSION of INV mod
ule .
Therefore my question is " WHEN ILC IS IMPLEMENTED & THERE IS ONE WAREHOUSE WHIC
H HAS NO LOCATION , THEN CAN WE ENTER INVENTORY IN THAT WAREHOUSE through WAREH
OUSE ORDERS "
IS THERE ANY PARAMETER WHICH CONTROL IT ?
ALL POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS ARE WELCOME
THANKS IN ADVANCE
SANDY
***************** End Of Article ******************
G posted Message 5244 in Message Board
Dated : September 28, 2001 at 02:43:10 EST
Subject: Re: Experience with Warehouse managment integrated with baan ?
We've done it! A lot of work, complex, expensive, but it works!
If covers transactions from SFC, PUR, SLS, PRP, ILC.
Our 'normal' users does almost all their work from the external WMS system. We h
ave about 3000 transactions through the interface every day!
If you E-mail me, I'll provide you with som more details...!!
: We plan to install a WMS outside from BaaN with new functionalities and are lo
oking for baan users who have done interfaces with BaaN (Purchase and sales orde
rs, inventories, general data ...).
: Thank's
In the session "Maintain Sales Order Lines (tdsls4105s000)" when we change the w
arehouse code and try to save, it comes out automatcally to Sales Order Header w
ithout saving the change. By default the system picks the warehouse code maintai
ned in Item Master for that item. We tried maintaining the warehouse code in ses
sion "Maintain Defaults by user (tdsls4123m000)" but that is also not working.
The most peculiar thing happening is that it is working fine in one company of t
he same Package Combination whereas creating problem in the other. We have check
ed all the parameter setup but nothing related to this could be found anywhere.
Can anybody please help us to find a solution of the problem?
Thanks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Brenda posted Message 5254 in Message Board
Dated : October 01, 2001 at 10:46:58 EST
Subject: Subcontracting - Yes or No??
We have a 'fitting', which is made up of several purchased items from our raw ma
terial warehouse that are sent out to be machined/glued and returned as a comple
ted finished goods item.
We want to maintain/track inventory levels for both the finished goods "fitting"
and the lower level items. I also need to make sure the inventory levels of the
low level items are reduced immediately when they are shipped out to the subcon
tractor.
Is subcontracting the only way to do this? Can anyone provide another/simpler s
olution(s)?
thanks in advance!!!
We want to start with Baan5c next year, ans have this problem too. I made an enh
ancment request an have now the feedback that a Defect 201758 was created to imp
lement over delivery.
But cannot tell you when it will be ready.
R. Gahleitner
: Since ILC is Implemented , we are not able to use TRANSCATION SESSION of INV m
odule .
: Therefore my question is " WHEN ILC IS IMPLEMENTED & THERE IS ONE WAREHOUSE WH
ICH HAS NO LOCATION , THEN CAN WE ENTER INVENTORY IN THAT WAREHOUSE through WAR
EHOUSE ORDERS "
: IS THERE ANY PARAMETER WHICH CONTROL IT ?
: ALL POSSIBLE SOLUTIONS ARE WELCOME
: THANKS IN ADVANCE
: SANDY
Hi there, tested it, works fine. You need to ugrade.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kush posted Message 5261 in Message Board
Dated : October 04, 2001 at 05:38:15 EST
Subject: Maintain Sales Contracts
In session Maintain Sales Contracts (tdsls3101m000) when we go to lines (tdsls
3102s000) and when we go to Maintain Localized data for lines it does not go to
fields "Line Discount" & Discount Amount". So we are not able to Enter Discou
nt % or amount. Contract Type = "Special"
Regards
Kush
***************** End Of Article ******************
James posted Message 5262 in Message Board
Dated : October 04, 2001 at 14:40:16 EST
Subject: What's purpose of a Cost Order?
I'm trying to research order types and can't find any documentation. Our system
has a "Cost Order" order type, but I can't find out what it's purpose is. Thanks
to whomever can shed some light.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BT posted Message 5263 in Message Board
Dated : October 05, 2001 at 02:23:56 EST
Subject: Re: What's purpose of a Cost Order?
: I'm trying to research order types and can't find any documentation. Our syste
m has a "Cost Order" order type, but I can't find out what it's purpose is. Than
ks to whomever can shed some light.
Hi there,
The cost order type is only applicable for cost -and service items. When you def
ine this type, it means you are able to use an order type with only 2 steps!!! P
rint invoice and process orders.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Riaz posted Message 5264 in Message Board
Dated : October 06, 2001 at 08:39:02 EST
Subject: Re: Workshop items coding
Hi Arvind,
Thanx for the reply.
The problem with having obsolete/ unused items is it would be simply accumulatin
g into thousand and thousands of items and the list would go on.
I have planned to go in for a few thousand items and keep reusing the same item
codes after a certain period.
Please do send a line if u get a solution.
Thanx in advance
Riaz
: Hi,
: Is there any problem with having those obsolete or unused item codes. The othe
r option is to customize it.
: Arvind
: 865-769-7279
Invoicing directly from the finance module might be an option, allthough I can i
magine that a pruchaser wouldn't be happy then: no input for statistics and ofte
n a purchaser is not able or not authorized to follow financial data.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kyrokee posted Message 5267 in Message Board
Dated : October 07, 2001 at 22:05:01 EST
Subject: Storage unit in BaanERP!!
Hi,
I've been trying to look in BaanERP of how to define a
s from the inventory unit. Seems could not find one.
nv. unit as kg, but i want to make the storage unit in
i can see in both storage and inv. unit. Someone care
Appreciate it so much!!
Consecuences of the changes of the phases of the conversion and the status of th
e contracts,shedules,shipmments etc...
Best regards.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5273 in Message Board
Dated : October 09, 2001 at 10:37:21 EST
Subject: Inbounding Problem
Hi Baan Fans
I have a warehouse with 3 Locations Receipt , Inspection & Normal ( Storage )
Normal Location Is Multi Item & multi Lot
ILC Parameter
Inbound for Free Loc = Yes
Inbounding for Unoccupied Loc is also = Yes
Location is Not Fixed
When we generate the Inbound Advice for an item First time , It work WEll & pur
the item in Normal Location
But when we make the location as Fixed for any other Item ,
Inbound Advice is Generated for " Receipt " To " Receipt " Location
Although the Parameter " Inbound for Free loc allowed " = yes
also check the same by creating some new warehouses & their location , getting s
ame problem
is there any other factor which affects It , Or it is mandatory we have to defin
e location for each Item in " Maintain Location By item "
Required Help urgently
sandy
***************** End Of Article ******************
B posted Message 5274 in Message Board
Dated : October 09, 2001 at 16:13:09 EST
Subject: Multisite Transfers Bewteen Companies with DRP Baan 5
Has anyone had any experience with multisite DRP in Baan 5?
We have 2 logistic companies, and we transfer material between the 2 sites. Curr
ently the only way to do that is to enter a sales order in one company for no pr
ice, and enter a PO in the other company for no price. Then ship from the one co
mpany and receive in the other. The problem is that this is sloppy and there is
no link between the sales order and the PO, and many times we ship from one comp
any and never receeive the goods in the other company, and there is no way to tr
ack that.
I looked into creating manual DRP orders, but it was not working. Bana Support t
old me that I needed to share the tcibd001 General Item table between the 2 comp
anies to make this work. We cannot do that because of some diffeneces in teh 2 c
ompanies.
Any suggestions on how we can make this process work between both companies?
***************** End Of Article ******************
B posted Message 5275 in Message Board
Dated : October 09, 2001 at 16:13:13 EST
Subject: Multisite Transfers Bewteen Companies with DRP Baan 5
Has anyone had any experience with multisite DRP in Baan 5?
We have 2 logistic companies, and we transfer material between the 2 sites. Curr
ently the only way to do that is to enter a sales order in one company for no pr
ice, and enter a PO in the other company for no price. Then ship from the one co
mpany and receive in the other. The problem is that this is sloppy and there is
no link between the sales order and the PO, and many times we ship from one comp
any and never receeive the goods in the other company, and there is no way to tr
ack that.
I looked into creating manual DRP orders, but it was not working. Bana Support t
old me that I needed to share the tcibd001 General Item table between the 2 comp
anies to make this work. We cannot do that because of some diffeneces in teh 2 c
ompanies.
Any suggestions on how we can make this process work between both companies?
***************** End Of Article ******************
JD posted Message 5276 in Message Board
Dated : October 10, 2001 at 09:38:11 EST
Subject: Re: Inbounding Problem
: Hi Baan Fans
: I have a warehouse with 3 Locations Receipt , Inspection & Normal ( Storage )
: Normal Location Is Multi Item & multi Lot
: ILC Parameter
: Inbound for Free Loc = Yes
: Inbounding for Unoccupied Loc is also = Yes
: Location is Not Fixed
: When we generate the Inbound Advice for an item First time , It work WEll & pu
r the item in Normal Location
: But when we make the location as Fixed for any other Item ,
: Inbound Advice is Generated for " Receipt " To " Receipt " Location
: Although the Parameter " Inbound for Free loc allowed " = yes
: also check the same by creating some new warehouses & their location , getting
same problem
: is there any other factor which affects It , Or it is mandatory we have to def
ine location for each Item in " Maintain Location By item "
: Required Help urgently
: sandy
Make the parameter,
Inbound advice for unoccupied locations only as "no" and donot fix the location.
***************** End Of Article ******************
janardhan posted Message 5277 in Message Board
Dated : October 10, 2001 at 09:48:37 EST
Subject: Re: What's purpose of a Cost Order?
: I'm trying to research order types and can't find any documentation. Our syste
m has a "Cost Order" order type, but I can't find out what it's purpose is. Than
ks to whomever can shed some light.
Reply: Cost order type is used to process items of type cost, cost items are tho
se which need not held in inventory and tracked but expenses are incurred in pur
chasing or selling them e.g. stationery, etc..
: Thanks in advance
: Regards
: Kamesh Kumar
(depend on Search for price and disc based on parameter in PUR parameters), the
system will always take the price from tiitm001
***************** End Of Article ******************
Baanfan posted Message 5284 in Message Board
Dated : October 11, 2001 at 06:44:28 EST
Subject: Re: purchase price and discount
: Hi to everybody,
: well I setup items with suppliers, proce and discount using session tdpur0101m
000.
: When i create a new order to this supplier, the item price is the posted in ti
itm001 instead if tdpur0101m000
: Why this?
: can someone help me?
: Thank's
: Terry
Have you looked at effective date and expire date? If order date<effective date
(depend on Search for price/disc based on parameter in PUR param) the system wil
l always retrieve the price from tiitm001
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaanFan posted Message 5285 in Message Board
Dated : October 11, 2001 at 07:17:20 EST
Subject: Re: How is the easiest way to make a purchase order for services (like
renting)?
: Hello!
: Although it is not a usual activity, we would like to make purchase orders for
services. I have just create a service article and when I make a purchase order
with this article (quantity=0), finally I have to receive this article (it is n
ot possible to omite this action). How can I do?
:
Thancks in advance!
Hi!
You should try to make a collect order with 2 steps:
print purchase invoice and process purchase orders
Thancks in advance!
: Hi!
: You should try to make a collect order with 2 steps:
: print purchase invoice and process purchase orders
Two thoughts. Is it possible to use the manufacture's part? Or could you begin
to classify items into logical groups. Brakes, bumpers, gas filters, so you coul
d begin to capture history on a small section of your products?
Baan has various data in the item master for sales and purchasing data that allo
ows you to group information. Sales statistics, commodity codes, etc etc, look
at this potential for grouping items.
Additonal information on the complexit;y and/or variety of you items might help
me explain or suggest solutions.
give it some thought
***************** End Of Article ******************
filly faan posted Message 5289 in Message Board
Dated : October 14, 2001 at 20:00:48 EST
Subject: Re: Inbounding Problem
: : Hi Baan Fans
: : I have a warehouse with 3 Locations Receipt , Inspection & Normal ( Storage
)
: : Normal Location Is Multi Item & multi Lot
: : ILC Parameter
: : Inbound for Free Loc = Yes
: : Inbounding for Unoccupied Loc is also = Yes
: : Location is Not Fixed
: : When we generate the Inbound Advice for an item First time , It work WEll &
pur the item in Normal Location
: : But when we make the location as Fixed for any other Item ,
: : Inbound Advice is Generated for " Receipt " To " Receipt " Location
: : Although the Parameter " Inbound for Free loc allowed " = yes
: : also check the same by creating some new warehouses & their location , getti
ng same problem
: : is there any other factor which affects It , Or it is mandatory we have to d
efine location for each Item in " Maintain Location By item "
: : Required Help urgently
: : sandy
: Make the parameter,
: Inbound advice for unoccupied locations only as "no" and donot fix the locatio
n.
Did this suggestion work? I'm interested. A simple question, why doyou have loca
Thancks in advance!
: : Hi!
: : You should try to make a collect order with 2 steps:
: : print purchase invoice and process purchase orders
: : The problem with having obsolete/ unused items is it would be simply accumul
ating into thousand and thousands of items and the list would go on.
: : I have planned to go in for a few thousand items and keep reusing the same i
tem codes after a certain period.
: : Please do send a line if u get a solution.
: : Thanx in advance
: : Riaz
: : : Hi,
: : : Is there any problem with having those obsolete or unused item codes. The
other option is to customize it.
: : : Arvind
:
: One objective should be to standardize your potential solutions, making a new
item code or avoiding that process may be just the solution for your purchasing
department. Wouldn't it be great to recognize that certain items are repeating?
they probably are.
: Two thoughts. Is it possible to use the manufacture's part? Or could you begi
n to classify items into logical groups. Brakes, bumpers, gas filters, so you co
uld begin to capture history on a small section of your products?
: Baan has various data in the item master for sales and purchasing data that al
loows you to group information. Sales statistics, commodity codes, etc etc, lo
ok at this potential for grouping items.
: Additonal information on the complexit;y and/or variety of you items might hel
p me explain or suggest solutions.
: give it some thought
: Hi to everybody,
: well I setup items with suppliers, proce and discount using session tdpur0101m
000.
: When i create a new order to this supplier, the item price is the posted in ti
itm001 instead if tdpur0101m000
: Why this?
: can someone help me?
: Thank's
: Terry
: : : also check the same by creating some new warehouses & their location , get
ting same problem
: : : is there any other factor which affects It , Or it is mandatory we have to
define location for each Item in " Maintain Location By item "
: : : Required Help urgently
: : : sandy
: : Make the parameter,
: : Inbound advice for unoccupied locations only as "no" and donot fix the locat
ion.
:
: Did this suggestion work? I'm interested. A simple question, why doyou have lo
cation control on if you are not using it???
Synopsis:
When a service order is executed without using session 'Maintain Service order e
stimates', system fails to make inventory 'issue' entries in finance. It only ma
kes 'costs' entries.
It updates tdilc101 table but fails to update 'tdinv001' table thus displaying i
ncorrect information in the invenotry sessions. This problem is faced only in c4
version. C3 version does not have this problem.
Details:
A service order may be closed by executing the following steps as minimum.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
rvice order procedure, BaaN fails to make 'issue' entries in Finance when the ou
tbound has been released . So after the financial transactions are posted for t
he service order, system makes only the 'costs' entry in finance. This results i
n incomplete accounting because all the necessary ledgers are not updated.
In this case it also fails to update the inventory table 'tdinv001' while updati
ng 'tdilc101' properly.
These failures result in incorrect inventory information in the inventory sessio
ns and reports.
Currently this problem is forcing our users to execute 'Maintain service order e
stimate' session as mandatory.
Can anybody help?
Thanks in advance.
Regards,
Pankaj
, transportation charges etc.When item is declared as cost item in the item mast
er the std. cost of this is declared to be zero or one. we use the purchase orde
r for these items(for zero quantity) then maintain receipts for the same.
My problems is for some items declared as cost items we get the Purchase varianc
e and there is difference in the ammount during the matching and approval of the
same. but for some items which are declared as the cost type this is doesnot ap
pear. I have checked it but couldnot found.
Please suggest where can the problem it be and why is it there and how can i get
myself right.
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Riaz posted Message 5320 in Message Board
Dated : October 26, 2001 at 02:22:34 EST
Subject: Re: Baan Module for handling warranties
Hi,
Yes, Baan Service can be used for handling warranties.
: : Hi Friends,
: :
: : Which module in BaaN IV is suitable for handling warranties on the goods sol
d? We need to carry out analysis of the data collected. Can Service module be us
ed?
: : Thanks in advance.
: : Alisba
ime.
Help would be highly appreciated.
Thanks a heap in advance
Adam
***************** End Of Article ******************
John posted Message 5325 in Message Board
Dated : November 02, 2001 at 07:34:50 EST
Subject: Re: Baan Module for handling warranties
We considered using Baan Service, but it would not do what we needed. So we are
currently writting new functionality to handle our warranty claims. We found t
here is no standard Baan solution that was 'elegant'.
: Hi,
: Yes, Baan Service can be used for handling warranties.
: : : Hi Friends,
: : :
: : : Which module in BaaN IV is suitable for handling warranties on the goods s
old? We need to carry out analysis of the data collected. Can Service module be
used?
: : : Thanks in advance.
: : : Alisba
Thanks
Alisba
Hi
We have upgrade our baan from C2 to C4, after that we don't have feasibility t
change Order line text in session tdsls4122m000.
How can we open for changing text here?
Hi Terje Lisether,
BaaN 4 c4 doesnot stops you from text the text maintained for the order line dur
ing the sale/ Purchase orders even the Sales/Purchase Invoice has been made. But
if still the session "tdsls4122m000" doesnot allow you for the same you can sti
ll run the session "tttxt1100m000" find the text number which present in the sys
tem in the table "tdsls041" Form 5 corresponding to the Sale order line, then yo
u can edit the text from there
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Alisba posted Message 5343 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 2001 at 05:25:55 EST
Subject: PDSO problem
Hi Friends,
I get a message "Invoice header could not be written to finance for invoice ____
______"(invoice number) while carrying out PDSO. I have seen similar messages wh
ich say that "Invoice data could not be written to finance for_____" due to roun
ding off of excise duty and Sales Tax in "tdsls901" which has to be corrected th
ru GTM.
Can anyone tell why such I get such a message.
Thanks
Saji george
Hai
During the first 1-4 days we make Excise Invoices at Provisional Rates . We get
the exact rates after 3-4 days. Now we want to update Excise Invoices with new r
ates. But Baan does not allow this . It does not update Excise Duty tables. How
the Excise Difference problem can be tackled. This is creating a major hurdle in
proper implementation of Baan. Can anybody help me in tackling this problem
Regards
Arsh
***************** End Of Article ******************
John Crystal posted Message 5346 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 2001 at 09:14:39 EST
Subject: Re: Help -Purchase Contracts- Help
Hi Adam,
It sounds like you are attempting to plan projects without using the projects mo
dule. Any planned orders from MRP or SIC will be anonymous, not linked to a spec
ific project. I don't see how even using special contracts will help in this sit
uation. Special contracts will allow more than one to be open but the project li
nkage will be missing from the demand side as far as I understand your question.
John Crystal
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5347 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 2001 at 10:14:44 EST
Subject: Re: WEIGHTED AVERGAE COST CALCULATION
:
: Do Baan sipport 'WEIGHTED AVERGAE COST CALCULATION", WE WOULD
: LIKE TO ADD ADDITIONAL COST TO OUR PO SUCH AS "CUSTOMS, FREIGHT, ETC..)>
: WHTA SESSION DO I NEED TO RUN?
: THNKS
: VINO
Hello Vinod,
The costs such as freight, customs etc. which are indirect part of the cost of i
tem but that effects the costing of the item can be maintained as surcharges. th
e surcharges can be maintained item wise"ticpr1130m000" or the item group wise "
ticpr1110m000".
Care should be taken that while in the current price of the item, the price shou
ld be the basic price (excluding the chrges maintained as surcharges).
the surcharges can be maintained as fixed amount or the percentage of the total
cost
I think this solves your requirement
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5348 in Message Board
Dated : November 08, 2001 at 10:32:54 EST
Subject: Re: Excise Invoice - Indian Localization
:
Hai
: During the first 1-4 days we make Excise Invoices at Provisional Rates . We ge
t the exact rates after 3-4 days. Now we want to update Excise Invoices with new
rates. But Baan does not allow this . It does not update Excise Duty tables. Ho
w the Excise Difference problem can be tackled. This is creating a major hurdle
in proper implementation of Baan. Can anybody help me in tackling this problem
: Regards
: Arsh
Hi Arsh,
This can be done thrugh the session tdind0104m000 "Maintain Cenvat Reversals" wh
ere the difference in the excise duty amnt can be credit/ Debit as per the requi
rement
I think this solves your problem
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sunny posted Message 5349 in Message Board
Dated : November 10, 2001 at 03:56:37 EST
Subject: Qty Already Allocated Or Issued
Hai
We have not run session Maintain Approvals,When we try to transfer it to Rejecte
d Location through session "Maintain Inbound Data" (tdilc4104s000) Display Recei
pts(tdilc4515s000) it gives message "Qty already allocated or issued". Why is it
so.
Regards
Sunny
***************** End Of Article ******************
alwin posted Message 5350 in Message Board
Dated : November 13, 2001 at 08:29:39 EST
Subject: Re: Multisite Transfers Bewteen Companies with DRP Baan 5
This is not working in BaanERP till Corelli. DRP creates in a multi site structu
re still a purchase order.
From the Reger release a multi site warehouse order is created, but in this situ
ation you have to meet the rules:
share tcibd
use same item code on both sites
doesn't work for customized items
***************** End Of Article ******************
terry posted Message 5351 in Message Board
Dated : November 14, 2001 at 11:03:19 EST
Subject: thank's to everybody
Hi to everybody,
I solved the problem with your suggest
Terry
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jessie posted Message 5352 in Message Board
Dated : November 15, 2001 at 00:20:40 EST
Subject: Rebate calculation
I'm trying to perform the rebate calculation in BaanERP5.0c and encountered prob
lem ie. Agreement not found.
Hope someone can shed some light on this, as I'm not sure whether I've performed
the setting correctly. Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Jessie posted Message 5353 in Message Board
Dated : November 15, 2001 at 00:23:46 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Invoice (tdsls4404m000)
Which version of Baan are you using?
: Hai
:
We ran session Print Sales Invoice. We found the wrong value . It has alrea
dy generated Sales Invoice Number. How the value can be verified before generati
ng Sales Invoice Number.
: If we set option Final Invoices = "No" even then it is generating Sales Invoic
e Number.
: Regards
: Jagjit
I would like to create report for Item by Customer, Item Group by Areas, and the
combination of it.
By the way, what does it mean by Order Intake & Turnover?
Thanks in advance,
Bon
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5358 in Message Board
Dated : November 16, 2001 at 23:28:26 EST
Subject: Average Cost
Hi,
There is field in the item master as Averae cost. How system Builds this average
cost?Is it the approved amount or PO amount? Is there any parameter to choose b
etween the two?
We are using BaaN IV c4
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arief Budiyanto posted Message 5359 in Message Board
Dated : November 19, 2001 at 21:09:15 EST
Subject: Re: Average Cost
This is Average Purchase Price.
There are 2 methods to calculate this:
1. It is calculated against Inventory Balance.
2. It is calculated against Purchase Receipt (Cumulative).
You can choose the options from the parameter "Method of Calculating Average Pur
chase Price" in PO parameters.
The APP will be calculated if you calculate the standard cost price.
Cheers,
Arief
***************** End Of Article ******************
www.b@@nboard.com posted Message 5360 in Message Board
Dated : November 20, 2001 at 07:40:38 EST
Subject: Baan Distribution
Everything you need to know about Baan Distribution
***************** End Of Article ******************
Peter posted Message 5361 in Message Board
: Sunny
You need to run maintain approvals. The quantity is blocked on the inspection lo
cation till you run the session.
***************** End Of Article ******************
bt posted Message 5364 in Message Board
Dated : November 21, 2001 at 10:35:47 EST
Subject: Re: Sales & Purchase Statistic
: Dear All,
: Is the Statistic modules able to handle complex reporting in flexible way?
: I would like to create report for Item by Customer, Item Group by Areas, and t
he combination of it.
: By the way, what does it mean by Order Intake & Turnover?
: Thanks in advance,
: Bon
It is possible what you want. You just need to define the right layouts.
Order intake are the orderlines, turnover is the processed invoiced orderlines (
type 3 of the history)
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaanFan posted Message 5365 in Message Board
Dated : November 22, 2001 at 06:53:06 EST
Subject: Re: Average Cost
:
:
:
:
: You can choose the options from the parameter "Method of Calculating Average P
urchase Price" in PO parameters.
: The APP will be calculated if you calculate the standard cost price.
: Cheers,
: Arief
Hi guys!
You have a wrong ideea about calculating Average Purchase price. The APP will be
calculating by the system whenever you'll match and aprove the purchase invoice
(in financial) and it hasn't got to do with calculating standard cost price. Mor
e than that, the standard cost price is calculated based on APP if you indicate
that. For further information don't hesitate to mail me.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BaanFan posted Message 5366 in Message Board
in our company.
Tahnk's
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bruce Thornhill posted Message 5369 in Message Board
Dated : November 25, 2001 at 23:26:50 EST
Subject: WARNING: Re: Baan Distribution
This site opens up a string of pop-up porn sites.
herefore you should run Calculate cost prices to change standard cost price) bef
ore consumpt.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrienne Piccattoli posted Message 5382 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 2001 at 09:41:57 EST
Subject: Re: BaaN ERP EDI user guide
: Being a BaaN IV user I want to help one of our relations to setup EDI messages
on their BaaN ERP system.
: Does any one know where I can find then BaaN ERP EDI user guide?
: Or could someone having it in electronical form .....
: Thanks
Have you heard of a software called Knowledge Quest? This is a very useful tool
and contains all of anything you need to know about beginner to intermediate pr
oduct support for Baan. It is also fully searchable, cut-and-pastable, and prin
table. When it comes to very advanced support, I have found it more difficult t
o find a good resource to draw from.
As for your EDI user guide, it is one of the many guides which can be found on K
nowledge Quest. I believe that this package cost our company about $650, but I
find it well worth the money.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Adrienne Piccattoli posted Message 5383 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 2001 at 09:56:48 EST
Subject: EDI Error Messages
Has anyone compiled a list of EDI error messages? or, can anyone tell me if the
re is one in existence that I can access. I would like to make such a list, but
do not want to "re-invent the wheel".
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5384 in Message Board
Dated : December 06, 2001 at 12:40:29 EST
Subject: Re: Module QMS
: Does anyone use this module ?
: We are using the location control and most of the packages.
: We are searching for users who are using the module to validate the possible u
se in our company.
: Tahnk's
Yes We are in the going to implement it in a day or two. Every thing has been te
sted and found OK.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Puneet Bansal posted Message 5385 in Message Board
The Finance director says it is not acceptable to him since the user can put any
quantity or amount while creating sales order lines for a return order. I am ju
st curious to know is there any way to select the previous invoice means (Return
Goods on Invoice) becuase as far as i know there is no way.
Could any one help me in this regards and if BaaN does have such functionality w
hat is the Logic??
Thanking in Advance
Tanweer Ahmed
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5391 in Message Board
Dated : December 12, 2001 at 15:03:32 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Returns
Well - the user has to be able to change amount and quantity. You might get part
ial returns or damaged returns, where you don't want to issue the whole amount a
s credit.
There are different return scenarios but often the order is entered first, just
to give the order number as return authoriation number to the customer. Then the
credit depends on the quantity you actually receive back from the customer. Aft
er you received the goods back, you might still want to change the amount if e.g
. the goods have been returned damaged.
The link and reconciliation with the original invoice is only made in Finance la
ter.
As everywhere, there is always the possibility of user error.
----------------: Hi Every One,
: I have a query regarding sales returns, as all of us
eturn is like a sales order having negative quantaties
elect the previous sales invoice through which we made
ink between sales invoice and sales return order and i
management as well users.
: The Finance director says it is not acceptable to him since the user can put a
ny quantity or amount while creating sales order lines for a return order. I am
just curious to know is there any way to select the previous invoice means (Retu
rn Goods on Invoice) becuase as far as i know there is no way.
: Could any one help me in this regards and if BaaN does have such functionality
what is the Logic??
: Thanking in Advance
: Tanweer Ahmed
Can someone please tell me how the value of constant and factor should be calcul
ated in the last form of INV parameters.
Thanks in advance
Fathima
***************** End Of Article ******************
Stephen Ruger posted Message 5400 in Message Board
Dated : December 19, 2001 at 10:58:14 EST
Subject: Re: Fixed vs. Free Locations
That is why it is described as "free". You are allowing Baan to decide where it
goes. This is usually used when greater flexibility is required in putting thi
ngs away.
khadar.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Peter Rademaker posted Message 5403 in Message Board
Dated : December 27, 2001 at 04:49:02 EST
Subject: Re: BaaN ERP EDI user guide
Thanks for your info, yes I know (and use) knowledge quest.
However it is for BaaB IV, and the info I need id for BaaN V.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BHASKAR posted Message 5404 in Message Board
Dated : December 28, 2001 at 05:27:54 EST
Subject: Re: PDSO problem
Hi,
THIS PROBLEM IS DUE TO DELETING OF ORDERS OR DATA .SO DO ONETHING,FIRST CHECK IN
TABLE TDSLS091 TABLE IN GTM IF DATA IS THERE OR NOT .IF THERE IS DATA PL CHECK
INVOICENO,PONO,AMOUNT AND DATES .AND THEN CHECK IN TABLE TDIND017..IF THE SAME D
ATA IS NOT THERE IN THIS TABLE..PL INSERT DATA (INVOICE NUMBER,POITION NO,DATE,A
MOUNT CORRECTLY)IN TO THE TABLE THROUGH GTM AND THEN DO PROCESSDELIVERED SALES O
RDERSTEP.I HOPE IT WILL WORK.
THANKS
BHASKAR
: Hi Friends,
: I get a message "Invoice header could not be written to finance for invoice __
________"(invoice number) while carrying out PDSO. I have seen similar messages
which say that "Invoice data could not be written to finance for_____" due to ro
unding off of excise duty and Sales Tax in "tdsls901" which has to be corrected
thru GTM.
: Can anyone tell why such I get such a message.
: Thanks
: Saji george
: Hi Friends,
: I get a message "Invoice header could not be written to finance for invoice __
________"(invoice number) while carrying out PDSO. I have seen similar messages
which say that "Invoice data could not be written to finance for_____" due to ro
unding off of excise duty and Sales Tax in "tdsls901" which has to be corrected
thru GTM.
: Can anyone tell why such I get such a message.
: Thanks
: Saji george
There are also commercial tracking systems that will permit you to automatically
connect to the LTL shippers (all of them) both to track and calculate rates. T
hey will write (or already have) Baan interfaces.
The labels go with the solutions above.
Contact me and I can go into details after hearing exactly where you are hitting
problems.
Stephen Ruger
Lodestar Consulting
215-785-6756
sr@mylodestar.com
***************** End Of Article ******************
JAMES A BALES posted Message 5412 in Message Board
Dated : January 04, 2002 at 20:22:31 EST
Subject: Re: Past due purchase orders
: Does BaaN have a way to find past due purchase orders from all vendors?
Stephen Ruger
Lodestar Consulting
215-785-6756
sr@mylodestar.com
Hi all,
Has anyone implemeted any Planning &Optimisation tool like SAP APO or any othe
with Baan?
Do you know any Baan company integrated any Planning &Optimisation program wit
Baan?
All the best.
Thanks.
VolkaN
Baan has developed several planning and optimization tools. Try BaanSCS Schedule
r og BaanSCS Planner.
/Lars
***************** End Of Article ******************
Lars posted Message 5421 in Message Board
Dated : January 10, 2002 at 05:25:56 EST
Subject: Re: Rebate calculation
: Hi Jessie:
: We are on Baan IVc2 and use commissions, not rebates, but my understanding is
that 1. Not much has ever changed with the commission module so BaaN ERP and IVc
2 should function in much the same way at least in this module 2. commissions an
d rebates work pretty much in the same manner. In either case, good luck in fin
ding any "experts" out there! However, there is a contact at BaaN support, Step
hanie Russell, who is the first person in 3 years who really knows her stuff in
regards to commissions. So that might be an option as well. But in the meantim
e, if you can give some additional details perhaps I can help.
: Regards,
: Jeanne
: : I'm trying to perform the rebate calculation in BaanERP5.0c and encountered
problem ie. Agreement not found.
: : Hope someone can shed some light on this, as I'm not sure whether I've perfo
rmed the setting correctly. Thanks.
We had the same problem originally with BaanERP 5.0c. The problem was the search
bye
nd beyond. These forms are the VICS standard forms. You can order from our secur
e site at
: http://www.vicsbol.com
Fyi, we cannot use the same EU, because the warehouse is belong the another logi
stic company. The EU can not be used across logistic company.
essions from the Baan Support website. Baan Support may already have a solution
for this in place, as every so often customers complain about performance probl
ems with particular sessions. Usually the problem lies in the program script do
ing a full table scan.
You could also have a record count issue in tfacp200. If you have allot of full
y paid invoices, you might want to consider archiving them using the "Remove Ful
ly Paid Purchase Invoices" session.
Ken
__________________
Ron D. Bailey
Chief Information Officer
The Bright Cheese House
478 Industrial Avenue
Woodstock, Ontario
N4S 8A3
These fields are only used for items which are running the SIC planning method.
They are used to determine how far into the future the system should be looking
when calculating reorder points. If you have a supply time for an item of 10 day
s and your factor is 2 and your constant is 5 then the system will look 25 (10*2
+5) days into the future and check the economic stock on that date. If the econo
mic stock on this date is less than the reorder point in Item Ordering Data then
it will create an Advice.
Feel free to contact me if you have other questions.
David
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5438 in Message Board
Dated : January 22, 2002 at 13:58:27 EST
Subject: Re: Results of Check Sales Order and Issues
Here is the part of the program script that describes in which cases a record is
printed:
1. the delivery quantity is less than the ordered quantity, but the delivered qu
antity is equal with the issue quantity of tdinv700.
2. the delivery quantity is unequal with the issue quantity.
3. the delivered quantity and the backorder quantity is unequal with the ordered
quantity.
The program is checking for errors, following the logic that delivered quantity
+ backordered quantity should equal the ordered quantity and that the delivered
quantity should equal the issued quantity in the inventory history. The tables,
which are checked against each other are tdsls051, tdsls045 and tdinv700.
I would compare those tables for a specific example. One thing I could think of,
that might impact the result of this session, is archiving.
------------------------------: Baan Fans,
: Does anyone know what the results of session "Check Sales Orders and Issues" (
session number tdinv0255m000) are suppused to tell me? I ran this report for ou
r prodution company and received a report about 411 records long. It appears th
at in almost every case the "Issued Quantity" is greater then the "Delivered Qua
ntity." Does this mean that Baan issues more inventory then should have for the
orders identified on the report? Do we need to do some type of rebuild?
: I tried the help button but of course received the "Press the contents button
or [Z]......" Knowledgequest doesn't have anything either but a screen shot of
the session and some minor details about each field (of which there are only two
).
: Any help would be appreciated.
: Thanks,
: Ken
The program is checking for errors, following the logic that delivered quantit
+ backordered quantity should equal the ordered quantity and that the delivere
quantity should equal the issued quantity in the inventory history. The tables
which are checked against each other are tdsls051, tdsls045 and tdinv700.
: I would compare those tables for a specific example. One thing I could think o
f, that might impact the result of this session, is archiving.
: ------------------------------: : Baan Fans,
: : Does anyone know what the results of session "Check Sales Orders and Issues"
(session number tdinv0255m000) are suppused to tell me? I ran this report for
our prodution company and received a report about 411 records long. It appears
that in almost every case the "Issued Quantity" is greater then the "Delivered Q
uantity." Does this mean that Baan issues more inventory then should have for t
he orders identified on the report? Do we need to do some type of rebuild?
: : I tried the help button but of course received the "Press the contents butto
n or [Z]......" Knowledgequest doesn't have anything either but a screen shot o
f the session and some minor details about each field (of which there are only t
wo).
: : Any help would be appreciated.
: : Thanks,
: : Ken
: David
You can always do a conversion factor and then purchase these parts by the thous
and.
Cheers,
Paul
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul Eden posted Message 5443 in Message Board
Dated : January 24, 2002 at 12:32:32 EST
Subject: Returns with re-stocking charges
When you run a Return Order Type, it does not allow you to enter a positive quan
tity or value for a re-stocking charge. We only allow 2 decimal places for purch
ase prices so I can't just deduct the restocking charge against the item (price
too small i.e. $0.10 x 15% = 0.085.
Does anyone have any suggestions. I know I can add a normal PO type and enter a
negative quantity, but that is not really an option here due to process requirem
ents.
Paul
***************** End Of Article ******************
Paul Eden posted Message 5444 in Message Board
Dated : January 24, 2002 at 12:38:13 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase return Order
: Hai
: We have created a Return Order type "PR1" . In "PR1" we have defined order ste
ps Print Purchase Invoice,Process Delivered Purchase Order. By mistake we entere
d wrong rate in Return Purchase Order. Now we want to change the price. How this
is possible.When we try to delete it gives message "Receipts already recorded i
n ILC Module". It does not allow to delete.
: Regards
: Jagjit
You should in fact enter an additional step of maintain receipts, or print purch
ase invoices so that you have an opportunity to view the transaction prior to fi
nalization.
Cheers,
Paul
***************** End Of Article ******************
Felipe posted Message 5445 in Message Board
Dated : January 24, 2002 at 15:11:07 EST
Subject: Re: Picking Slip
The Picking list is a report used by the warehouse to "pick" the products, norma
lly by sales order; the packing slip is a number that could identify multiple Pi
cking list going in the same "package".
Sessions tdsls4402m000 and tdsls4403m000
***************** End Of Article ******************
jenny posted Message 5446 in Message Board
Dated : January 24, 2002 at 16:48:44 EST
Subject: Re: EDI Error Messages
: Has anyone compiled a list of EDI error messages? or, can anyone tell me if t
here is one in existence that I can access. I would like to make such a list, b
ut do not want to "re-invent the wheel".
Hi Adrienne, you could try use session ttadv4151m000 to see list of messages/war
nings for tcedi messages.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5447 in Message Board
Dated : January 25, 2002 at 02:21:39 EST
Subject: Re: Results of Check Sales Order and Issues - Thanks Karen
Surprise, surprise: I am already one...
-------: Gee, you would think that you wrote the session Karen! Thanks for breaking do
wn the logic for me. Ever consider a job as a consultant????
: : Here is the part of the program script that describes in which cases a recor
d is printed:
: : 1. the delivery quantity is less than the ordered quantity, but the delivere
d quantity is equal with the issue quantity of tdinv700.
: : 2. the delivery quantity is unequal with the issue quantity.
: : 3. the delivered quantity and the backorder quantity is unequal with the ord
ered quantity.
: :
ity
red
es,
The program is checking for errors, following the logic that delivered quant
+ backordered quantity should equal the ordered quantity and that the delive
quantity should equal the issued quantity in the inventory history. The tabl
which are checked against each other are tdsls051, tdsls045 and tdinv700.
: : I would compare those tables for a specific example. One thing I could think
of, that might impact the result of this session, is archiving.
: : ------------------------------: : : Baan Fans,
: : : Does anyone know what the results of session "Check Sales Orders and Issue
s" (session number tdinv0255m000) are suppused to tell me? I ran this report fo
r our prodution company and received a report about 411 records long. It appear
s that in almost every case the "Issued Quantity" is greater then the "Delivered
Quantity." Does this mean that Baan issues more inventory then should have for
the orders identified on the report? Do we need to do some type of rebuild?
: : : I tried the help button but of course received the "Press the contents but
ton or [Z]......" Knowledgequest doesn't have anything either but a screen shot
of the session and some minor details about each field (of which there are only
two).
: : : Any help would be appreciated.
: : : Thanks,
: : : Ken
company.
: : In the item master, there is text number (item text, purchase text) which is
refering to tttxt010 table, do this table need to share when item master is sha
red ?
: Why not use a replicator to copy a "Master" Item Master from your finance comp
any into each of your logistical companies
: Paul
Q. Is there such a replicator function in Baan ?
Currently we are using BaanIVc4, each company is defined as single finance/si
ngle logistic. We are using Finance, Distribution & Project Packages only. A new
item is needed to rekey into each company that we are having. It is very time
consuming and a lot of mistakes made.
procedure.
But again, I would try the other solutions first. Changing the format code will
affect every session and report, where that format code is used. I've done that
for a customer and it required some work. Thought I mention the possibility neve
rtheless...
-------: : : We have a problem when entering and confirming prices on purchase orders f
or
: : : small electronic components.
: : : We purchase 1000 resistors for 132.: : : Price per piece is 0.132
: : : When we enter prices in our price books we are only allowed to enter 0.13
per piece. The same occurs when entering a purchase order line for this item. Wh
en you enter the line then you enter the price per piece and are only allowed to
enter 0.13. This gives a total price for the line of 130.- which is incorrect.
When we get an order confirmation from our supplier they inform s that these cos
t 132.-. Again we have the problem that we cannot correct this.
: : : How can we manage this?
: : : David
: : You can always do a conversion factor and then purchase these parts by the t
housand.
: : Cheers,
: : Paul
: Set purchase unit and price unit in Item master in 1000 pcs. You may retain th
e inventory & storage unit in pcs. This would sort our your problem
: Munesh
hared ?
: : Why not use a replicator to copy a "Master" Item Master from your finance co
mpany into each of your logistical companies
: : Paul
:
: Q. Is there such a replicator function in Baan ?
:
Currently we are using BaanIVc4, each company is defined as single finance/
single logistic. We are using Finance, Distribution & Project Packages only. A n
ew item is needed to rekey into each company that we are having. It is very tim
e consuming and a lot of mistakes made.
:
n sales orders are entered, the economic stock goes down, so they printed the li
st (difference between economic quantity and minimum inventory), to serve as pro
duction order advice. The functionality is somewhat similar to the "Generate Pla
nned INV orders" but it's on location level, and does't produce planned orders.
: Hello,
: I am interested in learning more about the Replenishment List function in Baan
(tdilc2410m000). I am on version 2B2 moving soon to 4C4.
: It seems to me that the system will recommend filling any given location up to
its Minimum Inventory level (tdilc0130m000) regardless of whether there is enou
gh inventory of that item number to fill the recommendation.
: Am I correct? If so, then I don't consider Print Replenishment List a very use
ful session.
: -Chris-
: HI FANS;
:
: BAAN IS DEALING WITH ZERO, OVERRIDING ALL SET UP PARAMETER
: 1 - MARGIN CONTROL HAS BEEN SET, IN SALES FOR PREVENTING SALES
:
MAN TO SELL BELOW SALES PRICE MINUS DISCOUNT.
: 2 - IF HE SET SALES PRICE 0, BAAN WILL NOT BLOCK THE SALES ORDER
: 3 - IF HE SET SALES PRICE 0.0000001 LESS SALES ORDER IS
:
BLOCKED !!!
: CAN ANY ONE EXPLAIN, AND SOLVE
: HELP IS NEEDED
: THANKS
:
: DEFT
This is the case in many baan parameters. Zero value means 'parameter not applic
able' so the seting/check is ignored. But a non-zero value however small that ma
y be will make the parameter 'active'.
***************** End Of Article ******************
baanhelper posted Message 5464 in Message Board
Dated : January 30, 2002 at 11:06:09 EST
Subject: Re: Open balance in Sales Order
: hi Fans ,
: we want to block our Sales Order when Credit limit exceeds ,
: We have set Sales order Ptr accordingly , but now we want to Change the Open B
alance of Customers
: Cofirm What will be the procedure
:
: bye
I donot believe that you can modify the open balance for the customer in a strai
ght forward manner through a session. May have to use 'GTM'. Why do you need to
modify the balance in the first place? Can you clean up the open orders instead?
***************** End Of Article ******************
DK posted Message 5465 in Message Board
Dated : January 30, 2002 at 17:56:41 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Order Blocking Ater Maintain Deliveries
: A user
mpleted.
ext into
able to
is not able to modify a sales order that has had maintain deliveries co
This I understand and agree. However, a user is able to modify or add t
a sales order after maintain deliveries (which I wish to continue to be
do). When text is created for a sales order that has already shipped, t
he sales order credit blocks accordingly. Why would the logic of sales order blo
cking apply to an order that has already shipped and been invoiced? If text is m
odified or appended for a sales order that has already shipped/invoiced, the sal
es order does not block.
: Thank you in advance for your prompt response to this question.
: Regards,
: Carol Schmidt
: Egan Visual Inc.
I see where your coming from with the need to modify text after the delivery. O
ne way you could modify this text is to get the text number assigned to the sale
s order header and/or line via general table maintenance. Go to Maintain Texts
on the Tools menu/Text Maintenance. Find your text number and click on the "edi
t text" button. It should work for you...
Good luck!
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5466 in Message Board
Dated : January 31, 2002 at 17:53:48 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Order Blocking Ater Maintain Deliveries
Hi Carol,
I agree, that doesn't make sense. It simply works that way, that each time, when
you make a change to the order, the system checks again whether the order shoul
d be blocked.
My guess is, that the possibility to add text after "Maintain Deliveries", was o
verlooked, when the order blocking functionality was added.
However, I don't really see a problem with that. When you have defined "Maintain
Deliveries" as blocking step, you can still print an invoice and process the or
der line, once you have gotten past the shipping, even if the order is blocked a
gain. Or am I overlooking something?
Anyhow, if this is causing serious problems for you, I would send a call to Baan
. I don't think there is any logic behind it.
Regards,
Karin
---------: A user is not able to modify a sales order that has had maintain deliveries co
mpleted. This I understand and agree. However, a user is able to modify or add t
ext into a sales order after maintain deliveries (which I wish to continue to be
able to do). When text is created for a sales order that has already shipped, t
he sales order credit blocks accordingly. Why would the logic of sales order blo
cking apply to an order that has already shipped and been invoiced? If text is m
odified or appended for a sales order that has already shipped/invoiced, the sal
es order does not block.
: Thank you in advance for your prompt response to this question.
: Regards,
: Carol Schmidt
: Egan Visual Inc.
As we know inventory valuation in Baan is done at Standard cost. It does not tak
e into consideration the actual cost of production or the market value.
Accounting standard recommends that the inventory valuation should be done at lo
wer of actual cost and market price.
In the finance side necessary adjustment can be made into the ledger accounts by
passing journal entries so as to bring the inventory balance equal to actual ca
st or market value which ever is lower.
So the
goods
ut the
in the
inventory valuation in the logistics side and the balance in the finished
account will not match as the adjustments have been made in the ledgers b
way Baan system is designed it will value the inventory at standard cost
logistics side.
Is there any way that we can value the inventory in logistics side at actual cos
t of production or market price which ever is lower and also keep the standard c
ost intact.
Since it is a standard practice to value inventory at lower of the cost of produ
ction and market value. How we handle this in Baan?????
Is it possible to customize the product if source code is available?
Please help.
ting, but they never print the "PKG" section. Has anyone ever seen anything lik
e this?
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin Espelage posted Message 5473 in Message Board
Dated : February 04, 2002 at 22:03:42 EST
Subject: Re: INVENTORY VALUATION
That s a very complex question and I'm not sure what exactly it is you want to ach
ive. Maybe you could clarify that.
Technically it would be possible to devalue the standard costs by using negative
surcharges (there exists even an additional controlling module, which allows to
calculate surcharges based on all kind of costs which have been captured in Fin
ance and update them on the logistic side.), but I wouldn t recommend it. As you a
lready said yourself you have to keep your standard costs intact. Besides being
used for valuating stock, the standard costs are also the cost of sales.
I would differentiate two problems 1) your standard costs differ from your actua
l costs and 2) you have to devalue your stock because the market price is lower
than the production costs
1) The standard cost for anonymous products should be as close as possible to th
e average actual costs. The difference between standard and actual costs are cap
tured by BaaN as production variance. If you have constantly significant product
ion variances, you might want to work on your standard costs, since they are obv
iously not very realistic. If you want to have different costs for each single i
tem or groups of items, you might want to work with projects or with lot prices.
That depends on the type of product you produce and is to complex to get into h
ere.
2) Obviously you can t use the market price of a manufactured good as standard cos
t price. Value adjustments to something other than the production costs, should
only be made in Finance. But beside the standard cost price, BaaN offers the pos
sibility to use alternative cost price calculation codes for simulation purposes
. It would be possible to enter the market price as a simulated cost price, attach
ed to a simulated calculation code. To write a session, that works like the inve
ntory valuation session , but allows to do a cost price valuation with these simu
lated cost prices , would be easy for a skilled programmer. This session should o
nly be used as a tool for analyzis and reconcilliation though. The standard cost
prices which are used for posting and financial integration shouldn t be changed.
For finished goods they should be the production costs.
As said before: this is really complex and depends a lot on your specific situat
ion. Hope I could give you some ideas. You re welcome to email me directly if you
want to discuss this further.
ake into consideration the actual cost of production or the market value.
: Accounting standard recommends that the inventory valuation should be done at
lower of actual cost and market price.
: In the finance side necessary adjustment can be made into the ledger accounts
by passing journal entries so as to bring the inventory balance equal to actual
cast or market value which ever is lower.
: So the
ed goods
but the
t in the
inventory valuation in the logistics side and the balance in the finish
account will not match as the adjustments have been made in the ledgers
way Baan system is designed it will value the inventory at standard cos
logistics side.
: Is there any way that we can value the inventory in logistics side at actual c
ost of production or market price which ever is lower and also keep the standard
cost intact.
: Since it is a standard practice to value inventory at lower of the cost of pro
duction and market value. How we handle this in Baan?????
: Is it possible to customize the product if source code is available?
:
: Please help.
Check out session tdpur0201m000 "Global Update of Purchase Prices and Discounts"
.
: Hello!
: Does anybody know how to update the puchase price in session tiitm0101 for a r
ange of articles?
ditch the printouts you don't need (not the best option and will mean that the
printed invoice will have 'EDI COPY' on it).
: We have an EDI customer that requires an ASN for invoicing unless when we drop
ship an item directly to distributor, then they require a hard copy invoice in
place of the ASN, how do I accomplish this?
ventory valuation session , but allows to do a cost price valuation with these si
mulated cost prices , would be easy for a skilled programmer. This session should
only be used as a tool for analyzis and reconcilliation though. The standard co
st prices which are used for posting and financial integration shouldn t be change
d. For finished goods they should be the production costs.
: As said before: this is really complex and depends a lot on your specific situ
ation. Hope I could give you some ideas. You re welcome to email me directly if yo
u want to discuss this further.
: : So the
shed goods
rs but the
ost in the
inventory valuation in the logistics side and the balance in the fini
account will not match as the adjustments have been made in the ledge
way Baan system is designed it will value the inventory at standard c
logistics side.
: : Is there any way that we can value the inventory in logistics side at actual
cost of production or market price which ever is lower and also keep the standa
rd cost intact.
: : Since it is a standard practice to value inventory at lower of the cost of p
roduction and market value. How we handle this in Baan?????
: : Is it possible to customize the product if source code is available?
: :
: : Please help.
Thanks for your ideas. I'll try and work on these lines further
***************** End Of Article ******************
alir posted Message 5485 in Message Board
Dated : February 08, 2002 at 07:39:00 EST
Subject: Re: La unidad de compra y la unidad de precio de compra son diferentes.
Comprendo, lo que tu tienes es un problema de dimensiones. Hya varios detalles q
ue debes de Ver.
Si estas en Baan IV puedes contemplar la extension de Baan Dimensions, que manej
a articulos por matrices de dimensiones.
La otra que conosco aunque no soy un experto es dar de alta todas las combinacio
nes posibles....si pones el mensaje en ingles y tambien pones la duda en www.b-a
anfans.com vas a obtener mas respuestas
: S, pero con todas las medidas de tubo existentes:p.e: 60x60x2.5 ( medida fronta
l del tubo, sin contar la longitud)y todas las posibilidades de longitud que pue
den haber, seran infinitas combinaciones.
: No habra alguna otra solucin?
at
: :
nts
ual
: : : So the
nished goods
gers but the
cost in the
: : : Is there any way that we can value the inventory in logistics side at actu
al cost of production or market price which ever is lower and also keep the stan
dard cost intact.
: : : Since it is a standard practice to value inventory at lower of the cost of
production and market value. How we handle this in Baan?????
: : : Is it possible to customize the product if source code is available?
: : :
: : : Please help.
:
: Thanks for your ideas. I'll try and work on these lines further
data in table tdpur061. Please check and make sure, that the history exists.
2. The purchase history exists, but the parameter "Supplier Reliability" in the
PST parameters was set to "yes" AFTER the purchase statistic update did run. If
that is the case, you'll have to run the purchase statistic update again, with "
Full Update" on "yes". Baan will then first DELETE any existing
supplier reliability data and purchase statistic data, and then he will rebuild
the data, based on the purchase history. Be careful if you have already archived
and deleted parts of the purchase history, and make sure, that you are not goin
g to loose any statistical data by running a full update.
3. The update session is not working correctly. I doubt that this is the cause f
or your problem, since you don't seem to have any data at all. Be aware though,
that there have been problems reported, with table tdpur061 not getting updated
correctly. There is a newer BaaN solution available. The solution number is 1198
96. You should let your system administrator check, if this solution is loaded o
n the system.
If tdpur061 is populated correctly, then it's difficult to find out, what's wron
g, without looking into your system. There are no known bugs for the print sessi
ons in the Baan knowledge base.
------------: We are running 4c4 and I need to print the Supplier Reliability reports (tdpur
5413m000, tdpur5414m000 and tdpur5415m000) The supllier reliability analysis fi
eld is set to Yes in tdpst0100m000 (PUR parameters) and and update of purchase s
tatistics has been performed up through Dec 31, 2001. When I go in and run the
report wide open or for one particular supplier / Item I receive "No Data" messa
ge. Can anyone tell me if their is something that I have overlooked or if anyon
e has any gudies on how this works. I need this information ASAP for our audit.
: Thank you in advance for your help.
: Doug
and forcasts. Baan has been running over two years and currrent version is 4c4.
: Our ABC code calc is based on cost not sales or quantity. We follow APICS sug
gestion of 80% = A, 15%=B and 5% are C items.
: I gathered the data for all items in our system. Currently A= 45% of the inve
ntory value, B=18% of the value and C=37% of the total inventory value.
: What am I missing? What happend to the 80-15-5 parameter setting by cost calc
ulation?
: Any clarification will be appreciated.
: : D
appended any in the hold directory for that network. If the command.fil did not
exist for that network, it appended them to the hold directory only. Thus, any
network creating the command.fil file, would start the process and any network t
hat didn't have this file ready, would have there files placed in a temporary di
rectory, until that network was activated. Sounds a bit complex, but the whole p
rocess works automatically, with no loss of messages. We couldn't figure out a w
ay to make BaaN perform this feature, without customising the EDI process, or se
tting up a regular job, to interrogate the received VAN file...
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ruskin posted Message 5499 in Message Board
Dated : February 14, 2002 at 15:08:57 EST
Subject: Re: EDI/Multicompany
We actually wrote a VB app that interrogated the Network directories for the 'co
mmand.fil' file (every second). Once the command.fil file existed, it then proce
ssed the files in the ../appl_from directory (if any existed) and searched throu
gh the Inbox (using the MS-Outlook client), for any incoming messages (from the
VAN) and and if it found any, then searched through the attachment and split up
the files into the appropriate individual files. As it split the file, it used a
translation table to determine which network to send the file to. If the comman
d.fil existed for that network, it appended them to the ../appl_to directory and
appended any in the hold directory for that network. If the command.fil did not
exist for that network, it appended them to the hold directory only. Thus, any
network creating the command.fil file, would start the process and any network t
hat didn't have this file ready, would have there files placed in a temporary di
rectory, until that network was activated. Sounds a bit complex, but the whole p
rocess works automatically, with no loss of messages. We couldn't figure out a w
ay to make BaaN perform this feature, without customising the EDI process, or se
tting up a regular job, to interrogate the received VAN file...
***************** End Of Article ******************
Arvind PAtil posted Message 5500 in Message Board
Dated : February 14, 2002 at 19:55:06 EST
Subject: Re: EDI/Multicompany
Hi,
You will always need a translator to convert external EDI into Baan format. If y
ou have different companies then create different network in Baan and direct the
appropriate files into appropriate network. EDI translator should be able to ha
ndle this. If you need any help in choosing EDI translator I can recommend one.
THe one softwae that we are using is almost 1/4th of the cost of Streling or Ha
rbinger (the most popular translator) and much reacher in functionality too.
Arvind
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mani posted Message 5501 in Message Board
Dated : February 17, 2002 at 21:23:03 EST
Subject: Note:Insufficient Inventory available
When we enter the ordered quantity in Sales Order Lines, we get this message "No
te:Insufficient Inventory available". However, when we check the inventory, it i
:
:
:
:
: : You can choose the options from the parameter "Method of Calculating Average
Purchase Price" in PO parameters.
: : The APP will be calculated if you calculate the standard cost price.
: : Cheers,
: : Arief
: Hi guys!
: You have a wrong ideea about calculating Average Purchase price. The APP will
be calculating by the system whenever you'll match and aprove the purchase invoi
ce(in financial) and it hasn't got to do with calculating standard cost price. M
ore than that, the standard cost price is calculated based on APP if you indicat
e that. For further information don't hesitate to mail me.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Yes you're right. Sorry for my last sentence.
Arief
***************** End Of Article ******************
wimzii posted Message 5512 in Message Board
Dated : February 25, 2002 at 06:29:26 EST
Subject: How to delete booked salesorder history lines
What are the conditions to delete booked salesorder history lines?
I start the session to delete status 1 orderlines from tables tdsls051, but afte
r processing the lines still in this table.
The statistics is only updated for turnoverstatistics, (for orderintake and canc
elations all fields have the value " No" in the SST parameters.
Which other conditions are important?
Thanks already for your reply
***************** End Of Article ******************
Doug Jefferson posted Message 5513 in Message Board
Dated : February 25, 2002 at 11:36:27 EST
Subject: Purchase Statistics
I'm working on a project with our Purchase Department that requires the use of P
urchase Statistics. I've worked with the sales statistics quite a bit and have
setup a few basic purchase statistic reports that I need for accounting purposes
but now I have to help with the creation of more detailed purchase reports. My
question is this, does anyone have any standard purchase reports that they run,
(Purpose, output, use, etc.) I have a few ideas on what they may want but. Our
Purchasing department is new to Baan and is unfamiler with it's capabilities.
If not can you give me some advice on reports. The ones that I have come up wit
h are:
1. Supplier reliability (on time delivery, rejects, backorders)
2. # of purchases by each purchasing agent to determine trends (highs / lows, et
c.)
3. Purchases by supplier ($ amts, top 5, bottom 5, etc.)
Some of these I have ideas on what to use and how to capture the data but I need
some more help with this project.
Thank you in advance for your help.
Regards,
Doug
2.
***************** End Of Article ******************
BT posted Message 5514 in Message Board
Dated : February 26, 2002 at 04:07:06 EST
Subject: Re: BAAN Distribution module consultant -Singapore
: we are looking for BAAN distribution functional consultant
: with Baan tools experience.
: respond to careers.st@readiminds.com
So, what do you want to know?
***************** End Of Article ******************
bt posted Message 5515 in Message Board
Dated : February 26, 2002 at 04:09:49 EST
Subject: Re: How to delete booked salesorder history lines
: What are the conditions to delete booked salesorder history lines?
: I start the session to delete status 1 orderlines from tables tdsls051, but af
Well Deena,
What exactly would you like to know?
Ive quite some documentation/knowledge about parameters, demand methods etc. Mail
the questions to me and Ill try to answer them.
Regards,
Marc
***************** End Of Article ******************
Italy posted Message 5519 in Message Board
Dated : February 26, 2002 at 07:21:01 EST
Subject: Re: Note:Insufficient Inventory available
Do you have ILC Implemented?
Do you print picking list?
If your session tdilc1514m000 shows you that you have enaugh free items you have
to check in tdsls051 (or 50, I do not remember if you have a wrong (insufficien
t) quantity for picking list.
Let me know
Bye
: : When we enter the ordered quantity in Sales Order Lines, we get this message
"Note:Insufficient Inventory available". However, when we check the inventory,
it is more than sufficient. Has any one experience this?
: : Thanks.
: Usually this means you have over allocated the on hand stock
: check econimic stock for item on item master
controlar
utilizado
artculos
la sesin
: The stock might be placed in the receipt location, from there you can generate
the outbound.
Santi.
: Queramos
ahora hemos
que tenemos
insertar en
to".
controlar
utilizado
artculos
la sesin
-Chris-
Thanks....
Hi All,
I am upgrading my knowledge from Baan 4 to Baan 5.
Where do we find DRP & RPL (Replenishment Order) in Baan V?
It seems that DRP is handled in Enterprise Planning as Cluster, what about the
RPL?
: Thanks,
: Bud
int of time you could delete the simulated prices. The disadvantage of this meth
od is that you will have to keep on calculating the average price outside the sy
stem and change the simulated prices from time to time. The advantage is that yo
u are not doing any direct table updation.
Regards
Jayant
: Recently we notice there are two method of calculating average purchase price
which are:
: 1. Purchases (cum.)
: 2. Current Inventory
: We found that currently we are using the wrong method (Purchase cum.) all thes
e time. Now we want to change the method of calculation to method 2 (current inv
entory) but notice that the current average purchase price is already updated us
ing the first method which is wrong and cannot be changed now.
: What can we do if we curently have a list of the accurate average purchase pri
ce which should be used as the current average purchase price in Baan ?
: Can we update the Baan average purchase price with the price list that we have
? If possible, how should we do it and what is the impact of it ?
: Please advice.
: TQ.
: KW Foo
: Lenny, you need to use the "replenishment order" to do this. Are you using DRP
/ RPL currently or are you investigating this module?
: Cheers,
: Paul
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Hi Paul,
Currently I am investigating how to use these modules (DRP & RPL). I cannot find
any RPL module in Baan V. Would you please tell me how can I find this RPL in B
aan V?
Thanks.
Lenny
-Chris-
Thanks....
All of our Subcontracted items are posted as "direct labout" for Cost Price Comp
onents.
: Bud
Thanks....
: All of our Subcontracted items are posted as "direct labout" for Cost Price Co
mponents.
: We are on Baan5.b
: On a PO, the system calculates the planned delivery date, which is the date we
need the product at our warehouse. SO, the printed PO shows this date
: What we really need on the PO, is the date that the goods should leave our sup
plier's warehouse, so they know when to ship this. On a sales order, there is a
planned delivery and planned receipt date (which uses the distance by zip code t
able to calculate delivery & receipt date). I do not see this on a PO. How can w
e handle this?
Not sure about Ver 5 but in IVc we use a safety time from supplier. That way it
backs up the required delivery date by the safety time. Tricking the system, but
it gives a date that will work to get the goods delivered when you need them.
Chers,
Paul
***************** End Of Article ******************
Dick posted Message 5554 in Message Board
Dated : March 20, 2002 at 16:54:51 EST
Subject: One Sales Order with several Term of Payment
Hi all,
is it possible to have an SO with several Term of Payment?
I need it because we create an SO with several items which have several Term of
Payment.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
MoniKa posted Message 5555 in Message Board
Dated : March 21, 2002 at 02:41:32 EST
Subject: Re: One Sales Order with several Term of Payment
:
:
:
f
Hi all,
is it possible to have an SO with several Term of Payment?
I need it because we create an SO with several items which have several Term o
Payment.
: Thanks.
You can have diffrent date of delivery of every position on SO
: : Only need to identify ship to and ship from warehouses. Steps linked to orde
r type.
: ~~~~~~~~
: Hi Flip,
: Do you mean that we cannot identify Transit Warehouse (e.g: truck) in Baan V?
: Then how do we know the inventory which is on the way (not yet received in des
tination warehouse).
: Thanks.
We are
e rate
pdated
rchase
now an
on Baan IV C4. We have a lot of long term pos in foreign currency. Exchang
is updated in exchange rate table. Problem is that exchange rate is not u
for open po lines causing unnecessary exchange profit or loss. Part of pu
is posted as exchange profit/loss instead of purchase cost. Does anyone k
easy way to go round problem?
Hi all,
is it possible to have an SO with several Term of Payment?
I need it because we create an SO with several items which have several Te
Payment.
: : : Thanks.
: : You can have diffrent date of delivery of every position in
: SO
-------Hi Monika,
But still it doesn't affect the Term-Of-Payment. We still have 1 TOP for that pa
rticular SO. I need to sell items with their own TOP (in 1 SO). Every item has a
TOP.
Thanks.
: Working in Baan 4c3. Upon initial set up our replenishments orders series as
defined in the parameters was 'no series'. We now have the requirement to have
a one digit series to be able to differentiate between certain types of replenis
hment orders. How do I execute this change?
: In our test environment, I have changed the parameter to 'one digit' and then
inserted first free numbers for each series and then attempted to insert new ord
ers with each of the new one digit series, but unsucessfully.
: Thank you in advance for your responses.
o customers...but are there other differences? For example: can rebates invoice
s be applied as a credit note to the customer's open entries where as commission
s obviously cannot.
: Any suggestions on where to find documentation on the differences other than k
nowledgequest?
: Thank you in advance to your prompt response to this somewhat evasive question
.
: Regards,
:
tdpur4101s300
Purchase order receipts. Change to 0
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mani posted Message 5571 in Message Board
Dated : April 03, 2002 at 21:41:35 EST
Subject: Conversion Factor at the General Level
In the Maintain Conversion Factors Session, We are trying to include a new unit
LB(pounds) with Base unit KG but we are getting this message "Define conversion
factor on general level". Where do we do this?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Flip posted Message 5572 in Message Board
Dated : April 03, 2002 at 21:49:14 EST
Subject: Re: Conversion Factor at the General Level
:
: In the Maintain Conversion Factors Session, We are trying to include a new uni
t LB(pounds) with Base unit KG but we are getting this message "Define conversio
n factor on general level". Where do we do this?
==========================================
Both have a physical quantity of weight. This means it can not be item specific.
Setup should not include item or item group. Only specify base unit and linked
unit.
Santi.
============================================
Group Duplicate
In Price Books go to Group. Select Duplicate. Select first record then last reco
rd.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Murali posted Message 5577 in Message Board
Dated : April 05, 2002 at 20:19:40 EST
Subject: Re: Calculating Inventory Valuation for Lot Item
Hi,
I think you can use the session ' Print Inventory valuation by lot item(session'
tdltc0408m000)'
Let me know.
Murali
: Hi,
: I get no result when "Perform Inventory Valuation by Item" for Lot items. Ther
e is only a message "No data found,..."
: Please somebody help me...
: Thanks.
y feedback.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mark posted Message 5579 in Message Board
Dated : April 11, 2002 at 01:04:05 EST
Subject: Purchase Requisitions
We are using Baan IVc4 and are looking to use Purchase Requistions. Would anyone
have any documentation on this, particularly in relation to the set up stage th
at they would be willing to share.
I have been unable to get anything substantiave from Baan.
Thanking you in advance.
Mark.
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
saji posted Message 5582 in Message Board
Dated : April 13, 2002 at 02:26:23 EST
Subject: Re: Job Seeker
: I am looking for a BaaN job opportunity in distribution and manufacturing. I
have over six years of implementation experience in BaaN logistics. If interest
ed kindly contact me via e-mail at duakhan3@hotmail.com
: Thanks
hi fiend
there is a solution for you
visit http://www.techieindex.com/baan
u will defenitly get solution there
: Hello:
: I seek for help:
: How am i want to exclude the obsolete item from appearing inside Cycle count r
eport. I have use signal code block for obsolete item. It will block all tranc
tion.
: However when printing cycle count, Item still shown. Is there any other way f
or obsolete item not shown under report.
Less: Discount
Add: TNGST 20%
Invoice Amount
6100.00
976.00
----------7076.00
---------7076.00
1000.00
--------6076.00
1215.20
---------7291.20
======
---------7076.00
1415.20
---------8491.20
Less: Discount
Invoice Amount
1000.00
---------7491.20
hi,
We are using the BaaN IV c4 and localisation version of is5.
We are maintaing the sales order and perform the invoicing against the sales ord
er. But when we maintain sales order having Order type with return order as "YES
", the system while maintaining the localised data for sales order lines gives t
he error message as " Line Amount Not allowed".
Can anyone suggests why is it so? Please help as this is very urgent.
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5593 in Message Board
Dated : April 24, 2002 at 00:33:36 EST
Subject: Processed Receipts doesnot appear in Maintain Receipt
envoirement : c4/in5
I have maintained a Purchase order for Two Items , for One Line Inspection = Yes
, for another Line Inspection = No ,
Purchase Order Steps
are
Print PO
Maintain Receipt
Maintain Cenvat Receipt
Maintain Approval
PDPO
Now After Maintaining Receipt for both Items
the status of Receipt Line for first Item is "p" ( Processed ) , since No Inspec
tion is required & for another Item ( for which Inspection is requried) , status
is " I" ( Inspection)
Up to this point everthing is OK & Acceptable , Now
As soon as I exit from tdpur4120m000 ( Maintain Receipt) , & again execute the s
ame session
the Receipt Line for first item status "P" (i.e for Non Inspectable Item), is n
ot appeared in tdpur4120m000 , While the data is available in table tdpur045 & a
lso showing records in Display Receipts.
While for another another Line ( i.e for inspectable Item ) , Line appear in tdp
ur4120m00 even after approval of material ( i.e even after status becomes "A" )
.
Therefore in tdpur4120m000 , all receipts Lines which appears has status either
"I" or "A" ,
So my Problem is :
why all the receipts line with Status "P" doesnot appear in "tdpur4120m000" ? ?
Std Feature or what ?
Thanx in advance
Regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
Attention posted Message 5594 in Message Board
Dated : April 24, 2002 at 01:24:30 EST
Subject: Re: Purchase Requisitions
CAN YOU PLS TELL ME SOMETHING ABOUT pURCHASE REQ. MODULE,
IS IT ADDITIONAL TO BaaN IV C4 Std Module for Purchase ( i.e Purchase Control )
?
Is it related to Indents raised within the company to Purchase Items ?
Thans in Adv./
:
ns estamos procurando o consultante funcional da distribuio de BAAN:
com Ba
an dirige a experincia.
responda a careers.st@readiminds.com: Assim, que vo
c quer saber?
***************** End Of Article ******************
sushma posted Message 5597 in Message Board
Dated : April 26, 2002 at 06:25:31 EST
Subject: Costing
HI,
We are manufaturing a item say X and we also import the same item X. Both have p
rice with significant difference. We want to maintain it with one code. But the
Qty we receive will be in one warehouse for Manufactured and imported in another
warehouse. Does the System provides any way to get the cost of the material war
ehouse wise.i.e. Manufactured goods are valued at maufatured price and Imported
goods at other price.
Since as per my knowledge, system will value each and every inventory on std. pr
ice.We can in no case maintain the price warehouse wise.
Otherwise
Thanks
Puneet
***************** End Of Article ******************
Flip posted Message 5598 in Message Board
Dated : April 28, 2002 at 22:42:07 EST
Subject: Re: Costing
: HI,
: We are manufaturing a item say X and we also import the same item X. Both have
price with significant difference. We want to maintain it with one code. But th
e Qty we receive will be in one warehouse for Manufactured and imported in anoth
er warehouse. Does the System provides any way to get the cost of the material w
arehouse wise.i.e. Manufactured goods are valued at maufatured price and Importe
d goods at other price.
: Since as per my knowledge, system will value each and every inventory on std.
price.We can in no case maintain the price warehouse wise.
: Otherwise
: Thanks
: Puneet
==============================================================
You could use lot pricing. (I suppose you are on IV?)
***************** End Of Article ******************
jp posted Message 5599 in Message Board
bye
: regards
:
: : : We re about to do a major change in our warehouses. Several 1000 s of items wi
ll be moved from the existing WH to new ones. Because we ve used so many of the av
ailable 99.999 order numbers in Inventory Transactions, and haven t started archiv
ing yet, we are looking for an alternative method to move these items.
:
:
:
:
e
Another possibility is dumping the tables into a text file - search and replace
the old warehouse with the new warehouse and import them again. This is assuming
that the locations in the new warehouse are the same as the locations in the ol
d warehouse and that the same items will be in the same locations.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Carol Schmidt posted Message 5631 in Message Board
Dated : May 21, 2002 at 10:12:17 EST
Subject: Partial Delivery of Sales Order with Consolidated Invoice
I have the requirement to invoice a sales order only after the last of many part
ial shipments are completed. This requirement is based at the order level as I
know that this can be accomplished at the customer level. Deliveries will be ma
intained as each shipment is made however my desire is to refrain from invoicing
until the sales order is complete.
The contract module is not an option because approximately 50% of our sales uses
configured items which the contract module cannot handle.
One of my options would be to use an order type that contains a 'holding' step a
fter maintain deliveries and before invoicing.
Are there any other options out there for consideration?
Thanks in advance for your reply.
Regards,
Carol Schmidt
***************** End Of Article ******************
ralf wingert posted Message 5632 in Message Board
Dated : May 21, 2002 at 22:23:36 EST
Subject: Re: selling phantom items
: : hello baanusers,
: : we have a problem in selling phantom items. This items have the following BO
M :
: : Item A (phantom)
: : Item B (non-phantom)
: : Item C (non-phantom)
: : If we sell item A in Maintain Sales Order Lines (tdsls4105s000) Baan saves ite
m C in the table tdsls047. In my opinion item B must be the right one.
: : The parameter tdsls000.nbol is set to 99.
: : We are on Baan IVc4, Service Pack 5.
: : Hope someone could help.
: : Ralf
: ==================================================
: Try setting .nbol to 1. That should copy one level of the BOM.
Hello Flip,
If I m setting .nbol to 1 I get another problem with phantom items like :
Item A (phantom)
Item B (phantom)
Item C (non-phantom)
Baan saves Item B in the table tdsls047 instead of Item C.
Ralf
: : Try setting .nbol to 1. That should copy one level of the BOM.
: Hello Flip,
: If I m setting .nbol to 1 I get another problem with phantom items like :
: Item A (phantom)
: Item B (phantom)
: Item C (non-phantom)
: Baan saves Item B in the table tdsls047 instead of Item C.
: Ralf
This functionality works in c4 sp 8
Bom Phantom BOM A comprises
C
D
Phantom BOM C comprises
E
F
Sales BOM with upto 99 levels exploded includes
D
E
F
As expected
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mikel posted Message 5634 in Message Board
Dated : May 24, 2002 at 08:11:44 EST
Subject: How could I cancel a sales order?
My problem is the this:
If you deliver somenthing and then they return it to you you must make a positiv
e transaction of stock. But in case you are not going to deliver more...How coul
d I cancel this sales order to avoid a possible invoice in error?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Pep posted Message 5635 in Message Board
Dated : May 27, 2002 at 01:09:08 EST
Subject: Could I control different quantities (tipcs510.oqan)?
When we execute a PRP, we create orders in tipcs510.
If the proyect has a cuantity of 1000 in tipcs510 we have an order of 1000 (with
a relation of 1 to 1 in the structure), but how could we create different order
s with different cuantities for these articles? f.e. 10 orders of 100, or 4 orde
rs of 250...
Thancks in advance
***************** End Of Article ******************
Karin posted Message 5636 in Message Board
Dated : May 30, 2002 at 00:16:27 EST
Subject: Re: How could I cancel a sales order?
: My problem is the this:
: If you deliver somenthing and then they return it to you you must make a posit
ive transaction of stock. But in case you are not going to deliver more...How co
uld I cancel this sales order to avoid a possible invoice in error?
You could create a negative sales order line. If you "deliver" this negative li
ne the stock increases and if you invoice both lines you get an invoice with amo
unt zero.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Marc posted Message 5637 in Message Board
Dated : June 02, 2002 at 08:29:09 EST
Subject: Re: Could I control different quantities (tipcs510.oqan)?
You have to fill in the field maximum order quantity and set that to 250 (so Baa
n will create 4 orders).
Good luck
Marc
***************** End Of Article ******************
Michael Mac Sweeney posted Message 5638 in Message Board
Dated : June 03, 2002 at 00:06:38 EST
Subject: Pls READ - Im having an arguement with Baan support and would really li
ke your opinions
Hi Everybody,
I am having an extended arguement with Baan support and would like to get some f
eeback/opinions on the case in hand.
It concens a flag 'use phantom inventory' in B5. It relates to a scenario where
a phantom item is a component on a BOM and where perhaps prebuilt stock might ex
ist than can be used.
If this flag is switched on then during SFC order release Baan calculates whethe
r or not there is sufficient on hand of the phantom item to fulfill the order re
quirement.
If there is it seeks to use this. If not it explodes the phantom in to its compo
nents.
The case revolves around the decision to use or not use non-nettable warehouses.
My case is that is economic stock calculation considers non-nettable warehouses.
I disagree with this on basis that non-nettable stock should not be considered
available for production.
I also referred to the fact that a v typical use of non-nettable stock is for pu
rposes of quarantining defective or rejected material.
They claimed they never had heard it used for this purpose - I thought it was qu
ite common ?
I would really appreciate any input and comments.
Rgds
Michael Mac Sweeney
: I also referred to the fact that a v typical use of non-nettable stock is for
purposes of quarantining defective or rejected material.
: They claimed they never had heard it used for this purpose - I thought it was
quite common ?
: I would really appreciate any input and comments.
: Rgds
: Michael Mac Sweeney
We have used a non-nettable warehouse in the past for rejected items. Items coul
d have been returned from customer for credit due to defect. We credited item an
d put item in non-nettable warehouse. We then sent defect product to supplier as
king for credit or free replacement.
I think we also used non-nettable warehouse for rejected components received fro
m supplier waiting for decision what to do with components.
In either case we do not want to include items in MRP etc.
I think your response from Baan support is what I call B(aan) logic. B logic is
when Baan defends a point of view that is totally against the logic expected by
the user. Sometimes the support person just states this is the way it works but
they can not defend or explain the logic behind it.
Good luck.
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
darren phillips posted Message 5649 in Message Board
Dated : June 05, 2002 at 06:27:14 EST
Subject: Re: Negative inventory found for item "xxxxxx" in warehouse A
01
: I am implementing ILC and I would like to change the negative inventory flag t
o "NO" and I get this meassge:
: Negative inventory found for item "xxxxxx" in warehouse A01
: What does it mean & how do I solve it?
This item has a negative inventory so must adjust the stock of this item so it i
s not negative before you can change negative inventory parameter
: Hi,I met a problem.To get ABC analysis.I run tdinv4230m000,but no result come
into being.please tell me what data must be ready. Why does the forecast method
have no effect ? Thanks for your help.
For ABC analysis you use session tdinv6210m000 and setup form2 on the IV param
eter session
We use SCH1 with 4cIV it has purchase schedules and sales schedules linked to pu
rchase and sales contracts. More EDI options, purchase requisition module and se
lf billing for finance. If you want to know anything specific just ask.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Robin posted Message 5655 in Message Board
Dated : June 06, 2002 at 11:32:34 EST
Subject: Return Goods Authorization
Is there a module in Baan to handle RGA's without creating a sales order type re
turn. I do not want to clutter up the sales order session with a bunch of open r
eturn orders until the actual merchandise is returned as many times you give rga
's to customers that never return the items. We are on BaaN ERP 5.0
***************** End Of Article ******************
James Sampson posted Message 5656 in Message Board
Dated : June 06, 2002 at 11:56:33 EST
Subject: Lot control for use in free trade zone
Does anyone know if you can use both location control and lot control at the sam
e time. We are implementing a Free Trade Zone and there's a small number of ite
ms that we wish to control by lot, but we are currently using location control f
or everything.
Thanks
***************** End Of Article ******************
Darren phillips posted Message 5657 in Message Board
Dated : June 06, 2002 at 14:22:42 EST
Subject: Re: Lot control for use in free trade zone
: Does anyone know if you can use both location control and lot control at the s
ame time. We are implementing a Free Trade Zone and there's a small number of i
tems that we wish to control by lot, but we are currently using location control
for everything.
: Thanks
Yes
to use lot control you must be using location control.
the automatically. eg. Not specifying inbound steps, baan will generate and rele
ase automatically based on priorities.
In sales return the steps are the same but in purchase return remember to move t
he stock to the receipt location before returning it.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mani posted Message 5659 in Message Board
Dated : June 10, 2002 at 22:23:02 EST
Subject: Error 606(Reference does not exist) in tdinv700
When I am in session tdilc1120m00(Enter inventory Transactions) and I am doing a
n Inventory Transfer from the Receipt location to another Location, I am getting
the following error:
"Fatal Error: Error 606(Reference does not exist) in tdinv700 in
db_insert (51)
Fatal error : Can not continue in tdilc1122s000 in DLL:
otcmcdll0100 ()
Error: tdilc1122s000: A not terminated transaction is aborted
Inf0: Baan IV C4 (SP 9)
Any Suggestion/Tip on how to solve this error?
***************** End Of Article ******************
rl posted Message 5660 in Message Board
Dated : June 12, 2002 at 01:00:07 EST
Subject: Re: Error 606(Reference does not exist) in tdinv700
: When I am in session tdilc1120m00(Enter inventory Transactions) and I am doing
an Inventory Transfer from the Receipt location to another Location, I am getti
ng the following error:
: "Fatal Error: Error 606(Reference does not exist) in tdinv700 in
:
db_insert (51)
: Fatal error : Can not continue in tdilc1122s000 in DLL:
:
otcmcdll0100 ()
: Error: tdilc1122s000: A not terminated transaction is aborted
: Inf0: Baan IV C4 (SP 9)
: Any Suggestion/Tip on how to solve this error?
Error 606 is ,when there is no reference
With ref to the case mentioned,pls check
from the receipt has been defined 'along
r ,in
'Maintain Locations by Item 'session.
It might refer here and if the reference
msg.
Hope it helps.
Sales Order
Sales Return
Purchase Orders
Purchase returns
1.
2.
3.
4.
Sales Order
Sales Return
Purchase Orders
Purchase returns
self billing for finance. If you want to know anything specific just ask.
:
How these facilities are provided in BaaN V ERP and which
: is better BaaN V ERP or BaaN IVc4 with SCH1
I know the schedules and contracts were in baan ERP but they were withdrawn in t
he last service pack as baan couldn`t get them to work properly. I believe they
intend to put them back eventually when they have them working. I have heard tha
t some companies that are implementing BAAN have used baanIVc4 and sch1 because
they need these features.
David
***************** End Of Article ******************
jp posted Message 5675 in Message Board
Dated : June 20, 2002 at 01:08:49 EST
Subject: Issue of lot controlled material in production order
We r facing a problem while issuing Lot controlled
We want to issue from a particular lot .So we used
ta" and tried to select the particular lot .But we
not found" and the cursor is disallowed to proceed
: Regards
: Jayant
: : Can anyone please tell me what are the minimum steps for a sales order to be
processed?
: : Is the "Print Bill of Material" Session necesary to complete invoicing?
: : Thanks,
: : Gustavo.
You can reduce that further to
Print sales invoice and
Process delivered sales order.
So the only steps you have on order level is to enter order and invoice.
Regards
Gunnar
***************** End Of Article ******************
Mark posted Message 5683 in Message Board
Dated : June 27, 2002 at 02:41:09 EST
Subject: Maintain Outbound Data
We are running Baan IVc4 and have noticed that when using Maintain Outbound Data
a user can allocate more inventory than a Sales Order has been set up for.
Is this a bug in our system or a 'feature'.
Also any ideas on how to overcome this without modifying anything in Baan.
Thanks in advance.
Mark.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Philip posted Message 5684 in Message Board
Dated : June 28, 2002 at 12:34:45 EST
Subject: Re: Maintain Outbound Data
: We are running Baan IVc4 and have noticed that when using Maintain Outbound Da
ta a user can allocate more inventory than a Sales Order has been set up for.
: Is this a bug in our system or a 'feature'.
: Also any ideas on how to overcome this without modifying anything in Baan.
: Thanks in advance.
: Mark.
This is normal.
When using the session 'maintain outbound data' , one can allocate more than on
the sales orderline. Normally this session is only used to correct the 'advised
outbound'.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Milind posted Message 5685 in Message Board
Dated : June 30, 2002 at 20:15:11 EST
Subject: MRO Solution
Friends,
Can some comment on baan's MRO ( Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul)solutions ? I
s it a seamless application ( some version of baan ) or seperate software integr
ated with baan ?
Please give your inputs.
Regards
***************** End Of Article ******************
me posted Message 5686 in Message Board
Dated : July 01, 2002 at 04:44:25 EST
Subject: PLS:Insert sales order lines for item without inventory-ERROR
Please give me a hint!
BaanIVc4
I have created a new company and set the paramaters. But when I try to insert a
sales order line, if I choose an item and a warehouse in witch I have no invento
ry, it close the session (Maintain Sales Order LInes) and takes me back to Maint
ain Sales Orders (tdsls4110m000). If I try to choose Lines again it gives me err
or. For companies created earlier I didn't faced this problem. They just give a
message: inssuficient inventory available, but I was able to save the line.
Could be something about a parameter?
Please help me. Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
Murali posted Message 5687 in Message Board
Dated : July 01, 2002 at 23:50:22 EST
Subject: Promotional Contracts
Hi,
I would like to know how we maintain Promotional contracts in BaaN Sales Module?
Thanks in advance
Murali
***************** End Of Article ******************
Marc posted Message 5688 in Message Board
Dated : July 03, 2002 at 06:31:07 EST
Subject: Re: MRO Solution
It is standard Baan service functionality, not an interfaced third party package
Regards,
Marc
***************** End Of Article ******************
Ron D. Bailey posted Message 5689 in Message Board
Dated : July 03, 2002 at 12:32:00 EST
Subject: Re: Pls READ - Im having an arguement with Baan support and would reall
y like your opinions
: Hi Everybody,
: I am having an extended arguement with Baan support and would like to get some
feeback/opinions on the case in hand.
: It concens a flag 'use phantom inventory' in B5. It relates to a scenario wher
e a phantom item is a component on a BOM and where perhaps prebuilt stock might
exist than can be used.
: If this flag is switched on then during SFC order release Baan calculates whet
her or not there is sufficient on hand of the phantom item to fulfill the order
requirement.
: If there is it seeks to use this. If not it explodes the phantom in to its com
ponents.
: The case revolves around the decision to use or not use non-nettable warehouse
s.
: My case is that is economic stock calculation considers non-nettable warehouse
s. I disagree with this on basis that non-nettable stock should not be considere
d available for production.
: I also referred to the fact that a v typical use of non-nettable stock is for
purposes of quarantining defective or rejected material.
: They claimed they never had heard it used for this purpose - I thought it was
quite common ?
: I would really appreciate any input and comments.
: Rgds
: Michael Mac Sweeney
I don't know how to solve your problem, but I have a great deal of experience wi
th the Baan support desk. I have had many arguements with Baan Support. As soo
n as they get defensive about any call ticket (and it sounds like they have on t
his one), it's game over. I have identified a Y2K issue and proved it to them,
requested a fix and they refused (I still have the letter of refusal). Your bes
t bet with this bozo is to have the call escalated to someone else then start ov
er. Many times the problem is centered around the lack of knowledge by the supp
ort person, or defence of their procedures (the "blame the user" syndrome). Esc
allation is most likely your only option. They will give you a hard time but yo
u have to stick to your guns and just keep repeating "I want this call escallate
d". Good luck.
***************** End Of Article ******************
amarpreet singh posted Message 5690 in Message Board
Dated : July 04, 2002 at 03:05:16 EST
Subject: Re: CENVAT/APPROVALS
: Hi all,
: I am facing a problem with cenvat. This is more functional than a baan proble
m. For a supplier, POs created, does include cenvat receipts as a step followed
by maintain approvals.
: Now, this supplier doesn't need the cenvat receipts, since he is not in the ex
cise duty net. Already the transaction is waiting for cenvat receipts. Now, I w
ant to skip all these transactions from cenvat and push them to maintain approva
ls. Is it possible at table level? I tried changing the values in tdpur045 too
. But that doesn't work. Eventhough the purchase order line status shows the t
ransaction in maintain approvals, it doesn't appear in maintain approvals. Hope
my problem is clearly explained.
Please change procedure mask in table tdpur045 to maintain approval (step no def
ined in maintain purchase order steps) & change step CENVAT RECEIPTS to e from y
.
***************** End Of Article ******************
amarpreet singh posted Message 5691 in Message Board
Dated : July 04, 2002 at 03:06:34 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Order Steps
: Can anyone please tell me what are the minimum steps for a sales order to be p
rocessed?
: Is the "Print Bill of Material" Session necesary to complete invoicing?
: Thanks,
: Gustavo.
1. Maintain deliveries
2. Process sales invoice
3. Process Delivered Sales Order
are the only mandatory steps for a sales cycle
: I have the requirement to invoice a sales order only after the last of many pa
rtial shipments are completed. This requirement is based at the order level as
I know that this can be accomplished at the customer level. Deliveries will be
maintained as each shipment is made however my desire is to refrain from invoici
ng until the sales order is complete.
: The contract module is not an option because approximately 50% of our sales us
es configured items which the contract module cannot handle.
: One of my options would be to use an order type that contains a 'holding' step
after maintain deliveries and before invoicing.
: Are there any other options out there for consideration?
: Thanks in advance for your reply.
: Regards,
: Carol Schmidt
I have conversion factor defined for kgs to sqr.mtr for a particular item. Also
there is conversion factor from MT to kgs in general level. There is no direct
conversion factor defined for MT and sqr.mtr. But system allows to use MT when
inv.unit of an item is sqr.mtr. Is it possible ?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sathasivan posted Message 5697 in Message Board
Dated : July 13, 2002 at 20:54:14 EST
Subject: Lot qty Transfer
We are using BaaN IVc4. ILC/LTC implemented.
Is it possible to transfer some qty of a particular lot to another lot(new lot)f
or a customised item.
This is required to take care of manufacturing leftover.The inventoryis maintain
ed in Tonne and issue in tonne. When we issue raw materials of M.S Sheets,Rods,
Angles in particular size to a manufacturing item, there may be leftover with di
fferent sizes of these items.This left over qty remains in stock which cannot be
issued again for the same purpose since the leftover size is different. However
we can use the leftover
for other manufacturing items.
If we are able to transfer these leftover to different lots, wherein the lot num
bers will be with that item left over size, it will be easy to track and issue t
he different sizes to different manufacturing items.
We are not able to transfer materials from one lot to another lot. Is there any
solution, or work around?
Sathasivan
***************** End Of Article ******************
Sathasivan posted Message 5698 in Message Board
Dated : July 13, 2002 at 21:09:17 EST
Subject: Inventory Transfer between locations
Is it possible to transfer a customised item from one location to another locati
on of the same warehouse? The solution is available thro Inventory Transfer thro
"Enter Inventory Transactions(tdilc1120m000)". But without using this sessions,
is there any possibility to transfer between locations of same warehouse?
The purpose is to get print out of the requisition before the item is transferre
d between locations. Since each locations are controlled by different department
s, we need to raise print out as an requisition documents.
Any solutions or work arounds?
Sathasivan
***************** End Of Article ******************
NoorulHaq posted Message 5699 in Message Board
Dated : July 13, 2002 at 22:24:54 EST
Subject: Stop Generating Project structure for Blocked sales orders
Hello,
Please help me for the following.
We wanted to stop the users to Generate Project structure (tipcs2240s000) for th
e Blocked sales orders. How we can implement this.
Thanks.
***************** End Of Article ******************
PB posted Message 5700 in Message Board
Dated : July 15, 2002 at 05:08:37 EST
Subject: Re: Sales Order Steps
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : Regards
: : Jayant
: : : Can anyone please tell me what are the minimum steps for a sales order to
be processed?
: : : Is the "Print Bill of Material" Session necesary to complete invoicing?
: : : Thanks,
: : : Gustavo.
:
:
:
:
:
: Regards
: Gunnar
hi
the steps that are to be maintained depends upon the requirement.
If the sales entry is to be taken into the RG-1 register then
the steps to be maintained are
Process Excise invoice Sales and
Process delivered sales order.
If the sales entry is not required in the RG-1 register then you can maintain
Print sales invoice and
Process delivered sales order.
Thanks
Puneet Bansal
***************** End Of Article ******************
Bryan G posted Message 5701 in Message Board
Dated : July 15, 2002 at 14:20:46 EST
Subject: Blanket POS - Not Able to MEasure Vendor Performance
We are on Baan5.0b, and are using the purchasing module for all raw materials. S
ome C class items, such as labels, and nuts and bolts, we have on a visual syste
m, and are not using MRP. We basically create a PO line for the total quantity f
or the month, and as we need stock, we call the vendor. This is working fine. Th
e problem is that we are trying to measure our vendors in terms of delivery perf
ormance. We measure the purchase order line planned delivery date with the actua
l receipt date, so this blanket PO results in every delivery being early, becaus
e the date on the PO is the last day of the month.
This works fine with our MRP items, but with the items we put on blanket POs, it
does not. We create 1 PO line for the enitre month, with the delivery date = th
e last day of the month, and warehousing will receive against that PO line as sh
ipments arrive.
We tried using purchase Schedules but Baan does not support this. Any ideas how
we can get around having to create a PO line for each delivery and still be able
to measure vendor delivery performance?
***************** End Of Article ******************
Kuntu posted Message 5702 in Message Board
Dated : July 15, 2002 at 20:53:31 EST
Subject: Re: Lot qty Transfer
You can try doing this by using production orders of type rework.
Rgds
Kuntu
: We are using BaaN IVc4. ILC/LTC implemented.
: Is it possible to transfer some qty of a particular lot to another lot(new lot
)for a customised item.
: This is required to take care of manufacturing leftover.The inventoryis mainta
ined in Tonne and issue in tonne. When we issue raw materials of M.S Sheets,Rods
, Angles in particular size to a manufacturing item, there may be leftover with
different sizes of these items.This left over qty remains in stock which cannot
be issued again for the same purpose since the leftover size is different. Howev
er we can use the leftover
: for other manufacturing items.
: If we are able to transfer these leftover to different lots, wherein the lot n
umbers will be with that item left over size, it will be easy to track and issue
the different sizes to different manufacturing items.
: We are not able to transfer materials from one lot to another lot. Is there an
y solution, or work around?
: Sathasivan